THE UNIVERSITY of EDINBURGH Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry www.ed.ac.uk PGP COVER 2011 19/7/10 16:43 Page 3 PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 1 PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 2

Welcome

The University of Edinburgh is globally recognised for its research, development and innovation. We’ve been providing our students with world-class teaching for more than 425 years. Joining the University as a postgraduate student provides you with a truly unique opportunity to work with some of the most influential academics in your chosen field. At Edinburgh you will develop your specialist skills, deepen your understanding and gain new insights and perspectives to equip you for your career ahead. Whether your plans are for employment or further study, in the UK or abroad, you’ll find the highest quality research and learning opportunities here. Welcome to the University of Edinburgh. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 3

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Welcome www.ed.ac.uk 3 Welcome Contents

Contents Humanities & Why choose the University of Edinburgh? 4 Social Science Edinburgh Global 6 pages 26–137 Resources 8 Career enhancement 10 Support services 12 Medicine & Accommodation 13 Veterinary Medicine Learning at the heart of the city 14 Choosing your postgraduate degree 16 pagespages 138 126-141–169 How to apply 17 Tuition fees, scholarships & funding 18 Science & Visiting the University 21 Engineering Our programmes 22 Our research areas 25 pages 170–213 Humanities & Social Science 26 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine 138 Science & Engineering 170 Tuition fees: further information 214 Campus maps 216 Terms & conditions 219 Useful contacts 221 Index 222 PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 4

4

Why choose the University of Edinburgh?

The University of Edinburgh is one review by the Quality Assurance Agency universities in the UK to actively develop of the largest universities in the UK, for Higher Education (QAA). The University commercial links with industry, government and one of the most cosmopolitan. also conducts regular internal reviews and and the professions, having been involved constantly considers new approaches and in industrial liaison and technology transfer Our postgraduate community is techniques in teaching. Recently, innovative since 1984. For example, the award-winning made up of more than 7,000 taught teaching methods for postgraduates have Wolfson Microelectronics is one of the and research students, from more included weblogs, Skype and Second Life University’s best known spin-out companies, than 130 countries across the globe. virtual tutorials. and currently has offices in the UK, US, Japan, Our size and international diversity China, Taiwan and Korea. In 2009 the total enrich every student’s experience. Collaboration and value of research awards was £249 million, including awards from government, the EU, international partnerships research councils, charities and industry. Research excellence The University is a member of the Russell All our students benefit from the strong Group of leading UK research-intensive Edinburgh Research and Innovation (ERI), research environment that informs our universities and Universitas 21, an international based at the University, is responsible for academic programmes. We are ranked fifth network of research-intensive universities. In the promotion and commercialisation of the in the UK and placed in the top 20 in the addition, Edinburgh is the only UK institution, University’s research excellence. It can help world by The Times Higher Education – QS aside from Oxford University, to be a member postgraduate researchers build on their World University Rankings 2009. The University of both the League of European Research successes, and support them in taking of Edinburgh has an international reputation for Universities (LERU) and COIMBRA, a network the first steps to market, whether it be innovative research across a wide range of of leading academic institutions. through collaborative research, licensing disciplines. Some of our current research technology or providing consultancy services. activities include stem cells and regenerative As an internationally renowned centre for For more information, please visit therapies, renewable energy and wave and academic excellence, the University is the www.research-innovation.ed.ac.uk. tidal-stream power, and intellectual property site of many world-class research centres. and technology law. Our postgraduate students are crucial to A proud heritage our continued success and development By choosing to pursue further study or In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise and, along with our staff, they forge research research at Edinburgh you will be joining a (RAE) the University of Edinburgh’s position as links through regular travel and overseas community of scholars that have been at the one of the world’s leading research universities exchanges. We take pride in our partnerships forefront of knowledge since 1583. Recent was reaffirmed. Our submission was among the with other institutions such as the California alumni include NASA astronaut Piers Sellers; largest and most comprehensive in the UK. Institute of Technology and Stanford University in the USA; the British University in Dubai, the former UK Prime Minister, Gordon Brown; former MI5 Director General Stella A total of 1,684 individual academics – more in the UAE; the University of Melbourne in Rimmington; Canadian Prime Minister Sir than 90 per cent of the institution’s academic Australia; and McGill University in Canada. Charles Tupper; Scotland’s most senior judge, staff – saw their research assessed across In China we have links with Peking University Lord Hamilton; novelists Ian Rankin and 39 subject areas. Of these subject areas, and the Beijing Film Academy. In total the Philippa Gregory; and Olympians Katherine 27 were ranked in the UK top five. The results University is involved with more than 1,180 Grainger and Sir Chris Hoy. Looking further also demonstrate that 63 per cent of the international research collaborations. back, some of our distinguished former University’s research activity is in the highest students include the philosopher David Hume, possible categories – 4,* world leading Linking research geologist James Hutton, physicist James Clerk and 3*, internationally excellent. For a full and commerce Maxwell, inventor Alexander Graham Bell, list of the RAE results, please visit novelists Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Sir Walter www.planning.ed.ac.uk/research/rae2008. We are proud that our long tradition of Scott and Robert Louis Stevenson. Perhaps excellence serves the needs of industry and our most famous student was Charles Darwin, commerce across the UK and internationally. Teaching quality who studied here at the height of We value, and strongly encourage, the the Enlightenment. and innovation commercial development of research from The high quality of our teaching is consistently our academics. We were one of the first recognised, notably in the most recent PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 5

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Why choose the University of Edinburgh? www.ed.ac.uk 5 Why choose the University of Edinburgh? PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 6

6

Edinburgh Global

For more than 400 years the University By bringing together academics from areas Global Academies enable the University to has played host to scientists, as diverse as medicine and the biomedical make a greater impact on some of the world’s philosophers and politicians who sciences, public health, social sciences most challenging concerns. With Edinburgh and engineering, to share resources and Global we have set ourselves an ambitious have shaped the modern world. knowledge, the Academy allows the University goal – to become a place of first choice in Graduates of the University of to address complex global health issues such the minds of the world. We aim to reinforce Edinburgh signed the United as pandemic flu, malaria, health inequalities Edinburgh’s position as one of the world’s States’ Declaration of Independence, and childhood pneumonia. The Academy leading universities attracting vibrant, founded Ivy League universities, also aims to translate scientific advances into internationally focussed staff and students brought modern medicine to China, practical, effective and efficient solutions, which who are open to and working with the can be implemented in developing nations. greatest minds in the world. post-colonial government to Africa, and wrote some of the world’s Aside from searching for solutions to these For more information, please visit most widely read books. They have worldwide challenges, the Global Health Academy www.ed.ac.uk/edinburgh-global. has launched a portfolio of online postgraduate been awarded Nobel Prizes, won degrees, enabling healthcare professionals Olympic events and travelled into around the globe to participate in Edinburgh’s space. Today more international postgraduate education whilst continuing to students than ever before come to live and work within their communities. join Edinburgh’s unique learning The successful launch of the Global Health culture, while University staff work Academy will be followed by the launch of here and around the world, helping the Global Development Academy in 2010. tackle problems that transcend This Academy will build on the University’s “Given the development national boundaries. strengths in international development. It problems of Uganda and will support truly interdisciplinary postgraduate Africa at large, I hope this training and research on processes of social, Given the ever-increasing pace of change political and economic development and will masters course will provide me globally, the University needs to be able to act be dedicated to ensuring that the University with critical skills and training in quickly and flexibly. We need to give a sharp makes a profound, intellectual and practical development theory and practice. international focus to our considerable and contribution to the challenges facing global broad-ranging strengths in research, learning I also hope to acquire a deeper development. A third Academy, to be and knowledge, and continuously improve understanding of how global launched soon afterwards, will cover themes the way in which we go about our international economic trends and policies in environment and sustainability. work. The University is launching key bodies relate to and affect individual that will confront some of today’s most One of the University’s newest programmes, countries. I intend to build a significant global challenges. Three Global the MSc Africa and International Development, career as a development Academies and the Edinburgh Centre on is a great example of our pioneering teaching Climate Change will work across the University, inspired by the Global Development Academy. practitioner. I have not been uniting our expertise in a variety of disciplines It is the only MSc programme in Europe with to Edinburgh before, but my to provide solutions for issues such as the a specific focus on African development. This experience of the University staff spread of epidemics, global poverty and programme provides students with the skills so far is warm and welcoming.” environmental change. As a postgraduate and knowledge to understand the challenges Leocardia Nabwire, Uganda student at Edinburgh, you have the of development, but also to think of new ways Graduate of Makerere University opportunity to be part of this. of helping Africa to shape its own future. It embarking on MSc Africa and includes a balanced mix of theoretical and The Global Health Academy was launched in International Development, practical course options, so students will be November 2009. It provides a comprehensive at the University of Edinburgh equipped for work in development agencies, postgraduate training forum for collaboration in research or in government. Some research between staff and students in all three Colleges. internships to connect students with It offers world-leading interdisciplinary organisations carrying out development postgraduate degrees to equip future leaders activities are also offered. in combating global challenges in health. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 7

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Edinburgh Global www.ed.ac.uk 7 Edinburgh Global PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 8

8

Resources

University libraries The University is also home to specialist (see Campus maps, page 216, for details.) collections and archives throughout the Situated in a magnificent location on Loch Tay, Postgraduate students have access to 30 University’s Schools and Colleges. These 80 miles north of Edinburgh, is Firbush Point, libraries within the University. We have almost include the Cockburn Geological Museum, the University’s residential centre for all four million printed volumes, ranging from rare which contains more than 130,000 specimens outdoor activities. books and manuscripts, housed in the Centre and samples; the School of Chemistry for Research Collections, to monographs, collection and the Anaesthetics Museum, For further details on the sport and exercise journals, maps, newspapers, music scores and an excellent collection of medical apparatus on offer, please visit www.ed.ac.uk/sport. museum objects, covering every subject area used in the development of anaesthetics offered at the University. Our digital collection over the past 150 years. is expanding rapidly, allowing students access Music and art to the majority of existing e-journals and e- University societies You don’t need to be studying music to get books required for all programmes of study, involved with the musical life of the University. Edinburgh University Student’s Association and members of staff are always keen to Students can perform in various groups (EUSA) supports 180 student societies source additional electronic resources to through student-run music societies or attend covering all areas of interest across sport, support new areas of research. We also have musical events ranging from salsa to rock. The music, drama and the arts. All students of close links with national and local collections University also offers a varied and extensive the University are members of EUSA and spanning a broad range of disciplines. series of lunchtime concerts and organ recitals are encouraged to get involved. EUSA also in the Reid, McEwan and St Cecilia’s Halls. runs the four union buildings, which, as While many of the books and journals students well as offering affordable meals and snacks, need will be delivered direct to their desktop, The University is home to the Talbot Rice host year-round entertainment. For more they are able to visit any of the libraries on Gallery, a free public gallery within our information, please visit www.eusa.ed.ac.uk. campus. Our libraries have long opening hours historic Old College building. The Gallery to ensure facilities are available when most holds a permanent display of the University’s needed, and are all fully wireless-enabled. Scotland’s top Old Masters and bronzes, and has a space Expert members of staff are always on hand, sports university dedicated to displaying around seven in each location, to help students find the contemporary art exhibitions a year. The We are Scotland’s top-ranked sports university, information required. Gallery’s round room hosts a programme of recently attracting the top 5* rating in The experimental projects and small exhibitions. Times Good University Guide 2009. Computer facilities For more information, please visit www.trg.ed.ac.uk. The University’s cutting-edge, high-speed Our Centre for Sport and Exercise provides network and computing facilities ensure that activities at both recreational and competitive accessing internal learning resources and the levels, which are available at a number of sites internet is easy and convenient for all our in the city. The Centre offers a state-of-the-art students. All students are issued with their 100-station CV gym, body circuit gym, fixed own email address. If an IT refresher course weights gym, two sports halls, two dance is required, there is a wide range available to studios, four squash courts and dedicated postgraduates, from beginners’ computing to facilities for boxing, archery, rifle shooting, programming courses. For more information, climbing and bouldering. In July 2010 we will “Studying at Edinburgh has please visit www.ed.ac.uk/information- open a £4.5 million extension of the Centre, been absolutely instructive. My services/computing. bringing a further range of cutting-edge sport needs and interests are fulfilled and fitness spaces, including free weights, and my expectations have been body conditioning and activity areas. The Special Collections exceeded. The University offers Centre offers 50 exercise classes each week The University’s Main Library hosts the Special the expertise I was looking for. Collections department, which is one of the and a range of workshops and personal Additionally, there is a friendly, most important resources of its kind in the UK. training, as well as hosting the renowned Rare books, drawings, plans, manuscripts and FASIC sports injuries centre and a superb multicultural atmosphere photographs are held here, offering postgraduate performance sports programme for talented among staff and students.” student athletes. There are further activity students vivid insights into the foundations of Brigit Hafner gyms and a 25-metre, six-lane swimming pool art, philosophy and experimentation, to name MSc by Research African Studies but a few areas of scholarship. at St Leonards Land, and outdoor playing fields at Peffermill. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 9

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Resources www.ed.ac.uk 9 Resources PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 10

10

Career enhancement

Postgraduate study is always Since 1997 the University has been focusing Additional opportunities on helping postgraduate research students looked on favourably by employers If you want to extend your education through meet requirements laid out by the Research and recruiters, not only because of part-time courses offered by the University, Council’s Joint Skills Statement. the skills a course will instill, but you will be entitled to a significant discount as a full-time student. You can choose from also because the capacity to take The University’s ‘Transkills’ unit offers training hundreds of courses through the University’s on and complete a postgraduate on research skills and techniques, the Office of Lifelong Learning. degree is an impressive research environment, research management, personal effectiveness, communication skills, achievement in its own right. If you wish to learn another language, the networking and teamworking and career A postgraduate qualification from University’s Institute for Applied Language management, as well as more subject-specific Edinburgh equips candidates with Studies offers students a range of affordable training. Developing these broader professional classes in eight languages. key qualities that employers are skills and qualities means that our postgraduate looking for and gives them untold research students are in high demand. Our For more information, please visit advantages in the job market. ‘Transkills’ unit enables our postgraduate www.ed.ac.uk/studying/short-courses. research students to gain the skills, knowledge, Careers Service and confidence needed for undertaking a PhD, and to move on to a successful career. Courses Our award-winning Careers Service is on hand are specifically developed with researchers to provide information, advice and guidance in mind. They range from a morning to two to postgraduate students for their future days and tutors come from a wide range of career. The service also encourages them to backgrounds, including academics from the make the most of their time at university, and University, training professionals and specialists to help them obtain the skills they need. As in various fields. well as offering one-to-one guidance and providing access to careers information, the “Transkills courses are a Careers Service also offers practical workshops Business and valuable accompaniment and sessions throughout the year. These can enterprise training to my PhD research and include information sessions on a range of The University offers business and enterprise specialist training. The focus, career areas such as finance, management training through a programme of workshops relevance and professionalism consultancy or the media. They can also designed to help participants develop their include CV writing, interview techniques, of transkills courses helps business and entrepreneurial skills. These job-hunting, job applications, presentation research students meet the provide the opportunity to meet staff skills and aptitude testing. challenges of research study from the organisations that can help with establishing a business. Workshops cover and future careers.” For more information, please visit a variety of topics including finance basics, Gino Jabbar www.ed.ac.uk/careers. raising finance, intellectual property basics, PhD Physics patent searching, building a business team, Transferable skills negotiating, preparing a business plan and In addition to formal and informal training market assessment. from postgraduate lecturers and supervisors, students have access to a wide range of high-quality training courses and workshops designed to enhance their career and personal development. Courses on offer include presentation, negotiation and leadership skills as well as computing and communications. Postgraduate students benefit from our Transferable Skills Programme, one of the most established university research and career skills training programmes in the UK. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 11

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Career enhancement www.ed.ac.uk 11 Career enhancement PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 12

12

Support services

To help students settle in and get The Health Centre The Student the most out of their time here, The University Health Centre provides Counselling Service we offer a wide variety of support medical and nursing care under the National The Student Counselling Service offers services and postgraduate Health Service, including a comprehensive professional, confidential advice for students induction events. travel clinic. For more information, please visit who may be experiencing personal problems, www.health-service.ed.ac.uk. whether or not they are related to study. For The Advice Place more information, please visit www.student- counselling.ed.ac.uk. The Advice Place is Edinburgh University The International Office Students’ Association’s drop-in advice centre, The University currently welcomes around offering free, confidential and independent 3,800 international postgraduate students advice on a range of issues from finance or from more than 145 countries across the legal matters to tenants’ rights or council world. The International Office is the central tax. For further details, please visit contact point for international students and www.eusa.ed.ac.uk/advice. provides information and support to help them settle in, and throughout their time in The Chaplaincy Centre Edinburgh. We hold an Immigration Clinic every weekday morning, where a dedicated The Chaplaincy Centre offers support and immigration adviser can assist with any problems guidance to students of all faiths and none. or questions. We offer an airport welcome For more information, please visit service, organise social events throughout the www.chaplaincy.ed.ac.uk. year, half-day study orientation days for MSc students, additional English language courses Childcare and information sessions on working in the UK and student exchange programmes. We welcome students with families and “New beginnings are often the University has two nurseries open Each November we organise Global difficult, but the numerous 50 weeks of the year. The Day Nursery Horizons – a festival, to celebrate our looks after children from six weeks old induction sessions held by international community, featuring debates, and the Uni-Tots Nursery looks after children the University lessened some a ceilidh, parties, a mini ‘world cup’ and from two and a half to five years of age. of my fears. The staff in my a music and dance show, all with an Please visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools- School’s admissions office international theme. departments/day-nursery and and the domestic supervisor www.unitots.psy.ed.ac.uk for more details. The International Students’ Centre is run by in my accommodation were student volunteers and offers a drop-in centre Information on Council-approved nurseries also extremely helpful in for all new international students. The Centre can be found on the City of Edinburgh Council giving advice and pointing also runs social and support events throughout website, www.scottishchildcare.gov.uk. me in the right direction.” the year. These include subsidised trips around Scotland. For more information, please visit Fay-Marie Antrobus MSc Management The Disability Office www.ed.ac.uk/studying/international. There are approximately 1,400 students with a declared disability attending the University and we encourage applications from students with a disability. We aim to create an environment that helps disabled students participate fully in the mainstream of university life, through flexible methods of teaching and assessment, and by progressively improving access to buildings and technology. For more information, please visit www.disability-office.ed.ac.uk. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:31 Page 13

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Support services www.ed.ac.uk 13 Support services / Accommodation Support

Accommodation

We are committed to helping of the properties and are supported by private accommodation. We do have some as many of our new students as Residents’ Assistants – students with some accommodation tailored to couples and possible find appropriate, safe experience of living in our accommodation families but this is available on a first-come, and who live on site. first-served basis. and affordable housing. The needs of a student with a partner or a family For applications, further information, and help We specifically guarantee an offer of are different, and we appreciate that it is with private sector accommodation, please visit accommodation to all new, single, postgraduate sometimes difficult or expensive to find the right www.ed.ac.uk/accommodation-services. students from outside the European Union, provided they hold an unconditional offer to study at the University and their accommodation application is received by the deadline. Although students from within the European Union cannot, regrettably, be guaranteed an offer of accommodation, we do very strongly recommend they still apply, as they will be made an offer if sufficient rooms are available; this often happens. We can also provide some help on finding housing in the private sector, and we run an Accommodation Advice Centre in the period running up to the beginning of the academic year each September.

All University accommodation for postgraduate students is self-catered, with the exception of a small number of places at John Burnett House at Pollock Halls. Our self-catered residences are particularly designed for postgraduate students. Richmond Place has 228 single en- suite rooms and is only moments away from George Square, in the University’s Central Area. Adjacent is Roxburgh Place, with 59 single rooms in large flats, with shared kitchen and bathroom facilities. Mylnes Court, an impressive and historic building situated at the top of Edinburgh’s Royal Mile, offers 170 rooms, primarily in three- and five- bedroom flats. Ratcliffe Terrace is our latest postgraduate residence, housing 71 students, primarily in six- and seven- bedroom flats. It is located halfway between George Square and the University’s 1 Richmond Place King’s Buildings. Our accommodation on West 2 Roxburgh Place Mains Road, with 120 rooms, is particularly well located, close to King’s Buildings. 3 Mylnes Court 4 Ratcliffe Terrace The vast majority of residences are let on 5 John Burnett House a 51-week contract, with rent including utilities, internet access and some cleaning; 6 West Mains Road we do have some limited options for those who might only require a 37-week lease. 5-min walk All our housing is managed by a team of 10-min walk Accommodation Managers or Wardens, 15-min walk who are responsible for the smooth running PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 14

14

Learning at the heart of the city

The University is located in the A city of inspiration heart of the city of Edinburgh, Students living in the city soon discover their one of Europe’s great cultural environment is not only aesthetically pleasing capitals. Built on seven hills, the but practically inspiring too. Edinburgh is rich in city comprises the Georgian New libraries, supplementing those of the University, Town and the Medieval Old Town. including specialist collections in areas Amid the breathtaking architecture as diverse as poetry, biology, geology and astronomy. In addition, the National Library “Edinburgh is a you’ll find modern buildings such of Scotland, the country’s largest library, is phenomenal city: as the Scottish Parliament, Our accessible to students and is only a short loaded with big-city Dynamic Earth and the National walk from the main campus. attractions, while Museum of Scotland. Edinburgh maintaining the is a UNESCO world heritage city, The city is home to the National Gallery, the compactness of a and was also the first UNESCO Royal Scottish Academy, the National Portrait Gallery, the National Gallery of Modern Art town. The experience City of Literature. and a wealth of other art spaces which serve Edinburgh provides students well. Edinburgh is also home to both makes you wish you Unique Edinburgh the Scottish Parliament and the highest civil and could stay for longer.” As one of the UK’s most student-friendly criminal courts in the country, and is the UK’s Talal Ebrahim Al Absi cities and a major European cultural centre, largest financial centre outside London. MSc International Law Edinburgh is an exciting, fascinating and welcoming place to study. Regularly voted one Travel of the most desirable places to live in the world, Edinburgh is easily accessible from within the Scotland’s capital has a great social and cultural UK, Europe and beyond. The city is served by a life, a busy sporting calendar and a rich history. major international airport, and rail and road Edinburgh is a safe and prosperous city well- links to the UK’s main cities. Because of the known for its friendly people, its compact compact nature of the city, most of the layout, its stunning architecture and green University’s students get around by foot or environment. Wherever you are in the city, bike. Buses are plentiful and a new tram you are never more than two miles from network will begin operating in 2011. The open countryside. University supports cycling through a range of green transport initiatives including a A city of culture cycle-to-work scheme and bike maintenance. For further information, please visit: Best known for the world-famous Edinburgh www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ International Festival and Festival Fringe in transport/cycling. August, more than 13 million people a year visit Edinburgh to enjoy its national museums and galleries, comedy, theatre, cinemas and Location great pubs and clubs. The University maintains The mountains, lochs, forests, fresh air and close relations with the city and is heavily great views of the Highlands and Islands are involved in public outreach programmes, public only a few hours away from Edinburgh and lectures, and public events such as the Science open up a wide range of outdoor opportunities Festival, the Edinburgh International Festival such as skiing, hillwalking or visiting historical and Festival Fringe. Getting involved in any of sites. Scotland also has one of the longest these events is easy and offers University of coastlines for a country of its size, so going to Edinburgh students a life experience they won’t the beach is easy – and highly recommended. find anywhere else. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 15

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Learning at the heart of the city www.ed.ac.uk 15 Learning at the heart of the city Learning at the heart PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 16

16

Choosing your postgraduate degree

Postgraduate study at the University Research degrees Online distance learning of Edinburgh gives students a Opportunities exist across all 22 Schools programmes unique opportunity to work at the of the University to undertake supervised We offer a growing number of online distance highest academic level alongside research at either doctoral or masters level. learning programmes designed for those some of the most influential candidates who wish to undertake further academics in the world. MSc by Research study while maintaining their current An MSc by Research is a one-year programme professional commitments. Our online Taught postgraduate designed specifically to prepare students for distance learning programmes also allow programmes advanced research, although it can be taken you to join a global community of experts as a qualification in its own right. Each in your field. Please see the programme listing, The University offers a wide range of taught programme comprises research skills and pages 22–25, where these are highlighted or postgraduate programmes designed to methods training relevant to a particular visit http://postgraduate develop knowledge or techniques in specialised field of study, and a substantial dissertation programmesonline.ed.ac.uk. subjects previously studied more generally or research project. Many MSc by Research at undergraduate level. These are most programmes at Edinburgh also offer the Part-time study commonly one-year full-time programmes, opportunity to study advanced-level taught Part-time study is available for many providing a highly intensive but rewarding modules in your subject area. An MSc by programmes, but please note that qualification, recognised internationally. Research is assessed by coursework, immigration regulations state that students They can be a stand-alone qualification for examination and a dissertation. from outside the EU and EEA must study on career development or personal development, a full-time basis in the UK. Please contact our or preparation for further research and International Office for further information or possibly an academic career. The majority MPhil visit www.ed.ac.uk/studying/international. of these provide an MSc award, but can also An MPhil is a two-year programme and is lead to an MBA, LLM, MMus, MEd or MTheol. assessed by thesis. The objective of this A number of programmes act as ‘conversion programme is to produce a research worker routes’, allowing students to change or who has acquired a good all-round knowledge develop their area of specialisation from that of their subject, in-depth knowledge of a undertaken at undergraduate level. Taught specialised area, and the research skills to carry postgraduate programmes involve a combination out and present a piece of original research of taught modules, coursework and supervised for submission for a higher degree. research, and students are expected to write a dissertation or undertake a project. PhD A PhD is a research degree, entailing research Taught professional training and supervised research, either on an doctorates individual basis or as part of a research team. The aim of a research degree is to provide a Doctorates offered by the University thorough training in a particular academic are specialist qualifications aimed at area through original investigation and professional development in specific areas, experiment. This allows students to acquire such as Doctor of Clinical Psychology the specialist background knowledge for the (DClinPsychol) or Doctor of Engineering projected research, and to develop the skills in System Level Integration (EngD). appropriate to research that field. The precise focus of the research will be agreed between the student and the supervisor. The outcome of the research is embodied in a thesis written by the student. A PhD typically takes three years to complete and is assessed by thesis. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 17

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Choosing your postgraduate degree www.ed.ac.uk 17 Choosing your postgraduate degree / How to apply

How to apply

Entry requirements Application process Educational agents The usual qualification required for admission Applications for postgraduate study are The University has certified representative to study for a postgraduate degree is an made online. Please visit www.ed.ac.uk/ agents in the following locations: Brunei, undergraduate degree in an appropriate studying/postgraduate/finder to use Canada, China, the Gulf Region, Hong Kong, subject with a 1st or 2:1 classification, if the online application form. India, Japan, Jordan, Korea, Libya, Malaysia, a UK qualification, but entry requirements Mexico, Nigeria, Norway, Russia, Saudi Arabia, vary by programme. Please see the individual Your online account Singapore, South Africa, Taiwan, Thailand, programme details for further information. Zambia and Zimbabwe. International Applicants receive an online account and Details of international equivalents to our applicants can use an agent to help guide a username and password allowing you entry requirements can be found on the them through the application process if to track your application. Partially completed ‘information by country’ section of the necessary. Contact details for all our agents applications can be saved at any time and University’s website, at www.ed.ac.uk/ can be found at www.ed.ac.uk/studying/ worked on again. Details about applications, studying/international/country. international/agents. including any offer of admission, will be available through the applicant’s online Before making a formal application, account. More information about what candidates are strongly advised to write to happens after you apply is available at the School in which they hope to study in www.ed.ac.uk/studying/postgraduate/ order to obtain advice about their proposed whats-next. study. This is particularly important for those candidates who are interested in research. English language requirements table

Although applications may be made at any Subject areas/programmes Tests and minimum score time, applicants should be aware that there are advantages in applying as early as possible All programmes except those noted below TOEFL-iBT 92 (with at least 20 in each section) TOEFL 580 (with 55 in each section plus 4.0 in TWE) either due to the high demand for some TOEFL 237 in CBT (with 21 in each section) programmes or due to scholarship competition IELTS 6.5 (with 6.0 in each section) CPE Grade B or higher deadlines. If a School approves the application, CAE Grade A it will recommend the candidate’s admission to the appropriate College Postgraduate All programmes in the following subject areas: Asian Studies Studies Committee. Offers of admission are Business issued by the relevant College Office. Celtic & Scottish Studies European Languages & Cultures Finance TOEFL-iBT 100 (with at least 20 in each Candidates admitted to study for the PhD Law section) Management TOEFL 600 (with 55 in each section plus 4.0 or MPhil are registered for the degree of their in TWE) choice, although their first year of study is And specific MSc programmes: TOEFL 250 in CBT (with 21 in each section) IELTS 7.0 (with at least 6.0 in each section) regarded as probationary and full registration Arabic & Muslim Diaspora Studies Arab World Studies CPE Grade A for the PhD is dependent on satisfactory European Theatre progress during this period. During this time Medieval Studies Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies the student may undertake research training Global Health & Public Policy and transferable skills courses and will begin Health Inequalities & Public Policy Health Systems & Public Policy work for the research project. Public Health Policy

Translation Studies (Dip/MSc) TOEFL-iBT 100 (with at least 23 in all sections) English language MSc/Dip in Public Health Research TOEFL 600 (with 58 in each section plus 4.5 in TWE) requirements TOEFL 250 in CBT (with 23 in each section) IELTS 7.0 (with at least 6.5 in each section) For students whose first language is not English, documentary evidence of A degree from an English-speaking university may be accepted in some circumstances. competence in both written and spoken English must be provided. Please see the Key table, right, for details. TWE: Test of Written English CBT: Computer-based Test CPE: Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English IBT: Internet-based TOEFL English Test CAE: Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English IELTS: IELTS Academic Module PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 18

18

Tuition fees, scholarships & funding

Tuition fees Scholarships & funding Student Awards Agency The rates of fees shown below are applicable The University’s Scholarship and Student for Scotland at the time of publishing and apply to the Funding Service offers guidance on sources Another main source of funding for Scottish standard fees for the session 2011/12. For of scholarships, grants and other funding domiciled postgraduate students is the Student information about non-standard fees and the opportunities. An online searchable database Awards Agency for Scotland (SAAS). most up-to-date rates applicable, please visit is available from the Scholarships and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Student Funding Services website, to help SAAS funds the Postgraduate Students’ student-funding/ tuition-fees. students with their funding search. Please Allowance Scheme, which provides support for a number of taught postgraduate courses Postgraduate taught and research visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ in mainly vocational subjects, some of which masters programmes student-funding. are allocated on a quota basis. Further Standard tuition fees for 2011/12 Funding for Postgraduate Students is a information on these programmes and their Home/EU Overseas useful annual publication about scholarships, associated SAAS quota allocations can be Research Councils and other sources of funding, found at www.saas.gov.uk. Band 1 £5,300 £12,200 available from the Scholarships and Student Band 2 £5,300 £16,050 Funding Service or College and School offices. The University of Edinburgh Band 3 £5,300 £29,150 UK/EU Masters Scholarships Research Council awards Twelve scholarships are available to UK and The main external sources of financial support European Union students who have been Postgraduate masters of philosophy for UK/EU postgraduate students are the accepted to the University of Edinburgh to and doctorate research programmes studentships offered by: study on a one-year full-time masters • Arts and Humanities Research Council programme in any subject offered by the Standard tuition fees for 2011/12 (AHRC) University. Candidates must have, or expect Home/EU Overseas • Biotechnology and Biological Sciences to obtain, a UK first-class honours degree or Band 1 * £10,700 Research Council (BBSRC) the overseas equivalent. The award covers Band 2 *£14,100• Economic and Social Research fees only at the UK/EU rate, and is tenable Band 3 * £25,500 Council (ESRC) for one year. The closing date for applications • Engineering and Physical Sciences Research is 2 May 2011. Application forms can be *The standard full-time Home/EU Postgraduate (PGR) fee Council (EPSRC) obtained from the Scholarships and Student for 2011/12 is unlikely to be set by the Government until • Medical Research Council (MRC) Funding Services website. early in 2011 and therefore is not available at the time of publication. However, the fee was £3,400 in 2010/11. • Natural Environment Research Council (NERC) University of Edinburgh • Science and Technology Facilities Postgraduate Scholarships The above fees apply to all students beginning Council (STFC). Colleges and Schools have their own study on or after 1 August 2011. For further postgraduate scholarships, which are available details about how to pay your tuition fees Awards are made for both taught programmes to those wishing to study for a research degree. please turn to page 214. of study and research. All studentship applications Where eligible, applicants for College awards must be made through the University. Normally are also expected to apply to the relevant Alumni tuition fee discount only those UK/EU students who have been Research Council for funding. Details are available resident in the UK for the preceding three years The University offers a 10 per cent discount from Schools or from the Postgraduate Office are eligible for a full award. For some awards, on postgraduate tuition fees for alumni who of the appropriate College. The University does candidates who are EU nationals and are have graduated with an undergraduate degree not offer scholarships for diploma programmes. resident in the UK may be eligible for a fees- from the University of Edinburgh. The Graduate only award. Further information is available on Bank loans Discount Scheme applies to the self-funding the Scholarships and Student Funding Services elements of the postgraduate tuition fee. For information on financial assistance to website at as detailed above. For full details of this scheme, please visit support your learning, including the new www.ed.ac.uk/studying/postgraduates/ Professional and Career Development Loans, fees-finance/discount. please visit www.direct.gov.uk/pcdl or contact +44 (0)800 585 505. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 19

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Tuition fees, scholarships & funding www.ed.ac.uk 19 Tuition fees, scholarships & funding

Scholarships and other sources of China Scholarship Council Commonwealth Scholarships funding for overseas students (CSC)/University of Edinburgh A number of awards are available each The University and the UK Government Research Scholarships year to Commonwealth students for taught both offer a range of scholarships for PhD candidates who are nationals of the postgraduate courses or doctoral study. A overseas students. People’s Republic of China and reside in number of awards are available each year China at the time of application may apply to Commonwealth students, for taught Edinburgh Global for a joint CSC/University of Edinburgh Research postgraduate courses or doctoral study. Masters Scholarships Scholarship. Twenty scholarships, which are The University and the Commonwealth The University offers a number of scholarships co-funded by CSC and the University, are Scholarship Commission offer a number of to international students paying the overseas available each year. These awards cover joint scholarships for students from developing rate of tuition fee. All scholarships are awarded tuition fees, research costs, a living allowance, Commonwealth countries, through the on a competitive basis. economy air travel to and from the UK and Commonwealth Scholarship & Fellowship visa application fees. Plan. Applications should be made to the Principal’s Career Development Commonwealth Scholarship Agency in the PhD Scholarships Open Society Institute country in which the applicant permanently resides. More information is available from The University will offer 55 PhD scholarships Chevening Scholarships www.cscuk.org.uk. for students starting their PhD research at The Open Society Institute, the Foreign and the University in the 2011–2012 academic Commonwealth Office and the University jointly Chevening Scholarships session. The awards are open to UK, EU and offer up to 20 scholarships to students from The Foreign and Commonwealth Office overseas students undertaking a research Georgia, Jordan, Kyrgyzstan, Palestine and Syria fund a number of Chevening Scholarships degree and may be held in any field of study. for certain masters programmes in the School for postgraduate study, mainly for one-year This scholarship scheme provides a valuable of Social & Political Studies. The awards cover taught masters degrees. Selection is carried opportunity for postgraduate research airfares, tuition fees and maintenance. out by British Embassies and High Commissions students to undertake a package of training overseas in consultation with the local British and development that will help them Scotland’s Saltire Scholarships Council representative. Full details of these develop the necessary skills to meet their The Scottish Government is offering a awards and other funding opportunities career choices, and offer them a breadth number of scholarships to students who are can be obtained from local British Council of development opportunities in teaching, citizens of Canada, China (mainland China offices. To find your nearest office, please public engagement, entrepreneurship only), India and the USA and who would like visit www.britishcouncil.org. and research. to study for a master’s degree in Scotland. The scholarships are available for programmes Marshall Scholarships Scottish Overseas Research of study at any Scottish higher education Students Awards Scheme (SORSAS) institution and applications for science, Marshall Scholarships offer outstanding US students the opportunity to study at Overseas research students of outstanding technology, creative industries, financial any UK university for at least two years. merit and research potential may apply, services, renewable and clean energy Applicants must, at the time of application, through the University, for a Scottish Overseas will be given priority. have obtained a minimum GPA of 3.7 (or A-) Research Students Award. The University and must have graduated with a university also offers a significant number of overseas degree from a US institution after April 2008. research scholarships each year with the Up to 40 new scholarships will be awarded in value of each award covering the difference 2011. More information is available from between the overseas rate of tuition fee and www.marshallscholarship.org. the home rate.

For more information on all of the above scholarships, please visit www.ed.ac.uk/ schools-departments/student-funding. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 20

20

US and Canadian loans The University of Edinburgh is eligible to certify loan applications for US loan students. The University code is 006839. Please note that the regulations differ widely and it is important that you read the application process instructions carefully on the University website. Further details are available from www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/financial-support/ student-loans/usa.

The University is also eligible to certify Canadian student loan applications. The institutional code is PUAR. For further information, please visit www.ed.ac.uk/ schools-departments/ student- funding/financial-support/student- loans/canadian.

“At the end of three successful years at Illinois, I decided to make an application to the Marshall Scholarship. The Marshall programme has put me in contact with my fellow Marshall scholars – an entire network of young, motivated postgraduates whose interests range across a variety of disciplines. Our interactions generate a lot of good ideas, and pose a number of challenges as well. I’m thoroughly enjoying this, and regard interdisciplinary communication to be central to my development as a young scholar.” Ian Clausen MTh Ethics PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 21

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Visiting the University www.ed.ac.uk 21 Visiting the University

Visiting the University

Open Day How to get here copies of qualifications, to a University server as part of the application process. The best way to find out more about the Edinburgh is easily accessible by air, road The University will tell students what documents University is to come and visit, and the and rail. Flights from London take around an are required and how they should be uploaded. University will be holding its Postgraduate hour. Edinburgh is served by an international Open Day on Friday 12 November, 2010. airport with direct daily flights to hundreds Once we have received these documents, For further information and to book a place, of mainland European destinations and the University will issue a Confirmation of please visit www.ed.ac.uk/studying/ cities across the USA and beyond. For Acceptance of Studies letter, which applicants postgraduate/open-day. There are also more information on travel please visit: must use when applying for a UK visa. a number of smaller School or College www.edinburghairport.com Please be aware that applicants may have specific events, and details are on the www.firstscotrail.com to produce the original copies of the above web page. If you wish to visit the documents that were uploaded, once they University at any other time, please contact www.raileurope.co.uk. arrive in Edinburgh. Applicants should bring the School in which you wish to study, or the original documents with them and the our Student Recruitment and Admissions Entry to the UK University will be in contact if we need to Office, for information on student-led or Students who are not EU or EEA* nationals see them. We will keep our copies of these self-guided tours. must obtain either a visa or prior entry documents on file, and may need to disclose clearance in order to enter the UK as a them and other relevant information to the Student Recruitment & Admissions student. Please refer to our International UK immigration authorities if there is a T: +44 (0)131 650 4360 Pre-Arrival Guide for up-to-date details on query about your visa status. E: [email protected] what kind of immigration regulations exist W: www.sra.ed.ac.uk and how to apply for a visa/entry clearance at It is the applicant’s responsibility to check www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ if there are any restrictions on their entry to international-office/immigration. the UK prior to arranging travel. Please note that immigration rules change frequently, New visa regulations came into effect in the and students are advised to check the UK in 2010. This means that applicants to the current position. University of Edinburgh from outside the EEA * The European Economic Area includes all will have to upload digital copies of their European Union countries, plus Iceland, Liechtenstein passport and other documents, such as and Norway. Switzerland is not a member of the European Economic Area.

The University’s current international exchange destinations are shown above. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 22

22

Our programmes Taught Masters and Masters by Research

Humanities & Social Science School of Arts, Culture & the Environment Dance Science & Education MSc/Diploma/Certificate (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) E-Learning MSc (Distance Learning (1 yr FT–6 yrs PT), Diploma www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/arts-culture-environment/graduate-school (9 mths FT-4 yrs PT), Certificate (4 mths FT-2 yrs PT) Art & Architecture Education MSc (1yr FT, 3yrs PT)/EdD (6 yrs PT) Advanced Sustainable Design MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Educational Research MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) Architectural Facilities Management MSc (Distance learning, 84 mths) Education: Language, Theory, MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT, 4 yrs PT), Architectural Project Management MSc (Distance learning, 84 mths) Practice & Literacy Certificate (4 mths FT, 2 yrs PT) Architectural & Urban Design MSc (1 yr FT) Inclusive & Special Education MSc (1 yr FT) Architecture MArch (2 yrs FT), MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Language Teaching MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Art in the Global Middle Ages MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Management of Training & Development MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT, 4 yrs PT), Classical Art & Archaeology MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Certificate (4 mths FT, 2 yrs PT) Cultural Studies MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Outdoor Education MSc (15 mths FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (1 yr FT, 4 yrs PT), Design & Digital Media MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Certificate (2 yrs PT) History of Art MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Outdoor Environmental MSc (15 mths FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (1 yr FT, 4 yrs PT), & Sustainability Education Certificate (2 yrs PT) History, Theory & Display MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Interdisciplanary Creative Practices MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Performance Psychology MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT, 4 yrs PT) Master of Architecture MArch (2 yrs FT) Personal & Social Outdoor Education MSc (15 mths FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (1 yr FT, 4 yr PT), Certificate (2 yrs PT) Modern Art: History, Curating & Criticism MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Physical Education (3-14) (Distance learning 2 yrs PT) Reflective Design Practices MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Professional Graduate Diploma PGDE (1 yr FT) Renaissance to Enlightenment MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) in Education (Primary) Scottish Art & Visual Culture 1750–2000 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Professional Graduate Diploma PGDE (1 yr FT) The City MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) in Education (Secondary) Music Sport & Recreation Business Management MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT, 4 yrs PT) Acoustics & Music Technology MSc (1 yr FT) Strength & Conditioning MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT, 4 yrs PT) Composition MMus (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Teaching English to Speakers of Other MEd (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT, 4 yrs PT), Digital Composition & Performance MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Languages (TESOL) Certificate (4 mths FT, 2 yrs PT) Digital Media & Culture MSc/Dip by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Digital Studio Practice MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) School of Health in Social Sciences Early Keyboard Performance Studies MMus (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/health/postgraduates Music MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Advancing Nursing Practice MSc (1 yr FT, 2-3 yrs PT) Music in the Community MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Applied Psychology (Healthcare) for Children MSc (1 yr FT) Musical Instrument Research MMus (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and Young People Musicology MMus (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Children & Young People’s Mental Health MSc (1 yr FT, 2-3 yrs PT) PGCert / PG Diploma Sound Design MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT), and Psychological Practice Diploma (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Clinical Psychology DClinPsychol (3 yrs FT, 4-5 yrs PT), Sound Environments MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Counselling MCouns/Diploma/Certificate (4yrs / 3yrs / 1yr PT) Business School Counselling (Continuing Professional Practice) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.business-school.ed.ac.uk Counselling (Interpersonal Dialogue) MCouns (2 yrs FT) Counselling Studies MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Accounting & Finance MSc (1 yr FT) Business Administration MBA (1 yr FT) Health Studies PG Cert (4 mths PT) Business Administration (Modular) MBA (20–48 mths) Integrated Service Improvement: Health & Social Care MSc (2 yrs PT) Business Administration in International Business MBA (15 mths FT) Nursing Studies MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Carbon Finance MSc (1 yr FT) Carbon Management MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Finance & Investment MSc (1 yr FT) School of History, Classics & Archaeology International Business & Emerging Markets MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.shc.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate Management MSc by Research (1 yr FT) History Marketing MSc (1 yr FT) American History MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Marketing & Business Analysis MSc (1 yr FT) Diaspora & Migration History MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Economic & Social History MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) School of Divinity Enlightenment Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/divinity/studying/postgraduates First Millenium Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Biblical Studies MSc/MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Gender History MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Ethics MSc/MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) History MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Ministry MSc/MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Intellectual History MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Religious Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Landscape, Environment & History Distance learning (2 yrs PT) Science & Religion MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Material & Visual Cultures of the Past MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Theology in History MSc/MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Medieval History MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) World Christianity MSc/MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Modern British & Irish History MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Scottish History MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) School of Economics Scottish Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/economics/postgraduate Slavery & Forced Labour Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Social & Cultural History MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Economics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) The Second World War in Europe MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Economics (Finance) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Classics School of Education Classical Art & Archaeology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.education.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate Classics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Additional Support for Learning MEd/Diploma/Certificate (6 yrs/4 yrs/2 yrs PT) Hellenistic World MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Community Education MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 23

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Our programmes www.ed.ac.uk 23 Our programmes

Archaeology Transdisciplinary Documentary Film Practice MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Viking Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Archaeological Science MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Archaeology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) School of Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences European Archaeology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Forensic Anthropology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ppls.ed.ac.uk/pg/ Human Osteoarchaeology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Philosophy Mediterranean Archaeology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Ancient Philosophy MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Osteoarchaeology MSc (2 yrs FT) Ethics & Political Philosophy MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Philosophy MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Interdisciplinary programmes Ancient Philosophy MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Psychology First Millennium Studies MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) History & Theory of Psychology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Scottish Studies MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Human Cognitive Neuropsychology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Mind, Language & Embodied Cognition MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) School of Law Psycholinguistics MSc/Diploma (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.law.ed.ac.uk/pg Psychological Research Methods MSc/Diploma (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Psychology MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Commercial Law LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Psychology of Individual Differences MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Criminology & Criminal Justice MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Psychology of Language MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) European Law LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Visual Cognition MSc (1 yr FT) Global Environment & Climate Change Law LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) History & Philosophy of Law LLM by Research (1yr FT) Linguistics & English Language Innovation, Technology & the Law LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Applied Linguistics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT Intellectual Property Law LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Developmental Linguistics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) International Law LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Language MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Law LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Evolution of Language & Cognition MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Information Technology Law LLM (Distance learning 1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) Linguistics MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Innovation, Technology & The Law LLM (Distance learning 1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) Speech & Language Processing MSc/Diploma (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Intellectual Property Law LLM (Distance learning 1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) Theoretical Linguistics MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Medical Law & Ethics LLM (Distance learning 1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) School of Social & Political Science School of Literatures, Languages & Cultures www.sps.ed.ac.uk/gradschool/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/literatures-languages-cultures/graduate-school Politics & International Relations Literature & Literary Theory Advanced Professional Studies Protection/ American Literature MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Criminal Justice/Mental Health MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Comparative & General Literature MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Africa & International Development MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Critical Theory MSc by Research (1 yr FT) African Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Creative Writing MSc by Research (1yr FT) Anthropology of Health & Illness MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Literature & Modernity: MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Childhood Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) 1900 – Present Comparative Public Policy MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Literature & Society 1688–1900 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Ethics & Political Philosophy MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Medieval Literature MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Edinburgh Hansard Research Scholars Programme PG Cert (13 weeks FT) in Scotland & England European Union Politics & Law MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Postcolonial Literature MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Global Crime, Justice & Security MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Renaissance Literature MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Romanticism MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Global & International Sociology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Scottish Literature MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Global Health & Anthropology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: US Literature MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Global Health & Public Policy MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) English Literature: Victorian Literature MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Health Inequalities & Public Policy MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) European Theatre MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Health Systems & Public Policy MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Literature & Transatlanticism MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) International & European Politics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) International Political Theory MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Language Studies Multi-Level & Regional Politics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Chinese Studies MChS (2 yrs FT) Nationalism Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Translation Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Policy Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Cultures & Visual Arts Politics MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Arab & Muslim Diaspora Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Practice in Government & Public Policy PG Cert (3 mths PT) Arab World Studies MSc (2 yrs FT) Public Health Policy MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Celtic Studies MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Science & Technology Policy & Management MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Science & Technology Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) European Studies MSc (1 yr FT) Science, Technology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Film in the Public Space MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) & International Development Film Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Social Anthropology MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Highland Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Social Policy MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Social Research MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Japanese Culture MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Social Work MSW (24 mths FT) Material Cultures & the History of the Book MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Socio-Cultural Studies MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Media, Culture & Practice MSc (1 yr FT) Sociology MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Medieval Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) South Asian Studies MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Mind, Language & Embodied Cognition MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Modern Chinese Cultural Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Russian Studies MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Scandinavian Studies MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Scottish Ethnology MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT)

Distance learning. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 24

24

Our programmes Taught Masters and Masters by Research (continued)

College of Medicine & Veterinary Medicine Dentistry Veterinary Medicine www.epdi.org.uk www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/vet/studying/postgraduate Dental Primary Care MMedSci/MSc (3 yrs PT) Applied Animal Behaviour MSc (1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) Oral Surgery MMedSci/MClinDent (2 yrs FT) & Animal Welfare Orthodontics MMedSci/MClinDent (2 yrs FT, 3 yrs PT) Veterinary Science MVetSci by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Paediatric Dentistry MMedSci/MClinDent (2 yrs FT, 3 yrs PT) Prosthodontics MMedSci/MClinDent (2 yrs FT, 3 yrs PT) Medicine & Veterinary Medicine online Distance learning (programmes taught online only) Medicine Anaesthesia Practice MSc (27 mths FT) www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate Biodiversity, Wildlife MSc (3 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs FT), Certificate (1 yr PT) & Ecosystem Health Anaesthesia Practice MSc (27 mths FT) Clinical Education MSc (3 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) Biomedical Sciences (Life Sciences) MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Cognitive Ageing Research Certificate (1 yr FT) Cardiovascular Biology MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Methods for Medical Students Genomics & Pathway Biology MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Emerging & Neglected MSc (3 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) Human Anatomy MSc (1 yr FT) Infectious Diseases Infectious Diseases MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Equine Science MSc (3 yrs FT), Diploma (2 yrs FT) Certificate (1 yr PT) Medical Sciences MMedSci/MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Health Informatics MSc (3-6 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) Neuroscience MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Health Information Governance MSc (3-6 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT) Public Health Research MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) International Animal Health MSc (3 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) Quantitative Cell MSc by Research (1 yr FT) International Health: MSc (3 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) & Molecular Imaging Non Communicable Diseases Reproductive Biology MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Neuroimaging for Research MSc (3-6 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) Transfusion, Transplantation MSc (3 yrs PT) Pain Management MSc (3-6 yrs PT), Diploma (18 mths PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) & Tissue Banking Surgical Sciences MSc (3 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT) Translational Medicine MSc (3 yrs PT), Diploma (2 yrs PT), Certificate (1 yr PT)

Distance learning.

College of Science & Engineering School of Biological Sciences Environmental Sustainability MSc (1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Exploration Geophysics MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/biology/postgraduate Food Security MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Biodiversity & Taxonomy of Plants MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Geographical Information Science MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) BioInformatics MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Geographical Information MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) Drug Discovery & Translational Biology MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Science & Society Quantitative Genetics & Genome Analysis MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) GeoScience for Subsurface Exploration, MSc (1 yr FT) Systems & Synthetic Biology MSc (1 yr FT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Appraisal and Development (GeoSEAD) GeoSciences Individual Project MSc (1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) School of Chemistry Global Environmental Change MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Human Geography MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) www.chem.ed.ac.uk Integrated Resource Management MSc (1 yr FT, 2-3 yrs PT) Experimental & Theoretical Chemical Physics MPhil (2 yrs FT), MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Materials Chemistry MSc/MSc by Research (1 yr FT) School of Informatics Medicinal & Biological Chemistry MSc (1 yr FT) Molecular Synthetic Chemistry MSc by Research (1 yr FT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/informatics/postgraduate Artificial Intelligence MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) School of Engineering Cognitive Science MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) www.see.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate Computer Science MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) European Masters in Informatics MSc (2 yrs FT) Bioelectronics MSc (1 yr FT) Informatics MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) Electronics: Analogue System Design MSc (1 yr FT) Signal Processing & Communications MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Structural & Fire Safety Engineering MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) School of Mathematics Structural Engineering & Mechanics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.maths.ed.ac.uk/ps Sustainable Energy Systems MSc (1 yr FT) Financial Mathematics MSc (1 yr FT) Financial Modelling & Optimization MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) School of GeoSciences Mathematics MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.geos.ed.ac.uk/masters/taught.html Operational Research (and specialisms) MSc, (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Carbon Capture & Storage MSc (1 yr FT, 2–3 yrs PT) Statistics & Operational Research MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Carbon Management MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Ecological Economics MSc (1 yr FT, 2-3 yrs PT) Diploma (9 mths FT) School of Physics & Astronomy Environment & Development MSc (1 yr FT, 2-3 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT) www.ph.ed.ac.uk/studying Environment, Culture & Society MSc (1 yr FT, 2-3 yrs PT) Distributed Scientific Computing MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT) Environmental Protection & Management MSc (1 yr FT, 2-3 yrs PT) High Performance Computing MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT), Diploma (9 mths FT)

Distance learning. PGP INTRO 2011 19/7/10 16:32 Page 25

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Our research areas www.ed.ac.uk 25 Our research areas

Our research areas

• African Studies • Ethics & Political Philosophy • Molecular Medicine • Algebra & Number Theory • European Theatre • Molecular Plant Science • Anaesthesia, Critical Care & Pain Medicine • Evolutionary Biology • Molecular Synthetic Chemistry • Analysis • Experimental & Theoretical Chemistry • Music • Applied & Computational Mathematics • Film Studies • Neuroinformatics & Computational • Archaeology • French Neuroscience Doctoral Training Centre • Architecture • General Practice • Neuroscience • Astrophysics • Geography • New Testament Language, Literature & Theology • Atmospheric & Environmental Sciences • Geology & Geophysics • Nuclear Physics • Canadian Studies • Geometry & Topology • Nursing Studies • Cardiovascular • Geriatric Medicine • Operational Research & Optimization • Cell Biology • German • Orthopaedic & Trauma Medicine • Celtic Studies • Global Change • Particle Physics • Centre for Intelligent Systems • Hebrew & Old Testament Studies • Pathology & their Applications • Hispanic Studies • Pathway Medicine • Centre for Speech Technology Research • History • Philosophy • Centre for Study of the Two World Wars • History of Art • Politics & International Relations • Chemistry/Biology Interface • Human Geography • Probability & Stochastic Analysis • Child Life & Health • Immunology & Infection Research • Psychiatry • Chinese • Infectious Diseases • Psychology • Christian Ethics & Practical Theology • Inflammation • Public Health Sciences • Classics • Informatics Life Sciences Institute • Rehabilitation Studies • Clinical & Health Psychology • Infrastructure & the Environment • Religious Studies • Clinical Biochemistry • Institute for Adaptive & Neural Computation • Reproductive & Developmental Science • Clinical Neurosciences • Institute for Communicating • Cognitive & Neural Systems & Collaborative Systems • Respiratory Medicine • Condensed Matter • Institute for Computing Systems Architecture • Russian • Counselling Studies • Institute of Perception, Action & Behaviour • Sanskrit • Comparative Literature • Integrated Micro & Nano Systems • Scandinavian Studies • Creative Music Practice • Integrative Physiology • Science Technology & Innovation Studies • Cultural Studies • Internal Medicine • Scottish Ethnology • Dentistry • International Public Health Policy • Scottish History • Dermatology • Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies • Second World War Studies • Digital Communications • Italian • Social Anthropology • Earth & Planetary Science • Japanese • Social Policy • Earth Observation • Laboratory for Foundations • Social Work • Ecclesiastical History of Computer Science • Sociology • Economic & Social History •Law • South Asian Studies • Economics • Linguistics • Statistics • Edinburgh Cancer Research Centre • Management • Stem Cell Research • Edinburgh Earth Observatory • Materials & Processes • Structural & Molecular Biology • Education • Materials Chemistry • Surgery • Energy Systems • Mathematical Physics • Systematic Theology • English Language • Medical Physics & Medical Engineering • Translation Studies • English Literature • Medieval Studies • Veterinary Medicine • Environmental Sustainability • Molecular & Optical Physics • World Christianity PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 26

26

Humanities & Social Science PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 27

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 27 Humanities & Social Science

Introducing the College

Our internationally renowned College of Humanities and Social Science offers

first-class research and teaching, providing an excellent learning environment Introduction across 11 academic schools: The future • School of Arts, Culture & Environment Our alumni have followed fulfilling careers in a range of different • The University of Edinburgh Business School disciplines. Past alumni include: Ian Rankin (award-winning crime • School of Divinity writer), Allan Little (BBC foreign correspondent), Katherine Grainger • School of Economics (Olympic rowing medallist), and Dame Stella Rimington (former • School of Education MI5 director). • School of Health in Social Science For further information please visit the College website at www.hss.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate or contact the relevant • School of History, Classics & Archaeology school as indicated in this prospectus. • School of Law • School of Literatures, Languages & Cultures • School of Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences • School of Social & Political Science

Academic and research excellence The College is home to leading researchers across the full spectrum of disciplines. The majority of these academics operate in areas which received the highest grades in the 2008 UK Research Assessment Exercise. Choice Our degree programmes are designed to be flexible and responsive to the needs of students and employers. Many of our programmes are offered on a part-time and full-time basis. You can also learn as a non-graduating student, allowing you to undertake focused study that does not lead to a degree. Funding The College has an extremely high level of research activity and is one of the UK’s largest recipients of ESRC, AHRB and other Research Council funding. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 28

28

Arts, Culture & Environment

Established in August 2002, the School of Careers Arts, Culture & Environment brings together On completing their studies, postgraduates from the School of Arts, the three former departments of Architecture, Culture & Environment choose from a number of career paths. Some go on to further study or pursue careers in academic teaching and History of Art & Music. It has more than research. Many of our Architecture students join architects’ practices, 40 teaching and research staff and provides the next step in gaining professional accreditation. teaching for more than 850 undergraduate Scholarships & bursaries and 200 postgraduate students. For information about funding sources visit Offering a diverse community of students and staff, and a vibrant www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. and challenging environment for learning, the School houses critical study and research into creativity within the arts and sciences, Contact drawing upon insights from Architecture, History of Art and Music. Graduate School of Arts, Culture & Environment Alison House Our range of degrees 12 Nicolson Square We offer a wide range of innovative taught masters programmes, Edinburgh EH8 9DF as well as research opportunities in each subject area. E: [email protected] T: +44 (0)131 651 4301 There are three research degrees on offer: F: +44 (0)131 651 4335 PhD (three years full time; six years part time) – text, design • W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ or experimentally based arts-culture-environment/graduate-school • MPhil (two years full time; four years part time) • MSc by Research (one year full time; two years part time). Facilities & resources The School is spread across three sites which are centrally located near the University’s Main Library at George Square.

Those studying Architecture have 24-hour access to individual studio space. They can also use well equipped multimedia laboratories, large-format printing facilities, a specialist library, exhibition spaces, and one of the best equipped architectural workshops in the country, used for the creative exploration of new technologies.

Edinburgh is an outstanding city for studies in History of Art. A UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1995, it has six world-class national art museums and many other art galleries, both commercial and public. The University’s own collection, in addition boasts a wide array of pieces from a range of periods.

Music students can enjoy the University’s two impressive concert halls. They also have access to high-quality practice facilities, well-resourced sound recording studios, and the Reid Music Library, one of the best music libraries in the UK. There is an excellent instrument research collection: the Edinburgh University Collection of Historic Musical Instruments (EUCHMI), which includes the Russell Collection, located in two museums. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 29

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 29 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

ACOUSTICS & MUSIC ADVANCED SUSTAINABLE • gain trans-disciplinary skills in TECHNOLOGY DESIGN articulation of sustainable strategies in related industry sectors. Culture & EnvironmentArts, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/478 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/417 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (On Campus) (1 yr FT) ARCHITECTURAL MSc (Mixed Mode) (2 yrs PT) Contact AND URBAN DESIGN Tammy Kelly Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/636 T: +44 (0)131 650 2280 Kirsten Phimister MSc (1 yr FT) E: [email protected] T: +44 (0)131 651 4301 E: [email protected] Contact Fees & costs As for Advanced Sustainable Design www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs Additional costs: £800 FT, £400 PT student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Additional costs: £800 student-funding/tuition-fees Entry requirements Additional costs: £800 A 2:1 honours degree in a science, electronic Entry requirements or music-related subject or its equivalent, if A 2:1 honours degree or its equivalent, if Entry requirements outside the UK. Other degree subjects and outside the UK, in a relevant subject and an A professional qualification in architecture, non-standard qualifications may also be electronic portfolio submission. The portfolio usually a five-year programme, with a strong acceptable if combined with appropriate submission should demonstrate an interest portfolio of design work. Consideration professional experience. and engagement in design through visual will be given to applicants with a four-year and textual material. qualification in architecture if they have Programme details appropriate experience in professional The emphasis of this programme is on Programme details practice or a related field, such as art, science and technology in the context The programme is offered either through digital design or industrial design. of musical and multimedia applications. on-campus learning or mixed mode, where a proportion of the programme is undertaken Programme details The programme aims to create a through distance learning. The programme provides specialist training multidisciplinary learning environment in design for candidates who already hold that will prepare students for careers in The programme looks at the relationship a professional architectural degree. The which a strong understanding of music/ of design in the built environment to programme aims to expose candidates to a audio technology is required. Students will contemporary sustainable agendas, and range of cutting-edge approaches, strategies, develop skills in research, computation, engages in very relevant cultural and research and experimentation techniques in design and analytical problem solving, professional debates that increasingly architectural design. as well as develop an ability to appreciate, influence the production of architecture. understand and develop the creative Teaching methods Teaching methods potential of sound design. This programme is structured around a series These include a mixture of studio-based of design projects, augmented by Teaching methods design projects, coursework, independent lecture/seminar-based teaching in digital The MSc is a 12-month full time programme, research and a dissertation element. media and contemporary architectural theory. taught by a combination of lectures, seminars, Skills & learning outcomes The programme also involves fieldwork in a tutorials and practical work. Courses are assessed Graduates of this programme will: selected European city. through a combination of report submissions and written examinations. In the final three • understand the social, economic Skills & learning outcomes months each student carries out an individual and legislative forces that are driving Graduates of this programme will be able to: project which is assessed by dissertation. contemporary, sustainable agendas, • demonstrate leadership within an and how such agendas relate to architectural design-team context Skills & learning outcomes architectural cultures evaluate critically the possible roles Students who successfully complete this • • be able to critically assess sustainability architectural design plays within the cross-disciplinary programme will develop as a cultural, economic and environmental larger field of cultural production skills in the area of music, acoustics and phenomenon understand how digital media affects audio technology. Graduates will have a • • be able to interrogate site, programme the conception, design and representation thorough understanding of the appropriate and context in relation to the production of architecture. technologies and the science underlying of sustainable construction, engineering them, as well as an understanding of their and architectural strategies role in a wider creative arts environment. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 30

30

ARCHITECTURAL FACILITIES Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes MANAGEMENT Graduates from the programme will be able Graduates from the programme will be able (DISTANCE LEARNING) to understand: to understand and apply:

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/372 • the complex operational requirements of • current theories and practice in project Distance Learning Option (84 mths DL) clients and other stakeholders engaged management with facilities • construction economics Contact • the evolution of architectural design, its • finance and risk management As for Advanced Sustainable Design cultural context and the influence of • human resource management Fees & costs globalisation • corporate strategy and procurement www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • how design and operation can influence • the context and factors that inform student-funding/tuition-fees sustainability at building, neighbourhood contemporary architectural design and city level • the influence of sustainability and Entry requirements • the relationship between building design industrialisation of construction on Applicants must hold a minimum 2:2 and service effectiveness in relation to building design honours degree in a relevant discipline, areas such as front-of-house, security, • contemporary ideas on the development and/or full membership of a relevant cleaning and hospitality of cities. professional institution. Equivalent UK/ • the role of space planning and space overseas qualifications may be considered management in optimising the on an individual basis. effectiveness of operational facilities. Prospective students with other qualifications and experience are encouraged to contact us ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT to determine their suitability for entry to the MANAGEMENT (DISTANCE course. Admission to the programme is dealt LEARNING) with by Heriot-Watt University. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/35 Programme details Distance Learning Option (84 mths DL) This programme is designed to extend the (48 mths DL) existing capabilities of architectural graduates Contact (and similar design graduates) to enable them As for Advanced Sustainable Design to evaluate and address the performance requirements of buildings and their associated Fees & costs services from a strategic client perspective. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ It will enable the student to understand how student-funding/tuition-fees design decisions impact on key operational Entry requirements factors such as flexibility, serviceability, As for Architectural Facilities adaptability, sustainability and life-cycle costs. Management It will also enable them to understand the Programme details pressing demands of the client in an This programme offers graduates working environment where the building process is in the construction industry the opportunity not a ‘one-shot’ process but a continuously to develop project-management skills in evolving one. the context of large-scale contemporary Teaching methods architectural projects. It will suit professionals The programme will be jointly delivered with who have a construction-project background Heriot-Watt University’s School of the Built and want to learn more about design aspects, Environment, drawing from the different or those who have a design background who resources available in each institution, using wish to gain skills in project management. a distance-learning mode. Teaching methods The programme will be delivered jointly with Heriot-Watt University’s School of the Built Environment, drawing from the different resources available in each institution using a distance-learning mode. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 31

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 31 Humanities & Social Science

ARCHITECTURE, MASTER OF You will have the opportunity to work involving an interview and portfolio (ARB/RIBA PART 2) collaboratively with other international presentation, held by the ARB in London. institutions. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/420 Programme details Skills and learning outcomes See ARB/RIBA PART 2

MArch (2 yrs FT) Culture & EnvironmentArts, The programme has ARB prescription. Contact Teaching methods For further information about ARB and As for Advanced Sustainable Design See ARB/RIBA PART 2 the prescription of architectural Fees & costs qualifications, see the education section ART IN THE GLOBAL www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ of the ARB website: www.arb.org.uk. MIDDLE AGES student-funding/tuition-fees RIBA Candidate Status has been awarded Additional costs: An annual £50 specialist- www.ed.ac.uk/pg/608 to this programme. equipment fee. This is a postgraduate MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) taught programme but funded as an MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE Contact undergraduate degree. (STUDIES) Lucy Hawkins T: +44 (0)131 651 3212 Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/pg/479 E: [email protected] A degree in architecture prescribed by the MArch (Studies) (2 yrs FT) ARB at Part 1. You will need to submit a Fees & costs Contact CV, personal statement and portfolio on www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ As for Advanced Sustainable Design CD when you apply. Referees must complete student-funding/tuition-fees the School’s pro forma and return directly Fees & costs Additional costs: £100 FT, £50 PT to the postgraduate secretary. Please consult www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entry requirements the Master of Architecture (ARB/RIBA Part 2) student-funding/tuition-fees A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international website for full details before applying: Additional costs: £50 per annum specialist equivalent in history of art or in another www.esala.ac.uk/admission/march. equipment fee. You will also be expected humanities degree subject. Programme details to pay for field trips and printing. This is Programme details Architectural education in Edinburgh is a postgraduate taught programme but This masters programme is designed for delivered jointly by the University of Edinburgh funded as an undergraduate degree. students seeking a distinctive and unique and Edinburgh College of Art, under the Entry requirements perspective on the arts of the Middle Ages. auspices of an Academic Federation between This programme is open to applicants with It combines study of the arts and their the two institutions, and in collaboration a good first degree in architecture and a audiences in Europe with those in non- with the School of the Built Environment strong portfolio. You will need to submit Christian cultures (Islam and China). Its at Heriot-Watt University. This programme a CV, personal statement and portfolio on main focus is on issues stemming from offers a number of flexible pathways, through CD when you apply. Referees must complete consideration of cultural exchange and a series of interlinked or independent the School’s pro forma and return directly interaction between West and East. It also thematic studios. to the postgraduate secretary. Please consult considers issues concerning pilgrimage and the Master of Architecture (Studies) Teaching methods conquest, and addresses questions arising website for full details before applying: The programme combines studio-based work from study of the rise of global trade and www.esala.ac.uk/admission/march. that provides a balanced understanding of travel, embracing topics such as: material architecture with a stimulating environment If your first undergraduate qualification does exchange; pilgrimage; travel; literature and that enables creativity, experimentation and not carry Part 1 status, you are invited to its uses; artistic and technological exchange; critical engagement with architectural design. apply for this non-ARB-validated programme. and the taste of the exotic. This programme runs parallel to the MArch You will take a series of advanced level The programme includes the possibility of to allow graduates without an ARB-validated design exercises and projects, engaging with taking an internship in a museum, public Part 1 qualification to undertake an MArch structural, environmental, cultural, theoretical institution or similar organisation. and aesthetic questions. You will study programme in Edinburgh. Teaching methods Contemporary Architectural Theory, Technology, Applicants who intend to practise outside This programme is taught through a and Management Practice and Law, dealing the UK do not necessarily require the ARB- combination of small-group seminars and with the legal, contractual and economic validated Part 2 status. However, many tutorials, one-to-one supervision and private parameters of architectural practice. You applicants do wish to gain the ARB Part 2 study. You will be examined through will complete a comprehensive design status. In this case, students on the coursework and a dissertation. project, accompanied by an illustrated programme are welcome to apply to transfer report explaining its theoretical, environmental into the accredited MArch programme. This and technical dimensions. requires you to pass the Part 1 examination, PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 32

32

Skills & learning outcomes CULTURAL STUDIES • skills for researching inter-relationships Participants will gain an understanding between social, cultural and aesthetic of how the relationships and connections phenomena www.ed.ac.uk/pg/629 between cultures are formed and the way a critical appreciation of current MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • in which a specific culture perceived and cultural developments presented itself, as well as how it was viewed Contact • critical, analytical and interpretative skills, abroad as evidenced both through text As for Advanced Sustainable Design transferable to both academic and and images. This programme prepares its Fees & costs employment-based settings. graduates for further scholarly research or www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ for a career working with medieval objects, DESIGN & DIGITAL MEDIA student-funding/tuition-fees images or works of art in museums, libraries, Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT archives and other collections. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/37 Entry requirements MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) COMPOSITION A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in a relevant subject. Contact As for Advanced Sustainable Design www.ed.ac.uk/pg/36 Programme details MMus Composition (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) This programme adopts trans-cultural Fees & costs perspectives. We encourage investigations www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Contact into the questions of identity and representation; student-funding/tuition-fees As for Acoustics & Music Technology the urban realm as a site of intense cultural Additional costs: £800 FT, £400 PT Fees & costs production; and instructive tensions between Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ spatial, textual, visual and material forms A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international student-funding/tuition-fees that both shape and are shaped by cultural equivalent. The subject discipline is not as Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT contexts, specific practices, various image and important as aptitude and commitment to media technologies and theoretical debates. Entry requirements study in this area. Equivalent professional A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international In engaging with the complexities of visual experience may be considered as alternative equivalent in music. knowledge and the technological mediations fulfilment of part or all of the requirements Programme details of images, texts and objects, the programme in individual cases. encourages critical reflections and research Music at Edinburgh has a long history of Programme details methodologies in which image and visual excellence in composition. This programme The MSc in Design and Digital Media is a practice contribute to the research corpus aims to support students in their exploration unique programme of study that addresses and serve as critical tools of investigation. of their musical horizons, their musical the growing need for professional education language and its relationship to the wider The programme offers a unique focus on in digital technology applied to design, compositional world. the diverse manifestations of material including its social, cultural and philosophical Teaching methods cultures and cultural landscapes. implications. Based in a lively studio environment, the programme develops The programme combines regular seminars Teaching methods wide skills in digital techniques and a critical with individual tuition to develop and guide The programme combines seminar and framework to appraise the application of the student’s work. tutorial work with group discussions, class these technologies to design. Skills & learning outcomes presentations, essays and dissertations. Graduates of this masters degree will: Core and some optional courses employ The course addresses the needs of innovative pedagogies that encourage practitioners, managers, decision-makers and understand historical and contemporary • critical and theoretical reflection through educators who want to be informed by first- trends in music engagement with visual production, visual hand knowledge of the technical possibilities develop their own practice and aesthetic • essays and multimedia presentations. Optional of digital technology and an awareness of gain a secure understanding of the context • courses are drawn from across the University social, cultural and business contexts. of their work as well as Edinburgh College of Art. • have a professional approach to the Teaching methods presentation of performing materials Skills & learning outcomes Teaching is through a combination of lectures, and the management of the relationship Students on this programme will develop: seminars, tutorials, practical sessions and with performers. • a thorough grounding in key terms, studios. Projects bring out original thinking, debates and theories framing cultural creative ability, and independent achievement and visual studies within their local within a framework of teamwork. and global contexts PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 33

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 33 Humanities & Social Science

Skills & learning outcomes technological project, translate musical ideas Entry requirements Students on this programme will: into fully functioning interactive computer A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international • acquire a broadly based foundation music programmes and/or scores and reflect equivalent in a relevant subject. on creative work in light of past and present in design technologies Programme details cultural developments. Culture & EnvironmentArts, • work in groups within the context of design This programme enables students to study • understand the potential for new History of Art at an advanced level, covering technologies and their creative uses EARLY KEYBOARD PERFORMANCE STUDIES a wide variety of fields, which range from early • apply existing digital design techniques medieval art in Britain and Ireland to modernist in a creative way www.ed.ac.uk/pg/422 architecture and sculpture in Brazil. • develop skills in entrepreneurial thinking MMus (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and business planning Teaching methods Contact • develop fresh thinking in design, within The MSc by Research consists of assessed work, As for Acoustics & Music Technology an analytical and critical framework. split between a dissertation (15,000 words) and Fees & costs supervised research essays on topics related to DIGITAL COMPOSITION & www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ the dissertation. PERFORMANCE student-funding/tuition-fees The programme also includes a compulsory MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT research-training course and either a methodology course, or a course from Contact Entry requirements another MSc programme, if agreed to be more As for Acoustics & Music Technology A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international equivalent in music plus keyboard ability at suitable by your supervisor and postgraduate Fees & costs diploma standard. director. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Programme details Skills & learning outcomes student-funding/tuition-fees History of Art is an interdisciplinary subject that Additional costs: £800 FT, £400 PT This programme will develop the student’s performance on organ, harpsichord or provides transferable skills in the analysis of Entry requirements clavichord to an advanced level, with images and texts, research, academic writing, A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international teaching undertaken by an experienced public presentations and IT. equivalent in a relevant subject. keyboard performer. HISTORY, THEORY Programme details Teaching methods AND DISPLAY This dynamic programme will develop a Students will work with an experienced teacher www.ed.ac.uk/pg/41 variety of interdisciplinary skills ranging across on repertoire appropriate to their instrument MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) digital music composition and performance, and interests. Lessons are fortnightly at computer science, and cultural studies. mutually convenient times. Seminars in Contact Teaching methods Keyboard Organology will complement the As for Art in the Global Middle Ages practical element of the programme. Teaching consists of weekly seminars. Fees & costs Students will be expected to spend at least Skills & learning outcomes www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student- 10 hours per week on project work outside Students who successfully complete this funding/tuition-fees of formal study time. course will develop the highest standards in Additional costs: £100 FT, £50 PT early keyboard performance and musicianship, Skills & learning outcomes Entry requirements and they will be in a strong position to teach Students will gain in-depth knowledge of: A UK 2:1 honours degree or international others within their particular area of expertise. • computer music composition and equivalent in a relevant subject. performance HISTORY OF ART Programme details real-time computer music programming • This programme introduces students to (Max/MSP) art history research and provides students with non-real-time computer music www.ed.ac.uk/pg/40 • experience of a professional career programming MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) in the subject. algorithmic composition • Contact electro-acoustic composition Teaching methods • As for Art in the Global Middle Ages • human–computer interaction These include a mixture of small-group teaching, • the key theories that have informed Fees & costs individual tutorials, research seminars, lectures understanding of the digital age. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ and an internship, subject to availability. Half of student-funding/tuition-fees the working week involves independent study In addition students will learn how to plan, Additional costs: FT £300, PT £150 and research. Formal assessment is by means of execute, realise, and document a musical essays, project work and a dissertation. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 34

34

Skills & learning outcomes MUSIC IN THE Programme details History, Theory and Display provides COMMUNITY This programme develops skills in the critical transferable skills in the analysis of images study of musical instruments and familiarises www.ed.ac.uk/pg/45 and texts, research, academic writing, public students with the examination of historic MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) presentations, and IT. Students will: instruments and the evaluation of documentary Contact information sources and iconography. • gain work experience in a field related to As for Acoustics & Music Technology art history, including writing art criticism; Teaching methods • complete a major piece of original, Fees & costs Weekly two-hour tutorials will be held in independent, art-historical research; www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ the Historic Musical Instrument Collection • demonstrate they are capable of further student-funding/tuition-fees galleries. In each semester students write research in art history. Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT a research paper of about 3,000 words. Following the second semester students Entry requirements MODERN ART: HISTORY, will carry out original research in organology A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international CURATING & CRITICISM and write a dissertation. equivalent in a relevant subject. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/424 Skills & learning outcomes Programme details MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Students on this programme will learn the This programme provides a context and history and relevant literature of the most Contact support for advanced development in personal important instruments of Western music. As for Art in the Global Middle Ages creativity and community music skills. It brings They will be able to examine historic together practical work in the community with Fees & costs instruments, carry out research and draw new and relevant research in the biological, www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ conclusions about their operation. student-funding/tuition-fees psychological and social sciences. Additional costs: £100 FT, £50 PT Teaching methods MUSICOLOGY Entry requirements Students will be taught through workshops, supervised placements, seminars, lectures, A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international www.ed.ac.uk/pg/47 tutorials, supervised projects and a dissertation. equivalent in a relevant subject. MMus (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Skills & learning outcomes Programme details Contact Students on this programme will: The programme will deepen your knowledge As for Acoustics & Music Technology and understanding of the history of modern • understand the relevant theories and and contemporary art, and prepare you for models drawn from recent advances Fees & costs further research and/or a range of careers in the biological, psychological and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ within the art world. It combines academic social sciences student-funding/tuition-fees study, including core courses on the Theory • be able to plan and implement community Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT and Practice of Research and on the Culture programmes Entry requirements of Display with more practical, vocational • be introduced to strategies for research A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international elements appropriate to studying in a and assessment of projects equivalent in music. major international art centre. • develop advanced animateur skills and Programme details undergo personal creative development. Teaching methods This programme offers an intense introduction There is a mixture of small-group teaching, MUSICAL INSTRUMENT to methodologies and research techniques individual tutorials and supervision, and RESEARCH in musicology, covering both classical and research seminars. Students are expected popular music and autonomous works and to undertake independent study and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/46 functional music, e.g. for religious ceremonies research. Formal assessment is by means MMus (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) or for the screen. Drawing on the very broad of essays, project work and a dissertation. Contact range of research at Edinburgh, Musicology The internship involves learning by direct As for Acoustics & Music Technology allows students to pursue, in greater depth, practical experience. an area of special interest or to develop more Fees & costs specialised skills to further their careers. Skills & learning outcomes www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Students will gain knowledge and student-funding/tuition-fees Teaching methods understanding in the field of modern Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT There are three key areas: issues in and contemporary art, as well as transferable musicology; research methods; and focused Entry requirements research skills. The programme offers the research into specific areas of music study. A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international possibility of an internship in a museum or gallery. equivalent in music. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 35

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 35 Humanities & Social Science

Teaching is by a combination of staff– and Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes student-led seminars, student presentations Students will develop: Students on this programme: and field trips. The programme is designed • an interdisciplinary understanding of • gain work experience in a field related to to help students become increasingly the key changes in European cultural art history, including writing art criticism independent in their study while providing life between the Renaissance and • complete a major piece of original, Culture & EnvironmentArts, the necessary supervisory support. the Enlightenment independent art-historical research Skills & learning outcomes • familiarity with the variety of materials • develop appropriate skills and knowledge Graduates of this programme will be able to that can be used to explore this cultural suitable for further research in the the field. apply and devise innovative research methods, life and the changes it underwent critically evaluate arguments and display a • a critical understanding of some of the SOUND DESIGN variety of transferable skills. They will also be principal ways in which these changes have been conceptualised and their significance equipped with the skills necessary to pursue www.ed.ac.uk/pg/51 articulated by scholars, past and present higher research degrees. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • independent research skills required in RENAISSANCE TO fields such as collections management and Contact ENLIGHTENMENT curatorship, work in historic buildings or As for Advanced Sustainable Design landmarks, as well as academic research. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/49 Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) SCOTTISH ART AND VISUAL student-funding/tuition-fees CULTURE 1750–2000 Contact Additional costs: £800 FT, £400 PT As for Art in the Global Middle Ages www.ed.ac.uk/pg/50 Entry requirements MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Fees & costs Applicants are expected to hold a UK www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Contact 2:1 honours degree, or its international student-funding/tuition-fees As for Art in the Global Middle Ages equivalent, in a relevant subject. Those who Additional costs: £100 FT, £50 PT do not have a sound-related undergraduate Fees & costs degree are asked to submit a small portfolio Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ of sound work. This can range from an essay A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international student-funding/tuition-fees on sound to a small collection of sound equivalent in a relevant subject. Additional costs: £100 FT, £50 PT recordings, performances or documentation Programme details Entry requirements of a sound-based project, such as an This innovative masters programme gives A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international installation, film or animation. students an in-depth knowledge of equivalent in a relevant subject. Renaissance and Early Modern culture from Programme details an interdisciplinary perspective. It offers the Programme details The programme is targeted at individuals opportunity to work closely with Renaissance This is the only masters programme in interested in exploring the domain of sound and Early Modern collections in Edinburgh, Scottish art in the UK. It combines close in the wider context of new media theory which include paintings by Botticelli or academic study with an internship at a local and technology. It draws from a broad range Titian, early printed editions of Shakespeare, institution. Edinburgh is an excellent city for of disciplines and its content ranges from pioneering scientific texts, historic buildings studying Scottish art. The art collections in study of film sound to interactive audio and archival documents. Students will have this area are world class. design, sound installation and web design. It will provide students with knowledge, the opportunity to take an internship at a The programme aims to introduce students to skill and understanding of a range of local museum, gallery or library. research in art history at the highest level and sound design situations, both commercial Teaching methods develop research in interests in Scottish Art and creative. The first two semesters are based around and Visual Culture. Teaching methods small-group teaching and a combination Teaching methods Students will attend a combination of of lectures, seminars and tutorials; if the The first two semesters are based around lectures, seminars, tutorials and practical internship option is taken, this will also require small-group teaching, and an internship. sessions supported with occasional input from students to work one day a week at the host From April to September, students are external professionals in the field of sound institution. From April to September students engaged full time, researching and writing design and related areas. are engaged in full-time researching and their dissertations. writing of their dissertations. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 36

36

Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods Teaching methods Students who follow this programme will: Study is project based and heavily The programme is structured around two core • obtain a broadly based foundation in structured in the first semester along a seminar courses and two core studio courses. sound design technologies series of related practical studies involving In addition, an option course is offered in each • use existing computer-aided sound the design of computer applications together semester. Options are drawn from across the design techniques in a creative way with an essay course. The second semester University. Candidates must successfully • analyse and think critically about sound provides greater opportunity for students to complete the urban research project in the and its role in a wider creative-arts pursue their specific interests, in the context summer semester to be awarded the MSc. of public display or exhibition. environment Skills & learning outcomes • understand the scope and limitations of Skills & learning outcomes Participants will be able to: computer applications in sound design Graduates will be conversant with appropriate • think critically and creatively through engage in cross-disciplinary collaboration • technologies and with the practices and social textual and visual mediums about the in the context of audiovisual practice contexts in which these technologies are contemporary city • discover new creative uses of advanced developed and used. • understand theoretical debates that form technologies The programme will impart practical skills the frontiers of current research in urban • undertake group work within the context within the framework of a critical appreciation studies and cognate disciplines of design of the impact and influence of audio and • comprehend the cross-cultural dimensions • understand of the potential for digital technology. underpinning the study of the new technologies. contemporary city in a global frame SOUND ENVIRONMENTS THE CITY • use a range of data collection and data analysis techniques (quantitative and qualitative) relevant to the city www.ed.ac.uk/pg/369 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/52 • embark on a self-directed programme MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) of research into the city.

Contact Contact As for Advanced Sustainable Design As for Advanced Sustainable Design

Fees & costs Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £800 FT, £400 PT Additional costs: £800 FT, £400 PT

Entry requirements Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A UK 2:1 honours degree or its equivalent, in a relevant subject. Applicants international equivalent. who do not have a sound-related Programme details undergraduate degree are asked to submit The programme aims to provide an a small portfolio of sound work. This can opportunity for students to pursue range from an essay on sound to a small interdisciplinary study on the contemporary collection of sound recordings, performances city. It focuses on two main areas: the city or documentation of a sound-based project, and its others, and visual knowledge. such as an installation, film or animation. Both points of focus will be underpinned Programme details by an emphasis on methodological research This programme aims to develop skills in innovation: data-gathering techniques, sound design and spatial design, promoting visual methods, ethnography and fieldwork. the themes of ambience, sound generation, The programme draws upon expertise in temporality, voice, control, synthesis and a architecture, history of art, geography and consideration of the whole sensory field as cultural studies. spatial determinants. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 37

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 37 Humanities & Social Science

Research areas

Architecture Training & support History of Art performed strongly in the 2008 The research culture is supported by Research Assessment Exercise with 60 per

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/54 seminar and public lecture programmes cent of our work being judged of international Culture & EnvironmentArts, MPhil Architecture (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) and discussion groups. standing. Research is conducted across an MSc by Research Architecture unusually broad range of fields including: In the first semester students are required (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) to take a course of research training • early and late medieval art MSc by Research Digital Media and consisting of workshops on research • Islamic art and architecture Culture (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) methodologies. This course culminates • classic and modern Chinese art MSc by Research Digital Studio Practice in a postgraduate conference in which • the Italian Renaissance (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) participants present material from their • 17th century Flemish art MSc by Research Interdisciplinary research to a diverse audience of peers, • 18th century material culture and histories Creative Practice (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) supervisors and invited guests. All students of collecting MSc by Research Reflective have access to the University’s Postgraduate • late 19th century French art Design Practices (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Skills Training courses. • international and British Modernism MSc by Research Sound Design • the postmodern city and its representation (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Facilities • contemporary art and globalisation. PhD Architecture (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research programmes in architecture PhD Design (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) are served by high-quality library facilities. Training & support All students in the programmes are allocated Students take a programme of research Research profile individual, 24-hour, study spaces and training in the first semester. Arrangements Research is central to the life of architecture have access to well-equipped multimedia can be made to attend courses in most of at the University of Edinburgh. It is embedded laboratories, photography and the major languages, palaeography, issues within our intellectual and creative facets of exhibition facilities. of theory and historiography. our activities and our collaborations with a rich range of institutions within the UK Fees & costs All students also have access to the University’s and internationally. Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT Postgraduate Skills Training courses.

We are particularly strong in the Contact Facilities following areas: Kirsten Phimister You will have access to the University’s excellent library and computing facilities. • the history of architecture in Scotland, T: +44 (0)131 651 4301 You can have 24-hour access to a study space Germany and Central Europe E: [email protected] in a shared postgraduate room if required. • Italian Renaissance studies • the architecture of spirituality History of Art The National Library of Scotland, a copyright lightweight steel structures library, is located near the University’s central • www.ed.ac.uk/pg/40 the building envelope campus and is open to all our postgraduate • MPhil Fine Art (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) structural masonry students. The readily accessible National • MPhil History of Art (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) design and manufacturing Galleries of Scotland and National Museums • MSc by Research History of Art research in and through design as of Scotland have major collections of art and • (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) informed by themes in contemporary artefacts of many periods and cultures, and in PhD Fine Art (ECA) (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) architectural theory some cases, archives of international standing. PhD History of Art (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) the spatial, social and philosophical • Fees & costs implications of media Research groups/centres/institutes Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT • the relationship between computers Members of staff are actively involved and design practice, cognitive models with the Visual Arts Research Institute of Contact of human–computer interaction Edinburgh (VARIE). Lucy Hawkins T: +44 (0)131 651 3212 • 3D modelling, mobile computing, Research profile E: [email protected] sonic environment and e-commerce Our PhD and MPhil in Fine Art programmes • cultural and visual studies, urban are offered jointly with Edinburgh College visual cultures, methodologies of urban of Art (eca), and are an example of the research, urban semiotic landscapes, long history of close collaboration between visual knowledges and theories of visuality. the two institutions. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 38

38

Creative Music Practice Fees & costs At the end of year one students make a formal Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT submission, examined by the Graduate School www.ed.ac.uk/pg/630 committee, which forms the basis for the Contact PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) continuation of their research. During their Tammy Kelly research, in addition to regular meetings with Research profile T: +44 (0)131 650 2280 their supervisor(s), students will participate The PhD in Creative Music Practice provides E: [email protected] an opportunity for candidates to pursue in postgraduate seminars, conferences, practice-led research in the field of music Cultural Studies discussion groups, exhibitions and events. at the highest level. The degree will involve The research culture is supported by www.ed.ac.uk/pg/651 research that combines textual and musical seminar and public lecture programmes MSc by Research Digital Media & Culture outputs and is likely to attract composer- and various opportunities for publication (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) theorists, computer music composers, and presentation of research. All students MSc by Research Digital Studio Practice performers and instrument builders/ researchers. have access to the University’s postgraduate (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) skills training courses. This programme involves research that MSc by Research Interdisciplinary combines textual and musical outputs, e.g. Creative Practice (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Facilities composition, performance (either of original PhD Cultural Studies (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Postgraduate Facilities include student offices, or pre-existing repertoire), installation, sound a common room and computing facilities Research profile design and interactive music software. at Alison House, the Graduate School of the Research in Cultural Studies is central to These outputs will take the form of a portfolio, School of Arts, Culture and the Environment. performance, and/or recording, as well as the School of Arts, Culture and Environment. In addition to the University’s Main Library theoretical work and documentation of the It provides an exciting platform for students have access to the resources of the processes by which the music was made multidisciplinary exchanges within the Arts & Architecture Library at ACE, the National (e.g. video, photographs, recordings, School and the wider University as well Library of Scotland, Scottish Studies Library sketches, studies, web pages). as with a range of institutions across the UK and worldwide. and Digital Archives, Language and Humanities The format of the PhD thesis would consist Centre, Edinburgh College of Art Library, Supervised research can be provided on of a text of not more than 50,000 words the City Libraries, the Royal Commission for a wide range of topics exploring critical and a comprehensive record of the musical Ancient and Historic Monuments of Scotland tensions between the visual, spatial, linguistic material (recordings, scores, software etc) (RCAHMS), Historic Scotland and the National and literary forms, the city as a site of contained in a coherent and archive-able Trust for Scotland. format (bound thesis and/or CD/DVD). cultural production and contestation, visual Fees & costs In the case of theses relating to live musical methodologies, visual practices and theories Additional costs: £300 FT; £150 PT performances, documentation in the form of visuality, semiotic landscapes, questions of high-quality audio and video recordings of cultural identity and cultural translation, Contact is central to the submitted materials. immersive media environments, design As for Architecture cultures and cultures of display. Training & support All research students undertake a research- Research students contribute to the methods training course at the beginning postgraduate journals FORUM and Edinburgh of their programme. Architecture Research (EAR) as well as to the graduate research seminar series Prokalo Regular individual meetings with the and various publications and curatorial supervisor provide guidance and focus projects at the School. for the course of research undertaken. Training & support All students also have access to the University’s In the first semester students take a course Postgraduate Skills Training courses. of research training consisting of workshops Facilities on research methodologies and modes of The University offers one of Britain’s largest presenting research. This course culminates and oldest-established music centres with in a postgraduate conference in which two international collections of historical participants present material from their instruments, state-of-the-art electronic and research to a diverse audience of peers, computer studios and a special commitment supervisors and invited guests. to composition at an advanced level. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 39

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 39 Humanities & Social Science

Music Research Profile Training & support Members of staff engage in research at an All research students undertake a research- www.ed.ac.uk/pg/56 international level in: methods training course at the beginning of MPhil Music (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) • composition (including electro-acoustic their programme. Regular individual meetings MSc by Research Digital Studio Practice composition, algorithmic composition, with the supervisor provide guidance and Culture & EnvironmentArts, (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and computer music) focus for the course of research undertaken. MSc by Research Music (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • film music All students also have access to the University’s MSc by Research Sound Design • music in the community Postgraduate Skills Training courses. (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) music psychology • Facilities PhD Music (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) music technology • The University offers one of Britain’s largest organology Research groups/centres/institutes • and oldest-established music centres, with performance practice The principal centres of research activity are: • two international collections of historical • renaissance and baroque music • Composition instruments, state-of-the-art electronic and • 19th and 20th century music • Musicology computer studios, and a special commitment • popular music and music sociology. • Institute for Music in Human and to composition at an advanced level. Social Development Interdisciplinary research can also be Fees & costs Edinburgh University Collection supervised in the following areas: • Additional costs: £300 FT, £150 PT of Historic Musical Instruments • acoustics of musical instruments Contact • Music Informatics Research Group • musical informatics As for Creative Music Practice • Musical Acoustics • music and architecture • Music in the Community. • music education. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 40

40

Business School The University of Edinburgh Business School Language Testing System (IELTS) score of 7 or above, or the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) is required. enjoys a long tradition of teaching and research. The School’s three-pronged strategy Facilities & resources

encompasses highly rated research, top-class As befits a major international business school, Edinburgh has a education at every level and a commitment wealth of facilities dedicated to the advancement of our students. From 2010 we will be based in a new bespoke building, situated to corporate engagement. within the University’s central campus, in the heart of the city. The new building features eight lecture theatres, numerous syndicate We offer undergraduate, postgraduate and executive education rooms and breakout spaces, a cafe, a fully equipped resource centre, programmes in business and management and provide a platform a trading room, computer labs and an executive education suite. for research, discussion and debate on a wide range of business issues. Central to the School’s knowledge base is ‘The Hub’ (the Business The School’s teaching and research covers six main subject areas: School library) which provides students with comprehensive study • accounting & finance facilities and electronic access to a vast array of specialist research • entrepreneurship & innovation databases, online journals and many of the leading financial • management Science & business economics information services. • marketing • organisational studies Careers strategy & international business. • The majority of postgraduates enter employment immediately after their studies with around one in five choosing to continue Our range of degrees into some form of further study. In recent years students have joined The Edinburgh MBA is offered as a taught programme, available blue-chip organisations across the globe such as Société Générale, full-time, part-time or in modules and balances management training PricewaterhouseCoopers, HBOS, Deutsche Bank, as well as high-growth with academic development. Our MBA programmes are consistently small and medium enterprises (SMEs) in the UK and abroad. ranked by The Economist and The Financial Times, and the School is accredited by the Association of MBAs (AMBA) and the European Scholarships & bursaries Quality Improvement System (EQUIS). The School has a growing Visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding portfolio of taught masters (MSc) programmes which include: for information about funding sources. • Accounting and Finance • Carbon Finance International links • Carbon Management • Finance and Investment Students on the MBA (International Business) will have the opportunity • International Business and Emerging Markets to study abroad at a partner institution in Europe, Asia, Australia or • Management North America. • Marketing • Marketing and Business Analysis. Contact In addition the School provides postgraduate research degrees, The University of Edinburgh Business School (subject to the availability of supervisors). We offer an MSc by Research 29 Buccleuch Place in Management (one year of full-time study) as well as an MPhil Edinburgh EH8 9JS (at least two years of full-time study) or a PhD (at least three years T: + 44 (0)131 650 9663 of full-time study). We also offer research degree supervision in the F: + 44 (0)131 650 8077 areas both of public policy implementation and public E: [email protected] or services management. [email protected] W: www.business-school.ed.ac.uk English Language For all programmes in the Business School, please note that for applicants whose first language is not English, evidence of proficiency in English must be provided. A Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of 600 or above on the non-computerised TOEFL test, (250+ computer based or 100+ internet based) or International English PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 41

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 41 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Studying accounting and finance in MASTER OF BUSINESS Edinburgh gives students the opportunity ADMINISTRATION to base themselves at the heart of the UK’s

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/416 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/267 Business second largest financial centre. Many of MSc (1 yr FT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/268 Europe’s leading financial institutions have www.ed.ac.uk/pg/269 Contact headquarters here and we regularly bring MBA (1 yr FT, 36 mths PT) MSc Admissions Team guest speakers to the School to talk directly MBA Modular (4 yrs FT) T: +44 (0)131 650 9663 to students about real, current practice. E: [email protected] Contact The School also maintains good relationships MBA Admissions Team Fees & costs with a number of accounting and finance T: +44 (0)131 650 9663 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ professionals who will be on hand to provide E: [email protected] student-funding/tuition-fees advice on research and career opportunities. An application fee of £40 is payable in Fees & costs Teaching methods respect of all applications submitted for this www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Learning will primarily be through lectures, programme. For further information, visit student-funding/tuition-fees set reading, class discussions, exercises, the School website. Applicants receiving an Applicants receiving an offer of admission, group-work assignments, solving problems offer of admission, either unconditional or either unconditional or conditional, will be in tutorials and case studies. Assessment conditional, will be asked to pay a deposit asked to pay a deposit of £1500 within 28 methods include examinations, assignments, of £1,000 within 28 days to secure their days to secure their place on the programme. presentations and continuous assessment. place on the programme. Additional costs: preparation of the MBA Skills & learning outcomes Capstone Project may cost up to £150 or Entry requirements Students who follow this programme will: more in exceptional circumstances. There A UK honours degree, or its international are also additional costs for text books for equivalent, with an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ • develop knowledge of international option courses. classification in accounting, finance or a accounting standards, global financial related discipline and with some evidence markets and the finance and Entry requirements of mathematical ability. Exceptional investment industry At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its candidates with degrees in other quantitative • understand different organisations, international equivalent, in any subject, or disciplines (e.g. economics or mathematics) their roles, how they interact and the an appropriate professional qualification, or in business studies will be considered, but factors behind success and failure plus at least three years’ continuous work they must have taken a significant number • learn how to evaluate financial statements experience in substantial positions. If you of courses in accounting and finance during and how to estimate the fair value for have a lower class of degree than a 2:1 their programme. Appropriate and acceptable an investment, to test assumptions equivalent, professional qualifications with professional qualifications are also considered. and sensitivities, and to compare substantial work experience will be considered. different investments Applicants who do not hold a degree or Work experience is not required. However, • understand basic valuation techniques professional qualifications may be considered relevant work experience may increase your and how they help to analyse the value if they have a very strong employment record chances of acceptance. drivers of a company demonstrating a high degree of responsibility. Programme details • understand the role of different Generally a GMAT score is an essential part Designed for those with a quantitative asset classes of your application (although under certain background, this MSc programme is both • explore how portfolios of investments conditions the GMAT may be waived) – academically rigorous and closely in line can be constructed and analysed. see the School’s website for scores required. with professional practice. It is especially Programme details useful for those graduates with work The full-time MBA is an intensive 12-month experience in accounting looking to gain programme that immerses students in a essential practical skills in finance and, world of academic thought and current of course, vice versa. Although the core, business practice. It is ideal for those who compulsory courses ensure a good balance are looking to change direction in their between both accounting and finance career or to add significantly to their study, the option courses give students the knowledge and business expertise. opportunity to tailor their studies towards their chosen career. Throughout the programme students will participate in an extensive personal PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 42

42

development programme focusing on three in the second and two in the final year. Additional costs: Students should expect individual and team skills, as well as key At two points during the three years students to pay for travel to the partner institution. competencies such as persuasive communication will undertake integrative projects, which draw Preparation of an MBA Capstone Project and problem solving. We have recently together the learning from the may cost up to £150 or more in exceptional introduced a week-long leadership module various courses. circumstances. There are also additional taking place in the Scottish Highlands. costs for textbooks for the option courses. Teaching methods In the first semester students study 10 Lectures and case studies are supplemented Entry requirements courses in major disciplines; this is the with in-class discussions, presentations and As for MBA foundation upon which the whole MBA is built. project work. Students will also participate Programme details In the second semester students take in skills workshops, outdoor development The MBA in International Business is an a course in corporate strategy, followed by activities, language classes and a consultancy intensive 15-month taught programme a one-week integrative project as well as project with locally based companies. that immerses students in a world of specialist option courses. From April to The School works with the corporate sector in academic thought and current business June students undertake a week-long many ways, including the guest speaker series, practice in an international context. It is leadership course, more specialist options which brings some of the UK’s top business ideal for those who are looking to change and a consultancy project with locally based leaders to the School to share their insights. direction in their career, particularly on an companies. The programme culminates Students will absorb the views and working international level, or to add significantly to in the MBA Capstone project, which brings practices of senior industry leaders who are their knowledge and business expertise. together all of the year’s learning in a piece motivated by the opportunity to engage with of work unique to each student. Throughout the programme students the next generation of business leaders. will participate in an extensive personal Modular programme Skills & learning outcomes development programme focusing The modular option mirrors the full-time Students will develop an integrated on individual and team skills, as well MBA but allows students to take the understanding of the essential aspects of as key competencies such as persuasive programme over a maximum period of 48 business and leadership skills as well as the communication and problem solving. In months. It can be adapted to individual needs development of specialist knowledge through the first semester students study 11 courses provided that the programme components the choice of option courses and MBA in major disciplines followed by a one-week are taken in the correct sequence. Students Capstone project research. Those who wish integrative project; this is the foundation will undertake the programme alongside the to specialise can do so during the second upon which the whole MBA is built. full-time MBA students. It can be taken as a semester. Specialisations include finance, series of self-contained semesters, blocks of In the second semester students take courses carbon management, entrepreneurship, 12-week study periods, between which you in strategic management as well as specialist strategy and family business. The personal can take up to a year’s break. It is ideal for option courses. From April to June, students development programme ensures that, students who want the full-time study will study abroad at one of 11 partner alongside the in-depth business learning, experience in an international cohort but institutions worldwide, immersing students students will also develop the personal skills who cannot take a full year out from work in a new culture and way of business. This and characteristics required by senior or other commitments. is followed by an internship, which provides managers in the modern business setting. an unrivalled opportunity to gain experience Part-time programme in the context of their studies and future The part-time MBA provides the same high- MASTER OF BUSINESS career plans. Taking inspiration from the calibre business learning as the full-time ADMINISTRATION IN insights gained through the internship, the programme, in a way that complements the INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS conclusion of the programme is the MBA student’s existing work/life balance. Studied in www.ed.ac.uk/pg/270 Capstone Project, which brings all of the the evenings, it gives students the opportunity MBA IB (15 mths FT) year’s learning together in a piece of work to apply what they have learnt almost unique to each student. immediately. It will typically take three years Contact to complete and students will be required As for MBA Teaching methods to be in class for two evenings a week, plus Fees & costs Lectures and case studies are supplemented the occasional Saturday. The programme is www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ with in-class discussions, presentations and flexible, allowing students to apply for an student-funding/tuition-fees project work. Students will also participate interruption of studies if they have a busy in skills workshops, outdoor development Applicants receiving an offer of admission, period of work or family life. activities and language classes, in preparation either unconditional or conditional, will be for the study-abroad period. A total of 10 foundation courses are covered asked to pay a deposit of £1,500 within during the programme, half in the first year, 28 days to secure their place on the programme. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 43

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 43 Humanities & Social Science

The School works with the corporate sector CARBON FINANCE Skills & learning outcomes in many ways, including the guest speaker Likely future roles include carbon credit series, which brings some of the UK’s top development, carbon trading, carbon www.ed.ac.uk/pg/412 business leaders to the School to share their consulting, carbon accounting and related

MSc (1yr FT, 2yrs PT) Business insights. Students will absorb the views and policy or regulatory roles (e.g. with working practices of senior industry leaders Contact government or NGOs). This MSc offers an who are motivated by the opportunity As for Accounting & Finance intensive exploration of a subject crucial to to engage with the next generation of the future of business and, of course, the Fees & costs business leaders. planet itself. Very few business schools in www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ the world have a similar depth of expertise Skills & learning outcomes student-funding/tuition-fees in carbon finance. Participants will gain an Students will develop an integrated Applicants receiving an offer of admission, understanding of: understanding of the essential aspects of either unconditional or conditional, will be business and leadership skills as well as the • the current state of climate change asked to pay a deposit of £1,000 within 28 development of specialist knowledge through science, greenhouse gas stabilization days to secure their place on the programme. the choice of option courses and MBA pathways and the principal mitigation Capstone project research. Students looking Entry requirements and adaptation options for a more focused pathway can specialise An honours degree with an ‘excellent’ or • climate change policy responses at during the second semester. Specialisations ‘very good’ classification from a good international, regional, national and local include finance, carbon management, university in business, economics or a social levels and the various types of regulatory entrepreneurship, strategy and family or physical science subject including some response available to governments business. The study-abroad period and the quantitative courses. Candidates with a first • the relationship between climate change internship outside the student’s home country degree in a different area may be considered, science, policy and carbon markets will add an international dimension to their subject to provision of some evidence of • what carbon finance means and the studies, valuable to all who wish to work appropriate mathematical ability. relationship between carbon finance internationally. The personal development and conventional finance Work experience is not a requirement for programme ensures that alongside the in- • essentials of conventional finance and entry to the programme. However, relevant depth business learning, students will also financing issues in the energy sector work experience may increase your chances develop the personal skills and characteristics in particular of acceptance. required by senior managers in the modern • the structure and dynamics of the major business setting. Programme details global, regional and national-level carbon This programme is the world’s first dedicated markets, including voluntary carbon to professionals in the carbon market markets and the flexibility mechanisms and climate change investment field. The of the Kyoto Protocol and its successor syllabus uniquely focuses on the business agreement(s) opportunities and financial flows driven by • accounting for carbon at firm, project society’s response to climate change (carbon and product/supply chain level, carbon finance). The programme will appeal to auditing, financial reporting and non- graduates with significant work experience financial disclosure, benchmarking, in business, government or the NGO sector. taxation implications, and the ethics of Typically students will not have had an carbon accounting opportunity to specialise in climate change • the use of statistics for financial research but will want to move into a career in the • an appreciation of the role that carbon carbon markets or in climate change finance plays in organisations’ strategy, investment, consulting or carbon accounting. finance and accounting decisions.

Teaching methods Learning will be through a combination of lectures, set reading, class discussions, exercises, group-work assignments, solving problems in tutorials and case studies. Assessment methods include examinations, assignments, presentations or continuous assessment. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 44

44

CARBON MANAGEMENT Teaching methods Programme details As for Accounting & Finance Most business schools offer an MSc in Finance. Few offer an MSc with such a strong www.ed.ac.uk/pg/412 Skills & learning outcomes investment component. A powerful blend MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Students who follow this programme will be of academic rigour and vocational insight, able to: Contact the MSc in Finance and Investment will understand carbon management through As for Accounting & Finance • add considerably to the knowledge of the integration of expertise in economics those looking to further their career in Fees & costs and business research with that in global this vital sector. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ carbon cycling, climate change impacts, student-funding/tuition-fees adaptation and mitigation The School’s location in the UK’s second largest financial centre allows us to attract Applicants receiving an offer of admission, • critically evaluate projected climate change visiting speakers from the key financial either unconditional or conditional, will be impacts on businesses and consumers institutions, fund management houses and asked to pay a deposit of £1,000 within • assess the impact of policies on climate a range of analysts. Students are able to 28 days to secure their place on the programme. change, at international, national and local levels, through adaptation or mitigation interact with leading figures from many Entry requirements • conduct novel research within a wide major companies; this is particularly evident A UK honours degree, or its international range of carbon management projects in the dissertation, which offers an invaluable equivalent, with an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ • develop professional skills and expertise opportunity to collaborate on a topic that classification in economics, management in carbon markets and international has real, of-the-minute industry relevance. or a social or physical science. Work climate change mitigation mechanisms. The practical, theoretical and numerical skills experience is not required. However, relevant learnt through the programme, as well as work experience will be an advantage for FINANCE & INVESTMENT the global perspective of investment markets those applicants with a first degree in a and asset classes, will leave you well qualified non-related subject. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/273 for a range of finance-related professions. Programme details MSc (1 yr FT) We expect graduates to take up positions in Designed to create the next generation of investment analysis, portfolio management, Contact carbon managers, auditors and expert financial statement analysis and evaluation, As for Accounting & Finance advisors, this MSc is a high-level, intensive corporate finance, product development, exploration of a subject that has rapidly Fees & costs client servicing and risk management. become crucial to the future of business www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ The School is recognised as a partner and, of course, the planet itself. student-funding/tuition-fees institution by the Chartered Financial In collaboration with the University’s School Applicants receiving an offer of admission, Analysis (CFA) Institute. Equally the School of GeoSciences, we can draw on the teaching either unconditional or conditional, will be is recognised as a Centre of Excellence in and knowledge of some of the world’s leading asked to pay a deposit of £1,000 within the provision of postgraduate education in authorities in the subject, including lead 28 days to secure their place on the finance and investment by the UK Securities authors from the Intergovernmental Panel on programme. Additional costs: an application and Investment Institute (SII). Climate Change (IPCC), government advisors fee of £40 applies to all applications. Teaching methods and industry specialists. Entry requirements Learning will primarily be through reading, The MSc in Carbon Management will appeal A UK honours degree, or its international class discussions, solving problems in tutorials to graduates with significant experience in equivalent, with an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ and attending lectures. Students will also work business, perhaps in a related discipline such classification in which the subjects studied in groups to undertake practical projects. as economics, business, social sciences or include finance, accounting or economics. These assignments simulate the approach in physical sciences. By graduation students will Applicants with an honours degree in a investment banking where teamwork and understand the key drivers behind the carbon non-related subject will also be considered individual skill sets need to be directed and economy and the financial imperatives and but they will need to demonstrate a very managed to achieve deadlines. regulatory framework in which it operates. high standard of ability and motivation for Skills & learning outcomes This will provide students with the qualifications the programme. Students on this programme will gain and expertise to secure positions, for example, Relevant work experience will be an advantage, knowledge and understanding of: in specialist consultancies, with financial especially for applicants with a degree in analysts, as carbon managers in major • global financial markets and the finance a non-related subject. organisations or in helping to set the agenda and investment industry at governmental level. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 45

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 45 Humanities & Social Science

• the roles of different organisations strategy, including technology and financial Fees & costs and how they interact, plus the factors management and business economics, www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ behind their success and failure and public policies dealing with pressing student-funding/tuition-fees • the role of different asset classes issues relating to development in general. Applicants receiving an offer of admission, • how to estimate the fair value for an It is equally useful for students from already either unconditional or conditional, will be Business investment established economies seeking to understand asked to pay a deposit of £1000 within 28 days • how to test assumptions and sensitivities, how businesses can take advantage of the to secure their place on the programme. globalisation of the world economy and and compare different investments Entry requirements the rapid development of these new • how portfolios of investments can be A UK honours degree, or its international economic powerhouses. constructed and analysed. equivalent, with an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ Attracting students from all over the world, classification in any subject. Work experience INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS this programme will provide its graduates is not required. However, relevant work & EMERGING MARKETS with objective, in-depth insights into global experience may increase your chances www.ed.ac.uk/pg/276 business practice, which will pave the way of acceptance. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) for successful careers as consultants, Programme details managers or analysts in the broad arena Contact Good management is central to business of international business. As for Accounting & Finance success. Without it, there can be no cohesion, Teaching methods no teamwork, no real sense of direction. Fees & costs Students take a combination of courses This programme is designed therefore to www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ exploring different disciplinary and provide an insight into the theories and student-funding/tuition-fees interdisciplinary perspectives. Students practical skills needed for successful Applicants receiving an offer of admission, will demonstrate their knowledge in a management and, through that, a successful either unconditional or conditional, will be dissertation, assessed essays, a case analysis, business. It is especially beneficial for those asked to pay a deposit of £1,000 within 28 and other knowledge tests, as well as their with non-business backgrounds, perhaps in days to secure their place on the programme. non-assessed participation in class discussions engineering, sciences, social sciences or the and seminar presentations. arts. It can be equally effective for those yet Entry requirements to begin their career as those looking to make A UK honours degree, or its international Skills & learning outcomes significant progress in one already begun. equivalent, with an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ Students who follow this programme classification in which the subjects studied be able to: Blending classic management techniques include business and commerce, finance, • engage critically with various theoretical with the very latest in management thinking, accounting, economics, international politics, perspectives and techniques the MSc in Management encompasses science, engineering or law. • understand the key issues relating to the international issues and diverse national business characteristics and settings. Work experience is not required. However, competitiveness of international business relevant work experience may increase your • develop awareness of the volatility and This intensive and demanding programme chances of acceptance. uncertainty involved in and the influences is purposely designed towards practice of global politics, technology orientation, supplementing the knowledge Programme details advancement, distribution of wealth, participants have already acquired – either in The programme aims to help students ownership of resources and regulatory business or in their undergraduate studies – understand how to do international business regimes in individual nation states and with a thorough insight into modern especially with developmental states. international institutions management practice. It will help them understand the particular • appreciate the differences of individual challenges faced in developing corporate nation states and especially emerging Teaching methods strategy, attracting foreign direct investment As for Accounting & Finance markets such as China, India and other and working in countries with very transitional economies. Skills & learning outcomes different cultures, institutions, laws and Students who follow this programme business practices. MANAGEMENT will develop: The programme will suit those with a • a knowledge framework that will allow background in or experience of the www.ed.ac.uk/pg/277 them to understand the complexity commercial or financial worlds. It is useful MSc (1 yr FT) of managing an organisation in an for students from emerging economies ever-changing business environment Contact who wish to bring themselves up to speed • an understanding of how basic theoretical As for Accounting & Finance with contemporary thinking in corporate knowledge can be put into practice PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 46

46

• a critical awareness of discipline-based communications, product and brand Candidates with a ‘very good’ honours degree concepts and approaches to analyse and management and international marketing. in a numerate or quantitative subject area or relevant business experience will be master contemporary management problems The programme aims to produce critical, considered on an individual basis. • in-depth knowledge and insights into reflective practitioners as it emphasises the specific management-related areas integration of theory and practice with the Programme details • the ability to acquire and analyse data and skills and knowledge required by employers This course provides students with the information from a wide range of sources and is designed for those wishing to pursue theoretical foundations of marketing along and evaluate their relevance and validity. a successful marketing career in the public with an added appreciation of the skills or private sector. required in solving analytical and practical MARKETING marketing problems. Teaching methods As for Accounting & Finance Students will consider the use and application www.ed.ac.uk/pg/638 of management science techniques in a Skills & learning outcomes MSc (1 yr FT) variety of marketing and business contexts Students who follow this programme will: Contact through participation in courses in marketing develop knowledge of the theoretical As for Accounting & Finance • management, marketing decision analysis, frameworks and concepts in the academic business statistics and forecasting, marketing Fees & costs discipline of marketing research methods, and more advanced www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • demonstrate an understanding of the applications in credit risk management, student-funding/tuition-fees tools and frameworks used in marketing problem solving and spreadsheet modelling from both academic and practitioner Applicants receiving an offer of admission, skills and data mining. perspectives either unconditional or conditional, will be gain the ability to acquire and analyse This practical application of quantitative asked to pay a deposit of £1,000 within • data and information from a range of marketing, taught alongside the theoretical 28 days to secure their place on the programme. information sources to develop a underpinnings of marketing, aptly prepares Entry requirements sophisticated and critical understanding of students for careers as market analysts, A UK honours degree, or its international a rapidly changing business environment business consultants, database managers equivalent, with an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ • competently communicate and exchange and marketing researchers. classification in a business or management- ideas, and work effectively both individually Teaching methods related subject. Candidates with a very good and as part of a team. As for Accounting & Finance honours degree in other disciplinary areas will be considered for entry into the programme MARKETING Skills & learning outcomes provided that they have studied a degree with & BUSINESS ANALYSIS Students who follow this programme will: some marketing content. Applications from develop a knowledge of theoretical www.ed.ac.uk/pg/639 • mature students with significant marketing marketing frameworks and the practical MSc (1 yr FT) management experience or acceptable use of management science techniques professional qualifications will be considered Contact in marketing on an individual basis. As for Accounting & Finance • exhibit creativity in the application of marketing knowledge and use of Programme details Fees & costs quantitative techniques in solving The MSc in Marketing provides students with www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ marketing and business problems; a critical appreciation of marketing through student-funding/tuition-fees understand the tools and frameworks a comprehensive range of academically • Applicants receiving an offer of admission, used in marketing and business analysis grounded courses. either unconditional or conditional, will be from both an academic and practitioner Students are provided with an in-depth asked to pay a deposit of £1,000 within perspective understanding of the theoretical foundations 28 days to secure their place on the programme. • acquire and analyse data and information of marketing alongside current and emerging Entry requirements from a range of information sources to practitioner applications in many areas such A good honours degree or equivalent with develop a sophisticated and critical as marketing management, the analysis of an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ classification understanding of a rapidly changing marketing decisions, consumer behaviour, from a good university in a business or business environment and marketing research methods. management-related subject. Students • competently communicate and exchange In addition, the programme’s flexible structure with a degree in a numerate or quantitative ideas and work effectively both individually allows students to study aspects of marketing subject will be considered for entry to the and as part of a team. related to their interests such as marketing programme on an individual basis. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 47

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 47 Humanities & Social Science

Research areas

Management • public policy implementation and public services management www.ed.ac.uk/pg/486 • strategy and international business. Business MPhil (2 yrs FT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT) Training & support PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MSc by Research and first-year PhD students undertake training in research skills and Research groups/centres/institutes design, research methodologies in business Members of the School are involved in and management and, through a supervised the following centres of research: reading course, develop their knowledge in • Carbon Benchmarking Project specific areas of business and management • Centre for Entrepreneurship Research research. Research training courses involve • Centre for Financial Markets Research a combination of lectures, seminars and • Centre for the Study of Retailing in self-directed reading, and are mainly assessed Scotland by means of extended essays. Thesis research • Credit Research Centre and writing is guided by two or more • ESRC Research Centre for Charitable supervisors appointed from the academic Giving and Philanthropy staff of the University. Progress is formally • Institute for Public Sector Accounting evaluated annually. Research Facilities • Research Unit for Research Utilisation The School has dedicated workspaces for • The Institute for the Study of Science, research students, offering computer and Technology and Innovation. phone access. Students are also encouraged Research profile to use the dedicated staff common room. There is a long tradition of teaching and Students have access to the online facilities research in business and management at of ‘The Hub’, which provides extensive access the University. Research degrees are offered to a wide range of business information, in most disciplines within business and management research databases and management, subject to the availability online journals. of suitable supervisors. Fees & costs The School has links with other Schools in Minimum of £200 per annum. the University, including Social and Political Funding Studies, Mathematics, Law and GeoSciences, The School offers some ESRC (Economic and allowing students with cross-disciplinary interests Social Research Council) quota studentships, to find expertise, support and supervision. which are available to UK/EU students. Please The School received full research training see the ESRC website for more information. accreditation in the 2005 Economic and Social The School also expects to be able to Research Council (ESRC) Recognition Exercise. offer a number of EPSRC (Engineering In recent years the School has funded several and Physical Sciences Research Council) generous studentships, helping to ensure a studentships for research in mathematically continuing high-calibre intake. orientated subjects.

The School has significant research Contact expertise in the following areas: PhD Admissions Team T: +44 (0)131 650 4317 accounting and finance • E: [email protected] • entrepreneurship and innovation • management science and business economics • marketing • organisational studies PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 48

48

Divinity

Founded on a thriving 500-year tradition of Facilities creative thought and practice, the University The School is situated within the historic New College buildings in of Edinburgh’s School of Divinity is one of the the centre of Edinburgh. New College Library is the largest single-site theological library in the UK. Computing facilities and study spaces are largest centres of the study of theology and made available to all postgraduate students. The Rainy Hall is a large religious studies in the UK. and impressive student common room with wireless internet access. It also houses a refectory. We are home to a diverse, ecumenical community of around 150 postgraduate students from more than 30 different nations. The School Careers also runs several high-profile lecture series and is actively involved in the A postgraduate qualification from the School of Divinity offers students celebrated Gifford Lectures, enabling postgraduate students to hear and a range of skills and attainments that are of use across a variety of meet leading national and international figures. Research students are career paths. For professional ministers it often forms a valuable also encouraged to offer papers at in-house seminars and conferences in-service increment to a basic theological degree. Many students held both in the UK and overseas. go on to university teaching degrees. The School hosts three research centres: • Centre for the Study of World Christianity Scholarships & bursaries Centre for Theology & Public Issues • Postgraduate financial awards are available in a number of packages Centre for the Study of Christian Origins. • offered by the School of Divinity, the University’s College of Humanities In addition, the School runs the following research projects: and Social Science, by the government-funded Arts and Humanities • Media and Theology Project Research Council (AHRC), and the Scottish Overseas Research Award • Scottish Letters Scheme (SORSAS). • Early Christian Manuscripts Some of these awards offer full fees and a stipend for living costs, • Edinburgh Ras Shamra Project some just fees, and others provide partial awards of variable amounts • African Christianity Project as a contribution towards fees and/or living costs. Most are for PhD • Missionary Collections in the UK applicants but there are some opportunities to apply for funding for • Methodist Missionary Society masters programmes. All scholarships are granted on grounds of • History Project academic merit. • Semantics of Ancient Hebrew Database • Hebrew Prophecy Network. International links Our range of degrees Divinity enjoys several exchange partnerships with other institutions, including Bangalore, Bayreuth, and Tübingen, which can provide We offer the following postgraduate degrees: students with opportunities to pursue research and improve language Taught – MTh/MSc (involving a substantial body of assessed • skills in a different setting. courses and a dissertation) • MTh or MSc by Research (either a major dissertation or Contact some assessed courses and smaller dissertation) School of Divinity • MPhil and PhD (assessed solely on a thesis) New College We award either an MTh or an MSc, depending on the subject area, Mound Place in our taught programmes. Typically the taught Masters will be studied Edinburgh EH1 2LX full time over 12 months, or part time over 24 months (with attendance T: +44 (0)131 650 8900 required at least one day a week). Subjects covered by our taught F: +44 (0)131 650 7952 programmes include: E: [email protected] W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/divinity/studying/ • Biblical Studies • Science and Religion postgraduates • Ethics • Theology in History • Ministry • World Christianity. • Religious Studies PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 49

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 49 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

BIBLICAL STUDIES comprise 120 of the 180 credits for the ethics through study of contemporary degree and the 15,000-word dissertation theological ethics and engagement with

counts for the remaining 60 credits. ethical issues in contemporary society. Divinity www.ed.ac.uk/pg/57 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) The Biblical Studies subject area enjoys a You will take a common core course in MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) broad range of expertise in both Hebrew Christian Ethics and select a specialisation Bible and New Testament, as well as across in ecology, globalisation, media or Christian Contact the wider ancient Near East and related political thought. Director of Postgraduate Studies extra-Biblical literature including the Dead T: +44 (0)131 650 8900 Teaching methods Sea Scrolls. Our active research ethos E: [email protected] Students participate in seminars, tutorials encourages graduate student participation. and lectures. You will also complete a Fees & costs Teaching methods supervised 15,000-word dissertation. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ You will be taught mainly in small groups student-funding/tuition-fees Skills & learning outcomes in a classroom/seminar setting. Personal You will develop an understanding of and Entry requirements supervision is provided for the dissertation. a capacity for critical reflection upon the A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Skills & learning outcomes tradition of theological ethics through the equivalent, in Theology/Religion (with You will gain specialist research skills in study of key sources and figures. adequate previous study relevant to Biblical Biblical Studies, from courses focusing on Studies), or exceptionally in another subject, current research issues, the history of the MINISTRY when there is evidence that the student field, and biblical languages. can move successfully to postgraduate-level www.ed.ac.uk/pg/59 study in Biblical Studies, or exceptionally, ETHICS candidates whose prior study and professional MSc/MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) experience provide evidence of ability for Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/435 postgraduate study in Theology, Religion As for Biblical Studies and Biblical Studies. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Fees & costs All students are expected to have prior www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Contact study in at least one of the two main biblical student-funding/tuition-fees languages (Hebrew, Greek), and the core As for Biblical Studies Entry requirements requirements in the programme include Fees & costs A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international further courses in biblical and/or cognate www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ equivalent in Theology/Religion or languages. Normally, applicants will be student-funding/tuition-fees exceptionally in another subject when there expected to have completed a second-level Entry requirements is evidence that the student can move course in biblical Hebrew or Greek, or A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international successfully to postgraduate-level study in demonstrate comparable reading ability equivalent, in Theology/Ethics, or exceptionally theology, or exceptionally to candidates (e.g. through a reading test to be sat prior in a related subject when there is evidence whose prior study and professional to matriculation). Applicants may be that the student can move successfully to experience provides evidence of ability for admitted, however, on the basis of a very postgraduate-level study in theology, or postgraduate study in Theology and Religion. strong showing in a first-level course in exceptionally, candidates whose prior study All students are expected to have some either language, in which case one of their and professional experience provide evidence prior experience of ministry in a voluntary or required courses will be either Hebrew 3 of ability for postgraduate study in professional capacity in church, chaplaincy, or New Testament Greek 3. theology/ethics. professional, or community setting. Programme details Programme details Programme details This programme is intended for students This programme is intended for those This programme is designed for those with who wish to develop their expertise in Biblical who wish to reflect on their professional professional experience of ministry in church, Studies, including those who wish to prepare experience and enhance their skills, as well institutional and community settings, and for for subsequent PhD work. The particular as for graduate students who are looking to graduates pursuing vocational training for emphasis lies on adding depth and breadth further their studies or acquire new skills ministry. It aims to enable those professionals to expertise in biblical languages. in a particular area of theological ethics. to reflect critically on their own theology and Courses (including mandatory courses in practice of ministry. This programme provides an in-depth research methods and the core courses) encounter with the tradition of Christian PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 50

50

You will study appropriate practical theological RELIGIOUS STUDIES SCIENCE & RELIGION texts and develop skills in the analysis of ministry situations in a church, chaplaincy, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/611 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/653 professional or community setting. The core MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) courses focus on developing the knowledge and skills of reflective practice in ministry. Contact Contact Optional courses include subject areas such As for Biblical Studies As for Biblical Studies as Christian ethics and media studies, divinity Fees & costs Fees & costs disciplines, theological and biblical studies, www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ church history and mission studies and student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees handling conflict in ministry. Entry requirements Entry requirements Teaching methods A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international The programme combines engagement equivalent, in a humanities or social science equivalent, in Theology/Religion, or in with written texts and practice facilitated subject, or exceptionally, candidates whose a natural or human science when there by academics from a variety of theological prior study or professional experience provide is evidence that the student can move disciplines and with a range of ministerial evidence of ability for postgraduate study. successfully to postgraduate-level study experiences. You will also learn through class in theology/religion. discussions, the presentation of case studies Programme details and personal reflections on ministry. You will This programme provides the opportunity Programme details take core courses, required research methods to acquire advanced knowledge in theory This programme is intended for students courses, and optional ones. A supervised and method in the study of religions and the who wish to engage in the advanced dissertation (15,000 words) is also required. possibility of studying aspects of specific interdisciplinary study of science and religion, religious traditions, to develop research skills including those who wish to prepare for Skills & learning outcomes necessary for writing a major dissertation in subsequent PhD work. Students who successfully complete the Religious Studies, to enhance transferable skills programme will: The particular emphasis lies on interdisciplinary in cross-cultural analysis and understanding engagement between theology, religious • reflect theologically upon their experience and provide a foundation for progression to studies and science studies. Courses (including of ministry PhD study in Religious Studies. • integrate the practice of ministry with mandatory courses in research methods and theological reflection and social analysis Teaching methods core courses) comprise 120 of the 180 credits • use resources from a variety of academic Students participate in seminars, tutorials and for the degree, and the 15,000-word dissertation disciplines to aid reflection on their ministry. lectures. You will be given training in research counts for the remaining 60 credits. methods and will receive individual supervision The School of Divinity comprises academics for your dissertation (15,000 words). with a broad range of expertise in the Skills & learning outcomes interface between the human and natural You will develop an understanding of and a sciences and the study of religion and capacity for critical analysis of the academic theology. Our active research ethos study of religions and you will learn how to encourages graduate student participation. develop and execute a research proposal. Teaching methods You will be taught mainly in small groups in a seminar setting. Individual supervision is provided for the dissertation.

Skills & learning outcomes You will gain specialist research skills in Theology and Religious Studies and their interface with Science Studies. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 51

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 51 Humanities & Social Science

THEOLOGY IN HISTORY WORLD CHRISTIANITY

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/61 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/58

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Divinity MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MTh (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT)

Contact Contact As for Biblical Studies As for Biblical Studies

Fees & costs Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees

Entry requirements Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in Theology/Religion or history equivalent, in an appropriate field, or or exceptionally in another subject when exceptionally a student may be admitted on there is evidence that the student can move the basis of relevant professional experience successfully to postgraduate-level study in where there is evidence of academic ability. theology and history or exceptionally to Programme details candidates whose prior study and professional This programme is designed to enable experience provides evidence of ability for participants to understand a wide range postgraduate study in history and theology. of Christian belief, culture and practice Programme details throughout the world, in historical, The programme aims to enable students theological, and sociological contexts. to understand and reflect critically on the It provides a broad introduction to World historical context in which Christian theology Christianity (with concentration on Africa is developed, tested and affirmed. and Asia) and an opportunity for more in- depth study of specific aspects of the topic. Through core courses you will study the most authoritative constructions of Christian Teaching methods thought from the beginnings to the present Teaching involves both teaching input day and explore debates and challenges and student discussion. You will take two that have shaped belief and practice. Optional compulsory core courses, compulsory courses pursue themes within this broad research methods courses, plus three optional framework. This programme draws on the courses and will complete a supervised School’s strength in Systematic Theology and 15,000-word dissertation. Ecclesiastical History and provides an excellent Skills & learning outcomes opportunity to work on themes in the history Students who follow the programme of Christian thought. successfully will gain a detailed understanding Teaching methods of the major issues facing Christianity as You will be taught in small seminar classes a worldwide religion, and will develop led by experts, with extensive student experience in designing and conducting participation. You will receive research- a research project. methods training and individual supervision for your 15,000-word dissertation.

Skills & learning outcomes You will be able to: • analyse original texts and modern scholarships relating to key moments in the definition of Christian thought • argue a case persuasively and in depth • carry out graduate-level research for essays and the dissertation. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 52

52

Research areas

Contact Hebrew & Old at an advanced level, which contribute to a Director of Postgraduate Studies student’s interest and research needs, may T: +44 (0)131 650 8900 Testament Studies be taken where available. E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/pg/64 Religious Studies Christian Ethics & MPhil (2 yrs FT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/66 Practical Theology MTh by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/62 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT) Research profile MTh by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Most areas of research related to the Hebrew PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MTh by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Bible can be supported. Staff are research- Research profile PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) active in such areas as Pentateuchal and The special interests of staff in religious Research profile historical studies, poetry and prophecy, biblical studies include Islam, contemporary Judaism, The research interests of staff members theology and ethics, Hebrew language, indigenous religions (Africa and the Arctic), include theological ethics, social and political Septuagint and Targumic studies, and the South Asian and South East Asian traditions, ethics, chaplaincy and pastoral studies, Dead Sea Scrolls in their Hellenistic context. and New Age religions. The methodologies homiletics, the ethics of communication Training & support supported include phenomenology, (with special reference to the media) and Within Biblical Studies, there is a research anthropology and cultural studies. environmental ethics. Both staff and student seminar for staff and students to which Training & support bodies are ecumenical in composition. visiting speakers are invited. Taught courses Sessions on research orientation/methods Training & support at an advanced level, which contribute to are offered. Additional courses, on social- Sessions on research orientation/methods a student’s interest and research needs, scientific methods and the practicalities of are offered to all students. Within Christian may be taken where available. writing a dissertation for example, are also ethics and practical theology, there is a available. There is a regular Religious Studies research seminar for staff and students to New Testament Language, research seminar for staff and students to which visiting speakers are invited. Literature & Theology which postgraduates regularly contribute work-in-progress papers, and at which staff Ecclesiastical History www.ed.ac.uk/pg/65 and visiting academics occasionally present MPhil (2 yrs FT) special lectures. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/63 MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT) MTh by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Systematic Theology MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MTh by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/67 Research profile PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT) Recent staff publications have focused on the MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Research profile Gospels, Paul, the Apocalypse, the apocryphal MTh by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Within the ecclesiastical history subject gospels and early second-century texts and PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) area, there is particular research strength developments, textual criticism, New in Patristics and early Christian history, the Testament ethics, Qumran, the historical, Research profile Reformation in Britain and the Continent, religious and literary environment of the New Research students currently work in most areas Puritanism, the history of British and European Testament, and New Testament Christology. of systematic theology from the Patristic to Christianity from the 18th century and the Postgraduate research is welcomed in a variety the Medieval era; from the Reformation to history of Christian missions, especially in of areas, including exegesis, historical-critical modern times; in philosophical theology, from Africa, from the 18th century. issues, textual and literary criticism, the the early modern period to the encounter relation of early Christianity and its religious with recent continental thought; and in such Training & support and historical setting, history of interpretation, specialised topics as modern Christology; Sessions on research orientation/methods are and hermeneutical questions. theology and science; and theological ethics offered to all students. Within ecclesiastical (representing some prominent research history there is a research seminar for staff and Training & support interests of current members of staff). students to which visiting speakers are invited. Within Biblical Studies, there is a research Informal reading groups and language classes seminar for staff and students to which in Latin are also offered. visiting speakers are invited. Taught courses PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 53

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 53 Humanities & Social Science

Training & support Sessions on research orientation/methods

are offered to all students. Within Systematic Divinity Theology there is a research seminar for staff and students to which visiting speakers are invited. Informal reading groups and language classes in theological German are also offered. World Christianity www.ed.ac.uk/pg/68 MPhil (2 yrs FT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MTh by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT)

Research profile Staff associated with the Centre for World Christianity cover a number of different academic disciplines including theology, history, mission studies, religious studies and anthropology. They also have geographical expertise in Africa, Asia and Latin America, allowing for a wide range of research possibilities.

Training & support Sessions on research orientation/methods are offered. Also, the Centre provides a weekly seminar programme for PhD students in World Christianity. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 54

54

Economics

The University of Edinburgh has a long Careers tradition of innovative teaching and research About one in six of our MSc graduates go on to a PhD. The rest find in economics, starting in 1800 with Dugald employment in a great variety of fields, from theoretical and applied economic research, to careers with banks, the public sector and Stewart’s first lectures on political economy. consultancy services. More recently, the School of Economics was ranked eighth in the UK in the 2008 Research Scholarships & bursaries The Scottish Graduate Programme in Economics has a number of ESRC Assessment Exercise, and was the only quota awards that are allocated competitively. The School also provides Scottish economics school to be rated in Research and Teaching Scholarships for its best PhD students. the top 10. The Guardian’s 2010 guide Contact ranked us fourth in the UK for economics. School of Economics The School also hosts the main hub of the Scottish Institute for University of Edinburgh Research in Economics, a collaborative venture between all the 31 Buccleuch Place Scottish economics departments. Edinburgh EH8 9JT T: +44 (0)131 651 1764 Our range of degrees F: +44 (0)131 650 4514 E: PhD: [email protected] We offer a taught MSc in Economics or in Economics (Finance) E: MSc: [email protected] within the framework of the Scottish Graduate Programme W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/economics/ in Economics. postgraduate

We also teach postgraduate courses – Carbon Economics, Economics for Postgraduates, Economics of Developing Countries – on other programmes. In addition, we offer a PhD in Economics as a research degree. Facilities & resources MSc students have a dedicated computer lab at their disposal. Research students are housed in the same building as the teaching staff in shared offices with individual desks and PCs. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 55

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 55 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes Research areas

ECONOMICS/ECONOMICS Skills & learning outcomes Economics (FINANCE) – SCOTTISH Participants will be able to demonstrate GRADUATE PROGRAMME knowledge and understanding of: www.ed.ac.uk/pg/278 Economics PhD Economics (3 yrs FT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/272 • the core elements of microeconomic MSc (Finance) (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and macroeconomic theory and selected Research profile MSc (Scottish Graduate Programme) topics in applied macro/microeconomics Edinburgh’s Economics group collaborates (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • econometric methods for both time-series with seven other Scottish universities to and cross-sectional data analysis, enabling provide a Scottish Graduate Programme Contact you to critically assess applied work and in Economics (SGPE). The first year of this Marie Craft utilise standard econometric techniques is the MSc degree taught at Edinburgh. T: +44 (0)131 651 1764 in your own research The remaining three years, which lead to E: [email protected] • applications of core economic theory the PhD, may be at any of the eight Fees & costs and analytical and quantitative techniques, participating universities. Students on the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ together with further specific techniques SGPE will study at their chosen institution student-funding/tuition-fees and ongoing research activity relating to working with their chosen supervisor. your chosen options. Entry requirements The economists at Edinburgh are particularly A minimum UK 2:1 honours degree, or its strong in micro theory but they can supervise international equivalent, in economics, maths dissertations in many other areas, including or a cognate subject. In all cases successful political economy, monetary theory, labour applicants should have high grades in economics (both theoretical and empirical), undergraduate courses in mathematics, industrial organisation, real business cycles and statistics and economics courses. financial econometrics.

Programme details Training & support This programme aims to provide a modern Additional advanced training courses are and comprehensive training in Economics available throughout the first year of the PhD. that will equip students to move directly A benefit of the SGPE is that extra supervision into a career as a professional economist from an outside member university may be or to undertake research for a PhD. gained. In addition, all PhD students on the SGPE benefit from a two-day conference Students will take core subjects and three where they present and discuss their work optional courses. Options cover virtually all with SGPE staff and other SGPE students. the main research areas in modern economics and one of these usually forms the basis for Facilities the summer dissertation. The School has dedicated workspaces for research students, with each student having Teaching methods a networked computer. Teaching is by the virtual learning environment, WebCT, where you will find Funding lecture notes, timetables, the programme The School offers some ESRC quota handbook and more. studentships, which are available to UK/EU students. The School also has Economics The MSc is taught as a University of Edinburgh Research and Teaching Scholarships, which degree but under the auspices of the Scottish are open to all students and awarded Graduate Programme in Economics – a competitively. These scholarships cover consortium of eight Scottish universities that both fees and maintenance. provides the teaching staff for the MSc. As a result, teaching is of the highest possible Contact quality. These links with academics across Economics Scotland will be a major benefit for anyone T: +44 (0)131 650 4066 considering study a PhD . E: [email protected] PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 56

56

Education

The University’s School of Education offers a Facilities & resources lively, multidisciplinary environment, staffed The School of Education is located on Holyrood Road, which is a brief by eminent specialists, in which to pursue walk away from the city centre. Students have access to a large selection of lecturing and teaching rooms, the School of Education programmes of academic and professional library, open-access and teaching computer labs and catering facilities. development. The School is a short walk away from the University’s Main Library and other facilities at George Square. The School has been a major centre for the study of education for more than 150 years. This distinguished tradition in providing postgraduate and professional courses in teaching and community Careers education is underpinned by our strong track record in research. The vocational nature of the postgraduate courses in the School In the Research Assessment Exercise 2008, 30 per cent of our research of Education ensures that the majority of our students progress was rated 4*, world-leading, and a further 30 per cent was rated 3*, immediately into relevant employment, with a small number each internationally excellent. year choosing to continue with further study at PhD level or additional specialist training in their field. We host a number of national and international research and development centres and projects in the following areas: Scholarships & bursaries • Curriculum Research & Development (CRD) • Educational Studies (ES) The School has been awarded two prestigious ESRC three- and four- • Education & Society (DES) year quota studentships. ESRC open competition awards are also • Higher & Community Education (HCE) available for research in areas related to the School’s research themes. Physical Education, Sport & Leisure Studies (PESLS). • All applicants who hold an offer of admission to the PhD programme, whether home, EU or overseas, may apply for the small number of Our range of degrees College Postgraduate Studentships and Scholarships awarded each year.

We offer a range of taught postgraduate programmes including: Scottish Overseas Research Student Award Scheme (SORSAS) MSc Education • This scheme is open only to applicants from outside the EU and is MEd TESOL, for all teachers of English to Speakers of Other • funded by the British Government. SORSAS Awards pay the difference Languages, from kindergarten to university-teaching contexts between the full-time tuition fee for non-EU students and the fee MSc Language Teaching • for EU students for three years. • MSc Community Education • MEd Additional Support for Learning programmes Studentships and scholarships are also available to research students • MSc Strength & Conditioning within the School from time to time. The University’s website provides • MSc Management of Training & Development a comprehensive list not only of financial assistance administered by the • MSc Outdoor Education University but also of other sources of funding and information. Please • MSc Outdoor, Environmental and Sustainability Education visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. • MSc E-Learning • MSc Performance Psychology Contact • MSc Sport and Recreation Business Management The Postgraduate Office (Education) • Pg Certificate in 3–14 Physical Education David Hume Tower (1st Floor) • Master of Teaching (MTeach), which offers a route to George Square the Chartered Teacher Standard Edinburgh EH8 9JX • MSc Dance Science and Education T: +44 (0)131 651 3122 • MSc Education: Language, Theory, Practice and Literacy. F: +44 (0)131 650 6536 We also offer the following postgraduate research degrees: E: [email protected] • PhD W: www.education.ed.ac.uk • MSc Educational Research, a taught degree which can be taken either as a free-standing degree or the first year of a 1+3 PhD programme • Doctorate in Education (EdD), a professional degree that provides an advanced programme of taught courses together with the opportunity to undertake a major piece of educational research. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 57

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 57 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR In addition, they will develop the ability to Teaching methods LEARNING (BILINGUAL influence the development of school policy The taught part of each of the six courses LEARNERS) so that bilingual learners and their families is 24 hours with 174 hours of self-study. To Education are not excluded from the full range of support this, a WebCT site is used to www.ed.ac.uk/pg/70 opportunities that the school offers. give access to key reading and interactive MEd (6 yrs PT) websites. Participants should have access to Contact ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR the internet at home or at work. The taught Andy Hancock LEARNING (DEAF EDUCATION) sessions are a mixture of lectures, seminars, T: +44 (0)131 651 6635 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/71 small-group discussions and skill-development. E: [email protected] MEd (6 yrs PT) Course members are encouraged to share their experiences to relate theory to practice. Fees & costs Contact www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Rachel O’Neill Skills & learning outcomes student-funding/tuition-fees T: +44 (0)131 651 6429 Students on this programme will: Entry requirements E: [email protected] • develop critical knowledge and understanding of the differing A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Fees & costs constructions of deafness equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Employment www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • interpret audiological information and or relevant educational experience will also student-funding/tuition-fees assess the provision of audiological be considered. Additional costs: students must achieve the support to the deaf child Programme members must be registered by certificate in BSL competence, which may • critically reflect on the nature, use and the GTCS and must currently be working with involve additional costs. The second teaching potential of signed and spoken language or have access to pupils/students with English placement occurs in a different educational in deaf education and on strategies to as an Additional Language (EAL). setting and this may involve additional facilitate linguistic access to curriculum transport or accommodation costs to the Programme details and assessment applicant’s Local Authority. This programme is targeted to English as • develop knowledge, skills and attitudes in a Second/Additional Language teachers, Entry requirements collaborative work with colleagues, other mainstream teachers with bilingual children A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international professionals, parents and deaf in their classes and bilingual support teachers. equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Employment children/young people themselves. It aims to provide appropriate support to or relevant educational experience will also facilitate access to the curriculum for be considered. ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR LEARNING bilingual learners. Applicants should hold a teaching (INCLUSIVE EDUCATION) Teaching methods qualification and GTC registration and Learning is delivered through lectures, should also have agreement from their Local www.ed.ac.uk/pg/73 seminars, small-group discussions and skill- Authority to participate in a teaching MEd (6 yrs PT) development sessions. An emphasis will be placement for three weeks in the final year. Contact placed on experiential learning and course Applicants should be currently working with Pamela Depario members will be encouraged to share feelings deaf learners in an educational setting for T: +44 (0)131 651 6232 and experiences, with opportunities being at least two days a week. E: [email protected] presented for the practice and review of relevant skills. Programme details Fees & costs The aim of this programme is to equip www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Skills & learning outcomes participants with the knowledge, student-funding/tuition-fees Participants will acquire skills, confidence, understanding and skills necessary to assertiveness and knowledge of the field in Entry requirements becoming a specialist in the education of A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international order to operate proactively and strategically deaf children and young people in a variety within schools. equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Employment of educational contexts (i.e. special schools, or relevant educational experience will also They will become aware of the linguistic units with mainstream settings and peripatetic be considered. and cultural demands of the curriculum and support services). The programme focuses on be able to assess and monitor the learner’s the notion of linguistic access and encourages Applicants should hold a teaching qualification progress in terms of academic achievement teachers to ensure that various means are and GTC registration. A TOFE qualification for and language proficiency. available for pupils to access the curriculum further education teachers is also required. and assessment in their preferred language. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 58

58

Programme details Applicants must be working with or have Entry requirements The programme is designed to provide the access to work with people with learning (also As for Inclusive Education conceptual framework for identifying and described as intellectual) disabilities Programme details responding to learners, in a segregated setting in order to complete some of the This programme offers a challenging and or in mainstream education, with additional assessment tasks. intellectually stimulating programme relevant support needs. Programme details to the personal and social needs of all learners Teaching methods This programme is designed primarily for as well as those with additional support needs. Learning is delivered through lectures, educational professionals working with It seeks to challenge attitudes and opinions seminars, small-group discussions and skill- people with learning disabilities, however of participants and promote a commitment to development sessions. An emphasis will be we welcome enquiries from people working valuing all learners and their families as placed on experiential learning and course in allied professions. of equal worth and worthy of dignity members will be encouraged to share feelings The specialist courses on this programme are and respect. and experiences, with opportunities being delivered by colleagues in the school of Health presented for the practice and review of Students will develop practical skills and in Social Science and will provide opportunities relevant skills. strategies to engage with theory, practise to work alongside other professional groups. and research relevant to pastoral care and Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods behaviour support. Students on this programme will: Students are taught through lectures, Teaching methods • develop and apply knowledge, skills and seminars, small-group discussions and blended As for Inclusive Education attitudes relevant to additional support learning. An emphasis will be placed on for learning experiential learning and course members Skills & learning outcomes • develop and apply knowledge, skills and will be encouraged to share feelings and Participants will develop a critical view that attitudes in cooperative working and experiences, with opportunities being recognises the social construction of disruptive consultancy with colleagues, other presented for the practice and review of behaviour in schools and at the same time professionals, families/carers of learners relevant skills. acknowledge the real difficulties faced by and with learners themselves some learners. They should also become Skills & learning outcomes • reflect critically on the relationships familiar with, and implement a range of Students on this programme will: between theory and practice and explore approaches to, assessment, teaching and issues in the implementation of educational • develop knowledge of the different supporting learners who are considered to be and social principles and ideals presentations of challenging behaviour disaffected, as well as approaches that aim to • engage with and influence policy issues and • become aware of the evidence base for support the generality of pupils. the practice of fellow professionals behavioural and other interventions for in relation to the delivery of inclusive and challenging behaviour ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR special education. • be able to define clearly learning disability, LEARNING (SPECIFIC LEARNING incorporating associated cognitive DIFFICULTIES) ADDITIONAL SUPPORT capacities and needs of clients www.ed.ac.uk/pg/78 FOR LEARNING • understand the principles of collaborative MEd (6 yrs PT) (LEARNING DISABILITIES) working comprehend competing discourses on: Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/650 • disability, gender, race & ethnicity, sexuality, As for Inclusive Education MEd (6 yrs PT) faith, culture, language, social class Fees & costs Contact be introduced to the principles of research. • www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ As for Inclusive Education student-funding/tuition-fees ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR Fees & costs LEARNING (PUPIL SUPPORT) Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ As for Inclusive Education student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/pg/75 Standard ASL Fees apply MEd (6 yrs PT) Programme details This programme aims to develop the Entry requirements Contact knowledge, understanding and skills A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international As for Inclusive Education needed for working with learners with equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Employment Fees & costs additional support needs and specific or relevant educational experience will also www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ learning difficulties. be considered. student-funding/tuition-fees PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 59

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 59 Humanities & Social Science

Participants undertake three initial courses Teaching methods Programme details common to the Inclusive & Special Education As for Inclusive Education This programme aims to enhance the programme, ensuring an excellent foundation professional understanding, knowledge, skill Skills & learning outcomes for responding to additional support for and action of experienced teachers in schools Students on this programme will: learning across the whole range of needs. with a view to supporting the development Education Participants then focus on specific learning • develop and apply knowledge, skills of their practical classroom skills. It builds on difficulties and the possible co-occurrence and attitudes in cooperative working teachers’ existing professional development of these difficulties. and consultancy with colleagues, by enabling them to meet the demands of professionals, families/carers of learners a rapidly changing educational and professional Teaching methods and with learners themselves environment, enhancing understanding of As for Inclusive Education • understand the effects of a range of ocular teaching and learning; and enhancing critical Skills & learning outcomes and cerebral visual impairments and be analysis and evaluation of practice. Students Students on this programme will: able, through the use of structured are guided through a programme of observation or standardised tests, to • develop and apply knowledge, skills and professional development, which includes identify the thresholds of functional vision attitudes needed for additional support academic study, work-based learning and or blindness of their pupils for learning professional action, and is delivered through • contribute to the multi-agency process • develop and apply knowledge, skills and partnership agreements. of assessment and target-setting for attitudes in cooperative working and pupils with visual impairment Teaching methods consultancy with colleagues, professionals, be able to plan and teach programmes Learning includes taught sessions, supported families/carers of learners and with • using appropriate learning media. and individual study, project work in school learners themselves and assessment. Induction courses will be • appreciate the nature of specific difficulties CHARTERED TEACHER STATUS: offered to familiarise participants with the and be able to identify such difficulties THE MASTER OF TEACHING modes of study and development involved • show evidence of familiarity with in the programme. curriculum adaptations and classroom www.ed.ac.uk/pg/91 accommodations to support pupils with Distance Learning Option Skills & learning outcomes Students of this programme will demonstrate specific learning difficulties. Contact a critical understanding of education and Gillian Robinson ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR social values; current research and approaches T: +44 (0)131 651 6426 LEARNING (VISUAL IMPAIRMENT) to teaching and learning; and changing E: [email protected] social and cultural contexts of education www.ed.ac.uk/pg/82 Fees & costs and of the school curriculum. Students will MEd (6 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ gain intellectual skills in the form of critical Contact student-funding/tuition-fees self-evaluation and transferable skills such as Janis Sugden Additional costs: one option module, collaboration and influence, communicating T: +44 (0)131 651 6204 Earth Science 5–14, includes a residential effectively and being creative and imaginative. E: [email protected] study week, which would incur extra costs. You will also be able to demonstrate a range of professional/subject-specific/practical skills Fees & costs Entry requirements that are characteristic of professional work www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Accredited by the General Teaching Council such as enthusiasm and effectiveness in student-funding/tuition-fees for Scotland, the Master of Teaching degree promoting learning in the classroom, Additional costs: some courses will involve a enables experienced teachers to meet the demonstrating empathy and fairness, fee in addition to the normal course fee. requirements for the professional status of and being caring and approachable. Chartered Teacher. Entrance is limited to Entry requirements experienced and professionally qualified As for Inclusive Education teachers who are fully registered with the Programme details General Teaching Council for Scotland, have This programme aims to meet the reached the top point on the main grade professional development needs of teachers scale for teachers and have undertaken working with children and young people who continuing professional development. have a visual impairment. Participants may A programme-specific application form work in a variety of settings ranging from should be obtained from the Chartered separate specialised contexts to inclusive Teacher Unit, Moray House on mainstream placements. +44 (0)131 651 6161. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 60

60

COMMUNITY Teaching methods • plan, manage, implement and bring EDUCATION A variety of approaches are used, as to a successful conclusion a sustained appropriate to a programme which seeks to piece of independent research or www.ed.ac.uk/pg/94 combine masters-level study and attainment scholarship which will make a contribution MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) with the pursuit of professional recognition to our understanding of professional Contact as defined by the Standards Council In knowledge, policy, practice, values or Vernon Galloway Community Learning and Development organisational structures in the field of T: +44 (0)131 651 6640 (SCCLD). These range from teacher-led and community education. E: [email protected] directed activity of a traditional kind to more student-led activity. Due to the professional Fees & costs DANCE SCIENCE focus a high value is placed on exploratory Around 20 places will be funded by SAAS & EDUCATION and experiential modes of learning and on for the PGDip element for full time only, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/421 the acquisition of specific skills in group work, subject to meeting SAAS requirements. MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) work with individuals and in the preparation Entry requirements and design of educational programmes and Contact A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international activities. The programme prepares students Wendy Timmons equivalent, in a relevant discipline, plus for the task of selecting, justifying and T: +44 (0)131 651 6596 evidence of a community education deploying appropriate theoretical arguments E: [email protected] background. Employment or relevant and educational methods. Fees & costs educational experience will also be Skills & learning outcomes www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ considered. A disclosure check is required. By the end of the programme of study for student-funding/tuition-fees Programme details the PGDip award, students will be able to: Entry requirements The MSc in Community Education is a one- • demonstrate understanding and the A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international year programme, which provides academic capacity to apply and integrate the key equivalent, in a relevant discipline. and professional preparation for students theoretical frameworks and key concepts Employment or relevant educational intending to work in a range of settings and relevant to practice in the field of experience will also be considered. contexts. The taught component leads to the community education award of a postgraduate diploma and those Programme details • demonstrate an informed and critical receiving the award are recognised as having This programme aims to provide a foundation in understanding of the role of the met the standards required in Scotland for science that is directly relevant to the process contemporary community educator professional practice as a community and practices involved in dance education • exercise substantial autonomy in deploying educator. The MSc is achieved after the and enhancing dance performance. conventional and innovative, original successful completion of a dissertation. or creative approaches and methods The programme will combine theoretical The programme aims to develop and enhance: in the planning, delivery and evaluation and practical work to promote learning and • understanding of the nature and of educational programmes in understanding of the key concepts required purpose of community education practice, community settings to be an effective dance scientist, from building upon students’ prior experience • deal with complex political, ethical and understanding and evaluating current research • understanding of power and empowerment professional issues and make informed and thinking in dance science and education and the ways in which these ideas may judgments on issues not addressed by current to successfully delivering training interventions guide their professional actions professional or ethical codes or practices as a ‘practitioner’ in a dance education and • the commitment to be self-monitoring • critically reflect upon and be committed to performance environment. their continuing personal and professional • the ability to locate their work as educators The research elements of the course will development as a community educator in the context of community, policy provide training for students coming directly operate as a reflective and reflexive and society • from undergraduate study who wish to practitioner demonstrating appropriate • the capacity to cooperate with colleagues prepare for either a research or academic professional actions and behaviours. and across professional boundaries career and for mid-career professionals who • the cultivation of intellectual and In addition to the above, students who wish to research in their own specialist area other capacities that characterise the complete the MSc award, will be able to: of dance. educated professional • evaluate and use a range of approaches Teaching methods • a commitment to continuing professional to social and professional enquiry and Students are taught through lectures, student- development. a variety of methodologies and led seminars/presentations and, where investigative techniques appropriate, practical skills training and project work. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 61

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 61 Humanities & Social Science

Skills & learning outcomes • develop leadership and organisational skills E-LEARNING The degree will inform current dance practice • enable participants to apply critically the with science and education in a way that understanding and the skills they acquire www.ed.ac.uk/pg/106 allows graduates to meet the demands of • address the debate and tension between

MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) Education today’s progressive dance environment. views of “management” and “leadership” Students will gain knowledge and within school contexts, particularly in Contact understanding of: relation to the role of teacher leaders Hamish Macleod • how we can prepare the dancer to • enable participants to reflect critically T: +44 (0)131 651 6665 improve performance, employing a on this debate and to place the associated E: [email protected] multidisciplinary approach arguments and theory within their Fees & costs • specialist skills and awareness of changing professional practice. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ trends in dance education and practice Teaching methods student-funding/tuition-fees physiological and developmental issues in • The programme consists of three courses relation to dance education and training. Entry requirements carrying 20 credits each at SCQF Level 11. You should have a UK 2:1 honours degree, DEVELOPING EDUCATIONAL Each course affords the opportunity to learn or its interantional equivalent, and a LEADERSHIP & LEARNING and develop leadership skills through a professional interest in the area addressed stimulating programme of blended learning by the programme. Those whose employment www.ed.ac.uk/pg/659 that combines small-group work, face-to-face or other educational experience provides Distance Learning Option tutoring and support, online learning, relevant evidence of intellectual ability of an equivalent Contact theory, leading and managing small-scale standard to an honours degree are also Deirdre Torrance projects in school, as well as opportunities encouraged to apply. T: +44 (0)131 651 6441 to work with colleagues in other schools to Programme details E: [email protected] develop shared understandings. The MSc in E-Learning will provide participants Fees & costs Each of the three courses involves two to with the skills and knowledge they need in www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ three taught sessions on the University campus. order to assess, develop, deliver and critique student-funding/tuition-fees the various modes and forms of e-learning. Skills & learning outcomes The fee for each course in the programme for A broad definition of e-learning is taken which Students of this programme will develop and sessions 2009–2011 is £675. There is a 15 per incorporates a rigorous understanding of the demonstrate a critical understanding of: cent discount on the fees for Educational broad changes undergoing education and Institute of Scotland (EIS) members. It may be • principles of educational leadership with training in the digital age. possible for the fee for each course to be paid a particular focus on early leadership Teaching methods for in three instalments. • leadership concepts particularly in the context of teacher leadership The MSc is delivered online. Although this is Entry requirements • reflective practice a distance-learning course, students are not Applicants must have: • leadership for enhancing learning in school alone. You will have the opportunity to work • a UK degree or international equivalent • teacher leadership skills, qualities and closely with fellow learners and tutors in a • a teaching qualification attributes. properly supported, collaborative, vibrant • full registration with the GTCS online learning environment. All courses are Students will have the opportunity to develop • a minimum of three years teaching experience taught through combinations of independent and demonstrate intellectual skills in the form • access to a suitable work environment to study and online group work. of critical self-evaluation and transferable enable project work to be carried out, in skills such as collaboration and influence, Skills & learning outcomes particular relation to Course 3. communicating effectively and being creative On completion, participants will be able As part of the application you must include: and imaginative. to demonstrate a reflective and critical understanding of the key concepts and • a statement outlining your reasons for You will also be able to demonstrate a range theories relating to learning, teaching and wishing to undertake the programme of professional, subject-specific and practical training with digital technologies. They will • a supportive statement from your head skills that are characteristic of professional have practical knowledge of a range of teacher or appropriate line manager. work, such as: applications and environments for learning Details of these are included in the • enthusiasm and effectiveness in promoting and an in-depth understanding of scholarship application form. learning in the classroom and practice in the field. Programme details • demonstrating empathy and fairness This programme aims to: • the ability to create, maintain and enhance • develop leadership knowledge and working relationships with others. understanding PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 62

62

EDUCATION EDUCATION EDUCATION (DOCTOR OF) (MSc EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH)

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/98 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/99 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/103 MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) EdD (6 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT)

Contact Contact Contact Diane Prayle Charles Anderson As for Education T: +44 (0)131 651 6305 T: +44 (0)131 651 6656 Fees & costs E: [email protected] E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Additional costs: fieldwork costs if taking student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees Environmental Education options. Additional costs: fieldwork costs if taking Entry requirements Entry requirements Environmental Education options. The Doctorate in Education is aimed A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Entry requirements primarily at mid-career and senior equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Employment A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international professionals in education, training and or relevant educational experience will also equivalent, in a relevant discipline. development. It provides an opportunity be considered. Employment or relevant educational for part-time doctoral-level study. It has a Programme details experience will also be considered. professional focus and is comparable with The MSc Educational Research offers advanced the PhD in terms of scale and rigour. Programme details training in core aspects of educational This degree aims to deepen and refine the Programme details research. It also offers research training for capacity of students to reflect critically on The aim of the EdD is to foster systematic, students coming directly from undergraduate their thinking and practice. scholarly investigation of the interplay among study (usually in a social-science discipline) educational research, policy and practice and who wish to prepare for either a research or It provides opportunities for students for the course participants to appreciate the an academic career and for mid-career who wish to study education as an ethical, relevance of their studies to their activities professionals who are primarily interested in intellectual and cultural process, as well as and responsibilities within their particular researching within their own area of practice. those who may be concerned to reflect field of education. in a critical and contextualised (but not Teaching methods necessarily applied) way on their own Teaching methods Students take six units plus a 15,000– professional development. This is a part-time degree lasting five 20,000-word dissertation. The units involve to six years. Students take five courses a combination of lectures, student-led Teaching methods involving lectures, seminars and presentations seminars/presentations and, where The learning process involves a combination and one component that involves collaborative appropriate, practical skills training of lectures, student-led seminars/ project work. In the final phase of this programme and project work. presentations and, where appropriate, students submit a 45,000–55,000-word thesis. practical-skills-training and project work. Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes Students who follow this programme will: Skills & learning outcomes On completion, participants should have The programme examines education through: • develop understanding of the nature the capacity to reflect on their professional and use of research in education • social and philosophical reflection practice analytically and rigorously and • acquire the skills to conduct empirical and debate understand their professionalism in the work in education settings • in-depth policy analysis context of social, economic and political • develop a range of research-dissemination systematic application of research evidence • change. They should be able to interpret skills including oral presentations, writing to the process of learning and teaching; research critically, manage research, use research reports, abstracts and articles, the development of international and • research to underpin intellectual leadership bearing in mind the diversity and range of comparative perspectives on education and be able to make an original and audiences for educational research findings. and training substantial contribution to knowledge • critical analysis of dominant discourses through their own research. within the academic and policy communities. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 63

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 63 Humanities & Social Science

EDUCATION: LANGUAGE, • critically engage with key theories of Skills & learning outcomes THEORY, PRACTICE & LITERACY learning and assess how they impact on Each of the five courses of the SQH learning in language programme has an extensive set of learning www.ed.ac.uk/pg/433 • develop awareness of the importance outcomes. In summary the graduates of this

MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) Education of continuing professional development programme are expected to demonstrate that Contact in the field and the ability and confidence they can meet all of the Professional Actions Richard Easton to continue to pursue further academic, of the Standard for Headship in Scotland, T: +44 (0)131 651 3122 professional and technical expertise in along with the three essential elements: E: [email protected] the language area. • strategic vision, values and aims Fees & costs • knowledge and understanding www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND • personal qualities and interpersonal skills. student-funding/tuition-fees MANAGEMENT (INCLUDING THE SCOTTISH QUALIFICATION FOR INCLUSIVE AND Entry requirements HEADSHIP (SQH) DIPLOMA) SPECIAL EDUCATION A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international www.ed.ac.uk/pg/125 equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Employment www.ed.ac.uk/pg/378 Distance Learning Option (33 mths PT) or relevant educational experience will also MSc (1 yr FT) be considered. Contact Contact As for Developing Programme details Kevin Wright Educational Leadership and Learning The programme aims to provide language T: +44 (0)131 651 6676 E: [email protected] graduates from a wide range of academic Fees & costs backgrounds and professional experience www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs with an opportunity to enhance specialist student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ knowledge and further develop existing student-funding/tuition-fees Programme details pedagogical expertise. The programme is This flexible programme prepares teaching Entry requirements appropriate for both experienced teachers professionals for the head teacher role. Applicants should be experienced teachers who wish to develop their specialist It is based on the Standard for Headship seeking to gain further knowledge and to knowledge of the language domain, and in Scotland and is a blend of taught days, develop research skills; qualified teachers who for those with no prior teaching experience tutorials, seminars and work-based learning wish to take a masters-level course prior to who are seeking an end-on higher degree and development: this final element is beginning their teaching careers; professionals in the specialist language area. One of the crucial to success in the programme. and aspiring professionals in educational key and uniquely distinctive features of the contexts (such as policymakers); and people programme is that it draws on expertise from An important feature of the programme is the who are considering working in inclusive and three separate but related language areas, partnership model, where City of Edinburgh, special education in related sectors, as well as namely English (L1), Modern Foreign Fife, East Lothian, Midlothian and Scottish those already engaged in special and inclusive Languages (L2) and TESOL. Borders are equal partners in programme education. A degree is required. support and delivery. The local authorities Teaching methods select the programme participants and pay Programme details You will be taught through lectures, tutorial the fees from money allocated by the Scottish The Moray House School of Education at sessions and classroom-related activities, Government for professional development. the University of Edinburgh has been an such as lesson observation and microteaching. Those who successfully complete the SQH international leader in special and inclusive Assessment is by written assignments, programme, which brings with it the award education for over 40 years. We have extensive examination and project work. You will of Postgraduate Diploma in Educational teaching, research and consultancy experience undertake a supervised project and a Leadership and Management, can progress in schools and other settings, with specialist dissertation of approximately 15,000 words. onto an optional dissertation phase with expertise in a wide range of areas such as Skills & learning outcomes the award of MEd. inclusive education, social, emotional and Students who follow this programme will: behavioural difficulties, specific learning Teaching methods difficulties, deaf education, visual impairment • demonstrate in-depth theoretical Students are taught through work-based and bilingual learners. Staff in the Inclusive knowledge in a range of approaches learning, group discussion, prescribed reading and Special Education team are internationally to research in language and online interaction with peers as well as respected for their research and publications, • become educational innovators and with key players in Scottish education. On and are experienced and enthusiastic teachers. informed practitioners in the meaningful successful completion of the diploma the and effective use of these approaches option exists to upgrade to the MEd after to enhance learning completion of a dissertation. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 64

64

Teaching methods language teaching, for example in curriculum Fees & costs Students take core courses in Comparative design, coursebook writing and testing. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Approaches to Inclusive and Special Education, student-funding/tuition-fees Language teaching at the University of Edinburgh Education for All (Additional Support for There are additional costs for the CIPD offers a programme for foreign language Learning) and Educational Enquiry (Research programme. teaching professionals which is strong in both Training). In addition, students take three its educational and linguistic foundations. Entry requirements optional courses and write a dissertation on A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international a topic of their choice. The comprehensive core component covers equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Employment all the fundamentals of language teaching. Skills & learning outcomes or relevant educational experience will also The programme draws on the unrivalled joint Students who follow this programme will: be considered. Evidence of relevant work resources and experience of the department experience is required. • develop and appropriately apply knowledge of Linguistics & English Language, the Institute skills and attitudes relevant for Applied Language Studies and the Moray Programme details to additional support for learning and House School of Education. This programme will enable course members the contexts in which it takes place to understand, critically appraise and apply Teaching methods • reflect critically on the relationships key theoretical frameworks and concepts You will be taught through lectures, tutorial between theory and practice and relevant to the management of training, sessions and classroom-related activities, such explore issues in the implementation development and learning in organisations. as lesson observation and micro-teaching. of educational and social principles The programme is accredited by the UK’s and ideas Assessment is by written assignments, Chartered Institute for Personnel and • develop extended skills in research and examination and project work. You will Development. enquiry, including the use of literature, undertake a supervised project and a The part-time programmes are modular reviewing evidence, gathering, organising dissertation of approximately 15,000 words. and evaluating data, responding to and the time taken to complete studies Skills & learning outcomes evidence and providing critical comment can vary. Students who follow this programme will • engage with and, where appropriate, Teaching methods obtain knowledge and understanding of the influence policy issues and the practice Teaching and learning approaches adopt basic principles of language education, with of professionals in relation to the delivery a wide variety of modes with emphasis on particular emphasis on: of inclusive and special education. student-centred and activity-based learning. • factors affecting language learning There is an additional focus on relating theory LANGUAGE • approaches to language teaching and to practice through the use of case methods TEACHING assessment and by means of visiting experts from • language in education and society www.ed.ac.uk/pg/285 the field. • key issues in language policy MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • professional practice (including Skills & learning outcomes Contact real-class observations) Graduates will be reflective practitioners in the Aileen Irvine • a high level of competence in planning management of training and development, T: +44 (0)131 651 6145 and delivering foreign language education able to design, develop, implement and E: [email protected] • a critical appreciation of the relevant evaluate training and development strategies, research literature programmes and interventions. Fees & costs ability to design and conduct small-scale www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • research projects in various fields of OUTDOOR student-funding/tuition-fees language education. EDUCATION Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/pg/115 Applicants should have a UK 2:1 honours degree, MANAGEMENT OF MSc (15 mths FT, 6 yrs PT) or its international equivalent, in a relevant TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT Contact discipline. Employment or relevant educational www.ed.ac.uk/pg/113 Robbie Nicol experience will also be considered. MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) T: +44 (0)131 650 9793 Programme details Contact E: [email protected] The programme aims to develop the Claire Valentin knowledge and professional skills of language Fees & costs T: +44 (0)131 651 6195 teachers, specifically those teaching a www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ E: [email protected] language as a foreign, second or additional student-funding/tuition-fees language, as well as others involved in Additional costs: the Professional Development Programme incurs costs. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 65

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 65 Humanities & Social Science

Entry requirements Entry requirements • the skills, knowledge and judgement A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international necessary to conduct groups safely and equivalent, in a relevant discipline, plus equivalent, in a relevant subject. Specific and ethically in a range of outdoor environments outdoor-education experience. Specific and relevant practical or professional experience in a variety of weather conditions relevant practical or professional experience and training may be taken into consideration. • the range of contemporary perspectives Education and training may be taken into consideration. Programme details on and arrangements for work with young Programme details This programme addresses the key features people outside school settings The certificate programme provides a broad of the discipline: outdoor activities/skills, • conceptual, operational and regulatory theoretical coverage of the field of outdoor personal and social education and issues in Outdoor Environmental and education. The diploma extends this with environmental education. Most of those Sustainability Education to enable them further academic study and a professional who work in the field do so within education to play critical and leading roles in its development programme (involving practical (i.e. school/local authority), community development within education and activities; rock climbing, a teaching placement, education or charitable trusts which adopt the community an expedition), providing a broad base for a similar professional standards, therefore our • academic and professional issues professional career in outdoor education. academic or professional programmes in in the field in both the UK and outdoor education will comply with the international contexts. Teaching methods principles which underpin the main legislative This programme employs a lecture/seminar PERFORMANCE instrument in the sector, the Activity approach to the bulk of the academic courses PSYCHOLOGY Centres (Young Persons Safety Act) 1995, and students are encouraged to participate and meet the standards of the profession www.ed.ac.uk/pg/117 fully in discussions and presentations. Practicals and its professional body (the Institute for MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) and field visits are also included where possible. Outdoor Learning). Contact Much of the practical work takes place at Teaching methods As for Dance Science and Education our residential outdoor Woodlands Centre Teaching is by lecture or seminar and (Kingussie), which offers access to the Fees & costs students are encouraged to participate fully Cairngorms and other mountain ranges, www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ in discussions. Practicals and field visits are and at Firbush Centre on Loch Tay. student-funding/tuition-fees also offered, whenever possible. Students Skills & learning outcomes are expected to prepare themselves for Entry requirements The emphasis is on practical outdoors academic courses by reading suggested Applicants should have a UK 2:1 honours experience to develop the skills, knowledge, programme literature and to continue this degree, or its international equivalent, in a understanding and judgement necessary to process throughout the course. Although relevant discipline such as psychology, sport guide and conduct groups safely on a range the required elements of the Professional and exercise psychology, organisational of outdoor ventures. Students will gain intellectual Development Programme are modest, behaviour, sport science or equivalent skills through critically assessing theoretical, students are expected to be fit to participate. professional qualifications and significant professional and academic issues surrounding Because of the obvious safety issues professional training and experience. outdoor education and transferable skills such associated with education outdoors, any Programme details as environmental literacy and oral communication. health or fitness issues should be discussed This programme focuses on the study of They will also gain practical skills through with the Programme Director. psychological factors associated with high- instructional training in a range of outdoor Skills & learning outcomes level performance. pursuits and by living in a variety of Students who follow this programme will residential situations. Drawing extensively from research and develop knowledge and understanding of: practice in sport psychology, the programme OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL • the natural environment to be able to examines how psychology can contribute & SUSTAINABILITY EDUCATION assist those in their charge to learn sound to maintaining and enhancing high-level practice and concern for the natural performance across a variety of domains www.ed.ac.uk/pg/382 heritage, while developing an appreciation such as sport, business, performing arts, MSc (15 mths FT, 6 yrs PT) for landscape quality and the natural world military and emergency services. Contact • various interpretations of the environment Teaching methods As for Outdoor Education (e.g. scientific, social, cultural, political, Teaching comprises traditional lectures and economic) to enable them to consider Fees & costs tutorials. Students will be encouraged to tensions between these perceptions and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ complete directed reading in their private consequent actions as an educational student-funding/tuition-fees study, to prepare contributions to tutorials issue with their students Additional costs: costs are required for and complete a number of tasks and Professional Development Programme. practical activities. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 66

66

Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods PHYSICAL This degree offers a balanced educational Teaching is by lecture or seminar and students EDUCATION (3–14) programme between the psychological are encouraged to participate fully in discussions. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/377 areas pertinent to the course and the wider Students are also expected to support Distance Learning Option (24 mths PT) professional skills and issues associated teaching by reading the recommended with the application of scientific ideas. programme literature. Practicals and field Contact Graduates of the programme will be able visits are also offered, whenever possible. For Mike Jess to critically appraise and apply scientific the Professional Development Programme T: +44 (0)131 651 3122 literature, and plan, conduct and students are expected to be fit to participate. E: [email protected] disseminate their own research. Because of the obvious safety issues associated Fees & costs with education outdoors any health or fitness www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ PERSONAL & SOCIAL issues should be discussed with the Programme student-funding/tuition-fees OUTDOOR EDUCATION Director. There is also an expectation that Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/pg/119 students will maintain an independent Students attending the programme will be MSc (15 mths FT, 6 yrs PT) involvement in outdoor activities outside of the Professional Development Programme. fully registered teachers. Contact Students are assessed primarily through Programme details As for Outdoor Education coursework in the form of essays, together The Postgraduate Certificate in 3–14 Physical Fees & costs with annotated bibliographies, reflective logs, Education is being developed at a time when www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ a field journal and a dissertation. children’s physical education, sport and physical student-funding/tuition-fees Skills & learning outcomes activity are all receiving increased political, Entry requirements Students who follow this programme will: professional and academic attention. Attention in Scotland is focussed on the Scottish A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international •understand the relationship between Government’s commitment to the delivery of equivalent, in a relevant subject. Specific and Personal and Social Outdoor Education and two hours quality curricular physical education relevant practical or professional experience a range of other subject areas studied in per week to all children and the creation of an and training may be taken into consideration. educational community and social settings additional 40 physical education teachers. be familiar with the range of contemporary Programme details • perspectives on and arrangements for work This new pathway is the first of its kind in At present, the University has agreements with young people outside school settings the sector. Academic courses have a practical to work with 16 local authorities throughout understand conceptual, operational and focus and are taught from our Edinburgh • Scotland to deliver the programme. regulatory issues in personal and social base as well as our residential outdoor centre Teaching methods. outdoor education in order to enable in the Cairngorms National Park. There are Delivery will take place outside the normal school them to play a critical and leading role exit points at postgraduate certificate level day during school holidays, evenings, weekends in its development within education (60 credits) and postgraduate diploma and continuing professional development and the community level (120 credits plus the Professional (CPD) days. A small number of sessions may be develop insight into academic and Development Programme). Students who • delivered during the school day. Delivery will professional issues in the field of outdoor successfully reach diploma level can enrol be by a combination of University and local education in both the UK and for an MSc dissertation, subject to satisfactory authority staff, via lectures, seminars, video- international contexts marks in the academic courses. conferencing and practical sessions. Specific critically examine issues in the field and • elements of the programme will be delivered For those enrolled in the postgraduate knowledge of approaches and techniques via distance-learning and it is proposed that diploma there is a Professional Development appropriate for doing so. Programme (PDP), which consists of a five- this distance-learning aspect of the programme week placement, several week-long outdoor will be extended in the future for UK and skills courses and a two-week, student-led international students. Elements of the expedition. All of these elements of the programme will also be available as stand- PDP serve to integrate academic study with alone non-award-bearing CPD courses for practical skills which can then be applied in other teachers and related professionals. outdoor education programmes that have Skills & learning outcomes participants’ personal and social developments Students who follow this programme as their principal goal. will develop: • a critical knowledge and understanding of global, national and local policy PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 67

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 67 Humanities & Social Science

discourses on the development of physical Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods education in the 3–14 age range Students will be taught the theory and You will be assessed by your studies in your • an understanding of the collaboration practice of teaching as well as gain teaching specific subject(s), your professional portfolio, and partnership issues related to the experience on a school placement. which is based on work carried out on a

development of 3–14 physical education school placement, and a professional project Education within broader learning communities PROFESSIONAL GRADUATE of your choosing. the ability to systematically evaluate DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION • Skills & learning outcomes knowledge, skills and attitudes in (SECONDARY) The University-based element prepares relation to personal and others’ www.ed.ac.uk/pg/123 students for work in schools and includes: professional practice PGDE (12 mths FT) • the capacity to undertake critically • subject studies in the relevant qualifying reflective study which integrates theory, Contact subject(s) which look at methodology research and practice. As for Diploma in Education (Primary) and curriculum • generic studies which introduce Fees & costs aspects of pedagogy, exploring teaching PROFESSIONAL GRADUATE www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ and learning DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION student-funding/tuition-fees (PRIMARY) • elective studies for students following Entry requirements a programme in one subject only, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/121 A degree from a UK university or its including guidance information PGDE (12 mths FT) international equivalent. The degree should technology, emotional education for Contact be in the subject to be taught and contain at subject teachers, education for citizenship Admissions Officer least two graduating courses (80 credits) in and literacy across the curriculum. T: +44 (0)131 650 3565 the relevant subject. Applicants should also In addition, the school-based placement E: [email protected] hold an SQA Higher Grade pass at levels A, allows students to learn and practise B, C (or equivalent) in English. Fees & costs teaching through observation of experienced www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Applications must be submitted through the teachers in the classroom and by putting student-funding/tuition-fees Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR). into effect what has been learned in Please see the GTTR website. Selection university-based studies. Entry requirements involves a professional interview. Entrants should hold: a UK university degree SPORT & RECREATION Programme details or its international equivalent; an SQA Higher BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Grade Pass at levels A, B, C (or equivalent) in The PGDE (Secondary) programme aims to English; an SQA Standard Grade (Credit Level 1 produce reflective and competent teachers, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/126 or 2) pass in Mathematics or its equivalent. sensitive to the demands of the pupils and MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) the job, responsive to a changing education Applications must be submitted through the Contact system and committed to continuing their Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR). Gavin Reid own professional development throughout Please visit the GTTR website. Selection T: +44 (0)131 651 6654 their careers. involves a professional interview. E: [email protected] We offer the following subjects: Programme details Fees & costs The PGDE (Primary) programme aims, in • Art & Design www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ one year, to train students for all stages of • Biology student-funding/tuition-fees • Chemistry teaching in primary school. The purpose is Entry requirements • Drama to enable students to become teachers who A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its • English are sensitive, confident, adaptable and able international equivalent, in a relevant • Geography to take their place in a complex and evolving discipline. Employment or relevant • History education system. Eligible students generally educational experience will also be • Mathematics join the Teaching Induction Scheme run by considered. Applicants must be able to • Modern Languages the Scottish Government. demonstrate a strong commitment to the • Music academic study of sport and recreation Teaching methods • Physical Education management and/or experience in the You will be assessed on your practical • Physics sport and recreation industry. teaching ability as well as two written • Religious Education assignments and three oral presentations. • Technological Education. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 68

68

Programme details STRENGTH & TEACHING ENGLISH TO This programme focuses on the study of CONDITIONING SPEAKERS OF OTHER sport policy and management practices LANGUAGES (TESOL) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/127 associated with the efficient and effective MSc (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/128 delivery of sport and recreation services. MEd (1 yr FT, 6 yrs PT) Throughout the programme the underlying Contact focus is on understanding factors that Tony Turner Contact maintain competitive business advantage T: +44 (0)131 651 6033 TESOL Administrator and deliver effective sport services. The E: [email protected] T: +44 (0)131 651 6409 taught programme has been designed to E: [email protected] Fees & costs produce a balanced sports management www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs education experience. student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Students are encouraged to consider the student-funding/tuition-fees Entry requirements broader professional skills associated with Entrants require a UK 2:1 honours degree, Entry requirements the application of concepts and theoretical or its international equivalent, in a relevant Applicants require a UK 2:1 honours degree, frameworks, as well as exploring the policy discipline such as sport and exercise, or or its international equivalent, in a relevant and management issues pertinent to the equivalent professional qualifications. discipline. Employment or relevant educational course. For students pursuing masters-level Where an applicant does not meet these experience will also be considered. No work this is extended to the ability to plan, requirements consideration may be given to previous teaching experience is required. conduct, analyse and disseminate their own other academic qualifications and significant sports management research following the Programme details professional training and experience. established principles of rigorous sociological TESOL is a dynamic, challenging and fun and management study. Programme details programme that will improve teaching skills With a primary emphasis on sports- through greater professional knowledge and Teaching methods performance-based issues, the programme enhanced confidence. It is useful for EFL, ESL Classes may consist of a combination of combines both the theoretical and practical and TESOL teachers, teacher trainers, head lectures, seminars, case studies, industry elements of strength and conditioning to teachers and materials/curriculum/policy visits and student-led discussions. Students identify and examine a wide range of designers. For those who are unable to study are expected to complete directed reading academic and practitioner needs. full time in Edinburgh, the online mode offers in their private study time and to prepare a part-time study programme that can be contributions to seminars. Teaching methods accessed online. Teaching comprises traditional lectures, Skills & learning outcomes tutorials and practical sessions. Students will This programme will enable TESOL teachers Students on this programme will: be encouraged to complete directed reading to train other TESOL teachers; work in • examine critically key issues and social in their private study and to participate in management of TESOL education; combine trends affecting participation and practical activities and tutorial sessions. TESOL with Business and Information and involvement in sport and recreation Communication Technology (ICT); specialise Skills & learning outcomes • identify and evaluate recent changes in TESOL for Young Learners; and develop This degree produces a balanced educational in sport and recreation policies and research skills. The MEd TESOL is also a good programme between the specific areas management practices introduction to PhD or EdD. pertinent to strength and conditioning and • apply theory to the contexts of managing the wider professional skills and issues Teaching methods sport and recreation organisations. associated with the application of scientific The programme can be studied in contact ideas. Students will develop the ability to mode, by online learning, or by a combination appraise and apply scientific literature on of both modes. All modes of study consist strength and conditioning and to plan, of taught components (lectures or online conduct and disseminate their own research. materials, face-to-face tutorials or online discussions, with weekly tasks and a final assignment) and a 12,000-word dissertation. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 69

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 69 Humanities & Social Science

Research areas

Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods Education On completion, participants should be The programme will be taught primarily

able to critically appraise English language through face-to-face teaching but will make www.ed.ac.uk/pg/328 Education teaching practice, be able to reflect on their use of some online learning activities. MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) professional knowledge with regard to the Lectures will be complemented by small- and PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) appropriateness of its application in a range large-group discussions and debates, various MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) of educational contexts and be able to design, forms of group work in cognate and mixed Research profile implement and evaluate substantial research subject areas, as well as independent project The Moray House School of Education has or development tasks. work. Assessment will take place through the largest concentration of researchers in formal coursework submissions. Participants education in a Scottish university. This research UNIVERSITY TEACHING can choose from two options and there is covers all aspects of education and learning – substantial flexibility in how to approach the from pre-school to higher and lifelong learning. required assignment. The final assessment www.ed.ac.uk/pg/381 The School’s research profile is enhanced by the is a synoptic assessment which participants Distance Learning Option inclusion of research in sport and related studies. complete as part of the core option (12-36 mths PT) Developing My Approach to Teaching. Prospective research students are invited to Contact apply for research degrees in any of the Skills & learning outcomes Professor Carolin Kreber following areas: Students who follow this programme will: T: +44 (0)131 651 3122 • Children’s and Young People’s Learning E: [email protected] • understand the key concepts and theories and Development relating to teaching, learning and Fees & costs • Higher, Professional and Community assessment in higher education www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Education • assess critically the extent to which student-funding/tuition-fees • Education, Society and Policy present learning environments within • Equity, Inclusion and Diversity Entry requirements their school are conducive to promoting • Sport Science and Human Performance. This programme is aimed at academic high-quality learning staff in the University of Edinburgh with • gain practical knowledge of how to design Training & support teaching responsibilities. effective learning environments within Our staff can provide supervision on a wide research-intensive settings. range of topics within the fields of education, Programme details recreation management, sociology of sport, The programme is designed to introduce sports science and counselling. Opportunities staff to significant issues in relation to also exist for interdisciplinary research work. teaching, learning and assessment at a research-intensive institution, combine Courses on a range of research methods and reference with theory and educational analysis are available and research students literature with practical application and may be required to undertake an appropriate make use of a wide variety of teaching programme of research training. Students and assessment strategies to demonstrate are also encouraged to take an active part in good practice. It is primarily targeted at the School’s programme of research seminars new lecturers wishing to develop their and workshops. understanding of theoretical concepts, as Fees well as the practical skills required for creating For more details on research costs please effective learning environments for students. contact the Graduate School. However, experienced staff wishing to further Funding enhance their existing knowledge and skills in There are many opportunities to apply for selected aspects are also eligible to enrol. The research funding for study at the School of programme provides CPD opportunities. Education. Visit the department website for examples of awards.

Contact The Graduate School T: +44 (0)131 651 6678 E: [email protected] PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 70

70

Health in Social Science

The School of Health in Social Science at the Careers University of Edinburgh is a leading provider The overwhelming majority of students completing programmes in of postgraduate and undergraduate education the School of Health in Social Science find positions in relevant fields: nursing, healthcare, clinical psychology, counselling or closely related in health and related fields in Scotland and areas, often at a relatively senior level, whether locally, nationally internationally. In its teaching and research or abroad. the School is multidisciplinary, fostering Some proceed to further study or research, whether in government- related positions or in academia. Doctoral programme graduates often dialogue between its constituent professions take up employment in the higher education and research sector, and disciplines, and with other fields, working as post-doctoral research fellows or lecturers. especially in the social sciences and medicine. Scholarships & bursaries Our strong reputation and tradition at the forefront of education The Docorate in Clinical Psychology and MSc in Applied Psychology for provision for healthcare professionals has helped us forge strong Children and Young People are funded through NHS Education Scotland collaborations across the University and with the NHS, the voluntary (NES). The Gardner Bequest is available to Nursing Studies graduates sectors, and patient and user groups. pursuing PhD research.

We offer unique opportunities for interdisciplinary approaches to Other scholarships may be on offer from time to time, often attached complex issues of health policy, practice and research and a diverse to research projects. and intellectually vibrant community of masters, clinical doctorate For more information about NES funding for Clinical Psychology and PhD students. programmes, visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Our range of degrees health/postgraduate. For more information about School awards, the Gardner Bequest and We offer postgraduate-level taught programmes in the following areas: other funding sources, visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • Clinical Psychology student-funding. • Counselling and Psychotherapy • Nursing Studies. Contact We also offer postgraduate research degrees in the following areas: School of Health in Social Science • Clinical & Health Psychology (MSc by Research and PhD) The University of Edinburgh Medical School • Counselling & Psychotherapy (MSc by Research and PhD) Teviot Place • Nursing Studies (MSc by Research and PhD). Edinburgh EH8 9AG T: +44 (0)131 651 3969 Facilities & resources F: +44 (0)131 650 3891 E: [email protected] The majority of the School is housed in the Old Medical School at W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/health/postgraduate city-centre location Teviot Place. Recently refurbished, this historic building provides a high standard of accommodation and facilities for postgraduate students and provides them with opportunities to mix with academic colleagues, research staff and other students. The building is fully accessible and features state-of-the art teaching rooms and social space for postgraduate students, as well as a large and bright reading room and computer facilities for research students.

Teaching takes place in seminar and tutorial rooms, using audio and video recording and playback facilities where appropriate. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 71

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 71 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

ADVANCING NURSING Skills & learning outcomes There is also a strong emphasis on parenting PRACTICE This programme enables students to: and supporting parents through evidence-

based models of parent-focused intervention. Health in Social Science www.ed.ac.uk/pg/419 • use research and scholarship in the MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs or 3 yrs PT) subject to develop their nursing practice Trainees will be placed throughout the year • develop a focus on research and in one main Child and/or Adolescent Clinical Contact application of the evidence base through Psychology service or CAMHS within the MSc Secretary five themes: research; professional NHS in Scotland under the supervision of a T: +44 (0)131 650 3890 development; leadership; clinical decision qualified clinical psychologist, and will be E: [email protected] making; health involved in delivering services immediately. Fees & costs • develop the analytical skills required The trainee will attend the University of www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ for professional development and Edinburgh and NHS partnership sites in student-funding/tuition-fees reflective practice. Glasgow for teaching blocks and weeks Entry requirements APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY throughout the year. Candidates are expected to have a suitable (HEALTHCARE) FOR CHILDREN Teaching methods educational background. Applicants should AND YOUNG PEOPLE Academic teaching is by lectures, seminars, have an honours degree or equivalent and clinical-practice workshops. Students will (reaching SCQF level 10) or relevant nursing www.ed.ac.uk/pg/129 be assessed through coursework and clinical experience. Applicants who are not graduates MSc (1 yr FT) competency on placement. The student is will be asked to write a reflective piece. Contact allocated a postgraduate supervisor who is MSc Secretary Programme details a source of guidance and support and will T: +44 (0)131 651 3967 The programme develops self-directed and provide academic supervision. reflective nurses who have the potential to E: [email protected] Skills & learning outcomes be future leaders in advancing nursing. Fees & costs Graduates from this programme will have a While there are some core subjects, the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ wide range of competences that will enable programme is extremely flexible and is student-funding/tuition-fees them to work in a number of different tailored to students’ requirements, including Entry requirements settings both within the NHS (e.g. mental opportunities for distance learning. Students Applicants should have a UK 2:1 honours health or primary care settings) and other will have the opportunity to set their own degree, or its international equivalent, in organisations including the Voluntary Sector. learning objectives, so nurses from all psychology and eligibility for Graduate Basis Successful completion of the MSc in Applied specialist and generalist areas of practice for Chartered Membership (GBC) with the Psychology for Children and Young People will at all career levels can follow their personal British Psychological Society. A genuine allow graduates to apply for Clinical Associate and professional needs and interests. Central interest in working with children and young in Applied Psychology (Children and Young to this will be a professional portfolio and people is essential. People) posts. innovative forms of assessment. The dynamic Programme details structure of the programme is specifically This taught masters programme aims to train designed to appeal not only locally and psychology graduates in the range of skills nationally, but also internationally. and competencies essential for the delivery Teaching methods of tier-two psychological assessments and Central to the programme is the development interventions in a range of services for of the personal development portfolio, children, young people and their families. action-learning sets and student-led learning. In addition to the essential elements Approaches will also include lectures, for applied psychologists in health (e.g. seminars, workshops, reading groups, work- assessment and formulation, and evaluation) based learning, e-learning, self-directed study and Child and Adolescent Mental Health and projects. You will be assessed on your professionals (e.g. recognition of Child Abuse, portfolio, dissertation, course papers and developmental impairments and delays), there work-based projects. is a particular focus on the Early Years and Early Intervention across a variety of settings. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 72

72

CHILDREN & YOUNG PEOPLE’S It has core courses and an opportunity for Programme details MENTAL HEALTH AND students to undertake optional courses related The aim of the programme is to give PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICE to subjects of their own interest, as well as an trainees the knowledge and skills to work opportunity to complete a dissertation for the with a range of different client groups using www.ed.ac.uk/pg/654 MSc award. a range of different models in the National MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs or 3 yrs PT) Health Service. Students can take a number of courses with Contact the required number of credits to be awarded The Doctorate in Clinical Psychology at As for Applied Psychology a postgraduate certificate (60 credits) or Edinburgh is one of the longest established Fees & costs postgraduate diploma (120 credits). Courses programmes in the UK. It offers a wide range www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ within the MSc programme are also available of teaching and clinical placements with student-funding/tuition-fees to be taken as stand-alone CPD for which trainees being attached to one of 11 possible credits will be received. Health Boards throughout most of Scotland. Entry requirements Applicants for the course will be considered Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods on an individual basis. Applicants with an The programme enables students to: The emphasis in training is a competency- undergraduate degree or equivalent (reaching • develop their practice through based model of learning in which trainees SCQF level 9) and substantial current or recent engagement with research and scholarship learn to apply psychological knowledge in a work experience providing clinical/clinically in psychological theory and practice range of clinical settings and with a range relevant experience of children and young • develop advanced skills in the critical of client groups. people in mental health settings, including appraisal of psychological practice in the The Clinical Psychology Training Programme statutory and voluntary organisations, will be field of child and adolescent mental health also has an online component. Online considered favourably. • develop and consolidate an extended resources and materials have been developed Where an applicant’s undergraduate degree knowledge base of theoretical and clinical for the Learning Disabilities and Older Adults does not meet the level stated above or is approaches to psychological therapy for specialities and provide a supportive resource not obviously related to subjects relevant to children, young people and families. for trainees to complete training placements children and young people’s development with these client groups. and/or mental health, they may be admitted CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY The academic knowledge required for at the discretion of the Programme Director successful completion of clinical placement so long as they meet the relevant work www.ed.ac.uk/pg/136 is delivered in teaching blocks, comprising of experience requirements stipulated above. DClin Psychol (3 yrs FT, 4 yrs or 5 yrs PT) lectures and workshops. In addition, trainees Applicants are required to submit a personal Contact must complete a doctoral thesis of original statement, provide two reference – which DClin Psychol Secretary research. Assessment is by clinical placement address how the applicant meets the academic T: +44 (0)131 651 3972 evaluation, case studies, essays, small-scale and/or relevant experience requirements and E: [email protected] research projects and the thesis. attend a selection interview in person. Fees & costs Skills & learning outcomes Programme details www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Upon successful completion of training you This is a new programme that offers student-funding/tuition-fees will be eligible to register as a Practitioner advanced study in psychological theory and Additional costs: (base fee + research element). Psychologist and Clinical Psychologist with its clinical application for practitioners working The base fee and additional research costs of the Health Professions Council and for in the field of child and adolescent mental the programme are paid for by NES. Chartered Clinical Psychologist status with health. Core elements of the programme the British Psychological Society and, therefore, Entry requirements are: developmental psychopathology of for employment as a clinical psychologist in Candidates are expected to have at least a childhood and adolescents, psychological the NHS or other organisations. The degree UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international interventions, and models of early intervention awarded is the DClinPsychol, which is a equivalent, in Psychology, Graduate Basis for and health promotion. practitioner doctorate. Chartered Membership (GBC), and relevant The programme offers the core elements clinical/work experience. of teaching and learning on the theoretical, Candidates with a 2:2 honours degree in conceptual and evidence base for psychological psychology must demonstrate applied practice, while fostering a critical and reflective research ability by undertaking an MSc approach to the clinical application of these. in a relevant area for example health or psychological research methods. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 73

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 73 Humanities & Social Science

COUNSELLING The programme is founded in dialogue COUNSELLING (CONTINUING between the person-centred approach and PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE) psychodynamic perspectives in counselling. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/130 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/132 The Master of Counselling is validated MCouns (4 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT) Health in Social Science professionally by COSCA at postgraduate Contact Contact certificate and postgraduate diploma levels. MSc Secretary As for Counselling It is a flexible, student-centred training T: +44 (0)131 651 6671 process with a strong emphasis on practice, Fees & costs E: [email protected] including a counselling placement. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees A distinctive feature of this degree is its www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Additional costs: cost of supervision if registered focus on the student’s individual counselling student-funding/tuition-fees for the Counselling Supervision course. practice with clients, which normally Additional costs: students may need to pay begin in year two. Entry requirements for supervision of their counselling practice. Candidates should have a UK first degree, Teaching methods Entry requirements or its international equivalent, in any Teaching and learning methods include A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international subject and accreditation as a counsellor experiential group work, supervised practice, equivalent, in any subject; or a 2:2 degree or psychotherapist; or a first degree (or theory seminars and independent study. together with a strong personal statement, equivalent) and a qualification in counselling A distinctive feature is the system of normally including relevant experience and psychotherapy to diploma level with individual tutorials. and/or references confirming aptitude for two years’ post-qualifying practice (which may study at a postgraduate level; or professional Assessment methods combine essays with be waived for those who have undertaken qualifications equivalent to an honours seminar presentations, self and peer substantial practice prior to securing professional degree; or other evidence of capacity to assessments, placement-based assessment, qualifications); or accreditation as a counsellor study at postgraduate level (e.g. references the professional portfolio and the dissertation. or psychotherapist and evidence of potential or relevant professional experience). The programme provides a high level of to study at postgraduate level; or, exceptionally, candidates who hold a qualification in All candidates should demonstrate high student-tutor contact and close supervision of counselling or psychotherapy to diploma level, levels of motivation through their personal both counselling practice and research, in line who do not hold a first degree and are not yet statement indicating why they wish to with professional and academic requirements. accredited practitioners, but who meet the study counselling, and demonstrating an Skills & learning outcomes criteria for professional accreditation, may be understanding of counselling and the capacity Students who successfully complete the considered for admission. to reflect on personal aptitude for work in programme will: this field. Programme details be reflective, self-aware, safe, accountable • The MSc in Counselling (CP Practice) offers While ordinarily an undergraduate degree and competent counsellors advanced academic and practice-based study or equivalent is required to enter the have a sound knowledge base of theories • of counselling for experienced practitioners programme, this may be varied for individual and research on the development of the seeking to enhance their therapeutic practice candidates who have previously missed out on person, group process, therapeutic and qualifications. higher education and who have demonstrated relationships and processes, and the role relevant conceptual and analytical skills in the of counselling in society Distinctive features of this degree include: course of other experiences. • possess highly developed and transferable • the opportunity to study at advanced level interpersonal, conceptual and analytical An interview designed to determine with tutors grounded in the person-centred skills, including critical thinking, self- professional suitability is also required for approach and psychodynamic perspectives evaluation and research skills. progression from the first year of the • integration of advanced professional programme (PG Certificate) to subsequent The Master of Counselling allows students practice to theory and research years, as is clearance by Disclosure Scotland. to gain employment in a variety of contexts • close links with social-science research where this unique combination of concerned with counselling and society Programme details interpersonal, therapeutic, self-reflective • the opportunity to take the professionally The programme aims to foster the and analytical skills is highly valued. validated Counselling Supervision course development of critically reflective • and the dissertation research focus on the practitioners who are able to work in a variety student’s individual counselling practice of settings with a broad range of people. with clients. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 74

74

Teaching methods good lower second class honours degree which is offered over four years part-time. Teaching and learning methods include in a subject relevant to counselling and The Master of Counselling (Interpersonal lectures, theory seminars, case discussion, psychotherapy, and references confirming Dialogue) is specifically designed for discussion groups and independent study. aptitude for study at postgraduate level or international students, with significant cognate professional qualifications equivalent Assessment is through essays and the professional experience in related fields, to an honours degree or, exceptionally, where dissertation. Individual courses may have who are seeking to gain a fully accredited an applicant’s undergraduate degree is in an other learning and assessment methods professional qualification in counselling area not considered relevant to counselling such as presentations, self and peer in the United Kingdom. and psychotherapy, they may be admitted assessment and portfolio work. at the discretion of the Programme Director Combining academic rigour with high-quality The optional counselling supervision course so long as they meet the personal and professional training, the programme provides involves a supervision practice placement professional suitability requirements unique opportunities for training, learning and and assessment of the student’s practice stipulated below. research in the field of counselling and as a supervisor. psychotherapy. The award of this degree Personal and professional requirements allows graduates to practise as counsellors The programme provides a high level of In addition to the academic requirements, or therapists in the UK and in other countries student-tutor contact and close supervision of candidates must meet the suitability with equivalent professional and academic both counselling practice and research, in line requirements set out by the British standards. with professional and academic requirements. professional bodies for counselling and The programme is founded in dialogue Skills & learning outcomes psychotherapy as follows: between the person-centred approach and Through this degree, counsellors and • self awareness, maturity and stability psychodynamic perspectives in counselling. therapists demonstrate an advanced capacity • ability to make use of and reflect on It involves substantial placement practice to reflect on practice, to apply both up-to-date life experience (internships) with counselling clients. research and theoretical innovations to • capacity to cope with the emotional therapeutic practice, to undertake complex demands of the programme Teaching methods and well-grounded qualitative research and • ability to cope with the intellectual Teaching and learning methods include to analyse the social and cultural context and academic requirements experiential group work, supervised practice, of counselling in modern society. • ability to form and sustain helping theory seminars and independent study. relationships A distinctive feature is the system of individual COUNSELLING • ability to be self critical and use tutorials. Assessment methods combine essays (INTERPERSONAL DIALOGUE) both positive and negative feedback with seminar presentations, self awareness of difference, diversity www.ed.ac.uk/pg/520 • and peer assessments, placement-based and power MCouns (2 yrs FT) assessment, the professional portfolio • capacity for psychological thinking and the dissertation. Contact and engagement The programme provides a high level of As for Counselling • understanding of the principles student-tutor contact and close supervision of and practices of counselling. Fees & costs both counselling practice and research, in line www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Additionally applicants are required to have with professional and academic requirements. student-funding/tuition-fees substantial relevant experience of working Skills & learning outcomes in helping roles in counselling or a cognate Entry requirements Students who successfully complete the area, such as education, social work, nursing, This programme requires entrants to be Master of Counselling will: both personally and professionally suitable mental health practice, applied psychology or • be reflective, self-aware, safe, accountable for counselling training and ready to begin equivalent. An interview, by telephone, webcam, and competent counsellors counselling practice within six months of video-conference or in person, is required to • have a sound knowledge base of theories programme commencement. The entrance determine personal and professional suitability and research on the development of requirements therefore combine personal and relevant experience. Clearance by the person, group process, therapeutic suitability requirements with professional Disclosure Scotland (a criminal record relationships and processes, and the experience and academic requirements. suitability check) is also required. role of counselling in society Academic requirements Programme details • possess highly developed and transferable Either a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its This is the new, two-year, full-time, professionally interpersonal, conceptual and analytical international equivalent, in a subject relevant accredited postgraduate qualification in skills, including critical thinking, self- to counselling and psychotherapy or an counselling. It is an accelerated version of the evaluation and research skills. undergraduate degree equivalent to a well-established Master of Counselling (MCouns), PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 75

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 75 Humanities & Social Science

The Master of Counselling allows students It includes the professionally validated knowledge in subjects of their choice. to gain employment in a variety of contexts Postgraduate Certificate in Counselling This highly flexible programme enables where this unique combination of Studies, three other substantive taught students to specialise in a substantive field interpersonal, therapeutic, self-reflective courses and a dissertation based on or to focus on research training courses. It and analytical skills is highly valued. empirical research. Health in Social Science offers teaching and learning on a range of COUNSELLING STUDIES This MSc is not a full professional training theoretical, conceptual and evidence-based in counselling. The latter is offered through approaches to health and healthcare across the Master of Counselling (Interpersonal a variety of professional and social www.ed.ac.uk/pg/131 Dialogue) or the Master of Counselling. science disciplines. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Teaching methods Additionally, it offers an opportunity for Contact Teaching and learning methods include international students to study at the MSc Secretary lectures, theory seminars and independent University of Edinburgh for a period of one T: +44 (0)131 650 4661 study. Assessment is through essays and semester. It also provides an opportunity E: [email protected] the dissertation. for students to undertake an intensive programme of Continuing Professional Fees & costs In addition, the Postgraduate Certificate Development at the University of Edinburgh. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ component involves experiential group student-funding/tuition-fees work, practice-skills workshops and individual Skills & learning outcomes tutorials, with self and peer assessment As well as offering the benefits associated Entry requirements and portfolio work, complementing essay- with studying within an international student Candidates should possess either a UK 2:1 based assessment. community at a world-leading university, the honours degree, or its international programme enables students to develop: equivalent, in any subject; or a good lower The programme provides a high level of second-class degree together with a strong student-tutor contact and close supervision • knowledge and understanding in specialist personal statement, normally including of both listening practice and research, in line topics related to health studies relevant experience and/or references with professional and academic requirements. • advanced analytical and transferable skills confirming aptitude for study at a postgraduate • an extended knowledge base in their Skills & learning outcomes level; or professional qualifications equivalent chosen field. This degree enhances the career prospects of to an honours degree. practitioners using counselling skills in related INTEGRATED SERVICE All candidates should demonstrate high fields such as healthcare, social work or IMPROVEMENT: HEALTH levels of motivation through their personal education. It is also of interest to social & SOCIAL CARE statement indicating why they wish to scientists and researchers specialising in the www.ed.ac.uk/pg/613 study counselling, and demonstrating an study of health and illness, and the practice MSc (2 yrs PT) understanding of counselling and the capacity and cultural significance of the talking therapies. to reflect on personal aptitude for work Contact in this field. HEALTH STUDIES MSc Secretary Programme details T: +44 (0)131 650 3890 The programme offers advanced academic www.ed.ac.uk/pg/644 E: [email protected] study of counselling and related practices. PG Cert (4 mths FT) Fees & costs It aims to foster the development of critical Contact www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ reflection on the field by professionally T: +44 (0)131 651 3969 student-funding/tuition-fees qualified practitioners and others. E: [email protected] Entry requirements It complements professional training in Fees & costs Applicants will typically be UK managers or counselling by providing students from a range www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ senior practitioners within healthcare, social of backgrounds with critical perspectives on student-funding/tuition-fees care and the voluntary sector managers and counselling and related practices. senior practitioners with undergraduate Entry requirements This taught masters firmly locates the practice qualifications and experience and knowledge A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international of counselling within the field of social-science of service improvement across organisations equivalent, in a subject related to health studies. enquiry. Distinctive features of this degree and sectors. include close links with professional training in Programme details Programme details counselling and with social-science research This programme is aimed at students from a The courses and personal and professional concerned with counselling and society. range of disciplinary backgrounds in the field development activities offered on this of health studies who wish to develop specialist PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 76

76

Research areas

programme aim to help students progressively Contact Social and Political Studies, enabling Health build knowledge and skills needed for effective PG Research Secretary research students to benefit from the engagement in service improvement. T: +44 (0)131 651 3967 extensive suite of social-science research E: [email protected] courses offered by the Graduate School. It receives ongoing active input and support from Scottish national bodies and individuals With our unique range of subject areas and engaged in service improvement and is attuned Clinical & Health close ties with other academic areas around to Scottish and English policy concerning Psychology the University, the School of Health offers health and social care modernisation. PhD students excellent opportunities for www.ed.ac.uk/pg/397 interdisciplinary supervision and research For students the programme will help them MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) project development. become more effective in their service PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) development roles. For their organisations Introduction the programme will contribute to more Counselling Studies In addition to the DClin Psychol programme, coherent service planning and development. Clinical Psychology can support PhD and MSc www.ed.ac.uk/pg/330 Teaching methods Research in the area. Candidates should note PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) The programme is delivered part time over that these programmes do not lead to MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) two years to allow students to integrate their Chartered Clinical Psychologist status. Research group/centre/institute learning with their practice. It is organised in Research Profile Counselling and Psychotherapy monthly seminars, which comprise formal lectures, Clinical & Health Psychology is highly research Research Profile discussion and student group work, structured active, with all members of staff pursuing Counselling and Psychotherapy has a home work, tutoring input in project work and either original research interests or supervising long-standing commitment to original peer learning through a web-based discussion postgraduate research projects. empirical and theoretical research that forum and student-support group. Current projects in the section relate to: engages critically with the practices of Students are asked to use examples from counselling and psychotherapy. their workplace for assignments and projects. • quality of life and its measurement in We are especially keen to encourage research In the diploma year students work on a a variety of populations concerned with the interface between specific project, selected in discussion with • healthy ageing counselling, psychotherapy and social, cultural their organisation, to help put their learning • models of cognition and emotion and political life, and research that draws into practice. • onset and recovery from severe and enduring psychological disorder directly on practitioners’ own engagement Skills & learning outcomes • attachment and emotion regulation in in therapeutic work with clients. Students who follow this programme will: severe and enduring psychological disorder Our research portfolio is highly critically understand and manage the adaptation of psychological interventions • • interdisciplinary. We specialise in qualitative, dynamics of “service integration” and neuropsychology and offending behaviour • reflexive and critical research approaches while improvement in their day-to-day work long-term outcome of brain injury. • welcoming other approaches to this field. use information to plan, execute and • Training & support evaluate specific projects in terms of: Training & support You will have access to support in a variety the evidence on integrated service Students are assigned two supervisors of research methods including qualitative development in different contexts; their with whom they meet monthly. The second and quantitative approaches. You will be tacit knowledge about their organisations; supervisor may be drawn from another assigned two supervisors who have expertise routinely collected service information; discipline relevant to the student’s of your subject area and will meet with your information collected through appropriate research topic. supervisor regularly. Workshops, seminars and research methods for specific projects courses in research methods are available to In the first year, students attend epistemological plan, manage and monitor projects • postgraduate students undertaking a higher and research methods courses. understand the effects of interventions • degree by research. • and analyse, present and disseminate You will attend and contribute to Counselling learning from projects in ways appropriate The School provides a wide range of research and Psychotherapy and other School seminars to local strategic service planning. training courses, which offer students throughout your studies, including the annual extensive opportunities to develop their Counselling and Psychotherapy postgraduate- research skills. The School works in close student conference. collaboration with the Graduate School of PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 77

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 77 Humanities & Social Science

All students are encouraged to present a prominent role throughout the share courses with others from a wide variety their research at national and international developmental period for nursing research of disciplines and a number have supervisors

conferences and to publish their research in Europe over the past half century. from more than one discipline. Health in Social Science findings in relevant journals. Nursing Studies is ranked one of the top Training & support Funding nursing departments in Scotland in terms Students doing higher degrees by research Prospective students may apply to a of research quality and productivity, and normally undertake research training courses number of funding sources and may proportion of research-active staff. Nursing as well as carrying out their own research. contact the School for further information. Studies contributed to the subject area’s PhD students normally have two supervisors, impressive result in the 2008 Research one of whom may be from a different Nursing Studies Assessment Exercise. discipline relevant to the student’s interests.

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/138 Main areas of research activity and Fees & costs MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) development in Nursing Studies currently There may be an additional cost of £200 per MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) relate to the themes of experience of health year to cover stationery, photocopying and PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) and illness and organisation and policy for printing costs. person-centred care. Research profile Funding The University of Edinburgh is one of the Nursing Studies PhD and MPhil students at Graduates from the University’s BN (Hons) UK’s foremost research institutions and Edinburgh participate in, and extend, a 40- Nursing Studies degree are invited to take up Edinburgh’s Nursing Studies has played year tradition of scholarship. Our students a scholarship funded by the Gardner bequest. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 78

78

History, Classics & Archaeology

With more than 120 teaching, research Careers and administrative staff, the University of Students gaining a postgraduate qualification from the School of Edinburgh’s School of History, Classics & History, Classics & Archaeology can use their qualification as a stepping stone into a broad range of varied occupations, from Archaeology is one of the largest units of primary school teacher to copy editor. its kind in the UK. Our academic staff enjoy a strong international reputation for their Scholarships & bursaries There are two principal funding sources for postgraduate research research and we offer superb access to for students from the UK: archival resources within a dynamic and • Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC), www.ahrc.ac.uk culturally rich capital city. • Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), www.esrc.ac.uk All applications must be made through the School Postgraduate Our range of degrees Office. There are also a small number of scholarships available. We run an exciting suite of taught MSc programmes, in addition to Further details are available from PhD supervision and MSc by Research degrees. Taught programmes www.shca.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate/PGFunding.htm allow an applicant to choose between study that is either broad-based There are also a number of scholarship resources for postgraduate (such as the MSc in History) or more specialised and in-depth (such students. The School of History, Classics & Archaeology makes a as the MSc in The Second World War in Europe). The Graduate School number of scholarship awards each year to students applying for is formed from the subject areas of History, Classics and Archaeology. a PhD, taught MSc or the MSc by Research. All students (home, EU Detailed information on all taught and research programmes, as well and overseas) are welcome to apply but the awards will cover only as other information about the School, can be accessed on the School’s Home/EU fees. web pages www.shca.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate. For more information on sources of funding, please visit Facilities & resources www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. The School benefits from a dedicated Postgraduate Resource Centre which offers computing, study and social space for students, Contact Richard Kane and a dedicated teaching facility. Access to specialist laboratory Graduate School Administrator accommodation is available where appropriate and research School of History, Classics and Archaeology students may be given dedicated office space and facilities. From William Robertson Building Autumn 2010, the School will move to newly renovated premises 50 George Square in Edinburgh’s city centre. Edinburgh EH8 9JY Two of the most stunning rooms in the building will be large T: +44 (0)131 650 8349 graduate-student study rooms with computing, scanning, printing F: +44 (0)131 651 3070 and photocopying facilities. Graduate students and staff will be able E: [email protected] to use two further large study and resource rooms, and there will W: www.shca.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate be access to lockers equipped with laptop charging facilities. The whole building will be wireless enabled and other facilities will include state-of-the art teaching rooms, meeting rooms, a common room, refreshment area and open social/breakout areas.

A comprehensive range of specialist facilities for Archaeology students are also available. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 79

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 79 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

AMERICAN HISTORY • show an understanding of advanced An important element is working in a historical methodology and the ability to laboratory over several weeks or months, successfully evaluate evidence through where additional knowledge will be built by History, Classics & Archaeology www.ed.ac.uk/pg/139 the close study of relevant primary and example and through dialogue. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) secondary sources Individual courses are assessed by means of Contact • acquire training in the discipline of rigorous practical reports and essays. Candidates for Dr Fabian Hilfrich historical argument the MSc also complete a dissertation of T: +44 (0)131 651 3236 • demonstrate the ability to conceive and approximately 15,000 words. E: [email protected] execute a coherent project in historical Skills & learning outcomes Fees & costs research and writing Students on this programme will: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • obtain the necessary research skills for develop an awareness and appreciation student-funding/tuition-fees starting doctoral work. • of the principal techniques and methods Entry requirements ARCHAEOLOGICAL SCIENCE employed in archaeological science At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or (archaeometry) its international equivalent, in a relevant synthesise, evaluate and critically analyse www.ed.ac.uk/pg/617 • discipline is normally required. archaeological data MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Programme details • define focused projects and complete Contact The MSc provides an introduction to them within a given time frame Professor Clive Bonsall advanced study in American History both • become aware of the current use and T: +44 (0)131 650 2375 to students who plan to embark on doctoral limitations of archaeometry in E: [email protected] work and to those who want to spend a year contemporary research. pursuing in more depth intellectual interests Fees & costs The programme helps students develop developed as undergraduates. This www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ potential research interests and to explore programme is distinctive in its breadth and student-funding/tuition-fees these with a view to progressing to research. diversity, both chronological and thematic. Students will also acquire a range of Entry requirements It draws on the wide range of American transferable intellectual and practical skills. At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its historical expertise available in the School. international equivalent, in a relevant ARCHAEOLOGY The programme offers a challenging discipline, is normally required. academic experience, particularly for those Programme details who wish to combine a small-scale research www.ed.ac.uk/pg/34 The MSc in Archaeological Science is project with specialist methodological, MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) designed to give graduates a systematic theoretical, historical and historiographical training in the application of scientific Contact training. It aims to prepare students for techniques in archaeology. Dr Gordon Thomas independent research at an advanced level T: +44 (0)131 650 2383 The programme is appropriate for those in American history. E: [email protected] with a first degree in archaeology as well as Teaching methods graduates of other disciplines, especially the Fees & costs This programme is taught through a biological and physical sciences, who may be www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ combination of small-group seminars and interested in applying their scientific know- student-funding/tuition-fees tutorials, one-to-one supervision and private how to explore archaeological problems. Additional costs: £200 FT, £100 PT. Further study. You will be examined through additional costs may be incurred by students It draws upon the combined expertise coursework and a dissertation totalling whose dissertations involve specialist and facilities available in the Archaeology approximately 30,000 words. laboratory analyses. subject area and the Scottish Universities Skills & learning outcomes Environmental Research Centre (SUERC) Entry requirements Students who follow this programme will: at East Kilbride. At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its • develop an advanced knowledge of topics international equivalent. in American history Teaching methods • gain familiarity with key historiographical This programme is taught through a debates and modes of historical combination of lectures, seminars and explanation hands-on practical classes. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 80

80

Programme details expertise of several members of the Classics Programme details The programme aims to offer students an subject area who have research interests This programme offers teaching across the opportunity to study archaeology at an and experience of teaching and graduate whole discipline of Classics, drawing from advanced level, offering stimulating courses supervision in this area, and complements the wide-ranging expertise of members of on a wide range of periods, geographical other topics in Classics, such as Ancient History staff in Classics, in order to provide a areas and themes. and Hellenistic Studies. specialised or an interdisciplinary curriculum, according to individual interests. The 17 Teaching methods The programme provides an excellent basis members of the Classics subject area at The programme combines lectures, seminars, for further graduate study or as a foundation Edinburgh profess specialise in Greek and practicals, essays, research projects, field trips for careers in museum work, the cultural Latin literature and thought, ancient history, and individual tutorials covering all areas heritage industry or education. and classical art and archaeology and the of archaeology. Teaching methods unit has particular strengths in material Skills & learning outcomes This programme is taught through a culture, Hellenistic culture and Late Antiquity. Students will acquire: combination of small-group seminars and All students have the chance to hear • a good understanding of the distinctive tutorials, one-to-one supervision and private distinguished international speakers at the nature of archaeology and its contribution study. You will be examined through classics research seminar every week during to a critical and informed understanding coursework and a dissertation totalling term and can present their research in the of the past approximately 30,000 words. friendly environment of the classics • a good understanding of theoretical and Skills & learning outcomes postgraduate seminar. methodological debates within archaeology Students who follow this programme will gain: Teaching methods • familiarity with a number of important • the intellectual background, training and The modular structure of the MSc in fieldwork studies support necessary for the conduct and Classics (Taught) allows you to concentrate a broad knowledge of archaeological • critical assessment of research in classical on areas of particular interest but will still methods, techniques and practices in art and archaeology provide breadth of coverage. current use. advanced knowledge of and competency • Students take training courses in general The programme helps students to develop in a specific area of classics graduate skills and in classical methodologies, potential research interests and to explore familiarity with various methods used • which help prepare them to pursue their these with a view to progressing to further in the study of classical art and archaeology own particular interests when researching research. Students will also acquire a range and enable them to work in a manner that their dissertation. It will also be possible to of transferable intellectual and practical skills. is theoretically and methodologically engaged study the ancient languages at beginners’ knowledge of Greek and/or Roman • or more advanced level. CLASSICAL ART artefacts and their interpretation through & ARCHAEOLOGY study of original objects and monuments Alternatively students can opt to take the MSc by Research in Classics, which provides www.ed.ac.uk/pg/141 and careful analysis of secondary literature a firm grounding in the methods and techniques MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • the ability to formulate and sustain a substantial piece of research in classical art of research while at the same time allowing Contact and archaeology. students to pursue their own research with Dr Glenys Davies the guidance of expert supervisors. T: +44 (0)131 650 3592 CLASSICS Skills & learning outcomes E: [email protected] Students who follow this programme will gain: Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/140 • advanced knowledge of the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) archaeology/art and history of specific student-funding/tuition-fees regions and periods of classical civilisation Contact an opportunity to study and analyse the Entry requirements Professor Andrew Erskine • literary significance of Greek and Latin texts At least a UK 2:1 Honours degree, or its T: +44 (0)131 650 3591 and develop knowledge of current international equivalent, in a relevant discipline E: [email protected] is normally required. interpretation of them Fees & costs • an ability to comment in a detailed Programme details www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ manner on passages from a selection The MSc in Classical Art and Archaeology student-funding/tuition-fees of Greek and Latin studies the ancient Greek and Roman • a developed knowledge of the Greek worlds from the Iron Age through the Entry requirements or Latin languages. Late Roman/Early Christian period through At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its their material remains. It draws upon the international equivalent, in a relevant discipline is normally required. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 81

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 81 Humanities & Social Science

DIASPORA & • be able to formulate and sustain a rigorous Skills & learning outcomes MIGRATION HISTORY historical argument Students who follow this programme develop a range of generic transferable will develop: www.ed.ac.uk/pg/614 • skills, such as precise oral and written • an understanding of the diversity of

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) History, Classics & Archaeology communication, independent study, methodological and theoretical approaches Contact problem-solving and time management. in the study of the Enlightenment Dr Alex Murdoch • the ability to analyse primary and T: +44 (0)131 650 4033 ENLIGHTENMENT STUDIES secondary sources for acquiring a E: [email protected] detailed knowledge and command of research topics Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/143 an appreciation of the interaction and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • student-funding/tuition-fees links among the different subject areas Contact of Enlightenment Studies Entry requirements Dr Adam Fox/Dr Gordon Pentland • the ability to form sound and coherent At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its T: +44 (0)131 650 3835/8354 arguments based on the thorough international equivalent, in a relevant E: [email protected]/ analysis and evaluation of primary and discipline is normally required. [email protected] secondary sources Programme details Fees & costs • an appreciation of the variety of This taught programme is distinctive in its www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ interpretations of the culture and ideas breadth and diversity. Drawing on the student-funding/tuition-fees of the Enlightenment extensive expertise in Scottish, English and • an understanding of the importance Entry requirements Irish migration and diaspora history available of the study of the Enlightenment in the At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its in the Scottish Centre for Diaspora Studies, modern world international equivalent, in a relevant it also involves scholars with complementary • the ability to cross disciplinary boundaries discipline is normally required. interests in African, American, Asian and within the field of Enlightenment Studies. Australasian history within the School of Programme details History, Classics and Archaeology. This taught programme introduces students EUROPEAN ARCHAEOLOGY to the study of the culture and ideas of the The programme provides a wide-ranging European and North American Enlightenments academic experience, particularly for www.ed.ac.uk/pg/39 in the 18th century. Drawing from the those who wish to combine a small-scale MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) complementary expertise of members research project at an advanced level with of staff in different Schools within the Contact specialist methodological, theoretical, College of Humanities & Social Science, As for Archaeology and historiographical training. it offers an interdisciplinary curriculum in Fees & costs Teaching methods Enlightenment Studies. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ This programme is taught through a The programme is designed for a variety student-funding/tuition-fees combination of small-group seminars of applicants with, for example, backgrounds Additional costs: £200 FT, £100 PT. Further and tutorials, one-to-one supervision in history, history of science, history of art, additional costs may be incurred by students and private study. philosophy or literature. Participants will be whose dissertations involve specialist You will be examined through coursework provided with the necessary research skills and laboratory analyses. and a dissertation totalling approximately training in methodology and use of resources Entry requirements 30,000 words. to progress to further postgraduate research At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its Skills & learning outcomes at doctoral level. international equivalent, is normally required, Students who follow this programme will: Teaching methods either in archaeology or in another related • be able to conduct a critical assessment of The programme combines practical work, subject (e.g. anthropology), or in a group of comparative diaspora and migration history skills training, seminar discussion and debate subjects in which archaeology figures prominently. • be familiar with historiographical and surrounding assigned reading, formal seminar Programme details methodological debates in the field of presentations and both directed and This programme aims to offer students an diaspora and migration history independent reading. opportunity to study European archaeology demonstrate understanding of advanced • You will be examined through coursework at an advanced level, offering stimulating historical methodology and the ability to and a dissertation totalling approximately courses on a wide range of periods, successfully evaluate evidence through 30,000 words. geographical areas and themes. the close study of relevant primary and secondary sources PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 82

82

Teaching methods Specialist courses are offered by several of the theoretical aspects of human bone analysis The programme combines lectures, leading scholars in their fields, and across a within a forensic setting. seminars, practicals, essays, research range of historical interests spanning the first Teaching methods projects, field trips and individual tutorials millennium AD. Late Antiquity is a particular The programme combines lectures, seminars, covering all areas of archaeology. strength, with primary interests being the and hands-on practical work with human Mediterranean basin, Britain and Ireland. The Skills & learning outcomes bone assemblages and pathological core courses are team-taught and focus upon Students on this programme will gain: reference collections. methodologies and sources. • solid understanding of the distinctive Individual courses are assessed by means Teaching methods nature of archaeology and its contribution of practical reports and essays. Candidates The programme combines practical work, to a critical and informed understanding for the MSc also complete a dissertation seminar discussion and debate surrounding of the past of approximately 15,000 words. • solid understanding of theoretical and assigned reading, formal seminar presentations methodological debates within archaeology and both directed and independent study. Skills & learning outcomes • a familiarity with a number of important You will be examined through coursework Students who successfully complete the fieldwork studies and a dissertation totalling approximately programme will be able to: • a broad knowledge of archaeological 30,000 words. • identify and interpret human bone remains methods, techniques and practices in Skills & learning outcomes • develop hypothesis testing skills current use. Students who successfully complete the • carry out relevant scientific analyses, programme will demonstrate: often in cooperation with experts in FIRST MILLENNIUM STUDIES other disciplines • language skills (normally Latin or Greek) • engage in theoretical and methodological advanced appreciation of scholarly • discussions relevant to forensic anthropology www.ed.ac.uk/pg/144 methodology • design research strategies based on MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) specialist understanding of normally two • transferable skills providing a basis for fields of study Contact advanced studies (PhD and beyond). critical reading and discussion Dr James Fraser • independent learning. T: +44 (0)131 650 4034 • GENDER HISTORY E: [email protected] FORENSIC ANTHROPOLOGY Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/145 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/389 student-funding/tuition-fees MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact Entry requirements Dr Stana Nenadic/Dr Louise Jackson Contact At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its T: +44 (0)131 650 3839/3837 Dr Kath McSweeney international equivalent, in a relevant discipline E: [email protected]/ T: +44 (0)131 650 2373 is normally required. [email protected] E: [email protected] Programme details Fees & costs Fees & costs The programme follows in a long tradition www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ of keen interest, from a number of different student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees perspectives, in the achievement, fall and Additional costs: £200 FT, £100 PT. Further Entry requirements legacy of the Roman Empire and the rise of additional costs may be incurred by students At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its the Middle Ages. It seeks to prepare students whose dissertations involve specialist international equivalent, in a relevant discipline for independent historical research at an laboratory analyses. is normally required. advanced level. Entry requirements Programme details It offers opportunities for practical skills At least a UK 2:1 honours degree at Gender History has proved in recent years to (especially language) training, seminar undergraduate level, or its international be one of the most exciting and innovative discussion in an interdisciplinary core course, equivalent, either in archaeology, anthropology, areas of research, drawing as it does on the and specialisation in aspects of the first forensic science or a related subject. disciplines of social/political history, social millennium AD in Europe. and cultural anthropology, and literature. Programme details The programme is sufficiently flexible to This programme is aimed at students who This MSc explores aspects of gender history enable students to focus more on acquiring wish to specialise in the field of forensics, from the classical and early medieval period skills than on specialisation and vice versa. offering tuition in both the practical and the to the contemporary era, focusing not only PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 83

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 83 Humanities & Social Science

on Britain and Europe but also other areas of area of scholarship. It takes an interdisciplinary programme are courses on all periods of the non-western world such as East Asia. approach, drawing on the wide range of history covering an exceptionally wide range expertise in this area in the School of History, of geographical areas, based on a wide variety It draws upon the expertise of several members Classics and Archaeology. of themes and methodological approaches. of the History subject area who have research History, Classics & Archaeology interests, teaching experience and experience Teaching methods The programme provides an excellent of postgraduate supervision in this area. The course is taught through a combination of academic experience both for those who small-group seminars/tutorials, one-to-one wish to pursue further study or as a basis Teaching methods supervision and private study. All students take for careers in archival or museum work, the The course will be taught through a combination training courses, first in general graduate skills cultural heritage industry or education. of small-group seminars, one-to-one supervision and then in classical methodologies, which and independent research. Students will Teaching methods help prepare them to pursue their own take three compulsory courses (two training This programme is taught through a combination particular research interests. courses common to all MSc students and of small-group seminars and tutorials, one-to- a core course) in addition to a selection of The course is examined through coursework one supervision and private study. module options on gender history. and a 12,000–15,000-word dissertation. You will be examined through coursework You will be examined through coursework Skills & learning outcomes and a dissertation totalling approximately and a dissertation totalling approximately The programme is designed to develop: 30,000 words. 30,000 words. • knowledge and understanding of the Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes Hellenistic world and the central issues Students who follow this programme Students who follow this programme will: of Hellenistic scholarship will develop: • an ability to assess critically research on • understand key historiographical issues • a specialised knowledge and understanding the Hellenistic world, employing where and debates in gender history of history appropriate insights, theories and • analyse, assimilate and critically deploy • a detailed knowledge and understanding methodologies from a range of disciplines primary historical sources and relevant of the central historiographical issues • an understanding of the interaction secondary literature in gender history • an understanding of the interaction between source material and interpretation • develop skills in oral presentation and between historical sources and explanation • an ability to present the results of research participation in group discussions • an appreciation of the historical and with a clarity which combines argument, • define a topic in gender history and undertake historiographical context of the student’s narrative and knowledge of evidence and independent research of source material individual area of research. methodology • present research findings in a coherent the necessary research skills for students and structured way. • HUMAN OSTEOARCHAEOLOGY proceeding to doctoral work. HELLENISTIC WORLD HISTORY www.ed.ac.uk/pg/42 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/146 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/616 Contact MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) As for Forensic Anthropology Contact Contact Fees & costs As for Classics Professor Paul Bailey www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs T: +44 (0)131 650 3766 student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ E: [email protected] Additional costs: £200 FT, £100 PT. Further student-funding/tuition-fees additional costs may be incurred by students Fees & costs whose dissertations involve specialist Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ laboratory analyses. At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its student-funding/tuition-fees international equivalent, in a relevant discipline Entry requirements Entry requirements is normally required. At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, either in archaeology Programme details international equivalent, in a relevant discipline or in another related subject (e.g. anthropology), The Hellenistic age, which roughly spans the is normally required. or group of subjects in which archaeology years from Alexander the Great to the death Programme details figures prominently. of Cleopatra, was a period of significant The taught programme draws on one of transformation in the eastern mediterranean. Programme details the largest group of historians in any UK This programme introduces students to some This programme offers participants the chance to higher education institution. Central to the of the key issues in this exciting and growing gain knowledge and hands-on experience of PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 84

84

human bones, providing a sound basis for both Teaching methods of landscape and will enable students to professional development and further research. You will be examined through coursework relate specific local and regional interests and a dissertation totalling approximately to worldwide literature on the nature of Teaching methods 30,000 words. landscape and the practice of landscape The course combines lectures, seminars, and environmental studies. and practical work with archaeological Skills & learning outcomes assemblages and reference collections. Students who follow this programme Students will acquire research skills appropriate Individual courses are assessed by means of will develop: to a wide range of local and regional practical examinations, practical reports and • knowledge of the chief methods of conditions together with the ability to exploit essays. Candidates for the MSc also complete practising intellectual history high-quality, web-based resources in a critical a dissertation of approximately 15,000 words. • detailed understanding of certain major and scholarly manner. They will acquire the episodes in intellectual history skills necessary to devise, plan and produce Skills & learning outcomes an appreciation of the interdependence scholarly work. Students who successfully complete the • of text and context, and of the importance programme will be able to: Teaching methods of ideas in past and present The programme will be taught by online • identify and interpret human bone remains the ability to develop tight and coherent • learning. You will carry out around two pieces from archaeological sites arguments both orally and on the page of assessed work per element. This could • develop hypothesis testing skills the capacity to read texts critically and • include reports, commentaries, investigations • carry out relevant scientific analyses, sensitively, evaluating their arguments as to find online materials, assignments using often in cooperation with experts in well as situating them in their practical maps, observational skills in your city or other disciplines and intellectual contexts neighbourhood and bibliographical skills to • engage in theoretical and methodological appreciation of a variety of approaches to • enhance your writing of conventional essays. discussions relevant to osteoarchaeology intellectual history A dissertation of 15,000 words is also required. • design research strategies based on • the ability to cross disciplinary boundaries, transferable skills providing a basis for for example, between philosophy, science Normally the programme is taken part time advanced studies (PhD and beyond). and history. over two years, and because of its online nature, is particularly suited to allow you to INTELLECTUAL HISTORY LANDSCAPE, manage your study time around other family ENVIRONMENT & HISTORY and work obligations. There is online and telephone support for students at set times www.ed.ac.uk/pg/374 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/436 during the week. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (Distance Learning) (2 yrs PT) Skills & learning outcomes Contact Contact By the end of the programme students will: Dr Chris Harding Professor Richard Rodger T: +44 (0)131 650 9960 T: +44 (0)131 651 5042 • gain a knowledge of the variety of E: [email protected] E: [email protected] historical relationships between environment and landscape Fees & costs Fees & costs gain knowledge of the major changes www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ in the nature of Scottish landscape student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees • understand the changing attitudes Entry requirements Entry requirements towards and judgements relating to At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its landscape over the long term international equivalent, in a relevant discipline international equivalent, in a relevant discipline • understand the historical contexts of is normally required. is normally required. contemporary policy decisions • develop intellectual skills through the Programme details Programme details e-learning modules, web-based interaction The programme aims to introduce students This online distance-learning programme and an intensive week-long course both to the principal methodologies of develops the historical curiosity that for many • develop skills in information retrieval, intellectual history and some key instances people arises from landscape. It explores the management and communication. of this burgeoning discipline. It will, for example, long-run material and environmental changes familiarise students with Begriffsgeschichte of the landscape and provides a critical Local and regional topics will be related to and the ‘Cambridge School’, as well as understanding of the historical changes in the wide-ranging international practice in enabling them to explore significant manner in which landscape is regarded. landscape history. The critical evaluation of episodes in intellectual history, such as historical sources, both web-based and locally It provides knowledge of key sources and Epicureanism, Mind Body Dualism, the available, will be central to the programme. Scottish Enlightenment and the intellectual methodologies for the exploration of the history of the American revolution. material and cultural analysis of the history PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 85

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 85 Humanities & Social Science

MATERIAL AND VISUAL between historical sources, including knowledge (generally Latin), and demonstrates CULTURES OF THE PAST visual sources and explanation the value of an interdisciplinary approach • an appreciation of the context in which to medieval research. Students will also www.ed.ac.uk/pg/148 to understand the student’s individual deepen their knowledge and understanding

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) History, Classics & Archaeology area of interest/research within the broad of selected themes and topics in a way that Contact field of material and visual cultural history. enables them to select and execute an Dr Stana Nenadic independent piece of research. T: +44 (0)131 650 3839 MEDIEVAL HISTORY E: [email protected] MEDITERRANEAN ARCHAEOLOGY Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/149 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/44 student-funding/tuition-fees MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact Entry requirements Professor Judith Green Contact At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its T: +44 (0)131 650 3762 As for Archaeology E: [email protected] international equivalent, in a relevant Fees & costs discipline is normally required. Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Programme details www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees This unique and innovative programme draws student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £200 FT, £100 PT. Further on the array of scholarly expertise across the additional costs may be incurred by students Entry requirements School of History, Classics and Archaeology. whose dissertations involve specialist At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its laboratory analyses. It provides a broad academic experience international equivalent, in a relevant for those who wish to combine a small-scale discipline is normally required. Entry requirements research project at postgraduate level with At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or Programme details specialist teaching across a variety of periods its international equivalent, either in Medieval history is concerned broadly with and approaches, including different archaeology or in another related subject all aspects of European history between about approaches to the material and the visual. (e.g. anthropology), or in a group of subjects 400 and 1500 AD. This programme has been in which archaeology figures prominently. There is a team-taught core course titled designed to offer as flexible an approach as Clothing Cultures in Comparative Historical possible. It is appropriate for candidates who Programme details Contexts, which ranges from the classical age wish to pursue the masters degree, as well This programme aims to offer students an to Hollywood film. A range of specialist as those who may want to proceed to PhD opportunity to study Mediterranean optional courses are available. study. The programme builds on resources archaeology at an advanced level, offering within the School, connects with medievalists stimulating courses on a wide range of Students can, subject to availability, follow elsewhere in the University, and also with periods, geographical areas and themes. an internship programme at an Edinburgh students on other taught masters (e.g. the museum or gallery. Teaching methods MSc in Social and Cultural History and in The programme combines lectures, seminars, Teaching methods Gender History). The programme aims to practicals, essays, research projects, field trips You will be examined through coursework make as much use as possible of locally and individual tutorials covering all areas and a dissertation totalling approximately held medieval manuscripts in the University’s of archaeology. 30,000 words. The coursework assignments libraries, the National Archives and the arise from the mixture of core and option National Library of Scotland. The resources Skills & learning outcomes courses taken by each student. of the latter, both in terms of medieval Students will acquire: Skills & learning outcomes manuscripts and printed books, is invaluable. • a good understanding of the distinctive nature of archaeology and its contribution Students who follow this programme Teaching methods to a critical and informed understanding will develop: Specialist and option courses will normally of the past • specialist knowledge and understanding be taught through seminars. Students will be • a good understanding of theoretical and of material and visual cultural history assigned supervisors for their dissertations. methodological debates within archaeology • detailed knowledge and understanding Skills & learning outcomes • familiarity with a number of important of the central theoretical, methodological This programme provides a grounding in fieldwork studies and historiographical issues that have the principal categories of surviving evidence • a broad knowledge of archaeological shaped the field and the technical skills needed to read methods, techniques and practices in an understanding of the interaction • them, namely palaeography and linguistic current use. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 86

86

The programme helps students develop • an appreciation of the historical and • design research strategies based on potential research interests and to explore historiographical context of the student’s transferable skills providing a basis for these with a view to progressing to research. individual area of research within the advanced studies (PhD and beyond). Students will also acquire a range of modern British and Irish fields transferable intellectual and practical skills. • a range of transferable skills, such as SCOTTISH HISTORY precise oral and written communication, MODERN BRITISH independent study, problem solving www.ed.ac.uk/pg/615 & IRISH HISTORY and time management. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/150 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) OSTEOARCHAEOLOGY Contact Dr Ewen Cameron Contact T: +44 (0)131 650 4031 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/48 As for Diaspora & Migration History E: [email protected] MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Fees & costs Fees & costs Contact www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ As for Forensic Anthropology student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees Fees & costs Entry requirements Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its student-funding/tuition-fees international equivalent, in a relevant discipline international equivalent, in a relevant discipline Additional costs: £200 FT, £100 PT. Further is normally required. is normally required. additional costs may be incurred by students Programme details whose dissertations involve specialist Programme details The programme provides a wide-ranging laboratory fees. Drawing from expertise provided by the and inclusive understanding of modern British largest group of historians with Scottish Entry requirements history and provides a foundation for those interests in any UK university, the programme At least a UK 2:1 honours degree at undergraduate who may wish to consider doctoral research. offers courses on all periods of Scottish history level, or its international equivalent, in a It draws on the wide range of British, Scots based on a wide variety of themes and relevant discipline is normally required. and Irish historical expertise available in the methodological approaches. Many courses School of History, Classics and Archaeology. Programme details adopt a comparative framework and seek to It also offers the opportunity for students This programme offers participants the chance place Scotland’s historical experience in the to concentrate on themes in modern British to gain knowledge and hands-on experience widest possible context. political, social and/or economic history. of human and animal bones, providing a The programme provides an excellent sound basis for both professional development Teaching methods academic experience for those looking to and further research. The programme combines a range of tutor- pursue further postgraduate study, or as and student-led seminars and incorporates Teaching methods a foundation for careers in archival or museum a research project resulting in a dissertation. The course combines lectures, seminars, and work, the cultural heritage industry or education. Some classes are compulsory, but there are practical work with archaeological assemblages Teaching methods opportunities to select courses tailored to and reference collections. Individual courses This programme is taught through a combination your specific interests. are assessed by means of practical examinations, of small-group seminars and tutorials, one-to- practical reports and essays. Candidates for You will be examined through coursework one supervision and private study. You will be the MSc also complete a dissertation of and a dissertation totalling approximately examined through coursework and a dissertation approximately 15,000 words. 30,000 words. totalling approximately 30,000 words. Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes Students who successfully complete the Students will gain: Students on this programme will develop: programme will: • a specialised knowledge and understanding • a specialised knowledge and understanding identify and interpret human and animal of modern British and Irish history • of Scottish history bone remains from archaeological sites • a detailed knowledge and understanding • a detailed knowledge and understanding of develop hypothesis testing skills of the central historiographical issues of • the central historiographical issues of this area • carry out relevant scientific analyses, these areas • an understanding of the interaction often in cooperation with experts in • an understanding of the interaction between historical sources and explanation other disciplines between historical sources and analysis • an appreciation of the historical and engage in theoretical and methodological • historiographical context of the student’s debates relevant to osteoarchaeology individual area of research. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 87

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 87 Humanities & Social Science

SCOTTISH STUDIES • taught how to synthesise findings from • develop an appreciation of how the a variety of sources study of a period-overarching topic taught to identify and address problems can widen their historical horizon and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/153 • encountered in research research agenda

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) History, Classics & Archaeology • offered an introduction to archival/ • set their own historical research agenda in Contact resource management/museum skills and relation to slave and forced labour studies As for Scottish History gain practical experience in this field. • be able to efficiently access relevant Fees & costs resources and make efficient use of them SLAVERY AND FORCED www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • prepare and present their own work in a LABOUR STUDIES student-funding/tuition-fees scholarly fashion. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/154 Entry requirements SOCIAL & CULTURAL HISTORY MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in a relevant Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/151 discipline is normally required. Dr Ulrike Roth T: +44 (0)131 650 3586 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Programme details E: [email protected] Contact This interdisciplinary programme is run As for Material & Visual Cultures in conjunction with the Research Institute Fees & costs of the Past in the Culture, History and Ethnology of www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Scotland (RICHES). It aims to provide student-funding/tuition-fees Fees & costs thorough background training in the various Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Scottish Studies disciplines. You will learn At least a UK 2:1 honours degree at student-funding/tuition-fees to analyse and synthesise this knowledge undergraduate level, or its international Entry requirements in an interdisciplinary context, question equivalent, in a relevant discipline is At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its assumptions about the primacy of one normally required. international equivalent, in a relevant specific discipline over others and receive an discipline is normally required. introduction to subjects which you may not Programme details have experienced at undergraduate level. The programme concentrates on the study Programme details of slavery and forced labour in a range of This innovative programme is based in part You have the opportunity to take taught different periods and geographies. in the Economic and Social History subject courses in subjects offered both by the area, but also drawing on the wide range School of History, Classics and Archaeology Historical research that is set to break away of expertise within the School. It provides and the School of Languages, Literatures from the concentration on a single period a broad academic experience for those and Cultures, and undertake full research or geography has become a rarity in recent who wish to combine a small-scale research training in Scottish Studies. decades and it is the aim of this programme to create an intellectual environment that project at postgraduate level with specialist Teaching methods allows more wide-reaching historical research, theoretical, methodological and subject- The programme combines a core seminar while maintaining the rigorous standards for specific teaching across a range of periods series with optional specialist courses, which high-quality research is renowned. and approaches. including the possibility of an archival There is a team-taught core course titled internship. Assessment is by a combination Teaching methods Historiography and Theory of Social and of assignments and a dissertation totalling Students learn through teacher- and student- Cultural History which deals with such topics approximately 30,000 words. A supervisor led seminars, written coursework, class as oral history and memory, gender, bodies will be assigned for your dissertation. presentations and research projects covering a wide chronological and geographical range and sexuality and consumer behaviour. Skills & learning outcomes of slavery and forced labour studies. You Specialist courses include: Urban Society and Students who complete this programme will be examined through coursework and Civil Society in Historical Context and Culture will be: a dissertation totalling approximately and Society in Early Modern Britain Slavery in • introduced to interdisciplinary approaches 30,000 words. the British Atlantic world 1650–1834. to culture and historiography Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods • encouraged to present the results of their Students on this programme will be able to: You will be examined through coursework and research in an academic environment a dissertation totalling approximately 30,000 engage in historical arguments in relation • given a phased introduction to research, • words. Various coursework assignments arise to slavery and labour studies presentation and writing skills, based on from the mixture of core and option courses analyse independently historical materials the investigation of primary sources • taken by each student. of various different natures PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 88

88

Research areas

Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods Archaeology Students who follow this programme You will be taught primarily in seminars. You will develop: will be examined through coursework and a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/53 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) • specialist knowledge and understanding dissertation totalling approximately 30,000 words. MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) of social and cultural history A supervisor will be assigned for your dissertation. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) • detailed knowledge and understanding Skills & learning outcomes of the central theoretical, methodological Students who study this programme will Research group/centre/institute and historiographical issues that have be able to demonstrate: Archaeology hosts research groups in shaped the field Palaeoeconomy and Cypriot archaeology, • a specific body of advanced knowledge • understanding of the interaction between both involving close collaboration with the • an understanding of advanced historical historical sources and explanation Scottish Universities Environmental Research methodology and the ability to evaluate an appreciation of the context in which Centre (SUERC). • evidence through the close study of to understand selected areas of relevant primary and secondary sources Research profile interest/research within the broad • familiarity with historiographical debates The University of Edinburgh has a long field of social and cultural history. and modes of historical explanation and distinguished tradition of archaeology THE SECOND WORLD • the discipline of rigorous historical argument teaching, research and fieldwork, all of which WAR IN EUROPE • the ability to conceive and execute a are closely integrated. coherent project in historical research It has active research contacts with the www.ed.ac.uk/pg/155 and writing. National Museums of Scotland, the Scottish MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Universities Environmental Research Centre Contact (SUERC) and the Royal Commission on the Professor Jill Stephenson Ancient and Historical Monuments (RCAHMS). T: +44 (0)131 650 3769 Staff have internationally recognised expertise E: [email protected] in the prehistory of Europe, the Mediterranean Fees & costs and Near East, as well as in archaeological www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ theory, environmental archaeology, student-funding/tuition-fees osteoarchaeology and forensic anthropology.

Entry requirements Focal areas of research include: human- At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its environment interactions; the transition from international equivalent, in a relevant hunter-gatherer to farming communities; and discipline is normally required. the development of complex societies. Our Programme details research profile in classical and historical This taught programme is distinctive in its focus archaeology has also expanded in recent years. on a major event involving a great variety of Training & support countries in the 20th century. It offers a satisfying Students are assigned two supervisors academic experience for those who wish to who provide expert academic guidance study the impact of the Second World War on the chosen research topic. Supervisors on civilians in belligerent, occupied and and students meet regularly to discuss neutral countries and provides students with progress and research plans, as well as drafts the intellectual environment, background, of thesis/dissertation chapters, conference training and support essential for the conduct papers and potential articles. of critical historical enquiry. In addition to individual supervision, research Students follow seven courses: two compulsory students also have access to research training courses common to all History MSc degrees; and postgraduate seminars. four thematic courses designed for The Facilities Second World War in Europe; and an Following the School’s move to the University’s individual dissertation. Old Medical School building from Autumn 2010, Archaeology will have special teaching and research labs, including laboratories PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 89

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 89 Humanities & Social Science

dedicated to artefact analysis, environmental • Roman imperial history Research profile archaeology, osteoarchaeology and • late Roman literature and history Economic and Social History at Edinburgh is bone chemistry. • ancient slavery one of the largest Economic and Social History History, Classics & Archaeology units in the United Kingdom. We also have extensive reference collections • Cicero of archaeological materials and excellent • the city of Rome Staff research interests are wide ranging, library facilities. • gender in antiquity including the study of economic development, • the reception of classical antiquity energy policy, globalisation, slavery, Fees & costs • Greek sculpture demography, urban history, consumption, Normally, £200 full time or £100 part time • Roman funerary art material culture, museums and collecting, per annum depending on topic. Additional • art and mythology. leisure, religious belief, popular culture, costs may be incurred by students whose medicine and disease, gender, sexuality and dissertations involve fieldwork or specialist Training & support the family. laboratory analysis. Students are assigned two supervisors who provide expert academic guidance on Students can explore a wide area of economic Funding their chosen research topic. Supervisors and and social history, chronologically extending Please visit the school website for information students meet regularly to discuss progress from the Early Modern period to the present- on funding opportunities. and research plans, as well as drafts of day and geographically encompassing not Contact thesis/dissertation chapters, conference only Britain but also the Caribbean, Europe Dr Robert Leighton papers and potential articles. and Australasia. T: +44 (0)131 650 8197 In addition to individual supervision, research Particular areas of expertise available for E: [email protected] students also have access to research training research are: and postgraduate seminars. Classics • culture and society in early Modern Britain Facilities • slavery in the Atlantic World, 1650–1834 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/156 Research students in Classics will benefit from • the material culture of gender in 18th MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) the newly renovated premises in the West century Britain MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Wing of the former Medical School from 2010. • urban society and civil society in PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) historical context Funding clothing cultures in comparative Research profile Please visit the School website for information • historical contexts Classics in Edinburgh is flourishing at all levels about funding opportunities. with record student numbers, new taught • Western European demography, Contact masters programmes and a succession of 1850–1939 Professor Andrew Erskine exciting research projects. • cinema and society in modern Britain T: +44 (0)131 650 3591 • gender, crime and deviancy: Britain c. At Edinburgh you can study classics under E: [email protected] 1860–1960 several major strands: ancient history, classical • energy policy in Britain since 1920 art and archaeology, classical literature, Greek Economic & Social History • the economic history of China in the and Latin, at both undergraduate and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/157 20th century. postgraduate levels. MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Training & support Classics now boasts one of the most MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Students are assigned two supervisors who significant clusters of scholars in the United PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) provide expert academic guidance on the Kingdom working on Greek and Roman Research group/centre/institute chosen research topic. Supervisors and students history, literature and archaeology. The University’s economic and social historians meet regularly to discuss progress and research Major research interests include: host two research groups: plans, as well as drafts of thesis/dissertation chapters, conference papers and potential • early Greek poetry • Material and Visual Cultures of the Past articles. In addition to individual supervision, • Homer involves collaboration with the Royal research students are expected to participate • Greek philosophy Commission on the Ancient and Historical in research training and postgraduate seminars. • Greek drama Monuments of Scotland and the National • Hellenistic poetry Museums of Scotland • Greek and Hellenistic history • Enlightenment and Popular Culture involves • Ancient Persia collaboration with scholars across the • the Roman republic School of History, Classics and Archaeology. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 90

90

Facilities England), Italy and Flanders. There is also a Funding Research students in Economic and Social strong interest in gender in the medieval period. Please visit the School website for information History will benefit from the newly renovated about funding opportunities. In modern British and Irish history there are premises in the West Wing of the former particular interests in early modern religion, Contact Medical School from 2010. belief and intellectual history (including the As for Economic & Social History Funding Scottish Enlightenment); in social and political Please visit the School website for information history in the 18th and 19th centuries; in Scottish History on funding opportunities. relations between Britain and Ireland in the www.ed.ac.uk/pg/159 19th and 20th centuries, and Irish migration Contact MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) in the 20th century; in international relations Dr Adam Fox MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and warfare in the 20th century. T: +44 (0)131 650 3835 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) E: [email protected] In modern European history specialities include Research group/centre/institute astrology and belief; Renaissance Venice; There are three funded research centres: History 18th-century political and intellectual history; France (19th and 20th centuries); Germany • the Survey of Dedications to Saints in www.ed.ac.uk/pg/158 (20th century); genocide; Russia and the Medieval Scotland MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Soviet Union (20th Century); Spain (20th • the Centre for Scottish Urban History MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) century). There is also a strong interest in • the Scottish Centre for Diaspora Studies. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT gender in the modern period. Research profile Research group/ centre/institute American history from the 17th century to Here in the nation’s capital, Scottish history We host or participate in: the present day is extensively researched and is taught by a strong and distinguished team • the Centre for the Study of the Two taught, including revolutionary and early of seven core academic staff members World Wars national America; the Civil War; US diplomatic plus a number of postdoctoral fellows and • the Scottish Centre for Diaspora Studies history in the 19th and 20th centuries; politics associated staff. the Centre for Medieval and • in the 20th century (especially the Republican Scottish History at Edinburgh can offer Renaissance Studies. party); African-American history and the civil research support in all periods of study. Research profile rights movement. Our academic team’s expertise ranges very There are more than 40 permanent, full-time Edinburgh has a wide range of expertise in widely: from the early medieval period to the academic staff in History, making us one of the non-western history, including African history; present day; from saints to witches; from the largest History units in the country. the history of the British Empire and Highlands to Scotland’s overseas connections; and from the Picts to the founding of the Research interests are extremely wide ranging Commonwealth; modern India, Pakistan, new Scottish Parliament. and include the study of: China and Japan. There is also expertise in Australian history. In these areas, too, there medieval culture, religion, gender, and law Scottish History has been taught at the • is a strong interest in gender history. • historical theory University of Edinburgh ever since the • early modern witchcraft and the occult Training & support prestigious Sir William Fraser Professor of • the Italian Renaissance Students are assigned two supervisors who Scottish History and Palaeography was • North America from the colonial era provide expert academic guidance on the established in 1901. The current Professor • intellectual history from Machiavelli chosen research topic. Supervisors and students is Tom Devine who has authored 28 books to Marx meet regularly to discuss progress and research and more than 100 academic articles on • genocide plans, as well as drafts of thesis/dissertation Scottish history. • Nazi and post-war Germany chapters, conference papers and potential articles. Training & support Russia and the Soviet Union • In addition to individual supervision, research Students are assigned two supervisors who the Cold War • students are expected to participate in research provide expert academic guidance on the political, social, and cultural aspects • training and seminars. chosen research topic. Supervisors and students of the history of China, Japan, India, meet regularly to discuss progress and Facilities and Australia in the modern era. research plans as well as drafts of thesis/ Research students in History will benefit from In pre-modern history the research interests dissertation chapters, conference papers the newly renovated premises in the west wing of the staff lie in the social, political, religious and potential articles. of the former Medical School from 2010. and cultural history of Europe from the fall In addition to individual supervision, research of Rome to the Renaissance, with particular students also have access to research training emphasis on England (including Anglo-Norman and postgraduate seminars. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 91

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 91 Humanities & Social Science

Facilities Research students in History will benefit from the newly renovated premises in the west wing of the former Medical School from 2010. History, Classics & Archaeology Funding Please visit the School website for information on funding opportunities.

Contact Dr Julian Goodacre T: +44 (0)131 650 4021 E: [email protected] PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 92

92

Law

The School of Law is one of the leading Careers centres in Europe for the postgraduate The masters programmes in the School of Law attract a high proportion study of law. The School, which celebrated of international students. On completion of their studies many return to their home country to continue their career, most usually in the legal its 300th anniversary in 2007, is located (or related) profession. Almost a quarter of masters graduates continue in the historic Old College and is close to on to further legal study, both research-based and vocational, in the UK and overseas. A high proportion of PhD students choose to follow Scotland’s Parliament and principal courts. an academic career path on completion of their studies, though this is not the only option. The skills and experience gained from completing Our range of degrees a PhD are valued in a variety of other career areas. The School’s postgraduate community has more than 200 LLM, MSc and PhD students and researchers. Our taught postgraduate Scholarships & bursaries degrees provide advanced courses in a wide range of subjects. Please visit www.law.ed.ac.uk/pg/scholarships.aspx and We offer one-year LLM degrees in Commercial Law, European Law, www.scholarships.ed.ac.uk for information about potential Global Environment & Climate Change Law, Intellectual Property Law, funding sources. International Law, Innovation, Technology and the Law, a general LLM degree for those who do not wish to specialise in a particular field Contact of law, and an MSc in Criminology and Criminal Justice. The LLM in Innovation, Technology and the Law is also available as a distance- Aimie Little learning option, along with more specialised eLLM degrees in Information School of Law (Postgraduate Office) Technology Law, Intellectual Property Law and Medical Law. Old College South Bridge In addition to our PhD programmes, we also offer three innovative Edinburgh EH8 9YL one-year research degrees: the LLM by Research (by dissertation), the T: +44 (0)131 650 2010 LLM in Legal Research and the LLM in History and Philosophy of Law F: +44 (0)131 650 6317 (a combination of research-training courses and dissertation). E: [email protected] W: www.law.ed.ac.uk/pg The majority of our applicants have studied law previously, however applications from non-law students with relevant studies and experience will be considered. Further guidance on this may be sought from the School. Facilities & resources The Law and Europa libraries make up one of the largest law resources in the UK. The Europa Library is a European Documentation Centre and through the School of Law’s extensive computer network students have access to a wide range of electronic legal resources. The University’s Main Library, the National Library of Scotland, and the National Archives of Scotland are also available for use. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 93

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 93 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

COMMERCIAL LAW theoretical issues and the policy factors EUROPEAN LAW influencing the development of the law.

The issues are also discussed in their Law www.ed.ac.uk/pg/161 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/163 relevant practical, comparative and LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) international contexts. Contact Contact A number of the course options are delivered Aimie Little As for Commercial Law by specialist legal practitioners in the field. T: +44 (0)131 650 6325 Entry to some courses depends on the Fees & costs E: [email protected] student having studied the relevant topic www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs at undergraduate level. student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entry requirements student-funding/tuition-fees CRIMINOLOGY A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international Entry requirements & CRIMINAL JUSTICE equivalent. The programme is particularly A UK 2:1 honours degree or its international suited to those who have already studied www.ed.ac.uk/pg/162 equivalent. European law. Applicants who have not MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Programme details done so may be admitted but will be required Contact This programme provides a prestigious to undertake extra reading and/or attend As for Commercial Law qualification and an excellent grounding for introductory lectures in European Union the future academic study of commercial law Fees & costs (EU) law. for those intending to practice as lawyers or www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Programme details to pursue a career in the business sector. It is student-funding/tuition-fees The aim of this programme is essentially particularly suited to those who have studied Entry requirements twofold: to provide core European (primarily commercial law at undergraduate level but As for Commercial Law but not exclusively EU) law subjects at an consideration will be given to other applicants advanced level, and to apply and deepen who have relevant studies and experience Programme details knowledge of that law through more either in law or in related commercial areas. The MSc provides an excellent path to specialised courses. To this end, first-semester the advanced study of criminology. It is Course options include: Company Law; courses adopt, to an extent, a broader suitable both for students who have studied approach to the various fields of EU law, EU Competition Law; Data Protection Law; criminology at undergraduate level and International Commercial Arbitration, while greater specialisation comes to the for those who are new to the subject. All fore in the second semester. European Labour Law; Banking & Finance Law; members of teaching staff are active Debt & Insolvency Law; and Principles of researchers and teaching is research informed. The programme reflects the rapid evolution Insurance Law. of European law and governance and Core courses include: Theoretical The above list of courses should only be taken its unique impact upon the domestic Criminology; Criminal Justice & Penal legal orders. to be indicative. Applicants are advised to Process; Criminological Research Methods check the LLM in Commercial Law web pages and Qualitative/Quantitative Research Skills. Teaching methods for further information. Specialist options include: Police & Policing; As for Commercial Law Teaching methods Penal Politics; Mental Health & Crime; Gender Skills & learning outcomes Courses will be taught by seminar. Students Crime & Criminal Justice and Media & Crime. By the end of this programme students are expected to prepare in advance by Teaching methods should have acquired a sophisticated reading the required materials and by As for Commercial Law understanding of the EU’s legal system reflecting on the issues to be discussed. and its law-making processes and substantive Students will have a dissertation supervisor Skills & learning outcomes knowledge of their chosen policy/course from whom they can expect guidance and Students who complete the MSc have the strands. They will have explored differing support, but the purpose of the dissertation opportunity to acquire a more sophisticated approaches to the subject and developed is to allow students to independently design understanding of major contemporary a greater familiarity with research materials and conduct a piece of research and analysis. debates in criminology in both its theoretical and methods. and applied aspects, and to achieve enhanced Skills & learning outcomes understanding and skills in research practice This programme provides an advanced and method. understanding of commercial law. The commercial courses focus primarily on PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 94

94

GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY INNOVATION, TECHNOLOGY & CLIMATE CHANGE LAW LAW (DISTANCE LEARNING) & THE LAW

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/642 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/503 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/502 LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) LLM (Distance Learning) Contact (1 yr FT, 32 mths PT) Contact As for Commercial Law As for Commercial Law Contact Fees & costs Clare Neilson Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ T: +44 (0)131 651 4411 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees E: [email protected] student-funding/tuition-fees

Entry requirements Fees & costs Entry requirements As for Commercial Law www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ As for Commercial Law student-funding/tuition-fees Programme details Programme details This programme is designed to equip students Entry requirements This programme aims to promote advanced with an advanced, interdisciplinary knowledge As for Commercial Law knowledge and understanding of the of the legal issues and techniques related relationships between law, technology, Programme details to environmental protection and the commerce and society in the widest possible The programme aims to promote advanced management of natural resources, with sense. It explores the role of law in responding knowledge and understanding of information special emphasis on climate change. The to, regulating and promoting new and technology law, in its broadest sense, within programme enables students to analyse and emerging technologies, and also emphasises international, European and domestic settings. evaluate the historic and ongoing development the role of technology in supporting and The programme encompasses regulatory of international, European and national law guiding legal and judicial processes. Focus is approaches to information technology, for environmental protection and the inter- on the international nature of the subject jurisdiction, content liability, privacy and data relations between these different levels of matter and each course offers a comparative protection, intellectual property, standards law-making, as well as the interactions between analysis of current legal developments. and competition, cybercrime, e-commerce, environmental law and other areas of law. It the digital divide, legal challenges in respect Teaching methods will also allow students to choose optional of new information and communications Courses are usually assessed by essays and courses, complementing their legal studies technologies (including the internet and other coursework, such as problem-based with an analysis of the scientific and socio- virtual worlds), and using these technologies exercises. Candidates are also required to economic aspects of environmental protection. in investigation and dispute adjudication. design and write an approved 10,000-word Teaching methods dissertation in an area covered by the courses Teaching methods As for Commercial Law in the dedicated programme. Our distance learning courses are delivered Skills & learning outcomes via eSCRIPT, a flexible online learning Skills & learning outcomes Students acquire an in-depth understanding environment developed by the University. Having completed the programme students of concepts, innovations and challenges Through eSCRIPT students will access learning will emerge with an understanding of characterising this area. Students will also materials and interact with their tutor and technology-related law and technology develop the critical skills necessary to carry fellow students. eSCRIPT is accessible from support for legal processes, not just in their out independent analysis of the activity of any computer via the internet. No special legal but also their commercial, social, ethical international and supranational legal and equipment, applications or plug-ins are and cultural contexts. political institutions, national governments required to use eSCRIPT, however a fast and domestic courts, NGOs and the private connection is an advantage. sector in this field. Skills & learning outcomes The programme is suitable to prepare Students will emerge with an understanding students for the increasingly broad range of information technology law not just in its of specialised job opportunities offered at legal but also its social, ethical, cultural and the national and international level by the commercial contexts. During study students public and private sector, as well as for will have access to the results of innovative advanced research. cross-cutting research of the highest quality. The programme is suitable to prepare students for advanced research. PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 95

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 95 Humanities & Social Science

INNOVATION, TECHNOLOGY & knowledge of substantive intellectual property INTERNATIONAL LAW THE LAW (DISTANCE LEARNING) law and of the place and role of intellectual property within a domestic, regional and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/164 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/166 international context, laying a foundation for

LLM (Distance Learning) LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Law a specialised dissertation. By the end of their (1 yr FT, 32 mths PT) studies for this degree, students will have Contact Contact acquired a high level of knowledge in the field As for Commercial Law As for Information Technology Law of intellectual property law, a sophisticated Fees & costs awareness of the problems in the area and Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ of the differing approaches to their solution. www.law.ed.ac.uk/ahrc/teaching/llm/ student-funding/tuition-fees They will emerge with an understanding of information/fees/ intellectual property law not just in its legal Entry requirements Entry requirements but also social, ethical, cultural and A UK 2:1 honours degree in law, or its As for Innovation, Technology & the Law commercial contexts. international equivalent. This programme is also open to non-lawyers, but some previous Programme details During their study students will have access knowledge of the subject, politics or As for Innovation, Technology & the Law to the results of innovative cross-cutting international relations, is normally required. Teaching methods research of the highest quality. The programme As for Innovation, Technology & the Law is suitable to prepare students for advanced Programme details research. This degree is for students who wish to Skills & learning outcomes specialise in public international law. It offers As for Innovation, Technology & the Law INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LAW advanced courses in a range of specialist (DISTANCE LEARNING) subjects, as well as foundation courses in the INTELLECTUAL fundamentals of the international legal system www.ed.ac.uk/pg/504 PROPERTY LAW and international relations. LLM (Distance Learning) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/641 (1 yr FT, 32 mths PT) Teaching methods LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) As for Commercial Law Contact Contact As for Information Technology Law Skills & learning outcomes As for Commercial Law By the end of this programme students should Fees & costs have acquired a more sophisticated understanding Fees & costs www.law.ed.ac.uk/ahrc/teaching/ of the international legal system, international www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ llm/information/fees/ student-funding/tuition-fees law-making processes, the diverse functions of Entry requirements international law in contemporary society, Entry requirements As for Intellectual Property Law differing approaches to the subject and a greater As for Commercial Law Programme details familiarity with research materials and methods. Programme details As for Intellectual Property Law The degree aims to promote advanced LAW knowledge and understanding of intellectual Teaching methods property law within international, European As for Information Technology Law www.ed.ac.uk/pg/167 and domestic settings. The programme spans (Distance Learning) LLM (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) comparative study of the laws of patents, Skills & learning outcomes copyright, trademarks, designs, database Subjects are intended to equip students Contact protection, breach of confidence, passing with both an advanced knowledge of As for Commercial Law off and related sui generis rights, as well substantive intellectual property law and Fees & costs as investigating a range of issues, which of the place and role of intellectual www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ underpin contemporary intellectual property within a domestic, regional and student-funding/tuition-fees property law. international context, laying a foundation Entry requirements for a specialised dissertation. By the end Teaching methods As for Commercial Law As for Global Environment & Climate of their studies for this degree students Change Law will have acquired a high level of knowledge Programme details in the field of intellectual property law and The general degree of LLM is suitable for Skills & learning outcomes a sophisticated awareness of the problems students seeking a wide range of choice The subjects of the degree are intended in the area and of the differing approaches among a number of advanced courses, to equip students with both an advanced to their solution. without narrowly focusing their studies in PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 96

96

Research areas

one area of law. Students must take three context but also with a sound grounding in reputation for high-quality research. As taught courses and complete a dissertation. ethics, social, medical and theoretical contexts. you will see from our website, our academic Unless demand is excessive, students may staff produce numerous books, articles and take any of the courses available on the LLM Law other scholarly publications. in Commercial Law, the LLM in European Law, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/168 Our research expertise informs our the LLM in Innovation, Technology & the Law, LLM by Research Law (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) programmes of teaching and learning the LLM in International Law, the two research- LLM by Research History & Philosophy meaning that students learn in a research- training courses attached to the LLM in Legal of Law (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) active environment at an institution with Research, or two of the options available on LLM by Research Legal Research a strong research reputation, and on the MSc in Criminology & Criminal Justice. (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) programmes designed to lead them into Teaching methods PhD Law (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) exploring the key research issues in each field. As for Commercial Law Research group/centre/institutes The School’s research students form an Skills & learning outcomes Our School of Law research centres include: important part of our academic community By the end of this programme, students • CITSEE – the Europeanisation of Citizenship and are engaged in cutting-edge research should have acquired a more sophisticated in the successor states of the former in their respective fields. understanding of their chosen subjects, Yugoslavia www.law.ed.ac.uk/citsee/ Facilities including the diverse functions of law in Centre for Commercial Law • We have dedicated facilities for research contemporary society, differing approaches www.law.ed.ac.uk/centrefor students and can provide supervision leading to the subject and a greater familiarity commercial law/ to LLM by Research degrees, which include: with research materials and methods. • Centre for Constitutional Law www.law.ed.ac.uk/ • LLM by Research (one year) – this degree MEDICAL LAW & ETHICS centreforconstitutionallaw/ is based solely on completion of a (DISTANCE LEARNING) • Centre for Law & Society supervised dissertation www.law.ed.ac.uk/cls • LLM in Legal Research (one year) – this www.ed.ac.uk/pg/505 programme combines modules on research LLM (Distance Learning) • Centre for Legal History www.law.ed.ac.uk/centreforlegalhistory/ theory, training and skills, a core course from (1 yr FT, 32 mths PT) • Centre for Private Law the general LLM programme, and Contact www.law.ed.ac.uk/centreforprivatelaw/ completion of a supervised dissertation As for Information Technology Law • The Edinburgh Study of Youth • LLM in History & Philosophy of Law (one year) – this programme builds on the School’s Fees & costs Transitions & Crime national and international reputation in the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.law.ed.ac.uk/cls/esytc/ fields of philosophy student-funding/tuition-fees • Europa Institute www.law.ed.ac.uk/europa of law and legal history. Entry requirements • Joseph Bell Centre for Forensic Statistics We also offer supervision for PhD (minimum As for Commercial Law & Legal Reasoning www.cfslr.ed.ac.uk/ three years) degrees in any of the School’s Programme details • Legal Framework on Human Rights and areas of study. The programme aims to promote advanced the Environment Applicable to European Fees & costs knowledge and understanding of medical law Enterprises Operating Outside the EU £100 for the LLM (R) and PhD programmes. and ethics within international, European and www.law.ed.ac.uk/euenterpriseslf/ domestic settings. It spans foundational issues • Scottish Centre for International Law Funding in medical law, such as consent, negligence www.law.ed.ac.uk/scil/ Applicants for any of the research degrees and confidentiality, issues at the beginning • SCRIPT – the AHRC Centre for Studies in are eligible to apply for AHRC, ESRC or ORS and end of life, public health, biosecurity, Intellectual Property & Technology Law funding. There are also a limited number regulation of medical research, and legal www.law.ed.ac.uk/ahrc/. of University and School studentships for and social approaches to biotechnology. PhD students. Research profile Teaching methods Contact Research is central to the School of Law’s As for Information Technology Law Aimie Little activities, with our staff actively engaged (Distance Learning) T: +44 (0)131 650 6325 in research across a wide range of legal E: [email protected] Skills & learning outcomes and socio-legal areas. Rated 4*, world leading Students will emerge with an understanding in the UK’s 2008 Research Assessment of medico-legal issues not just in the legal Exercise, the School has a strong international PGP (HSS 26-97) 2011 19/7/10 16:35 Page 97

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 97 Humanities & Social Science Law PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 98

98

Literatures, Languages & Cultures

The University’s School of Literatures, Languages Scholarships & bursaries and Cultures provides a vibrant postgraduate Scholarship and bursary opportunities for students following Literatures, environment in which to study a wide range Languages and Cultures programmes include the following: of subjects including: • Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) • Asian Studies (Chinese, Japanese and Sanskrit) Students living in Scotland, England, Wales or Northern Ireland, • Celtic and Scottish Studies usually with a first-class degree, can apply to the AHRC (British • Comparative Literature Academy) for one- and three-year awards. However, AHRC will • English Literature (American, English & Scottish Literature) only fund students for PhD study if they have completed a masters degree first. Students must not apply for the three-year award • European Languages: French, German, Italian and Russian directly from their undergraduate study. For more information • European Studies: Spanish, Portuguese and Scandinavian visit www.ahrc.ac.uk. • Film Studies • Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies • Carnegie Trust Scottish students, or students who have a first-class degree from • Literature and Transatlantic Studies a Scottish university and wish to apply for a PhD, may apply to • Medieval Studies the Carnegie Trust at: • Theatre Studies • Translation. The Carnegie Trust for the Universities of Scotland Cameron House Our range of degrees Abbey Park Place Dunfermline KY12 7PZ We offer a range of taught postgraduate programmes in the areas www.carnegie-trust.org listed above including 12-month, full-time degrees and part-time options studied over a period of 24 or 36 months. The Master For more information about funding sources visit of Chinese Studies is a two-year, full-time degree offering study www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. in Chinese Language with a business-studies-related placement in China in the second year. We also offer MSc by Research degrees Contact as well as PhD opportunities. School of Literatures, Languages & Cultures 19 George Square Facilities & resources Edinburgh EH1 1JZ Our Graduate School is at the heart of the University’s city-centre T: +44 (0)131 650 3030 campus in George Square. Our attractive Georgian buildings provide F: +44 (0)131 650 3029 a common room and kitchen area, a computer lab and study rooms E: [email protected] for students. Some of the School teaching rooms are housed here, W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/literatures-languages- including a cinema for film studies. Also located in George Square is cultures/graduate-school the University’s Main Library, while the National Library of Scotland is only a five-minute walk away on George IV Bridge. The Languages and Humanities Centre provides a range of facilities for staff and students.

The Graduate School offers training in research skills and administers a helpful website, found at www.llc.ed.ac.uk/research-methods. Careers Postgraduates from the School of Literatures, Languages and Cultures choose a variety of career paths. Many choose to continue doing more specialised study in a subject area at PhD level. Others enter employment, which may or may not be directly related to their field of study. Some use the language and cultural expertise they have developed through their studies, while others apply more general analytical and research skills developed through their studies and other experiences. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 99

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 99 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

ARAB WORLD • achieve a thorough grounding in Skills & learning outcomes STUDIES modern critical theoretical approaches Students who follow the programme will: to Arab World Studies, Middle Eastern Literatures, Languages & Cultures www.ed.ac.uk/pg/390 • be able to speak, read, write and Politics and Area Studies MSc (2 yrs FT) understand Chinese (Mandarin) • be introduced to the study of • have a good knowledge of modern Contact the literature, history, politics and culture Chinese history, society and culture, and Programme Director of Arabic-speaking countries advanced knowledge of modern politics, T: +44 (0)131 650 6814 • become familiar with key primary economics, business or management E: [email protected] texts either in the original language • be able to communicate this knowledge Fees & costs or in translation effectively in speech and writing www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • become fully conversant with the • complete a dissertation on a topic related student-funding/tuition-fees methods of scholarly research in a to contemporary Chinese politics, Additional costs: £100 humanities discipline. economics, business or management.

Entry requirements CHINESE STUDIES COMPARATIVE A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international & GENERAL LITERATURE equivalent, in a relevant discipline. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/172 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/173 Programme details Master of Chinese Studies MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) This two-year masters programme is offered (MCS) (2 yrs FT) by the Centre for the Advanced Study of Contact the Arab World (CASAW). Students can apply Contact Programme Director to this programme through the universities Postgraduate Adviser T: +44 (0)131 650 3030 of Edinburgh, Manchester or Durham. It T: +44 (0)131 650 4114 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] comprises intensive Arabic language training Fees & costs and area-specific research training. Eight Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ months of the first year of the programme is www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees delivered at Edinburgh. Pending successful student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £100 completion of this year at Edinburgh, students Additional costs: £100 will spend a further four months of intensive Entry requirements Entry requirements language acquisition in an Arab country. After A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international their return from that country, students will equivalent, in a relevant discipline. equivalent, in a relevant discipline. return to their primary institution (Edinburgh, Programme details Manchester or Durham) to continue with the Programme details The programme invites the comparative second year of the programme. This challenging two-year interdisciplinary study of literary works of different linguistic masters programme draws on the broad Teaching methods and cultural origin and encourages range of expertise in China-related studies The first year of the programme focuses on exploration of the interrelation between within the University. It combines intensive intensive language training, with students literature and the other arts. language study from scratch with a flexible also enrolled in research-methods training. It embraces a range of languages and cultures and varied course programme across the In the second year, students will continue within Europe, North America, South America disciplines, providing an excellent basis for the Arabic language training and research- and Asia and draws on the teaching and graduates wishing to pursue careers in China- methods training while also preparing for research expertise of internationally renowned related business, diplomacy, journalism or their dissertation. Both years will combine departments, including several of the highest culture, or to take up advanced research seminar and tutorial work with essays, written rated literature departments in the UK. on contemporary China. and oral exams, and research projects. Teaching methods Teaching methods Skills & learning outcomes The programme combines seminar and We offer interactive multimedia language Students who follow this programme will: tutorial work for the core courses and options. classes with expert native (and some learn Arabic language from beginner’s Assessment is by essay for the coursework, • non-native) teachers, plus lectures and level and experience Arab culture through followed by a 15,000-word dissertation. tutorial/seminar classes. There will also be a period of immersion in the Arab world full-time language study during a six-month develop knowledge of the historical and • placement in China and supervised contemporary Arab World from a range dissertation work. of disciplinary perspectives PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 100

100

Skills & learning outcomes ENGLISH LITERATURE: ENGLISH LITERATURE: Students will have knowledge of the most LITERATURE & MODERNITY: LITERATURE & SOCIETY: important approaches in literary criticism 1900 TO THE PRESENT 1688-1900 that have emerged over the last century. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/177 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/426 They will be able to focus in detail on MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) literary themes, genres and historical periods from a comparative perspective. Contact Contact As for Chinese Studies As for Chinese Studies ENGLISH LITERATURE: Fees & costs Fees & costs CREATIVE WRITING www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/pg/175 student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees MSc (1 yr FT) Additional costs: £100 Additional costs: £100

Contact Entry requirements Entry requirements As for Chinese Studies A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Applicants equivalent, in relevant discipline, typically Fees & costs must supply a sample of written work. English Literature. Applicants must supply a www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ sample of written work. student-funding/tuition-fees Programme details Additional costs: £100 This programme examines a range of literary Programme details and theoretical contexts, introducing ways This programme offers students an Entry requirements that writing and imagination shape and share introduction to the study of the ways in which A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international in cultural and political processes. It examines writing in English has shaped or mediated equivalent, in an appropriate subject. Applicants the role of literature in the formation of political identities in England, Scotland and must supply a portfolio of writing of either political and cultural systems under the Ireland. It examines the role of literature in fiction, poetry, or drama, or a combination conditions of ‘modernity’, and explores recent the formation of political identities during of these genres. The personal statement and contemporary redefinitions of literature, the emergence of ‘modern’ political, social should outline the applicant’s particular textuality and interpretation. A particular focus and cultural institutions in the period between writing interests. is on the relationship of literature and criticism 1688 and 1900: within the context of the Programme details to problems of cultural politics. secularisation of knowledge, the rise to The MSc in Creative Writing develops both dominance of capitalist economic and legal Teaching methods creative and reflective understanding of the systems, and an impersonal state apparatus. Students take two courses per semester, one chosen genre of writing, through courses core and one chosen from a range of options, Teaching methods both creative and literary-critical. Working each consisting of a weekly two-hour seminar. Students will take two courses per semester, with established authors and discussing Research skills are taught by a combination of each consisting of a weekly two-hour seminar, each other’s work, students will hone both staff presentations and workshops. Students for which various kinds of preparation will be their own vision and skills as authors and consult individually with supervisors during required. In addition, students will take a their capacity for imaginative, sympathetic the early stages of their research project. course in research skills each semester. analysis of writing. Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods Students who successfully complete this Students who successfully follow this In each of two teaching semesters, students programme will gain: programme will gain: take a core creative practice seminar, supported by workshops, in fiction, poetry • practical knowledge of the range of • knowledge and understanding of the role or drama, and a subsidiary literary critical theoretical and philosophical ideas of literary writing in the formation of British, course in a relevant area of literary study. informing modern and postmodern Scottish, Irish and English national identities This is followed by a substantial independent literary criticism in the 18th and 19th centuries summer project with an individual supervisor. • knowledge and understanding of the role • practical knowledge of the range of of literary writing in the formation of theoretical and philosophical ideas Skills & learning outcomes contemporary culture informing contemporary literary criticism Students taking the course will expand and • a grounding in the research methods • a grounding in the research methods of refine their skills in poetry, fiction or drama. of literary studies. literary studies. They will develop critical skills as readers of their own and others’ work and will gain experience in the processes of presenting and publishing literary writing. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 101

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 101 Humanities & Social Science

ENGLISH LITERATURE: US EUROPEAN STUDIES cultures, which will allow them to interact LITERATURE - CULTURE & VALUE: in an informed, sophisticated way with REVOLUTION TO EMPIRE their European partners. For those seeking www.ed.ac.uk/pg/625 academic advancement, the interdisciplinary

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/434 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Literatures, Languages & Cultures approach will develop the intellectual MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact autonomy necessary for advanced research, Contact As for Comparative & General Literature pursuing lines of enquiry they might not As for Chinese Studies otherwise have envisaged. Fees & costs Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ EUROPEAN THEATRE www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £100 Additional costs: £100 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/178 Entry requirements MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in an appropriate subject and the Contact equivalent, in a relevant discipline, typically required standard of English. As for Chinese Studies English Literature. Applicants must supply a Programme details Fees & costs sample of written work. This programme will focus on change in www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Programme details the cultures, languages and institutions of student-funding/tuition-fees This degree examines a range of US literary contemporary Europe. The programme will Additional costs: £100 and historical contexts, introducing ways in be resolutely interdisciplinary, adopting an Entry requirements which the production of an idea of ‘America’ approach in which ‘institutions’ are seen A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international is variously achieved and contested between not only as political or administrative structures, equivalent, in a relevant discipline. 1776 and the present. It asks students to but also as belief systems or even long- consider the ways in which key texts (literary, standing intellectual debates. Similarly, Programme details cultural, political and philosophical) have ‘culture’ will be understood to include political This programme gives expert access to contributed to the development, interrogation culture and value systems, as well as literary the dramatic texts, ideas and theoretical and revision of notions of American identity or artistic. Although the role of the European experiments that have shaped European and culture. A particular focus is on the Union will of course be explored, much theatre, in a way that will be fruitful for relationship of literature and criticism to attention will also be devoted to change theatre practitioners as well as those with problems of national historiography. taking place independently of the cultural, literary or theoretical interests. EU, both between and within individual Teaching methods Teaching methods European countries. Students take two courses per semester, one The programme combines seminar and core and one chosen from a range of options, Teaching methods tutorial work with essays and longer research each consisting of a weekly two-hour seminar. During the first semester students take projects, and practical research training. Research skills are taught by a combination of modules in research methods, undertake You will be encouraged to attend and staff presentations and workshops. Students core coursework and select option courses discuss performances of European theatre consult individually with supervisors during to allow them to tailor their programme in central Scotland. the early stages of their research project. to match their interests. Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes In the second semester students focus on Students who follow this programme will: Students who successfully complete this their dissertation of approximately 15,000 • study a representative selection of theatre programme will gain: words, on a topic to be approved by the texts that have profoundly influenced the • a detailed knowledge of a range of literary Programme Director. development of European theatre acquire an overview of the most significant writing that responds to and informs Skills & learning outcomes • theories and practical developments concepts of American identity Using a combination of theoretical approaches in European theatre since the early • an understanding of the role of political and empirical instances this interdisciplinary modern period and ideological structures in the programme seeks to provide its students with gain an understanding of national theatres production of national historiographies a more comprehensive perspective on the • in their international context • a grounding in the research methods of changing nature of Europe. From a vocational develop their research, presentation, literary studies. point of view, the degree equips students • and writing skills. who choose to work either commercially or administratively in a European context with an understanding of the diversity of European PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 102

102

FILM IN THE Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes PUBLIC SPACE Participants will gain the insights and skills The programme is designed to make essential for a career in film programming, students familiar with major concepts of www.ed.ac.uk/pg/658 festival organisation and related filmmaking and theories of film. It will MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) professional activities. provide them with analytical and critical Contact tools for the investigation of individual They will acquire the ability to integrate their Susan Kemp films, to be discussed in relation to specific theoretical expertise with training in practical T: +44 (0)131 650 2945 movements and genres as well as contexts and vocational tasks. These include: establishing E: [email protected] of production and reception. links with the industry, building commercial Fees & costs and non-profit partnerships, fundraising, HIGHLAND STUDIES www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ effective planning and co-ordination, student-funding/tuition-fees marketing, contacting filmmakers, sourcing Additional costs: £500 films, budget management, compiling a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/180 programme and reaching new audiences. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Entry requirements Contact A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international FILM STUDIES equivalent, in a relevant discipline. As for Chinese Studies

Programme details Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/179 This degree is designed to provide professional www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) expertise and outreach skills for postgraduate student-funding/tuition-fees students, taking advantage of Edinburgh’s Contact Additional costs: £100 unique film culture as well as exhibition As for Chinese Studies Entry requirements and festival infrastructures. It examines the Fees & costs A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international ways film is circulated across a range of public www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ equivalent, in a relevant discipline, such as spaces: economic, institutional, technological, student-funding/tuition-fees cultural anthropology/ethnology, history, discursive and transnational. It will highlight Additional costs: £100 linguistics, literary studies, or sociology, the mutual dependence of production and preferably with a Scottish dimension. exhibition, with a particular focus on the Entry requirements significance of this relationship for independent A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Programme details and non-mainstream film. It instructs future equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Applicants The aim of the programme is to promote professionals on ways to conceptualise the are asked to send a sample of their written work. and facilitate advanced interdisciplinary study of the Gàidhealtachd past and present, its exhibition process and means to manage Programme details literature, its language and its culture, through delivery in a rapidly transforming environment. This programme aims to initiate and expand providing a grounding in essential research It will enable students to engage with new the students’ understanding and knowledge skills and linguistic training. audiences and develop modes of outreach of the theory and practice of film, and and accessibility, to generate and manage cultivate their love of cinema. It combines A secondary but very important aim is to collaborations, and be a valuable presence the study of film theory and criticism and cultivate a culture of collaborative teaching and resource within the film community. the analysis of specific themes, movements and research between academic and research Teaching methods and national cinemas, with a non-exclusive staff (and postgraduates) across Schools. emphasis on Europe. It also aims to introduce Teaching and assignment work drawing Teaching methods students to Scotland’s lively film culture, on critical readings will be supported Languages are taught in manageable mixed allowing them to network within their field. with a range of applied activities: industry classes of undergraduates and postgraduates research, group work and experience of Teaching methods of broadly similar linguistic competence applied projects. Students will be taught in Students will take part in small-group seminars, (eg elementary Gaelic), including spoken, small seminar groups with considerable and will be offered regular individual written and conversational elements. Skills and individual supervision for their final project, consultations with their supervisors in order specialisms are taught in small seminars. Some which will take the form of either: a to assess their progress. Training in research courses are taught by a team of experts; dissertation, an industry report, collaboration skills and research methods in film studies others are taught by a single expert. on event planning or the generation of a is included in the programme. Support in digital screen project. English is available to students who are non-native speakers. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 103

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 103 Humanities & Social Science

Skills & learning outcomes JAPANESE CULTURE LITERATURE AND Students who follow this programme TRANSATLANTICISM will develop: www.ed.ac.uk/pg/182 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/183 • understanding of Scottish Gaelic (or

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Literatures, Languages & Cultures an appropriate alternative language) at an elementary, intermediate or advanced Contact Contact level (depending on prior exposure) As for Chinese Studies As for Chinese Studies • understanding of current directions Fees & costs Fees & costs within Gàidhealtachd studies www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • research skills essential to their student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees particular field of interest within Additional costs: £100 Additional costs: £100 Gàidhealtachd studies Entry requirements • the beginnings of specialist expertise Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international in at least one field of study. A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in a relevant discipline. equivalent, in a relevant discipline.

ISLAMIC & MIDDLE Programme details Programme details EASTERN STUDIES The degree aims to give graduates in This programme focuses on the transnational www.ed.ac.uk/pg/181 Japanese (or those with equivalent linguistic and multicultural networks of Atlantic writing, MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) competence) the opportunity to deepen their ranging across English-, Spanish-, and French- knowledge of academic disciplines pertaining speaking countries. Particular consideration Contact to Japan, its history, culture and society. is given to points of intersection between As for Chinese Studies Atlantic cultures and such processes as Teaching methods Fees & costs travel, translation and hybridity. The core courses and options are taught by www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ seminar and tutorials. There is a compulsory Teaching methods student-funding/tuition-fees Research Skills and Methods course, which Teaching will include lectures and seminars, Additional costs: £100 will equip students with the skills needed as well as student presentations. Students Entry requirements for their dissertation. wishing to progress from the diploma to Good honours degree in an appropriate subject. the MSc will complete a dissertation of a Skills & learning outcomes maximum 15,000 words. Programme details Students who follow the programme will: The MSc/Diploma is a flexible one-year, full- • be able to read, translate and critically Skills & learning outcomes time or two-year part-time degree which evaluate core texts in the specific Students will gain knowledge and understanding provides coursework in any of the subjects areas studied of transatlantic cultural exchange and of offered by Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies. • develop critical awareness of at least two theoretical issues relevant to comparative This programme provides an advanced, specific areas of Japanese Studies, both literary study. interdisciplinary understanding of aspects of in terms of the indigenous literary and/or the history/modern politics and culture of the critical traditions and in comparison Islamic Middle East at postgraduate level while with Western critical thinking catering to the specific interests of candidates • gain the necessary linguistic skills to in the medieval or modern periods. conduct research in defined areas within Japanese Studies by retrieving, selecting Teaching methods and assimilating information from a variety The programme combines seminar and of sources including those in Japanese tutorial work with essays, examinations, • use the bibliographic, internet and other longer research projects (dissertations) relevant resources to advanced level in and practical research training. both Japanese and English. Skills & learning outcomes The programme is designed to familiarise students with the different paradigms that underpin the different disciplines, that make up the field of Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies. It allows students to utilise these in their own research to enhance and further develop their critical faculties. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 104

104

MATERIAL CULTURES & MEDIA, CULTURE & PRACTICE MEDIEVAL STUDIES THE HISTORY OF THE BOOK

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/392 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/184 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact Contact Dr Nick Higgins Contact As for Chinese Studies T : +44 (0)131 650 4114 As for Comparative & General Literature E : [email protected] Fees & costs Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £100 student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £100 Additional costs: £500 Entry requirements Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in a relevant discipline. Normally a 2:1 honours degree, or its equivalent, in a relevant discipline. international equivalent, in a relevant subject. Programme details Programme details Applicants are asked to send a sample of their Distinctive for its integration of traditional The Medieval Studies programme at Edinburgh written and practice-based work (if available). bibliography, special-collections training, and provides a firm foundation for further research advanced theoretical approaches, Material Programme details in a variety of aspects of the Middle Ages and Cultures and the History of the Book brings The programme aims to provide an gives an opportunity to branch out in new together theory and practice in new and interdisciplinary foundation for written and directions or to develop a specialisation innovative ways. practice-based research into diverse forms already encountered as an undergraduate. of media representation. With an emphasis Combining the study of cultural history, Teaching methods on the philosophical, political and ethical intensive archival research, and the latest There are core courses in the form of implications of media practices, the intellectual developments, the postgraduate seminars and workshops, in palaeography and programme takes seriously the knowledge programme is taught across several academic codicology and in approaches to medieval created through lens-based and audio-visual units by leading international experts in culture; a wide choice of option courses; approaches to cultural research. It offers the field. and a 15,000-word dissertation. candidates a unique opportunity to combine Teaching methods practice-based research with rigorous Skills & learning outcomes Students take two core courses, one per philosophical and theoretical teaching Students will learn different critical and semester, along with two specialised option and critical reflection. conceptual approaches to medieval studies. courses. Cultures of the Book, the first-semester The option courses and dissertation enable Teaching methods core course, offers an introduction to an individual students to develop and deepen Students will take part in small-group seminars, extensive range of media forms and technologies, their particular medieval interests. from manuscript to electronic text. and will be offered regular individual consultations with their supervisors in order to assess their In the second semester, students choose progress. Training in media research skills and from one of two core courses: 2A: Book practice-based approaches are included in the History, Media Theory, and Communications programme. Further specialization is possible explores some of the major theoretical issues through selections from an interdisciplinary with which practitioners of the material culture menu of course options. of the text have engaged in recent years; Skills & learning outcomes while 2B: Working with Collections, based Graduates will be able to critically situate in the University Library’s Special Collections themselves within contemporary media division addresses problems in conservation, and cultural debates whilst gaining the cataloguing, digitalisation, and the display ability to engage in reflective and meaningful and management of collections. media practice. Students also choose two options from a variety of courses. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 105

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 105 Humanities & Social Science

MODERN CHINESE TRANSLATION STUDIES VIKING STUDIES CULTURAL STUDIES

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/391 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/251 MSc (1 yr FT / 2 yrs PT)

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Literatures, Languages & Cultures Contact Contact Contact Dr Arne Kruse As for Chinese Studies As for Comparative & General Literature T: +44 (0)131 650 4025 E: [email protected] Fees & costs Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Additional costs: £100 Additional costs: £100 student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £100 Entry requirements Entry requirements Entry requirements Modern Chinese Cultural Studies is designed A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international A good UK honours degree, or its for candidates with a good UK honours degree, equivalent, in a relevant discipline. or its international equivalent, in Chinese. international, in an appropriate subject. Programme details Programme details Programme details The MSc in Translation Studies enhances The Viking Studies programme at Edinburgh The Scottish Centre for Chinese Studies students’ practical skills in translation and seeks to move beyond compartmentalisation has an international reputation for research provides them with an intellectual perspective of knowledge and enquiry regarding the excellence in modern Chinese literature, on the discipline of translation studies, historical developments referred to collectively media and mass culture. drawing on the expertise of highly qualified as the Viking Age. Its strongly interdisciplinary researchers based in several units within the This programme aims to provide focus aims to equip students with the School of Literatures, Languages and Cultures. postgraduates with the opportunity to cognitive tool kit necessary to navigate develop their knowledge and understanding It offers a range of languages to work with towards a fuller understanding of the Viking of cultural issues of modern China and to and students are advised to contact us in diaspora and its legacy. develop their analytical skill to apply theories advance to find out about the availability Teaching methods of cultural studies and literary theories in the of particular language combinations in any This programme combines seminar and cultural context of China. given year. tutorial work with presentations, essays, Teaching methods Teaching methods assignments and a 15,000 word dissertation. Students take two core courses in the form The programme comprises lectures, practical Core courses in Viking Studies and Old Norse of seminars in Chinese Cultural Studies and work (a portfolio of written translation exercises), are supplemented with Research Skills classes Media Studies as well as research skills seminars, guest seminars, essays, research and a variety of options courses. courses. Seminars are taught for two hours projects, tutorials and a 15,000-word dissertation. per week on a flexible lecture/seminar basis. Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes Apart from the language course, assessment Students will develop an awareness of the Students who follow this programme will: is by one essay per semester per module. nature and limits of the evidence for this • develop critical thinking on language field of study, along with the ability to engage Skills & learning outcomes use and translation critically with scholarly models leading to an Students will be thoroughly trained in • understand the key concepts of the advanced understanding of the Viking studying modern Chinese texts and in academic discipline of translation studies expansion. Students will also develop the assessing them in the context of current • learn to implement the diverse approaches practical skills and intellectual autonomy academic discourse in Chinese Studies. to translation prevalent within translation necessary for advanced research. They will be able to understand changing studies in the form of various translation perceptions of key issues in Chinese cultural strategies studies and reflect critically on their own • broaden and deepen understanding academic research. of a variety of issues in relation to translation, such as gender, power relations, and religion • acquire important transferable skills. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 106

106

Research areas

Celtic and Scottish Studies Collections of Scottish music on commercial Facilities discs, and the Edgar Ashton Folk Revival The University’s Main Library contains an open- www.ed.ac.uk/pg/248 Collection. The University Library also has a access collection of books and journals in MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) valuable Gaelic manuscript and printed book modern and classical Chinese, intershelved MSc by Research Celtic Studies collection. The National Library of Scotland with Western-language works on China. It (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) is close by. has also invested extensively in electronic PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) databases and other online resources on Fees & costs China. Postgraduate students can also Research group/centre/institute Additional costs: £100 Research Institute in the Culture, History access the National Library of Scotland and Funding and Ethnology of Scotland. Edinburgh Central Library. Visit our Scholarships and Finance office for The nearby Royal Scottish Museum has a fine Research profile information about funding opportunities collection of Chinese artefacts. The Chinese Research and field collection in Scottish www.scholarships.ed.ac.uk. Ethnology encompass the following main section holds a small reference library with Contact areas: oral narrative, song and instrumental a good collection of books and videos. Dr Neill Martin music, material culture, social organisation, Word-processing facilities, including Chinese, T: +44 (0)131 650 4167 custom and belief, and place names. Both Japanese and Korean are available in the E: [email protected] oral and written sources are stressed and Chinese section and in the 24-hour Scotland offers excellent opportunities for Chinese College microlab. fieldwork in Scots and Gaelic. Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/249 Training & support Additional costs: £100 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) A comprehensive training programme MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact provided by the department of Celtic and PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Dr J Gentz Scottish Studies and more general research T: +44 (0)131 650 4114 training offered by the School and College is Research group/centre/institute E: [email protected] mandatory for all students. Generic training The Chinese section is home to the Scottish offered by the School and College is optional. Centre for Chinese Studies. Comparative Literature Research profile We use a combination of traditional and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/252 Chinese Studies at Edinburgh includes innovative methods to impart research PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) training. Students are encouraged to make teaching, supervision and research in a direct contact with original sources and wide choice of traditional and modern Research group/centre/institute to gain hands-on experience, whether in subjects, with a focus on modern culture, Comparative Literature resides within European reading medieval manuscripts or in handling literature, film and media. It maintains strong Languages and Cultures. electronically stored data. interdisciplinary cooperation with other Research profile departments conducting related teaching Research Training and expert research Comparative Literature at Edinburgh offers or research. supervision, linked to your specific topic, teaching and research of the highest standards. are provided. Primary sources are emphasised In the most recent UK-wide Research Supervision can be provided on a wide range and the combination of archive work and Assessment Exercise (RAE) Asian Studies of topics (European and World Literature, fieldwork particularly encouraged. was awarded a 5. Word and Image, Film etc).

Facilities Training & support Training & support The Scottish Studies and Celtic libraries We actively promote research seminars for In addition to individual supervision, research have a wide range of resources. The School students and staff, skills training workshops, students have access to specialised research of Scottish Studies Archives holds more teaching opportunities for advanced students training and postgraduate seminars. than 12,000 hours of sound recordings, an and opportunities for study and research in extensive photographic and video collection, East Asia. Distinguished scholars from the manuscripts, linguistic and place-name UK and abroad are invited to take part in surveys, and donated collections such as seminars and conferences. the John Levy Archive of religious music, the Students meet regularly with their supervisor Burton-Manning Collection of Appalachian oral who advises them on research methods and tradition, the Will Forret and Gus MacDonald thesis preparation. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:36 Page 107

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 107 Humanities & Social Science

Facilities Research profile European Theatre The nearby National Library of Scotland is We are the oldest academic English Literature

among the leading research libraries in unit in the world, and we have one of the www.ed.ac.uk/pg/632 Literatures, Languages & Cultures Scotland. In addition, the University’s Main largest graduate programmes in the country, PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Library provides an extensive range of primary as well as a rich research culture covering all Research profile and secondary texts and journals. All students aspects of literatures in English. The research We host internationally recognised experts benefit from a common room, office space of staff has made valuable contributions in Scottish, English, French, German, Hispanic, and access to computers. to the areas of literature and philosophy, Italian, Russian, and Scandinavian theatre modernism/postmodernism, Medieval and The city’s various museums and art-house cinemas to supervise your research. Comparative study Early Modern literature, history of the book, provide further facilities for students interested is also possible. We offer supervision in a romanticism, transatlantic studies and in the relation between text and image. wide range of areas, on historical and/or performance studies. theoretical topics. Fees & costs Training & support Additional costs: £100 Our research students benefit not only from All postgraduates are required to take a the wide range of expertise in the School but Contact one-year research methods course, which from the lively theatre culture in the city of Graduate School Administrator teaches core research skills (bibliographic Edinburgh, which annually hosts the Edinburgh T: +44 (0)131 650 4114 work, library research, data management) International Festival and Festival Fringe. E: [email protected] and subject-specific needs (formation of research questions, resources in English More information about the diverse research English Literature Literature) and introduces them to the interests and expertise of staff on the programme is available on our website. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/254 research facilities available at the University MPhil English Literature and in the city of Edinburgh. In addition to Training & support (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) personal supervision, students attend weekly All postgraduates are required to take a one- MSc by Research American Literature seminars with distinguished visiting speakers year research methods course, which teaches (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and are given opportunities to present their core research skills (bibliographic work, library MSc by Research Critical Theory research in a works-in-progress series. research, data management) and introduces (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Career development is offered through them to the research facilities available at MSc by Research English Literature I workshops on conference presentation and the University and in the city of Edinburgh. (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) publishing. Second-year research students Career development is offered through MSc by Research English Literature II can become undergraduate tutors. workshops on conference presentation and (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) publishing. Second-year research students MSc by Research Medieval Literature Facilities can become undergraduate tutors. in Scotland & England (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Postgraduates have access to IT and MSc by Research Postcolonial Literature common-room facilities and benefit from Facilities (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) visiting lectures from international scholars. Postgraduates have access to IT and MSc by Research Renaissance Literature Tutorial assistants have shared offices. We common-room facilities and benefit from (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) also work closely with the National Library of visiting lectures from international scholars. Scotland, which hosts the Murray Archive, MSc by Research Romanticism Funding a crucial resource for studies in romanticism, (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Students intending to apply for an AHRC book history, bibliography and archive studies. MSc by Research Scottish Literature award should submit their applications by (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Fees & costs the end of January and should submit their MSc by ResearchVictorian Literature Additional costs: £100 AHRC application by mid March. (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Funding PhD Creative Writing (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Contact Students intending to apply for an AHRC award PhD English Literature (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) As for Comparative Literature should refer to the Graduate School website. Research group/centre/institute Contact English Literature houses the Centre for the As for Comparative Literature History of the Book and is one of the UK’s leading forces in this area. It works closely with the Institute for Advanced Studies in the Humanities. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 108

108

Film Studies French German www.ed.ac.uk/pg/255 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/256 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/257 MSc by Research Film Studies I MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MSc by Research Film Studies II MSc by Research French Studies MSc by Research German Studies (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) MSc by Research Transdisciplinary Research group/centre/institute Research group/centre/institutes Film Studies (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Centre d’etudes Francophones Belges. We host the Centre for Austrian Studies, and PhD Film Studies (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) a research group on German Prison Writing. PhD Transdisciplinary Documentary Research profile Film Practice (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) In the very first Research Assessment Exercise Research profile French was one of the few units to be awarded Research areas include: Research group/centre/institute a star. It has constantly maintained its high We host the Cinema Interdisciplinary Network • German and Austrian literature from standing. In RAE (2008), 85 per cent of (CINET) and PhD and MSc students contribute the medieval period to the present day research in French was rated ‘of international to the postgraduate journal, FORUM. • cultural and political studies and significance or better’. literary theory Research profile French offers supervision in any area of • identity studies Supervised research can be provided on a French cultural studies, including literary • gender studies wide range of topics such as film aesthetics, and linguistic studies from the Middle Ages • theatre and drama. themes, genres, movements and theories, art to the present day; Francophone (including and experimental cinema. For multidisciplinary Facilities Francophone Belgian) and postcolonial studies; and transnational topics, further expertise is There are excellent holdings in the University’s autobiography; word and image; word and available from the extensive pool of specialists Main Library and the nearby National Library music; cinema; contemporary politics and researching at the University. A new PhD and of Scotland. The Karin Macpherson collection institutions; history of the book. MSc by Research is available in Documentary of GDR literature was recently gifted to the Film Practice. Training & support University’s Centre for Research Collections. Students are required to follow the course Training & support Fees & costs in Theory and Methods of Literary Study. For In addition to individual supervision, research Additional costs: £100 interdisciplinary topics, another appropriate students have access to research training Contact course will also be prescribed (e.g. Computing and postgraduate seminars. Students can As for Comparative Literature and Statistics for Historians). All candidates be offered teaching experience as will also follow a course of research training, undergraduate tutors. which includes bibliographic skills, project Hispanic Studies Facilities development, dissertation and thesis writing. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/258 Postgraduate students have access to the Facilities MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) National Library of Scotland, which provides Computing facilities, common room and PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) a remarkable choice of texts on film. Cultural section library are available to students. MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) centres located in Edinburgh, such as the Students also have access to the University’s Institut Francais d’Ecosse and the Italian Research profile Main Library, the National Library of Institute, also house DVD collections. The Hispanic Studies division was rated 5A in Scotland, and the library of the Institut the most recent Research Assessment Exercise. Fees & costs Francais d’Ecosse. Additional costs: Film Studies £100, Supervision is provided in the major areas of Fees & costs Documentary Film £300 and £500. Spanish, Spanish American and Portuguese Additional costs: £100 literary and cultural studies. Members of staff Contact Contact have research interests in the following fields: As for Comparative Literature As for Comparative Literature Medieval: modern literary theory as applied to medieval texts; mythology and fantasy; oral literature; questions of transmission and textual criticism; Golden Age: Cervantes and the development of fiction; political and social thought; theatre; European Baroque culture; Modern Peninsular: Generation of 98; modern PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 109

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 109 Humanities & Social Science

and contemporary fiction; narrative forms; establish the Centre for the Advanced Research profile Spanish American and Brazilian: Argentinian Study of the Arab World (with the universities Italian received a 4 in the last Research culture; women writers; gender, sexuality and of Durham and Manchester) and recently Assessment Exercise. It has been studied representation; and theory. established the Alwaleed Bin Talal Centre of informally here since the late 16th century the Study of Islam in the Contemporary World. and has been taught formally since 1919. Literatures, Languages & Cultures Training & support We lay equal emphasis on contemporary Students undertake independent research, Major research interests include: early and culture and on earlier periods when Italy guided by a supervisor. Students also medieval Islamic history; classical and modern shaped civilisation. This mission of Edinburgh participate in the research seminars run Arabic and Turkish literature; Twelver Shi’ism, Italianists led to the editing of the Cambridge fortnightly by Hispanic Studies and in the Sufism; development of Islamic law; history History of Italian Literature, the standard symposia and conferences held within the of Islamic medicine; modern Middle Eastern reference work. section. The section also hosts the annual history and politics; film studies and visual Cunninghame Graham Lecture - past speakers culture from Iran and the Arab world; Our research areas include: Medieval and have included Sir John Elliott, Carlos Fuentes, modernity and colonialism; postcolonial Renaissance literature (including survival Mario Vargas Llosa and Eduardo Mendoza. theory; application of critical social theory of the Classics); 19th- and 20th-century to comparative literary study; Arabic literature (especially experimental writing); Facilities sociolinguistics; Arabic grammatical theory 20th-century social history (especially As well as access to the University’s Main and linguistics; translation studies; Arab women’s history); literature and computers; Library students also have access to the intellectual history; nationalism and cultural film studies; travel writing. National Library of Scotland, which has an politics; history of Iran; Persian language outstanding collection of early modern Training & support and literature and intellectual history. Spanish material. Students access a well-developed common Training & support training core, supplied by the School, with Fees & costs PhD students are assigned a supervisor options covering research methodologies, Additional costs: £100 who provides expert academic guidance critical theory, library training, electronic Contact on their chosen research topic. Supervisors data retrieval, palaeography etc. As for Comparative Literature and students meet regularly to discuss We take a hands-on approach, not just to programmes and research plans as well basic research and findings, but also to as drafts of thesis chapters, conference Islamic & Middle practical outcomes, editing and correcting papers and potential articles. Eastern Studies (IMES) skills, and preparation for publication. Most Facilities students proceeding to the doctorate www.ed.ac.uk/pg/259 Computing facilities and a student common succeed in having an article accepted for MPhil Islamic and Middle Eastern room are available. The division’s own library publication in journals during their studies. Studies (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) is also located onsite. MSc by Research Islamic and Middle Facilities Eastern Studies (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Fees & costs The University’s Main Library has been PhD Islamic and Middle Eastern Additional costs: £100 buying Italian materials since its foundation Studies II (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) (predating the University). Postgraduate Contact students have access to the National Library Research group/centre/institute As for Comparative Literature of Scotland, which has exceptional Italian Edinburgh Institute for the Study of the holdings including manuscripts (especially Arab World and Islam. Italian social history of the Papal States, and Research profile www.ed.ac.uk/pg/260 Risorgimento Sicily). The Istituto di Cultura In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) collects contemporary fiction, and offers a (RAE), IMES achieved the joint second highest PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) rich library of Italian films and documentaries. national result, confirming our continuing MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) The National Galleries of Scotland have role as a leading programme for research balanced and representative collections Research group/centre/institute and study of Islam, the Middle East, and of Italian paintings. other related subjects. More than 70 per cent Italian hosts the international web-based Fees & costs of research activity in IMES was classified as community dedicated to the study of the Additional costs: £100 being ‘world leading’ in terms of ‘originality, experimental writer Carlo Emilio Gadda at www.arts.ed.ac.uk/italian/gadda/ significance and rigour’. Furthermore, IMES Contact index.html. was successful in its competitive bid to As for Comparative Literature PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 110

110

Japanese Medieval Studies Russian www.ed.ac.uk/pg/261 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/633 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/262 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research group/centre/institute MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Centre for Medieval and Renaissance Studies. Research group/centre/institute Research profile Research profile Researchers in Japanese Studies liaise closely Russian at Edinburgh is one of the largest and In the Research Assessment Exercise (2008) with the Consulate General of Japan in most versatile Russian postgraduate centres several of the areas contributing to the PhD in Edinburgh, the Japan Society of Scotland in the UK. It is also Scotland’s oldest Russian Medieval Studies were rated among the best and the Japan Foundation. department and the acknowledged centre in the UK for their world-leading research; all for study of the Russian language and society. Research profile were rated very highly for the international It is a participant of an international research The research interests of members of staff in significance of their research. project ‘Landslide of the norm: linguistic Japanese cover a broad spectrum of topics in Because of its connections to many schools of liberalisation and literary development in history and the performing and literary arts. In the College of Humanities and Social Science, Russia in the 1920s and 1990s’, funded by particular, supervision is offered in the history applications are welcomed for cross-discipline the Norwegian Research Council. Visit of Japanese religions: Buddhism and East Asia and interdisciplinary topics within the PhD in www.hf.uib.no/i/russisk/landslide (especially Zhenyan or Shingon Buddhism); Medieval Studies. /home.html for more information. Japanese performing arts, both traditional (especially traditional Japanese drama of the Training & support Postgraduate supervision is offered in: Russian Tokugawa Period) and contemporary; and Students receive personal supervision from Language; especially its social, political and traditional and modern Japanese literature. a team of at least two supervisors, who also cultural aspects; russian media and cultural offer guidance on thesis writing. Alongside the studies; and Russian literature. Postgraduate Training & support generic research training programme of the work in Russian studies can be interlinked In addition to regular meetings for supervision, School of Literatures, Languages and Cultures, with the School MSc programmes (Translation postgraduate students are encouraged to the programme in Medieval Studies offers Studies, Cultural Studies, Film Studies). participate actively in the programme of training in palaeography and codicology, in seminars and workshops arranged in conjunction Facilities theoretical approaches to medieval society with other postgraduates, members of staff The University has an excellent library and and culture, and sources of medieval history. and visitors to the School. Subject-specific skills computing facilities with access to Cyrillic, Further support is offered through the are also provided as appropriate including which facilitates the use of Russian language Centre for Medieval and Renaissance Studies training in reading, translating and critical resources on the internet. The section has a research seminar and the Late Antiquity and evaluation of key texts in Japanese. state-of-the-art satellite system, which allows Medieval Seminar organised by postgraduate the reception of Russian TV channels. Facilities students themselves. The University’s Main Library contains an Fees & costs Facilities open-access collection of Japanese and Additional costs: £100 The combined collections of the University’s Western language works relating to various Main Library, the National Library of Scotland, Contact disciplines in Japanese studies. This is the Scottish National Archives and the National As for Comparative Literature complemented by a section library with Museums and Galleries of Scotland, all situated journals and reference works. The holding within easy walk of the George Square of Edinburgh Central Library and the National campus, constitute an outstanding resource Library of Scotland, as well as the city’s for research in Medieval Studies. museums and galleries, will also be of interest to research students in these areas. There is Contact also access to word-processing facilities, As for Comparative Literature including CJK (Chinese, Japanese and Korean).

Fees & costs Additional costs: £100

Contact As for Comparative Literature PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 111

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 111 Humanities & Social Science

Sanskrit Additionally, students have the opportunity to Facilities undertake research in interdisciplinary areas The School of Scottish Studies Archives hold www.ed.ac.uk/pg/263 such as Comparative and General Literature, more than 12,000 hours of sound recordings, MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Film Studies, Translation Studies, Cultural an extensive photographic and video MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Studies and Scottish Studies. collection, manuscripts, linguistic and place- Literatures, Languages & Cultures PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) name surveys, and donated collections such Training & support as the John Levy Archive of religious music, Research group/centre/institute Training in the theory and methods of the Burton-Manning Collection of Appalachian The Sanskrit section is affiliated to the Centre research is provided. for South Asian Studies. oral tradition, the Will Forret and Gus Facilities MacDonald Collections of Scottish music Research profile The University offers excellent library and on commercial discs, and the Edgar Ashton Edinburgh is one of only four British universities computing facilities. Postgraduates can also Folk Revival Collection. which offer advanced postgraduate supervision access the National Library of Scotland. in classical Indian languages (Sanskrit, Prakrit Fees & costs Fees & costs and Pali), literatures and religions. Additional costs £100 Additional costs: £100 The Sanskrit section offers supervision at Contact Contact both MPhil and PhD level in Sanskrit, Prakrit As for Celtic & Scottish Studies As for Comparative Literature and Pali language and literature as well as Translation Studies classical Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism. Scottish Ethnology www.ed.ac.uk/pg/266 In the most recent UK-wide Research www.ed.ac.uk/pg/265 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Assessment Exercise (RAE) Asian Studies was MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) awarded a 5. Research profile Research group/centre/institute The Translation Studies Graduate Programme Training & support Research Institute in the Culture, History brings together expertise from highly qualified The MPhil and PhD degrees are taught by and Ethnology of Scotland. researchers based in several world-leading supervision only. Students are encouraged to units within the School. attend relevant undergraduate courses. Research profile Research and field collection in Scottish Training & support Fees & costs Ethnology encompass the following main Research training is provided at various Additional costs: £100 areas: oral narrative, song and instrumental levels. It provides general computing skills; Contact music, material culture, social organisation, basic thesis-writing skills, subject-specific As for Comparative Literature custom and belief, and place names. Both computing skills (online databases, oral and written sources are stressed and bibliographical research). Students also have Scandinavian Studies Scotland offers excellent opportunities for access to foreign-language courses and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/264 fieldwork in Scots and Gaelic. subject-specific doctoral seminars, plus a MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Training & support Research in Translation Studies core course MSc by Research Scandinavian Studies I A comprehensive training programme by and a Translation Research Summer School. (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) the department of Celtic and Scottish Studies Facilities MSc by Research Scandinavian Studies II and generic training offered by the School The School’s own computing facilities and (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and College is mandatory for all students. common room are available in the building PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) We use a combination of traditional and where the Graduate School is located. Research group/centre/institute innovative methods to impart research Students have access to the University’s Main We offer supervision in a wide range of training. Students are encouraged to make Library and to the National Library of Scotland, Scandinavian topics: 19th- and 20th-century direct contact with original sources and to which is a copyright library. literature, literary translation, cultural relations gain hands-on experience, whether in reading Fees & costs and transfer, place and identity, onomastics, medieval manuscripts or in handling Additional costs £100 language history and dialectology and electronically stored data. Scottish-Scandinavian historical relations. Contact Research training and expert research As for Comparative Literature supervision are provided, linked to the specific research topic. Primary sources are emphasised and the combination of archive work and fieldwork particularly encouraged. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 112

112

Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences

Established in August 2002, the School of Philosophy, Facilities & resources Psychology & Language Sciences brings together The School is spread across two sites around the University’s three subject groups: central campus at George Square, with the Graduate School in the • Philosophy Dugald Stewart Building. Students have access to the laboratory and • Psychology computational facilities, which create a research environment that • Linguistics & English Language (LEL). has the reputation of being one of the best in the nation. In the Research Assessment Exercise 2008, 30 per cent of our research in Linguistics was rated 3*, internationally excellent and a further Careers 30 per cent was rated as 4*, world-leading, placing us top in the UK. On completing their studies, postgraduates from the School of 45 per cent of our research in Philosophy was rated 3*, internationally Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences choose a number of excellent and a further 20 per cent 4*, world-leading. 45 per cent of career paths. Many students graduating from masters degrees go our research in Psychology was rated 3*, internationally excellent and on to further study at doctoral level. Others enter a wide range of a further 15 per cent was rated 4*, world-leading. employment, which may or may not be directly related to their field of study. In the past this has included careers such as translator, The School has 120 full-time teaching and research staff and provides university lecturer, language tutor, research assistant and language teaching for more than 300 postgraduate students. development coordinator in local government. Our range of degrees Scholarships & bursaries We provide taught MSc programmes in: There is a range of funding opportunities available for both taught • Ancient Philosophy and research students. For further information please visit • Applied Linguistics www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. • Developmental Linguistics • English Language • Evolution of Language and Cognition School of Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences • History & Theory of Psychology Dugald Stewart Building • Human Cognitive Neuropsychology 3 Charles Street • Philosophy Edinburgh EH8 9AD • Psychology of Language T: +44 (0)131 651 5002 • Psychological Research Methods F: +44 (0)131 650 6883 • Psychology of Individual Differences E: [email protected] • Speech & Language Processing. W: www.ppls.ed.ac.uk/pg We provide research MSc programmes in: • English Language • Ethics & Political Philosophy • Linguistics • Philosophy • Psychology • Theoretical Linguistics. We provide PhD research degrees in: • Linguistics & English Language • Philosophy • Psychology. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 113

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 113 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods Students will enhance their knowledge and You will be taught through a combination

understanding of the main broad areas of of lectures, tutorials and self-study tasks. Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences www.ed.ac.uk/pg/388 ancient philosophy, Hellenistic philosophy and Assessment is by examination, essays and MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) medieval philosophy. An important goal projects. Supervision is available for projects Contact of the programme is to develop the ability and dissertations and pastoral care is available PPLS Postgraduate Office to reconstruct, analyse and critically assess throughout the programme. T: +44 (0)131 651 5002 philosophical arguments and doctrines on Skills & learning outcomes E: [email protected] the basis of a careful study of the text. For At the end of the programme students are those planning to go on to a PhD in Ancient Fees & costs able not only to discuss issues of language Philosophy, there will be an opportunity to www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ description, but also to use the knowledge enhance their knowledge of classical student-funding/tuition-fees they have acquired to address real-life languages by taking the option of studying Additional costs: £200 problems such as the teaching of languages the course texts in the original language. and the use of language(s) in specific Entry requirements institutional contexts. A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international APPLIED LINGUISTICS equivalent, in a relevant discipline is required. DEVELOPMENTAL LINGUISTICS Programme details www.ed.ac.uk/pg/280 Offered jointly by the Schools of Philosophy, MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/281 Psychology & Language Sciences and History, Contact MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Classics & Archaeology, this programme As for Ancient Philosophy aims to introduce students to the main Contact fields, topics and research methods in Fees & costs As for Ancient Philosophy www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Ancient Philosophy. Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees Students will have access to courses offered www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Additional costs: £200 by specialists in Philosophy, Classics, Islamic student-funding/tuition-fees & Middle Eastern Studies and Divinity. The Entry requirements Additional costs: £600 Applicants should have a UK 2:1 honours programme is suitable for students from a Entry requirements degree, or its international equivalent, variety of backgrounds, most obviously in Candidates should possess at least a UK preferably in linguistics, and substantial philosophy and classics, but also history, 2:1 honours degree, or its international practical experience as a language professional. political theory, science and literature. equivalent, in linguistics, psychology or a In addition to the supporting documents The programme combines seminar teaching related subject. In addition to the supporting requested on the application form, candidates on specific topics with individual research documents requested on the application are asked to submit a personal statement. supervision. In this programme, the students form, candidates are asked to submit a will be exposed to the main doctrines and Programme details personal statement. The programme offers a linguistic perspective texts of ancient philosophy, mastering two Programme details on real-world problems of language in kinds of analytical skills pertaining to This programme is designed primarily for use, with relevance to a wide range of philosophical arguments and historical graduates with a background related to professional interests. (textual) sources. linguistics and/or psychology who wish to The degree is designed to provide preparation Aims of the programme are to: develop their knowledge of current research for further postgraduate research towards a • educate language professionals with on language acquisition (first, second, doctoral degree or an academic background relevant critical and analytical skills bilingual and impaired) and language change to a career outside academia. • prepare students for employment in from a cognitive perspective and from the point of view of current linguistic theories. Teaching methods the various spheres of social life where The programme is taught through a linguistics knowledge and skills play The strengths of our programme are its scope combination of small-group seminars and a significant part (with equal emphasis on first- and second- tutorials, one-on-one supervision and private • help students develop interest in working language acquisition and bilingualism), study. The programme is examined through at the interface between linguistics and interdisciplinary (teaching staff drawn from coursework and a dissertation of other disciplines Linguistics, Psychology and Informatics) and approximately 15,000 words. • prepare students for further study (PhD) skill-oriented training (through methodology in Applied Linguistics. courses, lab sessions and project work). PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 114

114

Teaching methods in small groups, meeting several times a week. seminars and practical sessions. Assessment You will be taught through a combination Option courses are shared with students on is by written/project work and examination. of lectures, tutorial sessions, project work other programmes and teaching is done MSc students undertake a supervised research and written assignments. through a combination of lectures, tutorial project in any area relating to the course, sessions and written assignments. Dissertation Skills & learning outcomes resulting in a dissertation. supervision takes place on a one-to-one basis, The programme provides training in offering expert individual tuition and the Skills & learning outcomes experimental research skills, which will chance to undertake a small research project Students who follow this programme will gain: enable students to carry out novel research in the area of the student’s choice. in these fields. • a comprehensive synthesis of the most Skills & learning outcomes recent scientific findings relating to the ENGLISH LANGUAGE This programme aims to give students the origins and evolution of human language knowledge and skills needed for advanced • a firm basis for subsequent advanced research into the English language. It also specialised research www.ed.ac.uk/pg/282 provides a wide range of analytical skills, • a broad awareness of issues and MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) training in the conduct of research and a findings in the evolution of language and Contact detailed awareness of the ways in which cognitive evolution across participating As for Ancient Philosophy English is used in Britain and around the world. single-subject disciplines. Fees & costs EVOLUTION OF LANGUAGE HISTORY & THEORY www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ & COGNITION OF PSYCHOLOGY student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £200 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/438 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/283 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Entry requirements MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Contact Contact equivalent, in a broadly relevant discipline, As for Ancient Philosophy As for Ancient Philosophy for example any modern or classical language, Fees & costs English literature, or history. Candidates Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ are encouraged to contact the Programme www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees Director with any questions about the student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £200 suitability of entry qualifications. Additional costs: £600 Entry requirements In addition to the supporting documents Entry requirements The MSc is designed to be accessible to requested on the application form, candidates Candidates should possess a UK 2:1 honours students who have an undergraduate are asked to submit a personal statement. degree, or its international equivalent, in a degree in psychology, history, philosophy or subject that is related to some aspect of the Programme details sociology. No prior experience of historical and area of study. In addition to the supporting This programme offers an intensive course theoretical issues in psychology is assumed. documents requested on the application in key aspects of the linguistics of English for Interested candidates with other backgrounds form, please submit a personal statement. those who have not had the opportunity for are encouraged to contact the Programme such in-depth study before. The programme Programme details Director in the first instance. focuses initially on the structure of English, The programme focuses on a treatment In addition to the supporting documents and also offers option courses on aspects of language as a dynamic evolving system, requested on the application form, candidates of the history of English, on current varieties bringing together origins, acquisition and are asked to submit a personal statement. of the language and on a good number of change. It provides a broader introduction approaches to the study of the language to the field of language evolution and cognitive Programme details and English linguistics. Students can also evolution and can form the basis for further This interdisciplinary programme draws upon choose option courses from a wide range (typically PhD) study for those wishing to continue expertise in History, Philosophy, Psychology of other areas of linguistic study. The MSc their research. The programme draws on and Science Studies to examine the nature can function either as a stand-alone masters many disciplines in the University, including of psychological knowledge and its qualification or as a basis for further archaeology, biology, linguistics, neuroscience, relationship to science and society. postgraduate study (typically at PhD level). informatics, philosophy and psychology. It offers the opportunity to undertake Teaching methods Teaching methods research in this area and provides training The core courses (on English Phonology, The programme consists of both core and in methodology appropriate to the discipline Syntax and Semantics, and on Issues in optional courses provided from across the concerned and, therefore, a firm basis for Language Research) are typically taught University, involving a mix of lectures, tutorials, further postgraduate study in any of these disciplines. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 115

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 115 Humanities & Social Science

Teaching methods Programme details MIND, LANGUAGE AND The taught component of the MSc consists This MSc programme, based within Psychology, EMBODIED COGNITION of a number of lectures, seminar- and provides intensive training within the specialism www.ed.ac.uk/pg/655 tutorial-based modules, which are assessed of human cognitive neuropsychology and also

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences by essay or exam. allows the student to gain expertise in research within the field. The programme is closely Contact The dissertation work, based on original integrated with the Human Cognitive As for Ancient Philosophy research, is completed under the supervision Neuroscience research unit. Teaching follows of a member of staff with related Fees & costs an integrated approach with courses on research interests. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ neuropsychology, cognitive psychology, student-funding/tuition-fees Skills & learning outcomes clinical neuropsychology and brain imaging. Additional costs: £200 Students will gain knowledge and The programme also provides intensive training understanding of: in generic research methods within psychology. Entry requirements Applicants should possess at least a UK • the relationship between mind and its Teaching methods 2:1 honours degree, or its international physical and social environment Students take a combination of courses equivalent, in philosophy. Students whose • the nature of psychological and scientific in human cognitive neuropsychology and first degree is not in philosophy. Students knowledge psychological research methods. In addition whose first degree is not in philosophy, but • the role of social factors in the to compulsory courses, students are given instead in a related area of the cognitive construction of psychological knowledge the opportunity to specialise within a field sciences, will be considered for admission. • the relevance of psychological knowledge with a number of optional courses. Teaching Such applicants must have achieved a high to society on all courses consists of both small-group standard in their undergraduate work and • methodological and general issues, work and lectures shared with other provide evidence that they are capable of including: methods of data collection programmes. Students will also complete converting to study in philosophy. and analysis directly relevant to their a research dissertation within the field of discipline, presentation and dissemination human cognitive neuropsychology under In addition to the supporting documents of research, and key current issues in the one-to-one supervision of a member requested on the application form, please psychological research. of the HCN team or other colleague with submit a sample of your academic work related research expertise. written within the last two years. HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCHOLOGY Skills & learning outcomes Programme details Students who follow this programme will gain: This taught programme provides students www.ed.ac.uk/pg/284 with an intensive grounding in the philosophy • specialist knowledge within the fields of MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) of embodied cognitive science, its human cognitive neuropsychology and methodologies, research questions, and Contact integrated areas of study, in addition to techniques of research. As for Ancient Philosophy training in psychological research methods Fees & costs • an understanding of clinical neuropsychology Students will take options from a wide www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ (assessment and rehabilitation of patients range of courses offered in the philosophy, student-funding/tuition-fees with neurological disorders), brain imaging, psychology, language sciences, informatics Additional costs: £600 cognitive psychology, and cognitive and music subject areas and will write a neuropsychology and critical awareness of dissertation. All students will be required Entry requirements cognitive and neuropsychological research to take two core courses in Mind, Language The programme is intended for graduate and its application to clinical practice and Embodied Cognition, and at least one psychologists with a high degree result • a foundation for advanced research course in philosophical methods. Those (distinction, 1st or 2:1) in psychology, or within human cognitive neuropsychology students who do not have a strong background those who have studied or worked in • a comprehensive understanding of in philosophy may also be required to take an related disciplines who wish to pursue a the basic principles of research design introductory course in philosophical methods. research-oriented career within cognitive and application Teaching methods neuropsychology or a clinically oriented competency in applying a range of • Courses will be taught in small seminar career in neuropsychology. In addition to methods and research tools groups, which meet weekly. Assessment is the supporting documents requested on skills in research management, including • by essays and a dissertation of approximately the application form, candidates are asked managing data and conducting and 15,000 words. At the dissertation stage, to submit a personal statement. Due to disseminating research in ways consistent students are assigned a supervisor with the high volume of applications received, with both professional practice and the whom they meet to plan their reading and applicants are normally submitted to a waiting normal principles of research ethics. list and so may not hear until end of April. to discuss their work. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 116

116

Skills & learning outcomes Alternatively, students can pursue a more research dissertation chosen from a wide The MSc in Mind, Language and Embodied broad-based curriculum spanning the breadth range of psychological specialisms. It provides Cognition provides students with the training of contemporary analytical philosophy. All a thorough grounding in research methods necessary to undertake research in philosophy students are expected to take at least one and analysis, which acts as the foundation of a of cognitive science, and ultimately to pursue course in philosophical methods. Those PhD (doctoral training programme but equally a career in academic philosophy. Students will students who do not have a strong background serves those seeking preparation to pursue a also acquire an understanding of the central in analytic philosophy may be required to take research-orientated career in a non-academic debates in the sciences of the mind today. both an introductory and an advanced course setting). The programme is intended for For those not intending to follow an academic in philosophical methods. graduate psychologists or those who have route, the study of philosophy helps to studied or worked in related disciplines and Teaching methods develop general intellectual abilities and who wish to pursue a research-oriented career Most courses in the philosophy department enhance analytical, critical, interpretive and within psychology. are taught in small seminar groups, which problem-solving abilities. meet weekly. Assessment is by essays and Teaching methods PHILOSOPHY a dissertation of 10,000–15,000 words. At Students take courses worth 120 credits. the dissertation stage students are assigned Half of these credits will be obtained from a supervisor with whom they meet to plan compulsory core courses, six in total, while www.ed.ac.uk/pg/286 their reading and to discuss their work. the remainder are gained from a variety of MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) option courses. In addition to the taught Skills & learning outcomes courses, students complete a dissertation Contact The Philosophy MSc provides students on a substantive issue in psychology, normally As for Ancient Philosophy with the training necessary to proceed involving empirical work. to undertake research in philosophy, and Fees & costs ultimately to pursue a career in academic Skills & learning outcomes www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ philosophy. For those not intending to follow Students who follow this programme will: student-funding/tuition-fees an academic route, the study of philosophy Additional costs: £200 • understand the basic principles of research helps to develop general intellectual abilities strategy and design, including an Entry requirements and enhance analytical, critical, interpretive understanding of how to formulate Applicants should possess a UK 2:1 honours and problem-solving abilities. researchable problems and an appreciation degree, or its international equivalent, of alternative approaches to research in philosophy. PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH • be able to understand and apply a range METHODS Students whose first degree is not in of methods and research tools philosophy may be considered for admission. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/288 • develop skills in research management Such applicants must have achieved a high MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • understand the significance of alternative standard in their undergraduate work and epistemological positions that provide Contact provide evidence that they are capable of the context for theory construction. As for Ancient Philosophy converting to study in philosophy. Fees & costs PSYCHOLOGY OF In addition to the supporting documents www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES requested on the application form, please student-funding/tuition-fees submit a sample of your written academic www.ed.ac.uk/pg/289 Additional costs: £600 work from within the last two years. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Entry requirements Programme details Contact The MSc is designed to be accessible The taught MSc in Philosophy provides an As for Ancient Philosophy to students who have a first degree in intensive grounding in philosophy, its psychology or a related discipline. Interested Fees & costs methodology and techniques of research. candidates with other backgrounds are www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Students take six single-semester courses encouraged to contact the Programme student-funding/tuition-fees from a range of courses offered and write Director in the first instance. In addition Additional costs: £600 a dissertation. Students can choose to to the supporting documents requested Entry requirements specialise in one of five main areas where the on the application form, candidates are At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its department has particular research strengths asked to submit a personal statement. international equivalent, in the psychological, including ancient philosophy, early modern Programme details biological and social sciences, and similar philosophy, epistemology, ethics and mind The programme provides broad training in marks in any methodology/statistics courses. and cognition. research methods and techniques as well as Students whose first degree is in a subject offering the chance to complete a specialist area closely allied with psychology may be PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 117

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 117 Humanities & Social Science

considered for admission. Such applicants Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods must have achieved a high standard in their Students who follow this programme The taught component of the MSc consists undergraduate work and provide evidence will gain: of a number of seminar and tutorial-based that they are capable of converting to study • an in-depth understanding of current modules, which are assessed by essay or Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences in psychology and succeeding in courses research issues, research and methodology exam. For the dissertation (which centres in methodology and statistical analysis. in the psychology of individuals on original research) students work in close In addition, candidates are asked to submit • the ability to formulate research questions collaboration with members of staff and a personal statement, which should include a and apply appropriate research methods senior postgraduates engaged in research strong statement of their research interests. to increase understanding of individual in similar areas. Programme details differences in human personality and Skills & learning outcomes This one-year taught MSc programme human mental abilities Students who follow this programme will provides an exciting opportunity to gain • advanced understanding of seminal and develop an up-to-date knowledge of a broad intensive training across a broad range of recent scientific findings relating to the range of areas relating to the psychology of topics related to the psychology of individual study of human individual differences and language. The programme is also designed differences, including: the ways in which individual differences to help students acquire the statistical and are currently being studied or applied. • personality methodological skills that allow them to conduct novel research in the field. • subjective well-being PSYCHOLOGY OF • cognitive abilities LANGUAGE Many MSc dissertations lead to conference • emotional intelligence presentations or journal publications and • psychometrics www.ed.ac.uk/pg/287 typically over half of the students proceed to • age-related changes MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) study for PhDs at Edinburgh or elsewhere. • individual differences-health links. Contact SPEECH & LANGUAGE Students will learn several advanced As for Ancient Philosophy PROCESSING approaches to studying these and other topical areas, such as: Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/290 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • questionnaire design and validation student-funding/tuition-fees • psychometric analyses Contact Additional costs: £600 • the general linear model As for Ancient Philosophy • factor analysis Entry requirements Fees & costs • multilevel modelling An undergraduate degree which includes www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • structural equations modelling. a significant background in psychology, student-funding/tuition-fees linguistics or cognitive science. Interested The programme can be taken either as a free- Additional costs: £600 candidates with other backgrounds are standing MSc or lead into a PhD programme. encouraged to contact the programme Entry requirements The programme is intended for graduate director in the first instance. In addition to An undergraduate degree in linguistics, psychologists or those in cognate disciplines the supporting documents requested on the computing, engineering, psychology, who wish to pursue research in personality, application form, candidates are asked to philosophy or mathematics, or equivalent cognitive abilities, health psychology, submit a personal statement. relevant experience. We do not require a ageing research, clinical psychology and high level of computing skills for entry to behaviour genetics. Programme details the programme but do expect students to The MSc is designed to provide an in-depth Teaching methods be willing to learn. The computational understanding of current research in Teaching is by seminar and tutorial based element varies depending on your choice psycholinguistics, and is aimed primarily modules, which are assessed by essay or of courses, and can be tailored to those at students who are considering advanced exam, as well as practical sessions for the with a strong computational background research in the area. methodology coursework. or to those with none. In addition to the Students are actively encouraged to join supporting documents requested on the Students complete a dissertation under the in the activities of the Language, Cognition application form, candidates are asked to supervision of a member of staff with similar and Communication research group, and submit a personal statement. research interests. to collaborate with staff (many of whom Programme details are international experts in the field) and This programme aims to equip students with senior postgraduates. the technical knowledge and practical skills required to carry out research and development PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 118

118

Research areas

in the challenging interdisciplinary arena of Linguistics & English • Developmental linguistics, including first speech and language technology. Taught by Language and second language acquisition leading researchers from Linguistics & English • Discourse Analysis Language, the Centre for Speech Technology www.ed.ac.uk/pg/293 • Historical English Linguistics, including the Research and the School of Informatics, this MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) syntax, morphology, and phonology from programme combines elements of linguistics, MSc by Research Theoretical Linguistics the earliest periods to the present day computer science, engineering and psychology. (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • Language evolution. The study of the evolution Teaching methods PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) of language was pioneered at Edinburgh Morphology, including word formation, Students take two semesters of taught courses Research group/centre/institutes • in particular of English and the combining a set of core subjects with a wide Linguistics and English Language are studied Germanic languages choice of options. This is followed by a project and taught in the Linguistics and English Phonetics and phonology, including and dissertation in which the student carries Language department, which is part of • diachronic phonology and the phonology out their own piece of original research. the School of Philosophy, Psychology and of varieties of English and their history Language Sciences. The department has Skills & learning outcomes Scots expertise in all areas of Linguistics and English • Students will acquire the knowledge and Sociolinguistics Language work, represented in a number of • develop the skills needed to address current Speech technology research groups. • issues in speech and language technology. • Syntax and semantics, including theoretical Centre for Speech Technology Research (CSTR) Students will learn about state-of-the-art • syntax, descriptive syntax of English, Developmental Linguistics Research Group techniques in speech synthesis, speech • diachronic syntax and both lexical and English Language Research Group recognition, natural language processing, • formal semantics Institute for Historical Dialectology dialogue, language generation and machine • • Varieties of English, including British varieties Language Evolution and Computation translation. Students will also learn the theory • and international varieties of English. behind such technologies and gain the Research Unit (LEC) practical experience of working with and • Language in Context Research Group Furthermore, there are a number of experts developing real systems based on these • Phonetics and Phonology Research Group in a range of different theoretical approaches technologies. This programme is ideal • Psycholinguistics Research Group to the study of language. preparation for a PhD or working in industry. • Syntax and Semantics Research Group. Training & support Research profile Students are assigned two supervisors who Linguistics and English Language at Edinburgh provide expert academic guidance on the is the pre-eminent department for the study chosen research topic. Supervisors and of both Linguistics and English Language students meet regularly to discuss progress in the UK, having ranked top in the 2008 and research plans, as well as drafts of Research Assessment Exercise. In 2009 thesis/dissertation chapters, conference papers our standing was confirmed when we were and potential articles. Specific and generic awarded three fully-funded PhD places for issues research training is available Linguistics and English Language by the Arts for all research students.There are several and Humanities Research Council under their research groups that hold regular meetings Block Grant Partnership Scheme. and seminars. All staff members and all research students belong to at least one Linguistics and English Language at Edinburgh research group. In addition, national and has an outstanding international reputation international conferences on linguistics- in many areas of research. We can offer expert related topics are regularly held in Edinburgh. supervision across a wide range of topics and There is also a weekly visiting speaker series, there is a sample in the list below. Potential a regular ‘Language at Edinburgh’ lunch – applicants should look through the department’s where posters are presented and an annual webpages to see the range of research that is postgraduate conference. conducted in LEL and that we can supervise. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 119

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 119 Humanities & Social Science

Facilities You will be supported in developing this topic Research profile The unrivalled holdings of the University and during the year by your supervisor and by The University of Edinburgh has one of the

National Libraries and the National Archives dedicated training in research methodology. top-ranked Philosophy departments in the Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences of Scotland make study of this subject at You will also be able to take masters-level UK for research. Edinburgh especially attractive. Our students courses from the wide range of subjects In the latest UK Research Assessment Exercise become part of one of the biggest taught within Philosophy. (RAE), 65% of our research activity was judged communities of linguists in the United Training & support to be either world-leading or internationally Kingdom. We have a range of technical Students write a dissertation, and are excellent (as a guide, this puts us on a par facilities including a professional sound- advised to take two taught courses (further with the Departments of Philosophy at Oxford recording studio, a suite of Sun workstations courses may also be attended, but not for and Cambridge). with real-time input/output for acoustic credit). In this case, the final mark for the analysis, four computer-equipped booths While we have particular areas of particular programme will be determined by a weighted for running perception and comprehension research strength (as indicated by our six combination of the marks for coursework and experiments, and a range of linguistics-related research groups listed above), we are able the dissertation. In some cases it may be software tools, statistical packages, and to supervise a thesis on almost any area of possible to register for a dissertation only. corpora and databases. Linguistics also has a analytical philosophy. Teaching will typically be in small groups, share in the EMA facility for imaging speech and supervision is organised on the basis of We maintain close links with other production, based at Queen Margaret one-to-one contact with one or a small disciplines/subject areas within the University, University College in Edinburgh. number of expert supervisors. such as psychology, linguistics, cognitive Fees & costs science, informatics, jurisprudence, politics, Fees & costs Additional costs: £400 classics and the Science Studies Unit. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Funding student-funding/tuition-fees Within Scotland, we have close ties with the We offer a variety of studentships. Please see Additional costs: £200 Philosophy departments of all the major the Philosophy, Psychology & Language universities, in particular those of St Andrews, Contact Sciences website for more details. Stirling, Glasgow and Aberdeen. As for Linguistics & English Language Contact Training & support PPLS Postgraduate Office Philosophy Students meet regularly with their supervisor T: +44 (0)131 651 5002 who advises them on the preparation of a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/296 E: [email protected] thesis. In completing this, students will master MPhil 2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) general research techniques, learn to work MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) independently, manage their time effectively Ethics & Political PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Philosophy and hone their critical skills. Research group/centre/institute Most research students are assigned to a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/607 We host six research groups in areas of particular research group which hosts a MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) philosophy where we have particular strengths: regular programme of research activities The MSc is designed to be accessible • ancient philosophy and all research students are able to attend to students who have a first degree in • early modern philosophy the diverse programme of research activities Philosophy or a related discipline. Interested • epistemology that we host. candidates with other backgrounds are ethics • All research students are encouraged to encouraged to contact a potential supervisor logic and language • participate in a weekly postgraduate work-in- in the first instance. mind and cognition. • progress research seminar, and to take Research group/centre/institute These research groups are the focus for advantage of a regular programme of Aimed at students who already have a strong a range of research activities, such as professional development and research background in Philosophy, this programme conferences, workshops, reading groups, training seminars. offers the opportunity to focus in detail on colloquia, and so forth. Finally, most PhD/MPhil students will gain an area of your choosing, while still being In addition, we host specific research projects, undergraduate teaching experience for able to take some taught courses. The bulk such as the Archelogos and Contact projects. which they will be given appropriate training of the programme involves a dissertation, and mentoring. and candidates are advised to have an idea of their chosen topic or area before applying. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 120

120

Fees & costs As well as acquiring the advanced knowledge (CSTR) - an interdisciplinary research centre Additional costs: £200 and skills needed to perform and disseminate linking Informatics and Linguistics - was original research in their chosen psychological founded in 1984 as a collaborative research Funding specialism, students acquire skills in written institute for speech-based work on the We offer a variety of studentships. Please see and oral presentation, data collection and human/computer interface. CSTR is concerned www.ppls.ec.ac.uk/pg for more details. analysis, and critical evaluation of research. with research in all areas of speech technology Contact including speech recognition, speech Facilities As for Linguistics & English Language synthesis, speech signal processing, acoustic Psychology has excellent facilities for both phonetics, information access, multi-modal Psychology teaching and research, including a well- interaction and dialogue systems. stocked library with a dedicated librarian www.ed.ac.uk/pg/297 Training & support and advanced laboratories. MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Students have a primary supervisor, with PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Our equipment includes several eye-trackers, whom they meet on a regular basis, as well as EEG recording equipment, an fMRI simulator, a second supervisor. The close links between Research group/centre/institute celspot recording equipment and a suite CSTR and other research groups in Edinburgh Psychology hosts four major research groups: of dedicated computers running means that co-supervision is possible. • Differential Psychology experimental software. • Human Cognitive Neuroscience Facilities Students also have access to excellent • Language, Cognition and Communication CSTR provides state-of-the-art research computer and video facilities which service • Visual Cognition. facilities including specialised speech and laboratories designed for research with language-orientated computer labs, a Each research group hosts a doctoral adults, children and infants. digital recording studio, perception labs programme. Through cross-group collaborations Fees & costs and a meeting room instrumented with we are also able to offer doctoral training Additional costs: £600 multiple synchronised video cameras and in Developmental Psychology, History and microphones. There is access to high- Theory of Psychology, Parapsychology, Funding performance computer clusters, the University Psychology of Reading, and Social Psychology. We offer a variety of studentships. Please storage area network, a specialist library, visit the school website for further information. Research profile and many speech and language databases. See the link under ‘Further information’ below. Psychology is home to internationally Fees & costs renowned researchers in each of the Contact Additional costs: £600 disciplines outlined above and was ranked As for Linguistics & English Language 9th in the UK and 1st in Scotland in the 2008 Funding Research Assessment Exercise. Speech Technology We offer a variety of studentships. Please see the Philosophy, Psychology & Language We house the MRC Centre in Cognitive Ageing Research (Centre for) Sciences website for more details. and Cognitive Epidemiology, collaborate with www.ed.ac.uk/pg/292 many other departments on campus and at Contact other universities, and enjoy excellent relations Research group/centre/institute As for Linguistics & English Language with local research hospitals. The School of Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences is home to a large number We pride ourselves on our large community of research groups and projects. These include: of postgraduate Masters and PhD students and consider them an important part of our • Archelogos Research Projects research activities. • CSTR - Centre for Speech Technology Research Training & support • Developmental Linguistics Research Group Access to our doctoral programmes is either • Parapsychology Research Group via associated Masters training, or, for suitably • Phonetics and Phonology Research Group qualified students, directly to the MPhil or • Language and Cognition Research Group PhD level. • Language in Context Research Group. PhD students are supported throughout their Research profile careers with advanced training in core skills Edinburgh has one of the world’s largest for Psychology as well as transferable academic concentrations of researchers working in skills, offered both locally and in collaboration the field of language and speech processing. with other departments in Scotland. The Centre for Speech Technology Research PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 121

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 121 Humanities & Social Science Philosophy, Psychology & Language Sciences PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 122

122

Social & Political Science

The Graduate School of Social & Political Science at • Science & Technology Studies Edinburgh is a friendly and intellectually vibrant home • Social Anthropology to an international community of around 450 MSc • Social Research and PhD students across the social sciences, with • Social Work. around 180 world-class staff. The School also hosts the following research centres: Our range of degrees • Centre for African Studies • Centre of Canadian Studies We offer postgraduate research degrees, both MSc by Research • Centre for Research on Families & Relationships and PhD, in the following areas: • Centre for South Asian Studies African Studies • • Criminal Justice Social Work Development Centre for Scotland Canadian Studies • • Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC) Centre for Social • International Public Health Policy and Economic Research on Innovation in Genomics • Politics & Political Theory • ESRC Centre for Narratives and Autobiographical Studies. • Science, Technology & Innovation Studies • Global Public Health Unit • Social Anthropology • Institute of Governance • Social Policy • Institute for the Study of Science & Technology (ISSTI) • Sociology • Just World Institute • Sociology & Anthropology of Health & Illness • Research Centre for Social Sciences • Socio-Cultural Studies • South Asian Studies Entry requirements • Social Work. (unless stated otherwise beside degree details) We also offer taught MSc, diplomas and postgraduate certificates Applicants should normally have at least a UK 2:1 honours degree, in the following subjects: or its international equivalent, in an area relevant to the proposed programme. Eligibility from outside the UK is based on the National Advanced Professional Studies (Adult Protection) • Academic Recognition Information Centre scheme used by British Advanced Professional Studies (Criminal Justice) • universities. In the absence of these qualifications, employment or • Advanced Professional Studies (Mental Health) other educational experience giving evidence of intellectual ability • Africa & International Development of an equivalent standard may be considered. • African Studies • Anthropology of Health & Illness (Medical Anthropology) Careers • Childhood Studies Our wide range of programmes is reflected in the variety of careers • Comparative Public Policy into which graduates move. Recent postgraduates work in finance, • European Union Politics & Law journalism, international development and the public sector, with many • Global Crime, Justice & Security graduates employed in administrative, management and policy roles • Global Health & Anthropology within local, national and international government, the health service • Global Health & Public Policy and social-care sector. Significant numbers also pursue academic careers as research fellows and lecturers. • Global & International Sociology • Health Inequalities & Public Policy • Health Systems & Public Policy Contact • International & European Politics Graduate School of Social & Political Science • International Political Theory Chrystal Macmillan Building • Multi-Level & Regional Politics 15a George Square • Nationalism Studies Edinburgh EH8 9LD T: +44 (0)131 651 1560/3244 • Policy Studies F: +44 (0)131 651 1778 Practice in Government & Public Policy • E: [email protected] Science, Technology & International Development • W: www.sps.ed.ac.uk/gradschool • Science & Technology Policy and Management PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 123

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 123 Humanities & Social Science

Masters programmes

ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL Fees & costs to be employed, supported, and seconded STUDIES (ADULT PROTECTION) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ by an employing local authority within the

student-funding/tuition-fees East Partnership catchment area. Applicants Social & Political Science www.ed.ac.uk/pg/442 are also required to meet the entrance MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Programme details requirements as indicated in the SSSC The programme aims to promote advanced Contact Standards Framework for the MHO Award, training for social-work staff involved in Susan Hunter and the SSSC Specialist Course Requirements. delivering, developing and managing Social T: +44 (0)131 650 3915 Progression to the diploma and masters Work Services in the Criminal Justice System. E: [email protected] dissertation level requires successful The programme is intended for experienced attainment of the PG Certificate (MHO Award) Fees & costs staff in social work and social-care or evidence of having obtained 60 crdits at www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ agencies providing services to the Criminal SCQF level 11 in a relevant area of study. student-funding/tuition-fees Justice System. Programme details Programme details Teaching methods The MSc in Advanced Social Work Studies The programme has been developed in response This is a two year, part-time programme of (Mental Health) can be completed over two- to the introduction of the Adult Protection study, comprising four taught modules and and-a-half years part time, or over a longer and Support (Scotland) Act 2007 that a 15,000 word research based dissertation. period, if preferred. It consists of 120 credits foregrounds within contemporary professional of taught courses and a 60-credit dissertation. practice and priorities, the importance of Each module has two pieces of assessed academic It has core courses and an opportunity for working with adults who are at risk of harm. work which will draw on your practice. students to undertake an optional course The programme is intended for experienced Skills & learning outcomes related to a subject of their own interest. practitioners (minimum 2 years post-qualifying You will develop: experience) from a range of relevant agencies The postgraduate certificate will be run via flexible an up-to-date knowledge of relevant providing services to adults at risk of harm. • delivery. It will take account of the geographical legislation and policies spread of students in the East Partnership area Teaching methods knowledge and understanding of key • and will involve both classroom sessions The MSc comprises 120 credits of taught criminological concepts (based either at The University of Edinburgh courses and a 60-credit dissertation. The PG a critical awareness of theoretical • or another location) and online learning. Certificate and Diploma offer a modular models and methods associated with structure consisting of 12 taught and 8 online effective practice Skills & learning outcomes learning days over 2 semesters. • the skills and knowledge necessary to You will develop the skills: Skills & learning outcomes undertake work related research • to provide the knowledge, skills and You will develop confidence and competence • skills and expertise in your chosen area competence required to undertake the role within the complex field of adult protection of practice. of the MHO in order to practice autonomously and • to provide the relevant training of MHOs in ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL collaboratively with individuals from a variety order to support the East Partnership local STUDIES (MENTAL HEALTH) of professional backgrounds. authorities maintenance of the requisite www.ed.ac.uk/pg/634 number of qualified MHOs needed to fulfil You will acquire up-to-date knowledge of PgCert (1 yr PT) their statutory responsibilities theory, policy and practice in relation to adults • ultimately, to provide the opportunity who may be at risk or pose a risk within society Contact for the development of academic study in order to assume leadership and professional Ruth Forbes and specialist learning within mental health development roles in your workplace. E: [email protected] social work. ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL Fees & costs STUDIES (CRIMINAL JUSTICE) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/pg/317 Entry requirements MSc (2 yrs PT) Entrants should hold a first degree and/or Contact a professional qualification in social work. Susan Wallace Applicants who are professionally qualified but T: +44 (0)131 650 6646 who do not hold a degree level qualification E: [email protected] may ask for special consideration when applying. Entrants to the Post Graduate Certificate need PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 124

124

AFRICA & INTERNATIONAL Students are highly encouraged to take the Teaching methods DEVELOPMENT Development Research Methods course or You will be taught by a mixture of coursework, another methodology option offered by the essays, student-led assignments and a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/622 School, such as Quantitative Data Analysis dissertation of 15,000 words. There has MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) or Data Collection. also been a tradition in African Studies for Contact students to conduct Africa-based fieldwork The courses in this MSc programme will be Dr Barbara Bompani whenever possible. taught by seminar. You are expected to E: [email protected] prepare in advance by reading the required Skills & learning outcomes Fees & costs materials and by reflecting on the issues to be You will develop theoretical and methodological www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ discussed. The dissertation offers you the chance knowledge and skills through exposure to key student-funding/tuition-fees to undertake a piece of independent, in-depth research across a range of academic disciplines. research work, guided by your supervisor. The course will also enhance your analytical and Entry requirements presentation skills. Normally a minimum of a UK 2:1 honours Each year a number of students will have degree, or its international equivalent, in a the opportunity to undertake an internship ANTHROPOLOGY OF social science. Given the applied nature of the within a development organisation in HEALTH & ILLNESS programme, professional experience may Scotland or overseas, which will be linked compensate for lower than normal academic to the dissertation. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/299 entry requirements. Applicants with a degree MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Skills & learning outcomes in the humanities or physical sciences may be At the end of the course, you will have Contact accepted, subject to appraisal by the acquired a deep understanding of development Dr Rebecca Marsland Programme Director. processes in Africa, and how international T: +44 (0)131 651 3864 Programme details thinking and perspectives on development E: [email protected] The MSc in Africa and International have impacted upon Africa. Fees & costs Development locates African development You will gain critical skills in analysing development www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ firmly in theory and practice. It contextualises policy and undertaking development research. student-funding/tuition-fees and analyses the processes that have shaped Entry requirements poverty and underdevelopment in Africa, AFRICAN STUDIES and the many responses to them. Entry requirements for this programme are at least a UK 2.1 honours degree, or its The programme offers a grounded and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/298 international equivalent, in social or medical multi-disciplinary grasp of issues of MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) sciences. Given the applied nature of the development in an African context for programme, professional experience may Contact students interested in pursuing a career in compensate for lower than normal academic Dr Andrew Lawrence development agencies, research, the public entry requirements. Applicants with a degree T: +44 (0)131 650 8427 sector and non-governmental organisations. in the humanities may be accepted, subject E: [email protected] Core components of the degree tackle to appraisal by the Programme Director. Fees & costs the theories and politics of international Programme details www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ development, the history of poverty This programme gives students an advanced student-funding/tuition-fees and development in Africa, and strategies understanding of health, illness and medicine designed to address developmental Programme details in a globalising world. problems on the continent. The programme aims to develop an It introduces students to the key debates in interdisciplinary understanding of the major A range of optional courses are available current medical anthropology; enabling issues that affect contemporary Africa and the to enable you to gain in-depth knowledge students to think critically about cross-cultural forces that have shaped current social, political, on particular issues related to development, understandings of the body and healing practices. economic, environmental and cultural formations. such as gender, science and technology, It offers unique training in a critical anthropology environment, aid, and research methodologies. It draws on expertise, theories and insights of international health, as well as option Teaching methods from several social science disciplines including courses on pharmaceuticals, shamanism, Students are expected to complete six courses politics, history, social anthropology, education, social anthropology or public health. law and religious studies. (two core courses and four options) and an Teaching methods extended dissertation (around 15,000 words). The programme aims to provide appropriate Teaching combines lectures, seminars and You may take options from other Schools with foundations for doctoral study as well as offering tutorials, plus a combination of essays and the approval of the Programme Director. relevant training for professionals seeking to assessed coursework. There will also be an work in Africa and on Africa-related topics. original research dissertation (15,000 words) PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 125

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 125 Humanities & Social Science

on a chosen topic. The programme works • discuss critically the key principles of the • grounding in the politics and/or economics in close collaboration with the Global Public UN Convention on the Rights of the Child of policymaking Health Unit (GPHU) and other subjects in the • evaluate particular areas of legislation, policy • a detailed comparative knowledge of School of Social and Political Science. and practice that affect children substantive areas of policy Skills & learning outcomes • undertake direct research and consultation • knowledge of policy learning and transfers Social & Political Science Graduates of this programme will be able to with children and young people. in a comparative context. work in academic and applied health research. COMPARATIVE PUBLIC POLICY EUROPEAN UNION They will have gained the conceptual and POLITICS & LAW methodological skills to understand contemporary health practices in a wider context of social, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/301 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/302 political, and economic problems. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT)

CHILDHOOD STUDIES Contact Contact Dr Ingela Naumann Dr David Howard T: +44 (0)131 651 3869 T: +44 (0)131 650 6355 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/300 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Fees & costs Fees & costs Contact www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Professor Kay Tisdall student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees T: +44 (0)131 650 3930 Programme details Programme details E: [email protected] The degree focuses on variation in national This degree is designed to equip students with Fees & costs policy patterns within and beyond Europe an advanced knowledge of the legal, political www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ with a view to understanding how and why and policy processes of the European Union, student-funding/tuition-fees nations differ in their social and public policies including constitutional issues, foreign and This degree is recognised for the ESRC and what they can learn from each other’s security policy, regulation, multi-level governance 1+3 studentships. policy experience. and the relation of citizens to the EU.

Programme details It offers an advanced understanding of The MSc is available as a taught or The programme provides an advanced key policy issues in modern societies with research degree. understanding of how theories, policies and a special focus on contemporary policy The taught degree prepares students for practices conceptualise childhood. It also concerns including labour market, work/life professional and specialist practical work on provides an opportunity for critical review balance, health, social care, inequality and the EU. The programme typically organises and analysis of how well policies meet the welfare issues, crime policy and child-oriented a field trip to Brussels, Belgium, where rights of children, and develops advanced policy and practice. students visit European institutions, NATO skills in research and consultation with The programme provides an ideal preparation and national representations. children and young people. Childhood Studies for a wide variety of policy-relevant careers in is both theoretically challenging and useful Teaching methods the private, public and voluntary sectors as for policy and practice. Candidates will be assessed in each course well as for academic research on the policy through coursework. Following a period of Teaching methods process and its outcomes. structured study, students will undertake Course sessions typically provide an Teaching methods advised, self-structured study and complete introduction to the topic, structured discussion Taught courses generally combine lectures a dissertation during the summer months. and student involvement. The core courses and seminar discussions. You will embark use additional methods such as observation Skills & learning outcomes upon a piece of independent, supervised or participation in policy activities, video and Students who follow the programme will gain: research, of around 15,000 words. media, and e-learning. Students are expected • advanced knowledge of theoretical and to undertake independent study, including Skills & learning outcomes methodological debates in the study of attendance at relevant University seminars Students who follow this programme will gain: EU politics and law and external events. • a thorough training in methods of • high-quality skills in the synthesis of Skills & learning outcomes comparative analysis information and the analysis of arguments Students who follow this programme will • training in analysing datasets, officially • the knowledge and skills needed for be able to: recognised by ESRC (Economic and Social progression to higher-level academic study Research Council) or to relevant professional work • evaluate a range of conceptual frameworks knowledge of different forms and purposes training to undertake advanced of childhood, child development and • • of comparison independent research. children’s rights, across academic disciplines PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 126

126

GLOBAL & INTERNATIONAL You will also be joining a vibrant student and security, and comparative methodologies. community. The Edinburgh Sociology Society SOCIOLOGY Knowledge and understanding gained from runs weekly social events for undergraduate www.ed.ac.uk/pg/643 core components complement specialist and postgraduate students. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) options in areas such as policing, cyber-crime, Teaching methods EU and international law, migration, and Contact You will take a range of taught courses and criminal justice policy. Dr Angus Bancroft complete a 15,000 word dissertation, based T: +44 (0)131 650 6642 Teaching methods on your own research and conducted under E: [email protected] Courses will be taught by seminar and students the supervision of a member of staff. are expected to prepare for these by reading Fees & costs Teaching is participatory and engaging, and the required materials and by reflecting on the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ we receive excellent student evaluations issues to be discussed. For the dissertation you student-funding/tuition-fees regarding the quality of teaching. will have a supervisor from whom you can Entry requirements expect guidance and support, but the purpose Skills & learning outcomes Normally a 2:1 honours degree or equivalent of the dissertation is to allow you independently When you complete the degree you will: in any subject. We especially welcome to design and conduct a sustained piece of applicants from a professional background • have a comprehensive overview of Sociology academic research and analysis. and those who are new to Sociology or the and its key theoretical and research concerns Skills & learning outcomes social sciences. and approaches • be able to design, conduct and present a Students who complete the MSc will acquire Programme details substantial piece of empirical research an advanced understanding of the major This conversion MSc provides full training • be able to contribute to the key debates in contemporary debates and theoretical in the core themes, theories and methods the specific areas you have chosen to study perspectives on crime, justice and security of Sociology. through the optional courses. in a global context and will enhance their research and analytic skills. Sociology is focused on the social world of human action, every aspect of that world from GLOBAL CRIME, JUSTICE & SECURITY GLOBAL HEALTH & face-to-face relationships to the global flows ANTHROPOLOGY of money markets. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/621 It provides the keys to understanding social MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/432 change in and across national contexts and Contact MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) to systematically and critically assess claims Andy Aitchison Contact about causes, consequences and solutions T: +44 (0)131 650 4246 Dr Jeff Collin to contemporary social issues. E: [email protected] T: +44 (0)131 650 3886 The MSc will provide you with an overview Fees & costs E: [email protected] of the core current discussions and themes www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs of Sociology, including globalisation and student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ the relationship between the local and Entry requirements student-funding/tuition-fees the global, and the nature of society and A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international social change illustrated through discussion Entry requirements equivalent. of substantive topics. No specific academic or professional Programme details background is required but applicants should You will be able to choose from a suite of The MSc in Global Crime, Justice and Security have at least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or courses offering training in research methods provides an excellent path to the advanced its international equivalent, in social science, and a range of options giving you in-depth study of new global developments in the field science, medicine, nursing or other related knowledge of such topics as the sociology of of crime, criminal law, justice and security. discipline. Eligibility from beyond the UK will youth culture, drug and alcohol use, financial be based on the National Academic markets, development, nationalism, genetics, The MSc is suitable both for students familiar Recognition Information Centre scheme. armed forces, religion, popular music, health with law, politics and criminology from and illness, technology, intimacy and justice. undergraduate study and for those who Applications are also welcomed on the basis are new to these subjects. of appropriate professional experience or We have long-standing expertise in the technical qualifications. Applicants who are societies of South Asia and strong links The degree draws on a range of research-active non-graduates will be required to write an with other area specialisms such as African staff and teaching is research informed. Core essay and demonstrate recent professional Studies and there are an extensive range of components of the degree include courses on study, research involvement or publications. postgraduate courses in these subject areas. theoretical perspectives on global crime, justice PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 127

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 127 Humanities & Social Science

Programme details • analyse diverse source materials and apply work and guided independent study. Students This programme enables students to analyse to public health questions; evaluate public will be assessed through coursework, written and evaluate the globalisation of public health health and health services policies from examination and dissertation. Each student policy and its impact on societal and cultural an anthropological perspective; articulate is allocated a member of academic staff to health policy and practice. It will provide your own conception of core challenges provide supervision through all stages in Social & Political Science students, through an anthropological confronting public health the development of the dissertation. perspective, with an understanding of the • engage in public health advocacy Skills & learning outcomes challenges of implementing policy effectively • work across disciplinary boundaries. On completion of this programme you will be in local contexts and the tensions globalisation able to understand, critically appraise and apply may bring in different cultural situations. It GLOBAL HEALTH key concepts and theories within policy studies, examines how the impact of global health & PUBLIC POLICY international political economy and public practices be studied from a cross-cultural www.ed.ac.uk/pg/384 health science with specific reference to social point of view, analyses health interventions MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and economic determinants of population in the context of complex social, political, health status; public health policy norms; and religious forces, and assesses the impact Contact concepts of epidemiology and research of global health practices on popular As for Global Health & Anthropology methods; and processes and institutions of understandings of health and medicine. Fees & costs public policymaking. Anthropologists working in applied contexts www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ You will also develop the skills to: aim to translate public health knowledge and student-funding/tuition-fees • apply social science perspectives to public policy into effective action. Simultaneously, Entry requirements health questions many anthropologists reflect critically on No specific academic or professional • assess the changing context of public health how governmental health initiatives are ever background is required but applicants should policy formulation more central to everyday life. This programme normally have at least a UK 2:1 honours • analyse diverse source materials and apply introduces students to the key issues in degree, or its international equivalent, in to public health questions medical anthropology, engaging with the social science, science, medicine, nursing or • articulate your own conception of core field’s distinctive perspective on global health. other related discipline. Eligibility from beyond challenges confronting public health Teaching methods the UK will be based on the National Academic • engage in public health advocacy Teaching is by lectures, seminars, group work Recognition Information Centre scheme. • work across disciplinary boundaries. and guided independent study. Students will Applications are also welcomed on the basis be assessed through coursework, written of appropriate professional experience or HEALTH INEQUALITIES examination and dissertation. Each student technical qualifications. Applicants who are & PUBLIC POLICY is allocated a member of academic staff to non-graduates will be required to write an www.ed.ac.uk/pg/385 provide supervision through all stages in the essay and to demonstrate recent professional MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) development of the dissertation. study or research involvement. Contact Skills & learning outcomes Programme details As for Global Health & Anthropology On completion of this programme you will This programme addresses the impact of be able to understand, critically appraise Fees & costs globalisation on public health with a strong and apply key concepts and theories within www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ focus on how health policy is increasingly anthropology, policy studies, international student-funding/tuition-fees being shaped beyond the nation state by political economy and public health science, international organisations and by transnational Entry requirements with specific reference to the globalisation corporations. The programme examines No specific academic or professional of health and health policy, public-health- the complex relationships between health background is required but applicants should policy norms, concepts of anthropological objectives and the trade policies of leading have at least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or and epidemiological research methods, states. It addresses and critiques the its international equivalent, in social science, and processes and institutions of expanded roles of the commercial sector science, medicine, nursing or other related public policymaking. and civil society, the recent development of discipline. Eligibility from beyond the UK You will also develop the skills to: influential global health “partnerships” such will be based on the National Academic • apply social-science perspectives to public as the Global Fund against AIDS, tuberculosis Recognition Information Centre scheme. and malaria, and the emergence of the Bill health questions Applications are also welcomed on the basis and Melinda Gates Foundation. • assess the changing context of public of appropriate professional experience or health policy formulation Teaching methods technical qualifications. Applicants who are Teaching is by lectures, seminars, group non-graduates will be required to write an PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 128

128

essay and to demonstrate recent professional Fees & costs • articulate your own conception of core study, research involvement or publications. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ challenges confronting public health student-funding/tuition-fees Programme details • engage in public health advocacy This programme considers the diverse range Entry requirements • work across disciplinary boundaries. of influences that contribute to individual and No specific academic or professional background INTERNATIONAL AND population health and examines the extent of is required but applicants should have at least EUROPEAN POLITICS inequalities in health status within and a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its equivalent, in between different groups. It also critically social science, science, medicine, nursing or www.ed.ac.uk/pg/303 examines current understandings of the other related discipline. Eligibility from beyond MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) causes of health inequalities and considers the UK will be based on the National Academic Contact their implications for public-policy interventions. Recognition Information Centre scheme. Dr David Howarth The programme makes use of analysis of the Applications are also welcomed on the basis T: +44 (0)131 650 4254 distribution of power and wealth in society. of appropriate professional experience or E: [email protected] It evaluates public policies that address the technical qualifications. Applicants who are Fees & costs social determinants of population health, non-graduates will be required to write an www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ examines the work of the WHO Commission essay and to demonstrate recent professional student-funding/tuition-fees on Social Determinants of Health and analyses study or research involvement. its conceptual framework and policy agenda. Entry requirements Programme details A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Teaching methods This programme analyses public health systems equivalent. Teaching is by lectures, seminars, group work around the world and compares how they respond and guided independent study. Students will to the challenge of reducing health inequalities. Programme details be assessed through coursework, written The programme provides a detailed examination This degree provides an advanced examination and dissertation. Each student of the concepts of partnerships, offers methods understanding of the general theory is allocated a member of academic staff to for evaluating them and examines the basic and practice of international political and provide supervision through all stages in the principles of health system funding and provision. economic relations; the politics, institutions development of the dissertation. It evaluates PPPs from a public health perspective and international role of the European Union; and accounts for the organisational changes in and the international politics of world regions Skills & learning outcomes healthcare provision accompanying PPPs. and of policy regimes, such as security and You will be able to understand, critically appraise political economy. and apply key concepts and theories within Teaching methods policy studies, international political economy Teaching is by lectures, seminars, group work The programme typically organises a field and public health science. and guided independent study. Students trip to Brussels, Belgium, where students Specifically, you will be able to: will be assessed through coursework, written visit European institutions, NATO and examination and dissertation. Each student is national representatives. • analyse diverse source materials and apply allocated a member of academic staff to them to public health questions Teaching methods provide supervision through all stages in the • apply social science perspectives to public Candidates will be assessed on each course development of the dissertation. health questions through coursework. Following a period of • assess the changing context of public health Skills & learning outcomes structured study, students will undertake policy formation You will be able to understand, critically appraise advised, independent study and complete a • articulate your own conception of core and apply key concepts and theories within dissertation during the summer months. challenges confronting public health policy studies, international political economy Skills & learning outcomes engage in public health advocacy and public health science. • Students who follow this programme will be monitor changes in population health status • Specifically, you will develop the skills to: able to make critical assessments of the principal • work across disciplinary boundaries. • apply statistical and epidemiological methods propositions and arguments of theories such as realism/neo-realism, international liberalism, HEALTH SYSTEMS to public policy evaluation Marxism/structuralism, neo-functionalism, liberal AND PUBLIC POLICY • apply social science perspectives to public health questions inter-governmentalism, post-positivism and just www.ed.ac.uk/pg/386 • assess the changing context of public war theory. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) health policy formulation Students will also gain insights into the analyse diverse source materials and Contact • institutions and policies of the EU and a range apply them to public health and health As for Global Health & Anthropology of international actors, global processes and systems questions the workings of the international political and economic systems. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 129

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 129 Humanities & Social Science

Students may choose to specialise in various • extend and further develop their Teaching methods strands of global or European politics, such understanding of the main concepts and Candidates will be assessed in each course as international security, political economy methods of political theory through coursework. Following a period of or development. • understand how concepts of justice, rights structured study, students will undertake and democracy apply in international and advised, self-structured study and complete Social & Political Science INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL global contexts a dissertation during the summer months. THEORY • assess critically how existing transnational Skills & learning outcomes www.ed.ac.uk/pg/406 institutions meet, or fail to meet, appropriate Students who follow this programme will: MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) normative standards • develop conceptual and analytical skills • apply analytical, critical and philosophical Contact to enable critical evaluation of regional methods to the study of empirical problems Professor Tim Hayward political institutions and policy processes in the field of international politics. T: +44 (0)131 650 4238 • examine in detail the politics and E: [email protected] MULTI-LEVEL AND economics of regional policymaking • train thoroughly in methods of Fees & costs REGIONAL POLITICS comparative analysis www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/pg/618 • develop in-depth knowledge of the student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/pg/619 structures and process of multi-level Entry requirements MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) government, with a particular focus on A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Contact the UK in a comparative context equivalent. Dr Nicola McEwan • gain knowledge and skills needed for progression to higher level academic Programme details T: +44 (0)131 650 4128 study or to relevant professional work. This is a programme in political philosophy with E: [email protected] special emphases on normative political theory Fees & costs NATIONALISM and the history of political thought. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ STUDIES It equips students with the intellectual skills student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/pg/305 to think philosophically/theoretically about Entry requirements MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) international affairs, including the relevance Students admitted to the programme are Contact of the distinction between national and required to have a UK 2:1 honours degree Dr Jonathan Hearn international. Students will: or its international equivalent. Typical T: +44 (0)131 650 4242 • identify and analyse the normative issues applicants will have an academic background E: [email protected] arising in the sphere of global social, in either politics, sociology or social policy. economic, political and security relations Suitably strong applicants from other social Fees & costs • understand how to apply, and when to science or humanities disciplines will also be www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ amend, existing resources of political theory considered and will be given relevant pre- student-funding/tuition-fees to political issues beyond the horizon of the programme reading assignments. Programme details nation-state Programme details The world around us is changing at a • evaluate policy in international affairs from This interdisciplinary postgraduate degree tremendous pace, and nationalism is the standpoint of normative principle equips students with an advanced knowledge central to those changes. This is an inter- • examine normative standards exemplified and understanding of the dynamics and disciplinary programme designed to give by existing international institutions processes of multi-level policy analysis and you an understanding of nationalism that is • formulate research questions and plan, governance, sub-state regionalism and identity, broad in scope and theoretically informed, execute and present their findings. and the effects of state-structural change. while also tailored to your specific interests Teaching methods within the field. The programme is designed for graduates of Candidates will be assessed in each course social science degrees who want an advanced Our most basic aim is to provide you with through coursework. Following a period of academic qualification that emphasises research a stimulating and intensive experience of structural study, students will undertake advised, skills. The degree can serve as a launch pad intellectual inquiry into the phenomenon self-structured study and complete a for further postgraduate study or a career in of nationalism. Along the way we seek to dissertation during the summer months. policymaking, policy analysis, consultancy help you further develop your skills in posing Skills & learning outcomes or research in the UK, Europe and beyond. meaningful questions, articulating viewpoints, Students who follow this programme will be exchanging ideas, conducting research, The MSc is available as a taught or able to: and communicating effectively through research degree. various media. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 130

130

Teaching methods Programme details It focuses on policy and practice issues in You will be taught through a mixture This programme provides a valuable relation to different levels of democratic of lectures, seminars and student-led introduction to policy analysis to students government (local, devolved, state, European), assignments, assessed by a combination of from across the world and offers a recognised and explores how the boundaries between essays and assessed coursework, culminating qualification relevant to professional work in these levels are managed. in a dissertation (15,000 words) on a topic social and public policy research and practice. It is taught by academics with a track record of your choice. The degree provides students with an advanced of bringing scholarly and analytic insights to Skills & learning outcomes understanding of political, economic and social bear on issues of practical concern in public Specifically, the programme aims to: contexts of policymaking across a wide range of policy and administration. policy-relevant areas. Students study the workings • impart an appreciation of the multidisciplinary Students complete assessed work for the of the public sector and related policy areas in nature of nationalism studies course Multi-level Democracy and Public Britain and other states and will develop the skills • provide a thorough grounding in the central Policy. They also spend a period of time as an to analyse and research policy decisions and concepts and major theories of nationalism intern working at a government, political or outcomes in a wide range of areas. • give students a comprehensive view of the policy institution in Scotland. The internship ideas of key figures in the field Teaching methods provides the basis for their independent • convey the need to understand nationalism Taught courses generally combine lectures research project on multi-level government in the context of long-term, historical and seminar discussions. Students undertake and policy. social change independent supervised research in the form Teaching methods • identify key issues and problems in of a 15,000-word dissertation. comparative and case study approaches This is a joint venture between the Hansard to the study of nationalism Skills & learning outcomes Society Scotland and the Institute of Governance • provide explorations of a variety of Students who follow this programme gain: at the University of Edinburgh. substantive cases of nationalism, helping • a sound knowledge of theories, principles It has a number of complementary components, students to think concretely about and political and economic contexts of which take place over a 13-week period, that the phenomenon policy-making include: masterclasses; a research project; internship • enable students to carry out substantial • the ability to use different quantitative placement; study visits; and cultural events. independent research and write a and qualitative research techniques Skills & learning outcomes dissertation on a topic of their interest • detailed understanding of substantive Students who follow this programme will: within the field. areas of social and public policy. • acquire an applied knowledge of multi-level POLICY STUDIES PRACTICE IN GOVERNMENT government in the UK, focused on structures & PUBLIC POLICY of government and policy processes in local, devolved, UK, transnational and supranational www.ed.ac.uk/pg/393 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/306 settings and the linkages between them PgCert (3 mths PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • develop and refresh skills in research and Contact Contact analysis, including the synthesis of information Dr Daniel Clegg Lindsay Adams and the analysis and presentation of research, T: +44 (0)131 650 3988 E: [email protected] both orally and in writing be able to combine scholarly enquiry E: [email protected] Fees & costs • with practical work in public policy www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs and administration student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • gain practical experience of public policy student-funding/tuition-fees Entry requirements and administration in a work placement Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international at a Scottish political institution A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent. • pursue study informed by a rich and equivalent. Programme details active research culture. The programme is designed for students who wish to obtain practical experience and knowledge of the workings of parliament, government and policy process at Scottish, UK and European levels. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 131

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 131 Humanities & Social Science

SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY • demonstrate substantive knowledge and Teaching methods POLICY AND MANAGEMENT understanding of a selection of important Learning takes place through a combination policy and management issues in science, of lectures, seminars and self-directed reading. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/394 technology and innovation Courses are normally assessed by means of

MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Social & Political Science • identify and characterise key theoretical one essay (4,000 words). The dissertation involves Contact approaches to understanding issues in supervised reading leading to an extended Stewart Russell science, technology and innovation, piece of writing (15,000 words) on an approved T: +44 (0)131 650 6396 understand and evaluate policy and topic; it may also include some original research. E: [email protected] management processes and interventions Skills & learning outcomes Fees & costs in those areas This course will provide: • critically evaluate contributions to the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • understanding of the complex social, academic and public debates on these student-funding/tuition-fees economic and political forces shaping issues, and decisions on them science and technology Entry requirements • apply these understandings and skills and • the necessary skills to investigate and A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international deploy these approaches, concepts and reflect on issues surrounding the role equivalent. techniques in analysing a new problem and impact of science and technology Programme details in policy or management in science, in society The programme aims to prepare students technology and innovation. • the ability to critically analyse and engage for positions in policy and management areas with the topic at an advanced level. dealing with science, technology and innovation, SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY STUDIES primarily in public sector agencies, consultancies, SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY professional and industry associations, trade www.ed.ac.uk/pg/309 & INTERNATIONAL unions and similar organisations. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) DEVELOPMENT The programme covers theoretical and Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/652 thematic grounding in sociological, economic As for Science & Technology Policy MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and related treatments of science and and Management technology. It also covers generic policy and Contact management issues in science, technology and Fees & costs Dr Lawrence Dritsas innovation and approaches to them. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ T: +44 (0)131 650 0411 student-funding/tuition-fees E: [email protected] It introduces appropriate disciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches, and gives students Entry requirements Fees & costs opportunities to share and reflect on their A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ experiences in practice, and to deal with issues equivalent. student-funding/tuition-fees relevant to the organisations and contexts Programme details Entry requirements they work in. The core teaching for Science and Technology A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its equivalent, Three specialist routes are offered: Studies (STS) aims to provide students if outside the UK. from any background - arts, natural science, • information and communication technologies Programme details social science or engineering - with a solid • energy and environment The MSc in Science, Technology & grounding in the theoretical and methodological • life sciences and biotechnology. International Development is designed approaches that underpin all work in STS. to equip students with an advanced Teaching methods Areas of particular strength include: the interdisciplinary understanding of the Learning is based a combination of lectures, sociology and social history of the physical historical, sociological, political and policy seminars, directed and self-directed reading, and medical sciences; the sociology and aspects of science and technology as they and supervised work on a project which economics of genomics and molecular biology; relate to international development. may include some original research. the social shaping of information and The programme provides a conceptual and Coursework is mainly assessed through essays communication technologies; the management policy-oriented approach to the relationships and shorter written exercises. The project of technology and innovation; the sociology between science, technology and international leads to a 15,000-word dissertation. of financial markets; and the politics of public development. The programme also aims to engagement with science and technology. Skills & learning outcomes provide interested students with development Students who follow this programme will be focused and practical experience through the able to: option of students undertaking dissertation research in situ with development agencies PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 132

132

and as part of any ongoing science/ SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIAL RESEARCH development international research projects in the University. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/310 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/313 The programme prepares students for specialised MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc 1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) practical work in international development or Contact Contact further academic study. Eligible students from Dr Dimitri Tsintjilonis Dr Alison Koslowski any academic background are welcome to apply. T: +44 (0)131 650 3934 T: +44 (0)131 651 1147 Teaching methods E: [email protected] E: [email protected] Students will undertake a combination of Fees & costs Fees & costs lectures, seminars and self-directed reading. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student- Courses are normally assessed by means of student-funding/tuition-fees funding/tuition-fees one essay. The dissertation involves supervised Please note: this programme is recognised for Entry requirements reading leading to an extended piece of the ESRC’s ‘1+3’ studentships. A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international writing on an approved topic. It may also include equivalent. Entry requirements some original research. A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Programme details Students will also attend a series of “State of the equivalent. This course is primarily intended for graduates Art” seminars in international development with little or no previous training in anthropology; Programme details practice. These will introduce colleagues from these may be students contemplating future The course will equip you with the necessary across the University, and beyond, who work in doctoral research in social anthropology or knowledge and skills to be able to conduct social development directly or on development-relevant students who wish to acquire anthropological research of a high standard that would be of research projects to discuss their experiences. expertise to supplement their existing range value to the public, policy makers and professionals, Skills & learning outcomes of professional skills. as well as to the academic community. This course will provide: The degree offers an intensive introduction The programme offers an advanced understanding an advanced knowledge of the role of science • to contemporary social anthropology. The of the key issues in, approaches to, and techniques and technology in international development courses range from those which offer a of research in the social sciences. from c.1800 until the present-day general overview of theories and theorists a detailed understanding of the relevance Teaching methods • within social anthropology to those concerned and utility of various theoretical approaches Students take three compulsory and three with the examination of more specific issues. to science and technology in development optional courses in research methodology, • the ability to compare and contrast the Teaching methods theory and philosophy in the Social Sciences appropriateness of different disciplinary The course will be taught by a combination offered within the Graduate School of Social approaches in an examination of the role of graduate-level seminar work, accompanied and Political Science. by attendance in some undergraduate of science and technology in various Students may substitute an optional course honours courses. international development settings with one from any subject area within the • the skills to relate the academic study of The course combines two terms of coursework School or possibly from one of the University’s science and technology to questions of with a substantial dissertation. Courses are other schools by agreement. public concern in developing countries. normally assessed by one essay of 4,000 words. Assessment is through coursework followed Skills & learning outcomes by a supervised 15,000-word dissertation. You will gain an advanced understanding of Students can opt to undertake their dissertations the distinctive nature of social anthropology within the context of a placement. and its contribution to a critical and informed Skills & learning outcomes understanding of the contemporary world. On successful completion of this course You will also develop an advanced understanding students will understand many of the key of theoretical and methodological debates philosophical and theoretical debates in within social anthropology. social-scientific research, as well as mastering a number of methodological skills and approaches to data collection and analysis. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 133

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 133 Humanities & Social Science

Research areas

SOCIAL WORK (MSW) African Studies Other sources of funding include University administered Southern African scholarships

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/319 for MSc and PhD students, as well as Social & Political Science www.ed.ac.uk/pg/314 MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) scholarships administered by institutions Master of Social Work (21 mths FT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) such as the Ford Foundation and the Contact Research profile Association of Commonwealth Universities. Alison Tait Since its foundation in 1962, the Centre of Contact T: +44 (0)131 650 3915 African Studies (CAS) has expanded research Professor Paul Nugent E: [email protected] activities from its core disciplines of history, T: +44 (0)131 650 3879 Fees & costs politics, social anthropology, and education to E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ include many other fields, including law, student-funding/tuition-fees business and management studies, sociology, Canadian Studies gender studies, environment and development, Entry requirements and religious studies. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/320 The programme expects candidates to MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) demonstrate sufficient knowledge and Training & support PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) experience of social work and a sound Besides having access to a wide range of Research profile motivation to train as a social worker. These methodological courses and training resources The Centre of Canadian Studies (CCS) is qualities can best be acquired through a in the School of Social and Political Science, internationally recognised as a leading European period of relevant paid or voluntary work CAS research students are encouraged to get centre for the interdisciplinary study of Canada. in a social-care or social-work setting. involved with the fortnightly student-led methods and research seminar series and the The Centre has particular strengths in the Candidates will normally have at least one year’s occasional internal seminar where methods following research areas: relevant experience, and many will have and case study work is focused upon. • Aboriginal politics, society and culture more. As a rule candidates should aim to gain Language politics Facilities • relevant experience before applying. Candidates Multilevel and circumpolar governance The city and the University have superb • without social work or social care experience Multiculturalism resources for the study of Africa. The National • will still be considered for a place if they have Nationalism Library of Scotland has major collections • other kinds of work or professional Constitutional studies relating to Africa, especially through the • experience. They will be expected to Deliberative democracy Church of Scotland’s mission papers. • demonstrate ability to transfer learning, • Canadian social movements experience and management of complex The University Library has built up one of • Canadian politics relationships in personal and/or work the finest collections of African studies texts • Comparative public policy in Canada, contexts. in the UK. Through the Standing Committee UK and Europe Teaching methods on Library Materials on Africa, the library • Comparative research on Canada, You will be taught through a combination additionally has an obligation to maintain Africa and South Asia of coursework, practice learning and dissertation collections on Zambia and Malawi. • Comparative research on Canada work. Students are required to attend regularly The Centre organises weekly seminars and Scotland. and participate fully in the programme. for visiting scholars and holds an annual CCS offers doctoral co-supervision with Staff members offer guidance on all aspects international conference. specialists in Politics and International of the programme including academic work Funding Relations, Sociology, Social Policy, Social and managing placements. CAS students secure funding from several Anthropology, Social Work, History, Celtic and Scottish Studies, English Literature and Law. Skills & learning outcomes sources. In addition to ESRC competition and The course will equip you with all the practical quota studentships the centre raises funds Training & support and theoretical skills necessary for professional and administers a DFID (Department for CCS is a friendly Centre that offers graduate recognition by the Scottish Social Services International Development) Commonwealth students regular supervision in addition to a Council and the General Social Care Council. Shared Scholarship for African students to range of graduate training courses. Doctoral study in Edinburgh. students can also apply to tutor undergraduate Canadian Studies courses. Graduate students are well supported by staff in CCS and in the Graduate School of Social and Political Science. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 134

134

The University of Edinburgh also offers a wide Their work covers five main areas: Research profile range of support services and training courses • public-private partnerships and marketisation Edinburgh Politics and International Relations for graduate students. • globalisation and health has close links with cross-disciplinary and internationally recognised research centres. Facilities • comparative health systems CCS is located in a newly refurbished building • the role of pharmaceuticals in health services Major research focuses include: that has excellent graduate work space and and clinical research • sub-state and supranational dimensions of communal areas for informal meetings. • regulation, intellectual property, and freedom politics and public policy and their effects Graduate students at CCS enjoy the benefits of of information. on the nation-state regular interdisciplinary Open Research CIPHP staff have a history of conducting • the impact of devolution in the UK and Seminars, a range of specialist conferences on outstanding research and of playing a leading elsewhere, and the constitution and Canada and easy access to research facilities at role in debates around the impact of current governance of the European Union the National Library of Scotland. Graduate policies on public health and social inequalities. • international politics: changing relations students also have regular opportunities for They contribute to the world’s leading peer- between states, challenges of the new special seminars with high profile Canadian reviewed journals and to professional journals, security agenda, transatlantic relations, leaders and visiting scholars. as well as the wider media. political economy, migration politics and global governance Funding Research proposals are welcome at any time, nationalism, democratic transition, civil Please see the wide range of scholarships and • particularly in the following areas: society and institution-building, drawing on student finance available for UK, European and • public-private partnerships and marketisation Russia, Africa, Canada and the Middle East International students applying at Edinburgh. • globalisation and health as well as Scotland and western Europe CCS also provides financial support to assist • clinical trials, regulation and • health, welfare, environment, competition, graduate field work. intellectual property migrations and citizenship, and equal comparative health systems. Contact • opportunities policies, particularly Dr Annis May Timpson Training & support focusing on issues of gender, politics T: +44 (0)131 650 4129 The Centre welcomes students wishing to and the state, democratic legitimacy, E: [email protected] study towards a PhD. It offers a supportive environmental rights and market boundaries research environment with senior academics • political theory, especially international International Public and research fellows working together on political theory, war ethics, environmental ethics, and theories of freedom. Health Policy team-based projects. Students studying for an MPhil/PhD are encouraged to contribute Training & support www.ed.ac.uk/pg/398 to CIPHP’s ongoing projects. Includes courses in research skills in social MSc by Research Public Health Policy Students are allocated a Director of Studies. sciences research design and methodology. (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) You are encouraged to take part in seminars The Graduate School provides a suite of ESRC- MSc by Research Sociology and and to take advantage of training courses recognised research training courses for social- Anthropology of Health and Illness run at School, College, and University level. science students across the University. We have (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) begun to develop an exciting package of flexible PhD International Public Health Policy Contact web-based training courses in line with the (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Jeff Collins T: +44 (0)131 650 3886 increased emphasis on ongoing advanced training Research profile E: [email protected] throughout the course of doctoral studies. The Centre for International Public Health Facilities Policy (CIPHP) was established at the All research students have access to office University to carry out research in health Politics & International space and networked computers. policy, disseminate its research and provide Relations exceptional postgraduate teaching. Focusing Funding www.ed.ac.uk/pg/321 on the principles of equity, access, and There are many sources of potential funding MSc by Research European Union Politics universality, Professor Allyson Pollock and for both UK/EU and overseas students, and Law (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) her colleagues have gained an international including Economic and Social Research MSc by Research Multi-level reputation for the quality and social relevance Council (ESRC) quota awards. & Regional Politics (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) of their research. MSc by Research Politics (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact MSc by Research Political Theory Dr Andrew Thompson (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) T: +44 (0)131 651 1562 PhD Politics (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) E: [email protected] PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 135

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 135 Humanities & Social Science

Science, Technology • the sociology of financial markets and All research students have access to office and Innovation Studies emissions trading schemes space and networked computers. • innovation in biotechnology and the Funding life sciences Research students in STS are eligible to apply

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/322 Social & Political Science the development and use of information MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) • for funding from a wide range of sources, and communication technologies PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) including Economic and Social Research • innovation for sustainability. Council (ESRC) quota awards. Introduction Training & support The University of Edinburgh’s Institute for International students in STS have also been STS PhD students usually follow our MSc the Study of Science, Technology and successful in securing funding from the by Research in STS for the first year. This Innovation (ISSTI) offers a Doctoral Programme Marshall and Commonwealth Scholarship comprises specialist courses in STS, as well as in Science and Technology Studies (STS). STS schemes and Project Alban, among others. courses in research methods offered by the is a rapidly growing field of scholarship which Graduate School of Social and Political Science Contact addresses fundamental and urgent questions (which is recognised in the UK ESRC’s training Dr Ivan Crozier about the nature of science and technology, guidelines). By the end of this year, students T: +44 (0)131 651 1220 their historical development and their pervasive will have completed a full research proposal E: [email protected] role in modern, social and economic life. covering the substantive and theoretical Research profile literature review as well as the methodology. Social Anthropology The University of Edinburgh has an international reputation as a leading centre of research in STS. Research and writing is guided by two www.ed.ac.uk/pg/324 supervisors appointed from the academic MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) ISSTI brings together an interdisciplinary staff of the University. Because ISSTI members PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) community of individuals and centres across the come from diverse scholarly traditions, this University and has a vibrant and broad-ranging Research profile typically means that supervision encourages programme of research in the field. Social Anthropology at Edinburgh is an an interdisciplinary approach, sometimes international centre of excellence for The Science Studies Unit is the longest even drawing on relevant fields of science postgraduate training, recognised as one of established group in the network. Well or technology. the premier research departments in the UK. known for its pioneering contribution to the Students on our Doctoral Programme are sociology of scientific knowledge, its influence Applied research includes policy-related work on full members of this lively research community, on current theoretical and empirical debates asylum seekers, NGOs, sustainable development so participate in intensive intellectual exchange continues unabated. and participatory rights. Regional expertise: - in regular internal seminars and workshops, Scotland and the UK; Europe; Africa; the Middle ISSTI also encompasses several streams of and ISSTI’s annual retreat. East; South Asia; Southeast Asia; East Asia; socio-economic research on technology and Frequent seminars and lectures by visiting North and South America. innovation, particularly on information and scholars provide opportunities for contacts communication technologies and on energy Special research strengths include: beyond the University. and environment issues in the Research Centre • law and justice for Social Sciences, and on life sciences Facilities • politics, governance and the state and biotechnology in the ESRC Centre for All research students in the RCSS and the • nationalism and citizenship Social and Economic Research on Innovation SSU are members of the Graduate School • war, violence and displacement in Genomics (Innogen). of Social and Political Science, with full access • medicine and health to the Graduate School’s facilities. • science and technology studies Research in STS made a major contribution • history and theory of anthropology to the 5 scored by Sociology in the 2008 Research library and archive facilities in • development and environment Research Assessment Exercise. Edinburgh are outstanding. Library and archive facilities include the University Library, • kinship and relatedness Particular strengths in STS research at the National Library of Scotland and the • death and the limits of the body Edinburgh include: Scottish Records Office. • material culture, identity and memory • the history and philosophy of science • contemporary hunter-gatherers Close proximity to the Scottish Parliament, • the social shaping of technology • linguistic anthropology Scottish Executive and other institutions of • the history of medicine, including psychiatry • urban anthropology national government provides further research • the politics of controversies and public • anthropology of landscape. opportunities. Staff in RCSS and STS are active engagement with science and technology in wide-ranging research networks, both • science, technology and gender nationally and internationally. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 136

136

Training & support supervision across the whole subject range, There are regular group meetings, especially The PhD programme combines work on an with particular expertise in cross-national and in year one, between staff and students. individual thesis project, usually based on comparative policy analysis, childhood studies, These discussions are enriched by the presence long-term fieldwork, with systematic training family policy, global health policy, public sector of a number of overseas students, while many of in anthropological and social research skills. management and criminal justice policy. our home students are experienced professionals who study part time while working. Research training is also available in the form Training & support of a free-standing MSc by Research. Our focus is on research-led but student- Facilities focused teaching. There is an active ongoing All research students have access to office The Graduate School provides a suite of programme of seminars and workshops for space and networked computers. ESRC recognised research training courses research students and staff, which students for social-science students across the University. Contact are expected to attend and participate in We have begun to develop an exciting package Janice McGhee throughout their period of study. of flexible web-based training courses in line T: +44 (0)131 650 3910 with the increased emphasis Facilities E: [email protected] on ongoing advanced training throughout Edinburgh’s excellent library facilities and the course of doctoral studies. the presence of the headquarters of many Sociology public, voluntary and private organisations, Facilities www.ed.ac.uk/pg/326 including the Scottish government, make the All research students have access to office MSc by Research Socio Cultural Studies city a particularly appropriate place to undertake space and networked computers. (1yr FT, 2 yrs PT) research on social and public policy. Funding MSc by Research Sociology All research students have access to office Includes Economic and Social Research Council (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) space and networked computers. (ESRC) quota awards. PhD Sociology (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Contact In addition, students in this subject group Research profile As for International Public Health Policy have, over the past years, received support Edinburgh Sociology is one of the premier from the following sources (amounts vary research units in the United Kingdom, as and none are guaranteed): Social Work indicated by its excellent rating in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise. We have a long- • ORS, Commonwealth, Chevening, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/325 standing commitment to original empirical and Royal Anthropological Institute (Emslie MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) theoretical work on society, and to the Horniman Fund) for fieldwork costs PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) production of cultural and scientific knowledge. • Radcliffe-Brown Fund for writing-up Research profile We work closely with other colleagues in the • Wenner-Grenn Foundation Social Work has excellent links with professional School of Social and Political Science and (fieldwork costs) and social-work services in statutory and supervise many cross-disciplinary projects. Carnegie Trust for the Universities of • voluntary sectors. Scotland (fees, for Scottish students) Applications are particularly welcome from • Munro Bequest (University of Edinburgh) The substantive research interests of staff students wishing to specialise in: for fieldwork costs. cover the full range of applied service specialisms • auto/biography and narrative studies and theoretical issues in social work. comparative sociology Contact • South Asian studies Dr Dimitri Tsinjilonis In Scotland this includes criminal justice as • Southern Africa T: +44 (0)131 650 3934 well as children and families, vulnerable adults • family and intimate relations E: [email protected] and community care and ethics. • • innovation in genomics Training & support • medical sociology Social Policy Together with students in all disciplines across • health and illness www.ed.ac.uk/pg/323 the School, social work research students • nationalism studies MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) undertake both required and optional research • constitutional change and governance PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) methods courses in first year (and second • social studies of finance and markets year if part time) prior to proceeding with • social, cultural and feminist theory Research profile their thesis. • gender, inequality and social stratification Social Policy at the University of Edinburgh • work, consumption and organisations is one of the most respected in the UK and Each student has two supervisors with the • Scottish society and politics among the front rank for the quality of its possibility of the second supervisor from an • science and technology studies. teaching and research. We offer postgraduate outside discipline. PGP (HSS 98-137) 2011 19/7/10 16:37 Page 137

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Humanities & Social Science www.hss.ed.ac.uk 137 Humanities & Social Science

Training & support Other cross-disciplinary areas where students Students work with a supervisor on an are particularly welcome include: the historical original research dissertation and participate and contemporary study of religion (Buddhism, in advanced sociology research-training Islam, Christianity and Hinduism) and South workshops, work-in-progress seminars and Asian societies; gender, family and population; Social & Political Science the writing workshop. nationalism and caste; the media; the South Asian diaspora; and contemporary politics The Graduate School provides a suite of and identity. ESRC recognised research training courses for social-science students across the University. We have also hosted postdoctoral fellowships on sati and social change, on female Dalit We have begun to develop an exciting politicians in Uttar Pradesh, and on transnational package of flexible web-based training courses marriages involving British Pakistanis. in line with the increased emphasis in ongoing advanced training throughout the course of Training & support doctoral studies. The MSc by Research in South Asian Studies offers core research skills and conceptual Facilities grounding for a research career or further All research students have access to office study. The PhD, MLitt and MPhil programme space and networked computers. combines work on an individual thesis project Funding with systematic training in research skills. Includes Economic and Social Research Facilities Council (ESRC) quota and competition awards. The University Library has many manuscripts We are AHRC (Arts and Humanities Research in oriental languages originating from the Council) recognised and have access to AHRC countries of the Middle East and South Asia. national competition awards. We welcome students who wish to use the Contact comparatively rich library and archive Angus Bancroft resources in the University Library (including T: +44 (0)131 650 6642 New College’s holdings of Mission archives), E: [email protected] the School of Scottish Studies, the National Library of Scotland (holding the papers of South Asian Studies several Viceroys of India) and the Scottish National Records Office. The Centre hosts a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/327 weekly research seminar as well as regular MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) workshops and conferences. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Contact Research profile Professor Roger Jeffrey Edinburgh has one of the largest concentrations E: [email protected] of South Asianists in the UK with a wide range of expertise.

The Centre encourages interdisciplinary research and its members have won several collective research grants. Recent examples include: the study of social, historical and anthropological aspects of Joint Forest Management Agreements in India; sociohistorical research on the Indian Uprising of 1857; sociological and human geographical aspects of secondary schooling in north India; and sociological and anthropological aspects of pharmaceuticals in India and Nepal. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 138

138

Medicine & Veterinary Medicine PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 139

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 139 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Introducing the College

The internationally renowned College of Medicine & Veterinary Medicine supports the training and supervision of more than 1,300 postgraduate students and offers a wide selection of

programmes. Research is organised into international-standard, interdisciplinary centres of Introduction excellence (www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/medicine-vet-medicine/research/ institutes), which are united within four Institutes, and research is also offered elsewhere within the College’s four Schools.

• School of Biomedical Sciences Academic and research excellence The quality of our research is reflected in the College’s consistently excellent • School of Clinical Sciences & Community Health results in the UK Research Assessment Exercise (RAE). In RAE 2008, the • School of Molecular & Clinical Medicine College achieved an outstanding result in all areas to which we submitted. • Royal (Dick) School of Veterinary Studies Clinical Medicine was rated top of 28 UK submissions, while Veterinary Medicine was placed first among the seven UK clinical veterinary schools. Queen’s Medical Research Institute: Our medical and veterinary medical research communities benefit from • Centre for Cardiovascular Science strategic links with two teaching hospitals, embedded Medical Research • Centre for Inflammation Research Council units, medical charities and the University’s College of Science & Engineering and Postgraduate Dental Institute. • MRC Centre for Regenerative Medicine • Centre for Reproductive Biology Choice Institute of Genetics & Molecular Medicine: Opportunities for research training are available in all of our Schools, • Edinburgh Cancer Research Centre and the College also offers taught postgraduate programmes leading to a Masters degree or Diploma, including a growing number of • Centre for Molecular Medicine flexible online distance learning programmes. • Centre for Population Health Sciences Edinburgh Neuroregeneration: Funding • Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences Our academic teaching staff generate more than £50 million a year in research funding, and most postgraduate research studentships are funded • Centre for Cognitive & Neural Systems from charities, UK research councils and government bodies, industry, • Centre for Neuroscience Research commerce and the EU. The College also offers research studentships. Centre for Inflammation Research Visit www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate. • Centre for Integrative Physiology Professional training in medicine • SFC Centre for Brain Imaging in Scotland If you are qualified in medicine and seek further professional training in Easter Bush Research Consortium: clinical disciplines, rather than postgraduate studies, please contact: • The Roslin Institute Postgraduate Dean • Centre for Infectious Diseases Lister Postgraduate Institute 11 Hill Square Division of Pathway Medicine Edinburgh EH8 9DR T: +44 (0)131 650 2609 W: www.nes.scot.nhs.uk

The Lister Postgraduate Institute organises postgraduate medical training courses in association with the University and the Edinburgh Royal Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons. These courses do not lead to qualifications awarded by the University but they do help candidates progress towards professional qualifications such as the Membership of the Royal College of Physicians (MRCPUK) and the Associate Fellowship of the Royal College of Surgeons (AFRCSEd). PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 140

140

Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

School of Biomedical Sciences This will provide the basis for the development of new medical innovations for the diagnosis and treatment of human diseases, The School of Biomedical Sciences hosts the Centre for Cognitive which the Division is committed to extending to the developing world. and Neural Systems, the Centre for Infectious Diseases, the Centre for Integrative Physiology, the Centre for Neuroscience Research School of Clinical Sciences & and the Division of Pathway Medicine. Community Health Research themes within the School include: • Genes and development The School of Clinical Sciences and Community Health has a long held international research profile. • Membrane biology • Neural control systems In the most recent UK Research Assessment Exercise, Clinical Medicine • Cognition, learning and synaptic plasticity was rated top out of 28 submissions in the whole of the UK. Social • Neuropharmacology scientists in Community Health Sciences rated 4th out of 67. • Basic and clinical virology The School is based mainly at Little France and Teviot Place. • Bacterial pathogenesis and chemotherapy At Little France, the Chancellor’s Building and The Queen’s Medical Research Institute have state-of-the-art teaching and research facilities Centre for Integrative Physiology adjacent to the Edinburgh Royal Infirmary and the proposed biomedical The Centre’s mission is to develop and promote international excellence research park, Edinburgh BioQuarter. in research and training in integrative physiology relevant to human and mammalian physiology, development and disease. The historic Medical School at Teviot Place houses the Centre for Population Health Sciences. We aim to foster supportive, outward-looking and cohesive multi- disciplinary programmes of research into fundamental physiological Other School sites are the Edinburgh Sick Children’s Hospital and mechanisms and pathways relevant to human function and disease. Lauriston Place.

Centre for Neuroscience Research Centre for Cardiovascular Science The Centre for Neuroregeneration seeks to understand the mechanisms The mission of the Centre for Cardiovascular Science is to promote excellence of neural development, injury and repair. The CNR promotes scientific in research and training in sciences relevant to cardiovascular disease. research and education through seminars, recruitment, graduate The Centre has seven main research groups and a close association training and public engagement. with other Centres in the Queen’s Medical Research Institute.

Centre for Cognitive and Neural Systems It is a well funded medical research centre receiving major support form the Wellcome Trust, the British Heart Foundation, and the Medical The scientific aim of the Centre for Cognitive and Neural Systems is Research Council. to understand information processing by the central and peripheral nervous systems at several different levels of analysis – from cognitive MRC Centre for Inflammation Research psychology, through cognitive neuroscience and brain imaging, The MRC Centre for Inflammation Research was established to bring behavioural neuroscience and neuropharmacology, and extending together internationally outstanding researchers in inflammation to theoretical models of neuronal networks. harnessing the skills of both basic and clinical scientists. Centre for Infectious Diseases The Centre aims to promote the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment The mission of the Centre is to promote excellence in infectious disease of inflammatory diseases through interdisciplinary study of the initiation, research by providing a local and regional focus for infectious disease regulation, and resolution of inflammatory responses and provision research in the University and affiliated research institutes and hospitals of an outstanding environment for research training in the field. in and around Edinburgh. Within a grouping of over 120 researchers, there is a strong clinical Division of Pathway Medicine influence based around respiratory medicine, renal medicine and histopathology. The Division of Pathway Medicine’s central goal is to integrate post-genomic science with medicine in order to provide a better mechanism-based understanding of disease processes. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 141

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 141 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Centre for Population Health Sciences We seek to achieve this by providing training opportunities, networking, facilities and research programmes. The Centre provides a focus for high quality multidisciplinary research in topics of population health importance, typically involving the

Edinburgh Cancer Research Centre Introduction development and application of statistical, epidemiological and social science methods. The Edinburgh Cancer Research Centre takes a comprehensive approach to cancer research, transcending laboratory-based and It promotes collaborative working between Centre investigators clinical disciplines. (epidemiologists, statisticians and social scientists in public health and primary care) and biomedical scientists and clinicians. We strive to carry out research of the highest quality into effective cancer prevention, diagnosis and treatment, as well as the symptoms Centre for Reproductive Biology associated with cancer. The Centre for Reproductive Biology was established 25 years ago Centre for Molecular Medicine in order to maximise the benefits of integrating basic sciences and The Molecular Medicine Centre provides a first class research and clinical research in a common environment. training environment in clinically relevant molecular biology and It contains the University Division of Reproductive and Developmental genetics research. The Centre comprises four University Academic Sciences and the Medical Research Council Human Reproductive Research Sections and one NHS Service Section. Sciences Unit. In 1989 it was officially designated a World Health Organisation Royal (Dick) School of Veterinary Studies Collaborating Centre. The Royal (Dick) School of Veterinary Studies, established in 1823, The Centre is the largest single investment in basic and applied is a world leader in veterinary education, research and practice. research into reproductive biology and health in Europe. We provide outstanding veterinary education using an award winning curriculum, innovative teaching methods and an School of Molecular & Clinical Medicine interdisciplinary environment.

Molecular and Clinical Medicine comprises three interdisciplinary We were placed first among the seven UK veterinary schools for quality research centres – the Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences, the Edinburgh of research in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercises, confirming the Cancer Research Centre, and the Centre for Molecular Medicine. outstanding international reputation of the school.

In addition there are smaller Interdisciplinary Research Groups (IDGs) Our clinical services – Hospital for Small Animals and Large Animal Practice in Brain Imaging and the Disorders of the Ageing Brain and a nascent – are among the most influential centres for clinical care in the UK. IDG in the Genetics of Complex Disease and Related Traits.

The School also hosts Edinburgh Clinical Trials Unit (ECTU) which recently Most of our research is carried out within our interdisciplinary research was granted full registration with the UK Clinical Research Consortium centre, the Centre for Infectious Diseases. The School incorporates and was awarded MRC clinical trials methodology hub status. the Roslin Institute, which along with the Moredun Research Institute and the Scottish Agricultural College, are members of The campus houses one of only five Wellcome Trust Clinical Research the Easter Bush Research Consortium (EBRC) – representing one Facilities (WTCRF) in the United Kingdom. The WTCRF provides state-of- of the highest concentrations of animal scientists in the world. the-art facilities for investigators undertaking multi-disciplinary Clinical Research and includes clinical, laboratory and specialised support.

The School attracts grants of approximately £46m, including a number of full programme grants.

Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences The Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences’ mission is to promote excellence in research and training of an internationally competitive standing in brain disorders. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 142

142

Masters programmes

APPLIED ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR Skills & learning outcomes The opportunity exits for students to finish the & ANIMAL WELFARE Graduates will have: course after the second semester when they will graduate with a Teaching Diploma www.ed.ac.uk/pg/238 • an increased understanding and awareness in Human Anatomy. Alternatively they can MSc (1 yr FT, 2 or 3 yrs PT) of the application of scientific principles to the study of animal behaviour and do a summer vacation research project after Contact welfare, using farm animals which they will graduate with an MSc in Willie Van-Wijde • the ability to utilise effective, modern Human Anatomy. T: +44 (0)131 651 3914 methods for describing and analysing On the basis that a sound knowledge of E: [email protected] scientific data gross anatomy including neuroanatomy is Fees & costs • the ability to assess the welfare of animals essential for the teaching of anatomy, a core www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ in captivity and in the natural environment component of the course is the dissection student-funding/tuition-fees • the skills (dependent on practical of the entire body over the two semesters; Additional costs: £900 experience) to be able to offer advice the quality of the dissections produced will on applied animal behaviour and animal be assessed throughout. Entry requirements welfare issues A UK 2:1, or its international equivalent, Complementing the gross anatomy will be • the capacity for considering philosophical in animal science, biology, psychology, a lecture based embryology course which debate relating to the use of animals zoology or veterinary science. will give an understanding of normal human by humans development as seen by dissection, how Programme details • awareness of the global issues that have normal development can go wrong and The programme provides students with an an impact on animal welfare. how this manifests itself in commonly understanding of animal welfare that can be observed congenital abnormalities. applied in animal research, management, HUMAN ANATOMY care, production, inspection, assessment and Also covered in this part of the course preparation of legislation. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/648 are the health and safety and legal aspects of handling the body as well as an introduction The Dick Vet has an impressive international MSc (1 yr FT) to the ethics of using bodies reputation in animal welfare that has been Contact in medical education. strengthened by its links with the Scottish Gordon Findlater Agricultural College. By bringing together T: +44 (0)131 650 2997 The teaching component of the course research and education from these E: [email protected] will introduce students to the various institutions, a solid platform is created for methods used in the teaching of anatomy education and research in animal behaviour Fees & costs and their effectiveness. and welfare. The degree programme can be www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ It will involve, under supervision, the intercalated with an undergraduate veterinary student-funding/tuition-fees preparation of material for a teaching session degree at Edinburgh or another university. Additional costs: £5,000 Deposit: £200 for both small and large groups and the Teaching methods delivery of this material to undergraduate The taught part of the MSc consists of six Entry requirements students. Methods of assessment will also modules. These modules will be taught A UK 2.1, or its international equivalent, in be considered. over a period of three blocks. Modules 1, 2, 3 a relevant subject area is required. However, Those wishing to work towards an MSc will and 4 are taught in blocks 1 and 2 (September good-quality graduates from other disciplines be required to complete a project during – December) and modules 5 and 6 are taught such as medicine will be considered if they can the summer vacation period. in block 3 (January – February). demonstrate interest and ability to study in the field. This can be either a library based or Each module contains a mixture of lectures, practical/laboratory based project of the seminars and practicals. Students will be Programme details student’s choosing, under the direction expected to spend a large proportion of time There are two main strands to the of a member of the academic staff. in study out of class. programme, one being the in-depth study of the anatomy of the human body and all that this entails. The other is the development of different teaching methods for the teaching of human anatomy. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 143

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 143 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Key features of the programme include: • a thorough understanding of the use of Skills & learning outcomes • the opportunity to learn the anatomy bodies and the law The MSc in Public Health Research prepares of the human body by dissection • an understanding of the ethics of using postgraduate students for careers in research

• gaining comprehensive knowledge bodies for medical education and academic environments, professional Masters programmes of normal anatomy • an appreciation of the various ways of public-health service, clinical epidemiology, • safe handling of the body from its arrival teaching anatomy and its assessment health technology assessment, public-health to its final disposal • an ability to organise and deliver teaching protection and a wide range of national and • record keeping and the law material to both small and large groups international organisations concerned with • effective teaching, and assessment • an ability to work independently on an preventing disease and improving the health methods in anatomy. anatomically based research project. of populations.

Teaching methods PUBLIC HEALTH Teaching is by lectures, seminars and tutorials. RESEARCH The dissection component of the course will be largely self-directed but with regular www.ed.ac.uk/pg/203 lectures to complement the practical work. MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT)

Progress will be regularly monitored by Contact members of anatomy staff. Specific Maggie Luttrell dissections will be required which will be T: +44 (0)131 650 3227 assessed for both quality and for their E: [email protected] potential use in teaching. Fees & costs There will be an opportunity to put into www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ practice what is being learned in the teaching student-funding/tuition-fees module by teaching students on the medical Additional costs: £600 degree course. There will also be guest Entry requirements lectures by experts in their specific field A UK 2:1 or 1st, or its international equivalent. to complement the lecture course. We consider both academic and work Following on from the taught component experience of applicants. of the course, students will have the Programme details opportunity to carry out a research project Public Health is the science and art of during the summer. This may take the form preventing disease, prolonging life and of a library or practical work. Topics will be promoting health through the organised open but should address basic science, efforts of society. The programme is designed morphological, clinically applied and surgical- for students who wish to gain an appreciation related human anatomy. Possible topics of how different scientific disciplines can be could include anatomical variation in the used to structure enquiry and develop the human population, investigation of alternative knowledge base for research and professional surgical approaches etc. Students will be practice in epidemiology, public health and encouraged to liaise with clinical and surgical social science, ethics and health. colleagues to develop valid topics for research. Teaching methods Skills & learning outcomes The degree programme normally runs full Students who successfully complete time over 12 months or part time over two this programme of study will be able to three years. The year is divided into two to demonstrate: semesters during which taught courses are • a sound knowledge of gross human delivered and then dissertation work begins. anatomy and neuroanatomy Courses include lectures, seminars and • how to relate normal development to the workshops. Course assessments are mainly anatomy observed by dissection essay-based, with a few examinations and • an appreciation of the health and safety presentations. Being familiar with essay aspects of handling the body writing and structure is essential. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 144

144

TRANSFUSION, TRANSPLANTATION Programme details After two years, three exams are taken AND TISSUE BANKING This part-time programme is organised in leading to the Diploma qualification. conjunction with the Scottish National Blood Successful candidates may undertake a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/233 Transfusion Service and the British Blood research project in the third year to achieve MSc (3 yrs PT) Transfusion Society, which both have leading the masters qualification. Contact international reputations in the fields of Skills & learning outcomes Anne Thomson transfusion, transplantation and tissue Students who successfully complete the MSc T: +44 (0)131 357 7700 banking. It is primarily intended for those will be expected to achieve background E: [email protected] working in the Health Service and aims to academic knowledge and an understanding provide an in-depth understanding of the Fees & costs of how to apply this in the following fields: science, regulations and international practices www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ in the fields of transfusion, transplantation and • donation of blood, organs and tissues student-funding/tuition-fees tissue banking for those aiming for more senior • components, reagents and products - Entry requirements management roles in healthcare organisations. principles and processes A UK 2:1, or its international equivalent, in • clinical transfusion practice It is intended that the programme is aligned a relevant biological science. Applicants • clinical laboratory practice (as it relates with the Health Service requirements for will preferably be working in a transfusion, to transfusion, transplantation and career progression for biomedical scientists, transplantation or tissue-banking environment tissue banking) clinical scientists and other healthcare and should be able to communicate well in • transfusion microbiology professionals working in these fields. English both in writing and verbally (IELTS • quality, information technology and score 7.0 with at least 6.5 in all sections). Teaching methods planning skills Applicants should also, preferably, have at The programme contains eight one-week • management and research skills. least two years’ experience of working in a modules combining lectures, tutorials and relevant discipline in a healthcare setting. assessments, to supplement students’ self-directed learning between courses. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 145

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 145 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Masters by Research

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES bringing to it more mature perspectives and • be able to plan, execute and report their (LIFE SCIENCES) a broad range of experimental approaches. research work and place it in the context of the relevant literature www.ed.ac.uk/pg/244

CARDIOVASCULAR be able to accurately report the work Masters by Research MSc by Research (1 yr FT) • BIOLOGY already done and its significance. Contact Maire Manson www.ed.ac.uk/pg/205 GENOMICS & T: +44 (0)131 242 6478 MSc by Research (1 yr FT) PATHWAY BIOLOGY E: [email protected] Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/194 Fees & costs Dr Matthew Bailey MSc by Research (1 yr FT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ T: +44 (0)131 242 6720 Contact student-funding/tuition-fees E: [email protected] Douglas Roy Additional costs: £4,000 Fees & costs T: +44 (0)131 242 6478 Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ E: [email protected] A UK 1st or 2:1, or its international equivalent, student-funding/tuition-fees Fees & costs in the sciences (biological, chemical or Additional costs: £4,000 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ physical). Applicants are required to have Entry requirements student-funding/tuition-fees a working knowledge of molecular biology A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international Scholarships are available for this MSc. For and preferably some lab experience. equivalent, in a relevant biological discipline information, please visit: www.pathway Programme details (or a medical/veterinary qualification). medicine.ed.ac.uk/education. Additional The programme aims to prepare students Applicants should also have a good grasp Costs: £4,000. for a 3-year PhD in biomedical research. of written and spoken English. Entry requirements Students will carry out two research themes Programme details A UK 2:1, or its international equivalent, in with concurrent mini-projects, followed by a The aim of this programme is to provide biological sciences. However, good-quality longer maxi-project which includes preparation broad-based training in biomedical research graduates from other disciplines will be of a research proposal. Students will participate with a focus on cardiovascular science. The considered if they can demonstrate interest in transferable skills courses (effective major themes will include an introduction to and ability to study in the field. presentations, writing up science, project cardiovascular development and the planning and ethics in scientific research). programming of cardiovascular disease, organ Programme details This programme provides in-depth training in Teaching methods function and dysfunction, and the the tools and technologies of post-genomic There is a clear postgraduate ethos with a cardiovascular system in reproduction and science and their application to biomedical strong emphasis on student presentations inflammation. The intention is to provide an research. There is a particular focus on using and interactive discussion with the tutors integrated view of the cardiovascular system the outputs from functional genomic and their research groups. The year of in terms of physiology and pathology, with technologies for the analysis and modelling training involves seminars, taught modules input from basic and clinical scientists. of biological pathways, networks and systems. and research projects in a wide range of Teaching methods To reflect the rapid developments in this new laboratories attached to each of the Students will attend research seminars and era of integrative biology, the programme programme themes. Students on this course tutorials led by senior clinical and basic fosters an interdisciplinary approach with will be expected to lead seminars and journal scientists, conduct research projects in the inputs from bioinformatic, computational clubs, and undertake and write-up research internationally renowned laboratories of the and biophysical sciences. A key feature is the projects. The degree is awarded on the basis Centre for Cardiovascular Science and extend application of genomic and proteomic of the portfolio of research project reports their communication skills through delivering technologies and ‘biochip’ readouts for the and maxi-project proposal. research-orientated presentations. Students definition of disease-related pathways in Skills & learning outcomes will also develop skills in the critical reading of biomedical and clinical research projects. Students who complete this programme the scientific literature and in the writing of Key features of the programme include: will acquire knowledge of two areas of scientific reports. opportunities for hands-on research using biomedical research, a wide range of Skills & learning outcomes • genomic and proteomic technologies biomedical laboratory techniques and will gain Students who follow this programme will: valuable transferable skills. They should be • application of functional genomic • have a thorough knowledge of the relevant able to rapidly assimilate into a PhD project, technologies in biomedical research literature, and the ability to make a critical appraisal of its key material PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 146

146

• experience of biological pathway mapping • hands-on research utilising genomic and pathology. Training will also be given and systems biology Biochip applications in technologies and analysis for the definition in generic skills including: statistics; project post-genomic research and medicine of pathways in a range of disease management and planning; oral and written • experience of data handling and analysis related projects. presentation skills. • exploring pathway biology in biomedical, Skills & learning outcomes clinical and pharmaceutical studies. INFECTIOUS Depending on the project selected, students • interdisciplinary biomedical research. DISEASES will learn how to apply modern molecular and Teaching methods www.ed.ac.uk/pg/195 biochemical techniques to the investigation of Assessment is on the basis of research MSc by Research (1 yr FT) pathogenesis of infections, or the use of project work utilising leading-edge genomic statistics and mathematical models to study Contact and proteomic technologies incorporating the epidemiology of diseases. Professor David W Taylor methods for the production of biological T: +44 (0)131 650 3520 pathways and networks applicable to disease NEUROSCIENCE E: [email protected] systems. In order to provide a taught framework to complement the research Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/pg/196 activities, there is an extensive series of www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) lectures, research seminars and laboratory student-funding/tuition-fees demonstrations provided by leading experts Additional costs: £4,000 Contact in post-genomic science from academia Entry requirements Paul Skehel and industry. At least a UK 2:1 or its international equivalent. T: +44 (0)131 650 3520 E: [email protected] Research project examples: Programme details • SiRNA analysis of virus replication pathways This programme is organised by the Centre Fees & costs • Viral-host ‘interactome’ studies for Infectious Diseases (CID), which is hosted www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • Mapping of immunomodulatory pathways by the College of Medicine and Veterinary student-funding/tuition-fees • SiRNA analysis of immune response pathways Medicine and the College of Science and Additional costs: £2,000 • Microarray analysis and data handling Engineering. It provides an introduction to Entry requirements Biochip diagnostic platforms. research methodology for biologists, medics A UK 2:1, or its international equivalent, Skills & learning outcomes and veterinarians. The training also provides in a relevant biological discipline (or a Students who successfully complete this an entry into PhD studies. Projects are medical/veterinary qualification). Applicants programme of study will be able to available in the following areas: should have a good grasp of written and demonstrate: • antibiotic resistance and hospital spoken English language. acquired infections • understanding of the challenges and Programme details the pathogenesis of prion and viral potential of the post-genomic era • The aim of the MSc is to prepare graduates diseases (animal and human, including • appreciation of existing and emerging for a career in neuroscience research via herpes and HIV) platforms and analytical approaches further advanced graduate training (to PhD the immunology of bacterial and required for high throughput and • level and beyond) or employment in academic parasitic infections (including major functional analysis of biological systems or industrial sectors. understanding of the critical requirement tropical diseases such as malaria, • The School of Biomedical Sciences coordinates for the fusion of biology, technology, lymphatic filariasis and river blindness this MSc and research groups throughout bioinformatics and computational science • arthropod vector biology and the Edinburgh neuroscience community in modern genomics and the exploitation vectorborne diseases make contributions. Areas of research include of high throughput biological data • the immunology of ruminant infections cognition, systems biology, cellular and understanding of post-genomic biology as (for example Johne’s Disease) • molecular neuroscience, neuroinformatics an information science and its inexorable • epidemiology and mathematical modelling and computational neuroscience, clinical move to systems-level understanding of animal and human infections neurobiology and brain imaging. The appreciation of the utility and potential • functional genomics and bioinformatics. • community maintains the highest standards of data mining, pathway mapping and Teaching methods of research training, and a long tradition of systems-level analytical techniques for The learning process includes a one-year research publication in international journals. the discovery of biological pathways research project and during the study period • skills in the integration of post-genomic students will be required to attend research Teaching methods sciences in biomedical and clinical seminars and lectures, including those on the The programme comprises seminars, tutorials, research strategies related areas of immunology, microbiology practical demonstrations and either one or PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 147

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 147 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

two original research projects. Examination is programme aims to equip participants exercises. Students are also enrolled for three by continuous assessment of laboratory skills with knowledge of the range of modern other compulsory courses. Research Training 1 provided by expert supervisors, poster and medical research techniques, from molecular takes the form of a 12-week mini project. oral presentations, review essay, research medicine and genetics, to clinical trials Students obtain preliminary data or are given planning and project management, and and epidemiology. images and write the results up in the form

a dissertation. of a research paper suitable for publication. Masters by Research Teaching methods Presenting Imaging Research Data is a poster Skills & learning outcomes About twenty per cent of the course will on the mini-project that is defended by the Students who successfully complete the consist of taught classes and seminars with student orally and assessed by the exam programme will achieve: other students on this degree course. There board. Research Proposal takes the form of will be a practical core-training week in • clear comprehension of the principles a mock project grant application. Students molecular medicine, in addition to the weekly and scope of neuroscience research propose a detailed experimental programme classes on other aspects of clinical research as conducted at cognitive, systems, to pursue the outcomes of the mini-project. and generic core skills (statistics, presentations, cellular and molecular levels Students receive initial guidance and tuition medical ethics, paper writing etc). The • advanced training in key techniques and in all the assessed components. All students remaining eighty per cent of the time will skills required to carry out cutting-edge attend the Transkills (transferable skills) be spent in the host department relevant to research in contemporary neuroscience, courses in semester one. Semester two the student’s clinical speciality and research through conduct of original, begins with a compulsory Research Training 2 aspirations. Assessment will be based on interdisciplinary research projects in one course. Students also complete a masters the student’s research project. or more laboratories research dissertation of 10,000 words, based • generic and transferable skills training in Skills & learning outcomes on their main research project. experimental design, project management, Graduates of this degree will have a general Teaching methods data analysis and presentation, both orally knowledge and understanding of research Teaching in the first semester is primarily and in writing techniques and methodologies currently in formal; a taught seminar series will run for • exposure to cutting-edge research by use, and a more detailed and practical several hours per week. This course is sponsored attendance at national/ experience of the research field and skills enhanced by talks from external speakers international research conferences. of their choice. from our industrial partners. In addition, MEDICAL hand-on workshops allow training and access SCIENCES QUANTITATIVE CELL & to cutting-edge imaging equipment (i.e. a MOLECULAR IMAGING range of microscopes). We are also extremely www.ed.ac.uk/pg/245 well equipped with image analysis software MMedSci by Research (1 yr FT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/620 MSc by Research (1 yr FT) and workstations. Full training will be provided. Contact The bulk of the remainder of the degree is Richard Weller Contact taken up with full-time research in productive T: +44 (0)131 242 6358 Caroline Morris laboratories, with an emphasis on the E: [email protected] T: +44 (0)131 651 3255 integration of advanced quantitative imaging E: [email protected] approaches into biomedical scientific research. Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs Skills & learning outcomes student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Intended learning outcomes include: student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £4,000 • acquiring skills in design of experiments, Additional costs: £3,000 methods and techniques as used for Entry requirements Deposit: £200 A UK 2:1, or its international equivalent, research using imaging approaches in medicine. Applicants should be fluent Entry requirements • becoming fluent with good laboratory English speakers (eg TOEFL 7.0). They will A UK 2:1 or 1st, or its international equivalent, practice need to be accepted by a host clinical in a biological or medical science. We are also • making appropriate quantitative and/or keen to hear from physical sciences graduates department or laboratory, and also by the statistical analysis of imaging data with an interest in cell or molecular imaging. programme director. • analysing and presenting the imaging data of published work or conference proceedings Programme details Programme details critically analysing image research literature Semester 1 includes a structured mandatory • This programme is intended for medically writing reports on imaging projects core taught course Microscopy and Imaging • qualified doctors with a strong academic writing persuasive and fundable proposals Methods, which includes lectures, directed • interest who wish to consider a career in for future imaging research biomedical research. The research reading, workshops, seminars and practical PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 148

148

• acquiring the skills in oral presentation of VETERINARY research findings to a critical audience. SCIENCE www.ed.ac.uk/pg/240 REPRODUCTIVE MVetSci by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) BIOLOGY Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/204 Professor Jeremy Bradshaw MSc by Research (1 yr FT) T: +44 (0)131 242 6460 Contact E: [email protected] Dr C Harlow Fees & costs T: +44 (0)131 242 6624 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ E: [email protected] student-funding/tuition-fees Fees & costs Additional costs: £4,000 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entry requirements student-funding/tuition-fees A good degree in clinical veterinary medicine. “Not only does the University Additional costs: £4,000 Programme details offer world-class research Entry requirements The MVetSci programme is designed to be programmes, it offers them in The programme is intended for high-calibre flexible and to accommodate the needs of an excellent environment for students with biological science, medical or students from clinical backgrounds. Its unique personal development. It has veterinary backgrounds. The programme feature is that it is designed specifically for serves as an excellent introduction to research been an invaluable experience veterinary graduates, most of whom will have in the UK for students intending to proceed to meet and work with the little research expertise before joining the to a PhD or for clinical graduates to acquire programme. The degree programme can greatest minds in stem cell laboratory skills. Students should therefore also be intercalated with an undergraduate research and bioscience in have a minimum of a UK 2:1 honours veterinary degree at Edinburgh or general. The opportunities for degree in a relevant biological discipline another university. networking and collaboration, (or a medical/veterinary qualification), or its equivalent if outside the UK, and have a Top-quality projects are drawn from the involvement in societies and good grasp of written and spoken English. research expertise of the School, including insight into practical applications development, epidemiology, gene delivery, and even commercialisation Programme details genetics, immunology, microbiology, The programme aims to introduce students have been absolutely amazing. neuroscience, parasitology, pathology, to modern up-to-date molecular and cell- It is definitely a great start for welfare and zoo animals. biological research in the field of reproductive your career!’ biology and medicine in a stimulating, Teaching methods Veronika Ganera A research project is underpinned with an challenging and vibrant research atmosphere. PhD Development & Stem Cell Biology induction course and a continuing series of Teaching methods activities, including teaching in research and The course involves two 10-week laboratory- transferable skills, current research topics and based (mini) projects and a longer 20-week seminars. A weekly journal club and a seminar (maxi) project with an assessed research series are supplemented by training sessions. proposal. There are also weekly journal clubs, There is a strong emphasis on student research seminars and research clinics. In presentations and interactive discussion with addition students are required to take supervisors and research groups. appropriate transferable skills modules. Skills & learning outcomes Skills & learning outcomes Students will gain in-depth experience of Students will be trained in up-to-date cellular research, either in preparation for a three-year and molecular laboratory procedures, analysis PhD project or as general research grounding and interpretation of data, and transferable for a career in clinical veterinary medicine. skills such as report writing, project planning and presentation of results. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 149

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 149 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Online distance learning

ANAESTHESIA Programme details veterinary backgrounds or those that PRACTICE A Physician’s Assistant – Anaesthesia (PAA) is a have a 2.1 honours degree in a relevant bio- new member of the anaesthetic team who, science topic, or its international equivalent. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/403

after specific training, has the scientific and Applicants who fall below these entry Online distance learning MSc (27 mths FT) medical knowledge to administer anaesthesia. requirements but have relevant work Contact The role has been developed to help increase experience, may be considered. The Dr Sarah Henderson capacity in anaesthetic departments Certificate and Diploma appeal to a wider T: +44 (0)131 242 3136 throughout the National Health Service (NHS). audience, including individuals with E: [email protected] appropriate work experience in the human The emphasis is on working as part of a team, or animal health sectors, field conservation Fees & costs in partnership with colleagues, under the or conservation policy and implementation. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ supervision of a physician. They will perform student-funding/tuition-fees duties delegated to them by their medical Programme details anaesthetic supervisor. These duties will include This programme meets the demand for Entry requirements pre- and post-operative patient assessment interdisciplinary training in understanding Applicants should be able to show that they and care, maintenance anaesthesia and (under and managing the natural environment. have carefully considered the commitment direct supervision) conduct the induction and With numerous environmental threats, it is involved in a career as a Physician’s Assistant- emergence from anaesthesia. A PAA will also important that people fully understand the Anaesthesia (PAA). They must demonstrate deputise for anaesthetists in a variety of complex relationships between human to the selection panel that they have good situations where their airway and venous populations, wildlife and the ecosystems communication skills and the ability to work cannulation skills will assist in patient care. in which they live. There is more emphasis well within a team. Candidates will come than ever before on a holistic approach to from diverse backgrounds and this has been Teaching methods conservation management, in order to assess reflected in the entry requirements in order A trainee Physician’s Assistant – Anaesthesia and accommodate the needs of all aspects to enable equitable access. Entry to the will undertake service-based training in a of ecosystems, with the ultimate goal of programme will be open to applicants Scottish hospital lasting two years and three preserving the long-term potential of habitats from one of two different routes: months. Workplace teaching and competency and species diversity in both the developing 1. Registered healthcare practitioners, for assessment will be combined with distance e- and developed world. example nurses and operating department learning and small-group teaching. Assessment practitioners (ODPs), with one or both of will be both academic and work-based, and will Teaching methods the following: be undertaken throughout the programme. This programme is entirely online, allowing students the flexibility to study when it • at least three years’ full-time, post- Skills & learning outcomes suits them. qualification work experience in a relevant Learning outcomes for this programme are area and evidence of recent (within three designed to encompass the knowledge, skills Skills & learning outcomes years) and successful academic activity and attitude that practitioners must achieve The programme draws together expertise (to be assessed using University of Edinburgh to become Physician’s Assistants - Anaesthesia. from the University of Edinburgh’s Global Accreditation of Prior Experiential Health Academy and Royal (Dick) Vet School, Learning guidelines) BIODIVERSITY, WILDLIFE the Royal Zoological Society of Scotland • a first degree in a health-related & ECOSYSTEM HEALTH (RZSS), with the support of the International subject and relevant post-qualification www.ed.ac.uk/pg/646 Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) work experience. MSc (3 yrs PT) and partner global associates, to deliver first class teaching and research in the fields of 2. New entrants to healthcare (graduates Contact biodiversity, wildlife and ecosystem health. or graduate equivalent) with: Programme Administrator It provides comprehensive background a biomedical science, or biological • T: +44 (0)131 242 6461 knowledge of the current threats to our science background E: [email protected] natural world and encourages critical thinking • a UK 2:1 honours degree or better, or its Fees & costs in terms of the impact of those threats and international equivalent, or other evidence www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ how they might be managed. The broad of recent and successful academic activity student-funding/tuition-fees range of elective courses in the second year a demonstrable commitment to a career • allows a mix-and-match approach to learning, in healthcare. Entry requirements tailored to the individual student’s interests The programme welcomes applicants from and expertise. zoological, biological, environmental and PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 150

150

CLINICAL Teaching methods COGNITIVE AGEING EDUCATION An online educational environment known RESEARCH METHODS as ‘The Forth Suite’ has been chosen for the FOR MEDICAL SCIENTISTS www.ed.ac.uk/pg/246 delivery of the lectures and tutorials of this MSc (3 yrs PT) MSc programme. This is a very powerful server www.ed.ac.uk/pg/647 Contact running Adobe Connect software. The use of PG Certificate (1 yr FT) Michael Ross this technology for online postgraduate study Contact T: +44 (0)131 242 6536 is being pioneered by the College of Medicine Dr Beverly Roberts E: [email protected] & Veterinary Medicine specifically because it T: +44 (0)131 650 3368 allows rich interactive visual, audio, textural and Fees & costs E: [email protected] graphical modes of communication. Please see www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.clinicaleducation.mvm.ed.ac.uk for Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees details and examples of assignments. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Additional costs: £100 student-funding/tuition-fees Skills & learning outcomes Entry requirements After completing the MSc, graduates will Entry requirements A primary clinical qualification, such as an be able to: Prospective students will be fully registered MBChB, BVS, BDS, Bachelor of Nursing, or medical practitioners with a higher professional equivalent. Applications from those with • plan, deliver and evaluate teaching for qualification MRCP(UK), MRCPsych or equivalent. biomedical science qualifications or non- undergraduate and postgraduate students university professional qualifications such at the levels of programme, course and Programme details as RGN, with appropriate clinical experience, individual session This programme is aimed at individuals with will be considered on an individual basis. • critically reflect on their teaching in a wide an interest in ageing and geriatric medicine. You must be currently involved in clinical, range of situations using a variety of It will provide medical scientists with the medical, allied healthcare or veterinary different methods educational resources to advance future education - for example teaching undergraduate • teach and learn in online and blended research in cognitive ageing. environments or postgraduate students. Applicants whose This programme will help medical develop and reflect critically on different first language is not English must have the • scientists develop: minimum standard qualification in English. assessment methods critical knowledge and understanding Please visit the website before submitting • critically evaluate their own teaching • of classic and up-to-date findings and an application. practice and appraise others • access and critically evaluate the research methods in cognitive ageing Programme details educational literature and cognitive epidemiology The aim of the programme is to promote • plan, conduct and critique a research project • an up-to-date knowledge and understanding high-quality clinical education by helping • describe and discuss contemporary theories of the research governance framework participants reflect upon and share insights and issues in clinical education, • the intellectual skills to critically appraise about their practice. Participants will also learn at a national and international level cognitive ageing studies and carry out to understand and apply educational theories (e.g. academic conferences) cognitive ageing research and evidence from the literature, and develop • recognise, evaluate and make an • the ability to undertake critically a good solid foundation in clinical education appropriate response to policy associated reflective study across a broad range and educational research upon which they can with clinical education of research methodologies. continue to build their own academic career. • critically appraise situations and Teaching methods The programme will help participants learn circumstances pertaining to clinical A variety of delivery methods will be sufficient knowledge and skills to deliver, education with reference to appropriate employed, but the core material will be develop and research high-quality clinical theories and literature delivered via a virtual learning environment. education in their own discipline, and will • recognise, reflect upon and respond to Elements of the programme will also be encourage and support the development of their own educational needs and the available as stand-alone non-award-bearing collaborative and scholarly attitudes towards needs of others CPD courses for other doctors and clinical education. • take a lead responsibility in clinical education related professionals. within their own professional area. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 151

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 151 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Skills & learning outcomes development and building human capital. HEALTH INFORMATICS The programme will equip students with Training will also be offered in surveillance, a comprehensive knowledge base in cognitive prevention and control of emerging and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/415 ageing and cognitive epidemiology research neglected infectious diseases and evaluating MSc (3 yrs or 6 yrs PT) techniques. Training will provide students their impact on public health.

with a strong base of research skills with Contact Online distance learning which to develop a research portfolio in EQUINE SCIENCE Ashley Stevenson cognitive ageing. T: +44 (0)131 527 3410 EMERGING & NEGLECTED E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/pg/239 INFECTIOUS DISEASES Fees & costs MSc (3 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/pg/413 Contact student-funding/tuition-fees MSc (3 yrs PT) As for Applied Animal Behaviour Entry requirements Contact & Animal Welfare Students will normally require a UK 2:1 honours Dr Kim Picozzi Fees & costs degree, or its international equivalent, in a T: +44 (0)131 650 6257 www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ relevant subject, or an equivalent professional E: [email protected] student-funding/tuition-fees qualification, together with a normal minimum Fees & costs Entry requirements of two years relevant work experience. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entrants for the MSc are required to have Programme details student-funding/tuition-fees a degree in veterinary science or biological This programme is jointly offered by the Entry requirements sciences with subject areas including Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh Prospective students are required to be zoology, animal/equine science or and the University of Edinburgh and is biomedical, medical, public health and pharmacology/pharmacy. primarily designed for working healthcare veterinary personnel or have a UK 2:1 honours Programme details professionals who wish to use informatics degree in a relevant bio-science topic, or its The programme provides scientific effectively in their usual role. It will also international equivalent. Applicants, who fall knowledge relating to equine science, such be of interest to those with backgrounds below these entry requirements but have as management of health and welfare, in applied healthcare technology, health relevant work experience, may be considered. reproduction, behaviour, nutrition and information management/policy and health Programme details exercise in the horse. The programme will services research. Emerging and neglected infectious diseases also demonstrate how a scientific approach Health informatics is an emerging discipline are a major global concern and one that can be applied at a practical level with covering the knowledge, skills and tools that particularly impacts on developing nations. resultant benefits in equine performance enable information to be collected, managed, This programme draws upon the parallels that and welfare. used and shared to support the delivery of exist between these diseases, learning from Teaching methods healthcare and to promote health. In the the challenges that exist and aiming to This programme is delivered by online era of information-rich healthcare this connect individuals to lay the foundations distance learning by recognised experts increasingly involves the application of for a global community of practice. in the various subject areas and will draw electronic information and communications Teaching methods on the extensive staff expertise at the technologies. This programme draws heavily This programme is entirely online, allowing University of Edinburgh and at other on international perspectives of health students the flexibility to study when it institutions internationally. You will become informatics to inform participants in global suits them. part of an online community that will bring health issues and best practice from around the world. Skills & learning outcomes together students and tutors from all over The programme will equip students with a the world. Teaching methods comprehensive knowledge base in emerging Skills & learning outcomes Delivered entirely online, this programme and neglected infectious diseases while Students will gain a detailed knowledge uses dynamic and interactive virtual learning ensuring the outputs of contemporary and understanding of equine science and environments. Students will join a community scientific research are appropriately deployed. an increased understanding and awareness of of learners and use a range of flexible learning the application of scientific principles to the study methods including participation in discussion The portfolio of courses is structured to forums and online seminars. inform and support students in the practice of equine science. It is expected that students of formulating and implementing strategies will gain sufficient understanding of equine and programmes aimed at renewing and science to undertake independent research strengthening scientific knowledge, or a PhD research programme in this field. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 152

152

Skills & learning outcomes including participation in discussion forums, Our mission is to equip animal-health Students acquire a depth and breadth online seminars and accessing resources in professionals with the expert skills needed of knowledge of the principles of health a range of formats. to make a full contribution towards tackling informatics. They will develop skills in the the international animal health challenges Skills & learning outcomes critical appraisal, assessment and use of of the 21st century. In particular we value the Students taking this programme will expect information to support information needs intercultural and cross-boundary opportunities to acquire a depth and breadth of knowledge and will be able to apply those skills in for exchange of ideas and knowledge that this of the principles of health informatics. strategic planning for the design, delivery programme will generate. and evaluation of information They will develop skills in the critical appraisal, Teaching methods technology initiatives. assessment and use of information to support This programme is entirely online, allowing information needs and will be able to apply students the flexibility to study when it suits HEALTH INFORMATION those skills in strategic planning for the design, them and to meet their professional and GOVERNANCE delivery and evaluation of information personal commitments while gaining skills technology initiatives. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/414 and qualifications. MSc (3 yrs or 6 yrs PT) INTERNATIONAL Skills & learning outcomes Contact ANIMAL HEALTH Graduates will learn how to identify, control As for Health Informatics and manage animal diseases of international www.ed.ac.uk/pg/241 importance, based on a solid foundation in Fees & costs MSc (3 yrs PT) the biology, pathology, immunology and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Contact epidemiology of pathogens in domestic and student-funding/tuition-fees Ewan Macleod wild animal hosts, in the context of currently Entry requirements T: +44 (0)131 650 7958 prevailing socio-economic conditions and Students will normally require a UK 2:1 honours E: [email protected] institutional frameworks. degree, or its international equivalent, in a Fees & costs relevant subject, or an equivalent professional www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ INTERNATIONAL HEALTH: NON qualification, together with a minimum of two student-funding/tuition-fees COMMUNICABLE DISEASES years relevant work experience. Entry requirements www.ed.ac.uk/pg/623 Programme details Entrants for the MSc are required to have a MSc (3 yrs PT) This online programme is jointly offered by the degree in veterinary medicine or agricultural Contact Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh and science, biology or a related science discipline. Dr Liz Grant the University of Edinburgh. The postgraduate certificate and diploma in T: +44 (0)131 650 9518 Students study health informatics at certificate International Animal Health may appeal to E: [email protected] level and specialise at diploma and MSc level persons with appropriate experience from Fees & costs in health information governance. working within the animal or human health www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ sectors. All courses are taught in English, Health information governance concerns the student-funding/tuition-fees therefore applicants are expected to be able requirements, standards and best practice that to read, write and speak English with a high Entry requirements apply to the handling of information. level of proficiency. Students are required to Applicants should have at least a UK 2:1 This programme provides a comprehensive, have access to the internet at least three times honours degree, or its international equivalent, innovative, practitioner-based approach to a week during term times. in medicine, nursing, social science, science, understanding issues around Information biomedicine, or other related discipline. Programme details Governance in health and social care, with Eligibility from beyond the UK will be based The Centre for Tropical Veterinary Medicine particular emphasis on electronic data on the National Academic Recognition was the first entity of its kind in the developed management. Students study health Information Centre scheme. Applicants, who world to be dedicated to research and training informatics topics with health informatics fall below these entry requirements but have in animal health and welfare in developing students for part of the programme. relevant work experience, may be considered. countries. Building on a 30-year track record in The programme can be approached in stages, Teaching methods teaching and research, the MSc in International through a one year certificate, a two year Delivered entirely online, this programme Animal Health has been developed to meet diploma or the three year MSc. uses dynamic and interactive virtual the strong demand for training in pathogenesis, learning environments. epidemiology, diagnosis and control of The programme welcomes applicants from Students will join a community of learners infectious animal diseases (including zoonoses). clinical, health policy, and NGO backgrounds, and use a range of flexible learning methods especially those working in low income, PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 153

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 153 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

emerging and transitional economy countries, • work at senior level within a range of PAIN MANAGEMENT and from those preparing for, or considering, health and health related programmes a career in international health. and services in low income and emerging www.ed.ac.uk/pg/202 economy countries. Programme details MSc (3 yrs or 6 yrs PT) The global burden of disease is shifting.

NEUROIMAGING Contact Online distance learning Non communicable diseases and illnesses, FOR RESEARCH As for Anaesthesia Practice including diabetes, mental illness, cardiovascular conditions, cancers and chronic respiratory www.ed.ac.uk/pg/234 Fees & costs conditions account for about 60 per cent MSc (3 yrs or 6 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ of all deaths worldwide, with an estimated student-funding/tuition-fees Contact 80 per cent of deaths occurring in low and Dr Kaska Hempel Entry requirements middle-income countries. This programme T: +44 (0)131 537 3125 This programme is suitable for graduates looks at the impact of this global burden of E: [email protected] in medicine, dentistry, nursing, psychology, diseases and explores emerging and occupational therapy, physiotherapy and other promising practice by looking at ways in Fees & costs allied disciplines involved in the management which different health systems are tackling www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ of pain. Candidates with relevant clinical the multiple risk factors and are developing student-funding/tuition-fees experience will also be considered. prevention, treatment and care services to Entry requirements meet their needs. Programme details Applications are welcome from graduates This part time, online programme is a Teaching methods and professionals in the fields of neuroscience, collaborative venture between the University The programme is delivered using an physiology, pharmacology, informatics, of Edinburgh, the University of Sydney and innovative blend of online learning psychology, physics or a relevant related the University of California. It is designed to opportunities supported by online learning subject. Students with a radiography encourage multidisciplinary learning and will environments. The programme is designed qualification or a medical degree are also equip students with the knowledge and skills to allow study at the times and in the places welcome to apply. to manage pain more effectively. Following that suit you best. The programme will Programme details the core curriculum of the International involve mixed teaching approaches, including The use of neuroimaging techniques is Association for the Study of Pain, students independent study and reflection, as well as rapidly increasing in many branches of receive clinically relevant education of online discussion and group project work. research across a wide range of disciplines. international standard in the sciences, Skills & learning outcomes They range from neuroscience to computer concepts, approaches and procedures Students who follow this programme will science, physics, psychology, linguistics, that form the basis of pain management. be equipped to: neurology, neuroradiology and many other Teaching methods areas. In many of these disciplines there is • understand the nature and impact of This is an online distance learning little primary teaching in how human brain non communicable diseases globally, programme. The course combines structure, function or appearance are displayed and in local environments independent study, online peer discussion, on various imaging techniques. This • analyse the social, economic, behavioural and interactive tutorials, written assignments, programme looks at addressing these areas. and political determinants of non- critical reviews and case studies. communicable diseases You can enrol on the programme via a • share policy approaches for prevention, standard part-time mode or via an Skills & learning outcomes treatment and management of non intermittent part-time mode (ICL). Students will develop: communicable diseases Teaching methods • a deep understanding of the principles • understand clinical approaches and models This programme is delivered entirely online and practices that underpin the of best and most efficacious and equitable using a combination of online tuition, peer-to- biopsychosocial approach in the practice in treatment and care across peer discussion and independent study. management of pain different countries, and share implementation • the ability to make a strong contribution Skills & learning outcomes strategies through case study towards improved outcomes for patients This programme equips students with • understand different health system with pain problems the knowledge and skills necessary for structures, and approaches such as • expertise in evidence-based approaches understanding studies using neuroimaging primary health care, and family medicine to practice, in both clinical and techniques as well as designing, setting up • engage in health research nonclinical contexts and analysing their own experimental data. • an understanding of specific fields of personal interest within pain management practice. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 154

154

The programme consists of both core variety of learning styles and allows students sectors engaged in medical and biomedical and elective courses, and depending on flexibility in their study patterns. research, spanning clinical medicine to drug the number of courses successfully completed, discovery. It will highlight the interdependence Students are supported throughout the students will be awarded a Masters degree, of medical, scientific, regulatory and societal programme through a synchronous discussion a Diploma or a Certificate in Pain Management components required in modern translational with tutors, all leading clinicians in their field, as appropriate. The programme provides both research and medicine. and have access to a large structured online the education and flexibility that is required learning resource including subscriptions to Teaching methods to allow students to tailor the programme key online books and journals. The programme is delivered using an to their professional needs and future innovative blend of online learning career goals. At certificate and diploma level, students must opportunities supported by online learning attend an end-of-year examination. This will be environments. The programme is designed SURGICAL held in Edinburgh for UK-based students and in such a way that, with access to the internet, SCIENCES with a pre-approved partner institution for you will be able to study at the times and in international students. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/404 the places that suit you best. The programme MSc (3 yrs PT) Skills & learning outcomes will involve mixed teaching approaches, The modules leading to the postgraduate Contact including independent study and reflection, Diploma cover the UK Intercollegiate Surgical Programme Administrator as well as online discussion and group Curriculum and will consequently prepare T: +44 (0)131 527 1604 project work. students for the Membership of the Royal E: [email protected] Skills & learning outcomes College of Surgeons (MRCS) examination, The programme will provide participants Fees & costs but with more emphasis on acquired with an in-depth understanding of the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ knowledge and its application. rationale and impact of translational student-funding/tuition-fees The third year MSc dissertation serves as an Deposit: one third of first-year fees. medicine and appreciation of its increasingly opportunity to develop the foundation of important role to medical research, the Entry requirements an academic career in surgery. drug-development industry and regulatory Applicants must aspire to a career in surgery sectors. Participants will gain the capacity to TRANSLATIONAL and possess an acceptable basic medical deploy the multidisciplinary tools central to MEDICINE degree obtained normally within five years of translational medicine, equipping them to the proposed date of admission. Applicants www.ed.ac.uk/pg/405 engage further in this rapidly evolving field. must demonstrate that they will be in a MSc (3 yrs PT) supervised clinical environment whilst they are Students who follow this programme will be Contact studying. Those who obtained their medical equipped to: Douglas Roy degree more than four years prior to applying • demonstrate how modern biomedical T: +44 (0)131 242 6279 must demonstrate their ongoing commitment research is increasingly impacting on all E: [email protected] to surgery. facets of clinical and laboratory medicine Fees & costs • deliver a thorough understanding of the The programme is not open to Members www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ core clinical, physiological, molecular, or Fellows of the Royal College of Surgeons student-funding/tuition-fees policy and societal issues defining (MRCS/FRCS) (see Skills & learning outcomes). translational medicine Entry requirements Programme details • define the inter-relationship between In general, applicants should possess This online programme in Surgical Sciences, medical, scientific, regulatory and societal an honours or medical degree from an also known as the Edinburgh Surgical Sciences issues inherent in translational medicine approved university. Candidates with clinical, Qualification or ESSQ, is jointly offered by the and research industrial and other relevant experience University of Edinburgh and the Royal College • provide examples of the role of will also be considered. of Surgeons of Edinburgh. It consists of a translational medicine in the fundamental modular programme building up by credit Programme details understanding, treatment and diagnosis accumulation from certificate, through The aim of the programme is to provide of disease diploma and with the addition of a small advanced training for medical and science • identify the role of translational medicine research project, to a masters degree. graduates, and those in related industrial, in drug discovery, biotech and policy and healthcare fields, in the rapidly pharmaceutical industries. Teaching methods evolving field of translational medicine and The programme is delivered using a purpose- associated research. This has relevance to all built learning environment which supports a PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 155

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 155 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Research areas

Cardiovascular Facilities The list of research areas given below is The CRU is situated in the £50 million, not exclusive. Potential PhD students are www.ed.ac.uk/pg/208 purpose-built Queen’s Medical Research advised to get in touch with the relevant MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Institute adjacent to the new Medical School Research areas contact listed below to have an informal MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and Royal Infirmary of Edinburgh, Little France. discussion about their proposed project PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Some research will use the BHF Biomedical before applying. Magnetic Resonance Imaging or the Research group/centre/institute Wellcome Trust Clinical Research Facilities. Centre for Cardiovascular Science and Anaesthesia, Critical Care Wellcome Trust Clinical Research Facilities. Contact Professor Keith A A Fox & Pain Medicine Research profile T: +44 (0)131 242 6378 The Cardiovascular Research Unit (CRU) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/207 E: [email protected] contributed substantially to the 5* rating in MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) hospital-based clinical subjects in the latest Child Life and Health MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) UK-wide Research Assessment Exercise. The PhD (6 yrs PT) work extends from laboratory research on www.ed.ac.uk/pg/209 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Research profile mechanisms of atheromatous plaque MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Anaesthesia, Critical Care & Pain Medicine is disruption, trigger inflammation and PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) integral to a larger clinical department precipitate thrombosis to clinical studies on providing these services in the Lothian region. the aetiology and novel treatment of acute Research profile A range of funding sources, which include the coronary syndromes. Main areas of research include: Wellcome Trust, Action Research and the Other research projects include: • Brain and Acute Injury Scottish Parliament, supports this research. • studies of endothelial function, supported • Brain and Handicap There are various research projects in progress by research groups working on thrombosis • Cancer and Late Effects in Intensive Care (which includes the Scottish and high-resolution ultrasound • Gastroenterology and Nutrition Liver Transplant Unit). One active area of • new non-invasive reflected ultrasound • Growth and Endocrinology interest is the assessment of oxygen delivery, techniques, developed to assess the • Immunology of Respiratory Viral Infections, transport and usage in critically ill patients properties of the heart, its contraction, Asthma and Allergy (for example sepsis, liver failure and detection of thrombus and • Surgery. transplantation) and the optimisation of this atheromatous plaque to improve the outcome. Within the area of • novel three-dimensional laser imaging anaesthesia there are a large number of techniques to allow the study intact of research projects taking place. These range coronary blood vessels from investigations of cerebral outcome • the influence of environmental pollutants after cardiopulmonary bypass, to studies of on vasodilatation and inflammation postoperative pain relief and the prevention • projects that investigate the mechanisms of chronic pain, and of the best forms of of vascular response and the role of obstetric analgesia and anaesthesia. One specific transmitters and receptor continuing field of interest is respiratory antagonists in health and disease control and mechanics, particularly with • studies to assess circulating endothelial respect to the effect of anaesthetic drugs, progenitor cells in vascular disease and anaesthetics agents and analgesics. their response to therapeutic interventions stimulation of vascular development in Contact • ischaemic tissues by bone marrow derived Professor Ian Power stem cells is also examined in patients T: +44 (0)131 242 3136 with arterial disease. E: [email protected] Training & support Cardiovascular research offers training facilities to basic scientists and clinicians. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 156

156

Clinical Biochemistry Clinical Neurosciences Training & support The Division of Clinical Neurosciences has www.ed.ac.uk/pg/210 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/235 regular seminars and research meetings. MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Postgraduate students are mentored and MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) supported to a high standard. We offer Introduction PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT a variety of training courses in transferable Diseases of the brain are a major cause of research skills as well as specific training in Research group/centre/institute disability and distress. Our clinical research relevant clinical research techniques. There is a The programme is provided by the Centre teams have large-scale research programmes lively community of postgraduate researchers. for Reproductive Biology, incorporating the to investigate the causes, treatment and Division of Reproductive & Developmental prevention of some of these conditions. Facilities Sciences, Section of Clinical Biochemistry The focus is on doing research that benefits We offer excellent facilities for clinical and the Medical Research Council Human patients. We offer a variety of postgraduate neuroscience research at the Western General Reproductive Sciences Unit. research opportunities within existing Hospital. The SFC Brain Imaging Centre is a programmes of research. PhD studentships are world-class imaging research facility Research profile available each year through the postgraduate (www.sbirc.ed.ac.uk). Imaging Research The Centre is an acknowledged international section of the Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences is conducted within the framework of centre of excellence in research and teaching (CCBS). Opportunities for MSc by Research are the Scottish Imaging Network - a Platform in reproductive biology and medicine. The also available, if the applicant is able to obtain for Scientific Excellence (SINAPSE) research interests of the Centre are wide suitable funding. www.sinapse.ac.uk. Researchers ranging and diverse, extending from the also have access to the Wellcome Trust development of novel methods of Research group/centre/institute Clinical Research Facility at the Western contraception (including male methods), The Division of Clinical Neurosciences is part General Hospital site, which offers first class the role of inflammation in reproductive and of the Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences (CCBS), facilities for undertaking clinical research to developmental processes and the regulation a major interdisciplinary research centre, supplement those in the Division. of the ovary in health and disease, to the which also houses the SFC Brain Imaging development of the male reproductive tract Research Centre for Scotland and the Fees & costs and effects of environmental chemicals, clock Division of Psychiatry. £1,000-£8,000 per annum, depending genes in reproduction, cervical ripening and on the project. Research profile the regulation of labour, and cell signalling. In the most recent Research Assessment Funding Training & support Exercise, Edinburgh had 65% of its research The activities of the Division are funded by Generic training in presentation skills, in ‘Neurosciences and Psychiatry’ rated as 3* programme and project grants from the MRC, project management and writing skills is or 4* placing us among the top neuroscience the Wellcome Trust, the Chief Scientist’s Office, delivered through the University of Edinburgh’s groups in the UK. The major disease-specific the Stroke Association, Chest Heart and Stroke transferable skills programme. There are research areas in the division are: Scotland, NIHR and a number of other bodies. weekly reproductive biology/medicine lectures • Stroke (Professors Sandercock & Dennis, Contact and tutorials, research seminars, research Drs Salman, Sudlow, Macleod and Mead) Rachel Burrow clinics, journal clubs, and appropriate • Neuro-imaging (Professor Wardlaw) T: +44 (0)131 537 2928 transferable-skills modules. Assessment is • Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (CJD) (Professors E: [email protected] on the basis of project reports and Will, Ironside and Knight) research proposals. • Multiple Sclerosis (Professor ffrench-Constant) Facilities • Motor Neurone Disease (Professor Chandran) The Centre has well equipped, high-quality • Malignant disease and the nervous research laboratories and excellent imaging system (Professor Whittle, Dr Grant) and histology facilities, with state-of-the-art • Medically unexplained neurological symptoms teaching facilities and an on-site biological (Dr Stone in collaboration with Professor research facility. Sharpe in the Division of Psychiatry).

Fees & costs The types of research design employed Laboratory bench costs of £4,000 per annum include: prospective observational studies, are charged currently to all PhD students. randomised controlled trials, systematic reviews of effects of treatments (in both man and in Contact animal models) and advanced neuro-imaging. Professor Ian Mason T: +44 (0)131 242 6442 E: [email protected] PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 157

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 157 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Cognitive & recording, histology, confocal microscopy Edinburgh Cancer and wet-lab facilities. The Centre also has Neural Systems expertise and facilities for functional imaging Research Centre www.ed.ac.uk/pg/401 in animals and excellent genetic models of www.ed.ac.uk/pg/237 CNS diseases. Molecular and cellular analysis MPhil (2 yrs FT) MPhil (2 yrs FT) of cell death and plasticity underpin in MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Research areas MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) vivo investigating. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Fees & costs Research group/centre/institute Research group/centre/institute No additional research costs for scholarship Members of the Centre of Cognitive & Neural • Cell Signalling Unit and studentship holders. Others may be Systems (CCNS) are divided into different • Cancer Research UK Laboratories charged up to £8,000 per annum. research groups with a focus on human • Colon Cancer Genetics Unit cognitive neuroscience (including ageing), Contact • Endocrine Cancer Unit the neurobiology of learning, memory and Programme Administrator • Molecular Pathology plasticity (focusing on hippocampus and T: +44 (0)131 650 3520 • Epigenetics cortex), the processing of nociceptive E: [email protected] • Breast Cancer Research somatosensory information, cerebrovascular • Sir Alastair Currie CRUK Laboratories physiology and pharmacology, and the Dermatology • Prostate Research consequences of drug action including drugs • Palliative Care Research. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/212 of abuse. Although the CCNS is hosted by the Research profile School of Biomedical Sciences, its membership MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) ECRC is part of the School of Molecular & is drawn from all parts of the University. MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Clinical Medicine, based at the Western PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research profile General Hospital. ECRC is made up of staff The scientific goal of the CCNS is to Research profile from Medical Oncology, the Breast Unit understand information processing by the We focus entirely on clinical research and Research Group, the Cell Signalling Group, central and peripheral nervous systems at patient-orientated research in a limited the Colon Cancer Genetics Unit, the several different levels of analysis from number of areas. We have interests in the Endocrine Cancer Group, the Palliative Care cognitive psychology through cognitive genetics and biology of susceptibility to Research Group, the Prostate Research Group neuroscience and brain imaging, behavioural ultraviolet radiation; skin cancer; the role and the Sir Alastair Currie CRUK Laboratories. neuroscience and neuropharmacology, of nitric oxide in skin; pathophysiology and extending to theoretical models of of itch; and automated diagnostic systems neuronal networks. in dermatology. We collaborate widely with the School of Informatics and the School Training & support of Chemistry as well as the MRC Human During their studies, postgraduate students Genetics Unit. are assigned a personal thesis committee, which monitors progress. Students attend Facilities seminars and generic skills training programmes. We have excellent facilities for clinical Postgraduates can often act as demonstrators research located within our main clinical for undergraduate teaching. Students are site in the Lauriston Building, in the strongly encouraged to present their findings central area. at national and international conferences and Contact to publish their findings in international Professor Jonathan Rees journals during their postgraduate training. T: +44 (0)131 536 2041 Facilities E: [email protected] The CCNS is based at the central campus, and has excellent facilities for cognitive and systems neuroscience, including human cognitive neuroscience and functional MRI facilities, rodent surgical facilities, testing rooms for water mazes, event arenas, single unit recording in freely moving rodents, in vivo and in vitro (slice) electrophysiological PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 158

158

General Practice Facilities Borders General Hospital Research staff come from a variety of The base for Scotland’s first comprehensive www.ed.ac.uk/pg/213 academic disciplines, have extensive research stroke ascertainment study, which is creating MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) experience and publication records, and a wide range of research opportunities, MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) are actively involved in student teaching in addition to providing information crucial PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT and supervision. for service planning and development.

Research group/centre/institute Contact Contact Research in General Practice (part of Programme Administrator Dr Gillian Mead Community Health Sciences) takes place T: +44 (0)131 650 3187 T: +44 (0)131 242 6481 under the auspices of the Centre for Public E: [email protected] E: [email protected] Health & Primary Care Research. This Centre focuses on the themes of cancer, vascular Geriatric Medicine Infectious Diseases disease, health inequalities and effectiveness www.ed.ac.uk/pg/214 (incorporating the in primary care and public health. MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) former Division of Research profile MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Medical Microbiology) The General Practice section conducts a PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) multidisciplinary research programme that www.ed.ac.uk/pg/198 Research profile aims to advance development in primary MPhil (2 yrs FT) Our research activities and collaborations span care policy and practice. Informed by an MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) preclinical science to experimental medicine evidence-based approach, the programme PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) focuses on assessing community health needs, to clinical trials, with the focus on the key and improving service provision and clinical geriatric syndromes of cognitive impairment, Research group/centre/institute effectiveness. The research group collaborates stroke, and frailty, each leading causes of Bacteriology morbidity. Our work also encompasses the widely with the academic and healthcare Research profile broader field of healthy ageing. The research communities both nationally and internationally, The programme has research links with programmes in Geriatric Medicine have their and is providing leadership as the National other academic divisions within the College main bases in three different hospitals. Health Service changes from a hospital-based of Medicine & Veterinary Medicine and the to a primary care-led organisation. Royal Infirmary of Edinburgh College of Science & Engineering, as well as Themes of our research programme include: A programme of studies of the effects of with some clinical departments in the Royal use, disuse, ageing, and disease on muscle Infirmary of Edinburgh, the Western General • evidence-based practice, reflecting our structure and function. In addition, work Hospital and the Moredun Research Institute. priority of enhancing the evidence base of continues on the development of outcome In addition there are many collaborations in general practice through research that is assessment to facilitate increasingly Europe and beyond. relevant and can influence practice sophisticated comparisons of hip fracture care • patient perspectives of illness, reflecting Research interests are related to many in different centres. The Royal Infirmary is also General Practice’s long-standing interest aspects of bacteriology, virology and microbial the base for studies investigating the role of in the provision of care from the immunology. We carry out collaborative fitness training after stroke, the effect of patient’s perspective virological research on human immunodeficiency stroke on muscle function and fatigue after • health inequalities. virus, hepatitis viruses, Epstein-Barr virus, stroke in close collaboration with the Centre Kaposi’s sarcoma-associated virus, herpes Training & support for Clinical Brain Sciences. It is also the base simplex virus, respiratory viruses and papilloma Learning is research-based, although specific for new studies investigating the role of viruses. training on research methodology is available glucocorticoids in the aetiology of delirium if required. Regular research meetings are following surgery. Training & support held in the section, and students are expected A stimulating environment is provided with Western General Hospital to attend General Practice and Community a weekly seminar series. A series of collaborations with the Interdisciplinary Health Sciences seminars. Attendance (and Research Group in Brain Ageing, the SFC Brain In addition to personal supervision of project presentation of research findings) of at Imaging Research Centre and the MRC Human work and general scientific support facilities, least one primary care research conference Genetics Unit, examining factors influencing each student receives training in transferable is encouraged. age-associated changes in cognitive function, skills, including effective presentations, including early life influences. There are also technical writing and science journalism. studies of the health of older adults with a learning disability. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 159

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 159 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

There is also the opportunity to demonstrate inflammatory responses so as to limit advances in the enabling technologies in practical classes for undergraduates and tissue injury available from genomics, proteomics, to be a tutor, with appropriate training given • promoting safe resolution of inflammation imaging, informatics, and in vivo analysis to for these activities. and restoration of the structure and understand the function of gene products function of the perturbed tissue. at the cell, organ and whole-animal level. Facilities

Importantly, CIP investigators exploit the most Research areas We offer all the equipment needed for modern There will be a particular interest in appropriate model organisms/systems to research in microbiology and immunology, inflammatory diseases of the lung and kidney investigate the key physiological questions ranging from high-level containment facilities but the principles derived will have ready being posed. to specialised analytical and anaerobic application to inflammatory responses in the facilities. These include gene cloning, liver, bowel, bone/joint and skin. There is also Training & support nucleic acid hybridisation, gene probing, increasing development of research in the Three- and four-year studentships are DNA sequencing, protein electrophoresis, CIR into the links between inflammation offered. Postgraduate students carry out immunoblotting, ELISA, RIA, isoelectric and cancer. their studies within a research group under focusing, HPLC, ultracentrifugation, PCR the supervision of an academic supervisor. Training & support techniques, gas-liquid chromatography, In addition, students are assigned a personal Generic training in presentation skills, project monoclonal antibody production, thesis committee comprising their supervisor management and writing skills is delivered flowcytometry and a range of counting and two other academic staff members, who through the University of Edinburgh’s equipment. There is easy access to protein provide advice and mentoring, and monitor transferable skills programme. sequencing, oligonucleotide synthesis, protein progress. In their first year, students have the modelling and cell-sorting equipment. Facilities opportunity of participating in relevant taught The CIR is a multidisciplinary team of modules of a number of associated MSc Contact research groups under the directorship courses (for example Developmental Cell Professor David W Taylor of Professor Chris Haslett. The CIR consists Biology and Neuroinformatics). Students T: +44 (0)131 650 7796 of more than 180 researchers, is equipped attend research seminars and generic research E: [email protected] with state-of-the-art apparatus and is skills training. Postgraduates have the supported by external grant funding. The opportunity to act as demonstrators for Inflammation CIR is now located in the purpose-built undergraduate teaching. Students are strongly www.ed.ac.uk/pg/215 Queen’s Medical Research Institute at the encouraged to present their findings at Little France Campus (see page 218 for details) national and international conferences MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) along with the Centres for Reproductive Biology and to publish their findings in international MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) and Cardiovascular Sciences. journals during their postgraduate training. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Contact Facilities Research group/centre/institute Sharon Hannah The core of the CIP occupies the newly The Centre for Inflammation Research (CIR) T: +44 (0)131 242 9195 refurbished Hugh Robson Building situated was formally established in 1998. E: [email protected] in the Central Area campus, (see Campus Research profile maps, page 216 for details) and has facilities CIR aims to promote the prevention, diagnosis Integrative Physiology for all aspects of modern molecular, cellular and treatment of inflammatory diseases and systems biology. Research is mainly www.ed.ac.uk/pg/400 through interdisciplinary study of the funded by grants from the MRC, the BBSRC initiation, regulation and resolution of MPhil (2 yrs FT) and industrial companies. inflammatory responses and provision of MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact an outstanding environment for research PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Postgraduate Secretary training in the field. CIR investigators aim Research group/centre/institute T: +44 (0)131 650 3520 to characterise and manipulate key control • The Membrane Biology Group E: [email protected] points in inflammation. Efforts will be • The Neural Control Systems Group targeted at: • The Genes and Development Group • inhibiting the initiation of inflammation by blocking immunologically specific triggers Research profile and by modulating cellular and tissue The Centre for Integrative Physiology (CIP) responses to injurious stimuli fosters research into fundamental mechanisms • finding new approaches to promote and pathways relevant to human function and beneficial regulation of established disease. CIP investigators exploit rapid PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 160

160

Internal Medicine The most active research areas are Molecular Medicine magnetic-resonance imaging, ultrasound www.ed.ac.uk/pg/216 imaging, arterial mechanics incorporating www.ed.ac.uk/pg/236 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) computational modelling (CFD and solid PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) mechanics) and experimental flow systems. Introduction PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) A key feature of the research activities is The Centre for Molecular Medicine (CMM) Research profile collaboration with other University Schools is a premier research centre in the School of The major research groups have common and research centres, including Cardiovascular Molecular & Clinical Medicine. It is comprised interests in inflammation, transplantation Science, Reproductive Biology, Clinical Brain of Gastroenterology, Medical Genetics and and diseases of the kidney and liver. Other Sciences, Engineering, Physics and Mathematics. Rheumatology sections. major medical units, including cardiology Training & support Research group/centre/institute and respiratory medicine, fall within the Each student’s project is determined by Gastroenterology, Medical Genetics, division of Medical & Radiological Sciences. discussions involving the student and Rheumatology. Laboratories are within the Queen’s Medical supervisors. Many projects involve Research Institute & the Chancellor’s Building collaboration, with clinical colleagues in Research profile on the Little France site (see Campus maps, hospitals throughout Edinburgh, and with Areas of research include molecular and page 218 for details). Close collaboration exists colleagues in the Schools of Engineering immunological aspects of gastroenterology, with other groups within the Centre or Physics. the molecular genetics of diseases including for Inflammation, and in other areas of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, cystic fibrosis, Students are also encouraged to attend the University. motor neuron disease, Alzheimer’s and cancer, generic transferable skills lectures. gene therapy, the role of cytokines in rheumatoid Contact Each student will be assigned a mentor who arthritis, and the genetics of bone metabolism. Professor A N Turner is not involved in academic supervision, and T: +44 (0)131 242 9166 Training & support who will meet with the student to discuss E: [email protected] Many training courses are available to general issues concerned with student support postgraduate students through the Medical Physics & and progress. transferable skills programme. In conjunction Medical Engineering Facilities with transferable skills, we also run a local Through their collaborations, academic staff induction workshop for new PhD students. Further courses, many of them at the Western www.ed.ac.uk/pg/217 in Medical Physics have access to human and biomedical imaging, engineering facilities General Hospital site, are available on a rolling MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) and high-performance computing. This basis. There is an annual symposium, which MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) includes MRI, CT, ultrasound imaging systems, provides a valuable opportunity for cross- PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) and experimental flow systems for use with fertilisation of ideas between the different Introduction imaging systems and particle image velocimetry. areas of research within the CMM. The Medical Physics Unit pursues research Fees & costs Facilities in fields where physics and engineering are Costs of research (eg hardware, software, The CMM and the MRC Human Genetics applied to medicine. The main thrust of travel) are generally covered by grant funding Unit and Cancer Research Centre recently the research is in medical imaging, and its available to the supervisors. joined together to form the Institute for integration with computational modelling. Genetics and Molecular Medicine (IGMM; Funding Research group/centre/institute http://www.igmm.ac.uk/index.htm), Studentships are funded through central Medical Physics is part of the School of Clinical providing a critical mass of researchers allocations and through specific grants. Sciences and Community Health. Our staff and facilities in the scientific areas of cell Typically there are three or four studentships have a variety of backgrounds; many have and molecular biology, biochemistry, available per year. Please note eligibility trained in physics, some have undertaken an developmental biology, human genetics, requirements when applying. Some MSc in Medical Physics and been involved in statistical genetics, model organisms, studentships are eligible for international hospital physics training, some have trained computational biology, pathology, public students, some are not. in maths, chemistry or engineering. health and epidemiology and clinical trials. Contact The Western General hospital campus Research profile Irene Craig also houses one of only five Wellcome Study involves the application of physics T: +44 (0)131 242 6311 Trust Clinical Research Facilities and engineering to the challenging world E: [email protected] (www.wtcrf.ed.ac.uk) in the UK. The of medicine and biomedicine. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 161

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 161 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences is also findings at national and international Pathology located at the Western General Hospital campus. conferences and to publish their findings in international journals, in advance of www.ed.ac.uk/pg/506 Funding submission of their PhD theses for examination. The CMM holds several programme grants MPhil (2 yrs FT) awarded by the Medical Research Council, the Facilities MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Wellcome Trust, the Cystic Fibrosis Trust, and The CNR has state-of-the-art laboratories in PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research areas the Arthritis Research Campaign, plus many the Chancellor’s Building, situated at the Little Research profile other awards from public sector, charitable France campus (see Campus maps, page 218 The Division of Pathology contains major and industrial collaborative research funding, for details). research groups focused on human to a value in excess of £38 million. Fees & costs cancer biology, cell and tissue injury, Contact Up to £8,000 per annum (scholarship immunobiology and neuropathological Pauline McDonald holders exempt). disorders. T: +44 (0)131 332 2471 Contact The Human Cancer Biology group, based in E: [email protected] As for Integrative Physiology the Sir Alastair Currie Cancer Research UK Neuroscience Laboratories in the Molecular Medicine Centre, Orthopaedic and is studying the molecular genetics of cancer, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/200 with particular reference to the role of genes Trauma Medicine in carcinogenesis and tumour regression that MSc by Research Clinical www.ed.ac.uk/pg/218 may influence the process of apoptosis. Neurosciences (1 yr FT) MSc by Research Neuroscience MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) There is a major interest in human colorectal Research (2 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) cancer, Wilms tumour, and the generation PhD Neuroscience (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) of models of disease susceptibility by gene targeting. The Cell and Tissue Injury Group Research group/centre/institute Research profile and the Immunobiology Group are parts The Division of Neuroscience has several There is a comprehensive research of the interdepartmental MRC Centre for interdisciplinary research groups studying programme suitable for PhDs and MScs Inflammation Research. the degeneration and repair of neurons covering a diverse range of musculoskeletal and the mechanisms that underlie human disorders. There are ongoing projects in the The Cell and Tissue Injury Group study neurological diseases. following areas: the pathogenesis of several major human diseases in which the reactions to cell injury Research profile • musculoskeletal tissue engineering, stem are significant, notably liver injury disease, The Centre for Neuroregeneration (CNR) cells and regenerative medicine osteoarthritis, interstitial lung disease and conducts research at the cellular and • orthopaedic engineering and modelling fibrotic disease of the liver. molecular levels. There is active collaboration of the musculoskeletal system with clinical neuroscientists as well as • osteoporosis and fracture repair The Immunobiology Group studies the role computational neuroscientists working in • clinical outcome studies. of developmental genes in immune responses Neuroinformatics. The Edinburgh Contact in the context of chronic lung inflammation. neuroscience community maintains the Professor H Simpson The Neuropathological Disorders Group is highest standards of research training and T: +44 (0)131 242 6464 studying the chronic infective dementias a long tradition of research publication in E: [email protected] (AIDS and Creutzfeld-Jakob Disease) for international journals. A more detailed which it provides a national brain bank synopsis of the Centre’s research interests resource, other neurone generative diseases, may be found at www.cnr.ed.ac.uk. and the reaction of the brain to acute Training & support and chronic injury. Students are assigned to the relevant Training & support research group. Each student’s progress is Students will also be trained in a range of monitored by a thesis committee convened transferable skills such as report writing, from members within these groups. Students project planning and presentation of results, participate in a weekly graduate seminar delivered through the University’s transferable programme, presenting their analysis of original skills programme. research papers assigned by an expert member of the Edinburgh neuroscience community. All students are encouraged to present their PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 162

162

Facilities Training & support Facilities There are excellent facilities for molecular and The DPM offers leading-edge, multidisciplinary The Division of Psychiatry is situated in cell biology, immunology, image analysis and PhD training and research in the application the Royal Edinburgh Hospital, Morningside, cell culture. Within Edinburgh, there are strong of postgenomic technologies and analytical Edinburgh. links with clinical colleagues and scientists methodologies for the study of disease The hospital covers many psychiatric in other Schools of the University, MRC Units, pathways and processes. The DPM has specialities including general adult psychiatry, and the Centre for Genome Research. regular seminar speakers and hosts an forensic psychiatry, child and adolescent annual international conference on pathway Total annual research income is in excess of psychiatry, old age psychiatry, addiction medicine. Students attend DPM seminars £2.4m. The large diagnostic histopathology services and others. and the generic skills training programme. service that the Division undertakes makes Students are invited to the annual DPM The Division includes in its staff many honorary it a favourable environment in which to scientific workshop held at the University’s members throughout Lothian, and has links combine fundamental cell biological and Firbush Centre in rural Scotland. to other centres both within Scotland applied clinical studies of human disease. and internationally. Facilities Contact The DPM fosters an integrative and Contact Postgraduate Office multidisciplinary approach to disease pathway As for Pathology T: +44 (0)131 242 6460 analysis. Students have access to state-of-the- E: [email protected] art facilities for high throughput genomic and Public Health Sciences proteomic studies and biochip applications, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/219 Pathway Medicine including dedicated laboratories for the study MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/399 of virus host interactions. The Division also MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) houses leading bioinformatics and IT MPhil (2 yrs FT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) infrastructure and expertise for the integrative MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) analysis and modelling of high throughput Research group/centre/institute PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) genomic and proteomic data. Complementing The postgraduate taught MSc and PhD Research profile this, the DPM is also leading the development programmes offered by Public Health The central goal of the Division of Pathway of computational approaches for the construction Sciences are integrated alongside the Medicine (DPM) is to integrate post-genomic and modelling of disease pathways. research activities of the Centre for science with medicine in order to provide a Population Health Sciences (CPHS). Contact better understanding of disease processes. Dr Douglas Roy Research profile This will provide the basis for the development T: +44 (0)131 242 6279 A principal aim is to foster interdisciplinary of new medical innovations for the diagnosis E: [email protected] research involving quantitative and qualitative and treatment of human diseases. To do approaches via effective collaboration with this the DPM promotes multidisciplinary biomedical scientists, epidemiologists, social interactions between science and medicine. Psychiatry scientists and clinical researchers throughout The DPM has two main research themes: www.ed.ac.uk/pg/507 the University and beyond.

• Pathway biology of infection & immunity: PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Training & support This involves the study of host-pathogen Research profile Postgraduate students will have agreed a set interaction in immune cells and the Possibilities are available for studying of taught courses with their supervisors at modelling of molecular pathways that schizophrenia, affective disorders, autism the beginning of the period of study. These control immune cell function in health and related disorders, as well as unexplained should include generic research skills training and disease. Techniques and approaches medical symptoms. and project-specific courses. Students are also utilised in this theme are also being applied expected to attend a majority of CPHS and Training & support to the study of other disease processes. section seminars. • Biochip medicine in systemic response Clinical case demonstrations and specialist to disease: This programme involves lectures and seminars on psychiatric and Facilities The CPHS brings together researchers active in the development of advanced biochip related issues are available within the Division population health science research, including techniques and platforms for translating of Psychiatry. Students will also be trained public health and primary care. Within the genomic and pathway research into in a range of transferable skills such as report School the Community Health Sciences, clinical healthcare. This is a highly writing, project planning and presentation academic staff play a large role in research disciplinary approach involving the of results delivered through the University’s project supervision. There are also links with integration of biological and physical transferable skills programme. the Institute of Genes and Molecular Medicine sciences with medicine, engineering and the Queen’s Medical Research Institute. and computational science. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 163

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 163 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Fees & costs Reproductive & Contact £1000 research costs. Dr C Harlow Developmental Science T: +44 (0)131 242 6613 Funding E: [email protected] We are able to offer studentships on a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/221 Home/EU basis from a variety of research PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) councils annually, such as the MRC and the Respiratory Medicine Research areas Research group/centre/institute ESRC. The College of Medicine and Veterinary www.ed.ac.uk/pg/223 The Centre for Reproductive Biology Medicine also offers a studentship during each incorporates obstetrics & gynaecology, MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) academic year. A number of our students are clinical biochemistry and the MRC Human MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) funded through governmental studentships. Reproductive Sciences Unit. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) For overseas students, the ORS funding Research profile Research profile is applicable for topping up fees on some The Centre is recognised internationally The major areas of research interest are: studentships. Those with secured funding as a centre of excellence in research and or who are self funded are also welcome to • cellular and molecular mechanisms of teaching in reproductive biology and medicine. submit an application and research proposal. the resolution and persistence of lung It is housed in the purpose-built Queen’s inflammation and scarring Contact Medical Research Institute along with Centres • mechanisms of acute lung injury in the Maggie Luttrell for Cardiovascular Research and Inflammation adult respiratory distress syndrome T: +44 (0)131 650 3227 Research, at the Little France campus • gene therapeutic approaches to the E: [email protected] (see Campus maps, page 218 for details). augmentation of genes that protect The research interests of the Centre are against tissue injury in lung inflammation Rehabilitation Studies wide-ranging and diverse, covering the • biology of small-cell lung cancer www.ed.ac.uk/pg/220 development of novel methods of • the effects of cigarette smoke, ozone contraception (including male methods), and other pollutants on the lung MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) the role of inflammation in a range of • sleep apnoea MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) reproductive processes, regulation of the • applied lung physiology. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) ovary in health and disease, the effects of The unit also offers a number of research Research profile environmental factors on development of opportunities in areas of clinical interest, Rehabilitation Studies has considerable the male reproductive tract, clock genes for example asthma, chronic bronchitis, research expertise in measuring outcomes in in reproduction, cervical ripening and the emphysema and cystic fibrosis. the context of disabling disease and has major regulation of labour, and cell signalling. interests in cardiac, locomotor and Contact Training & support neurological disorders and their rehabilitation. Gillian MacLeod PhD students will undertake intensive A driving assessment facility and a national T: +44 (0)131 242 9172 laboratory-based research projects that head injury rehabilitation centre are E: [email protected] utilise up-to-date molecular and cellular incorporated within the clinical services. biological techniques. In addition, there Contact are weekly research seminars, journal clubs Brian Pentland and research clinics, and students are T: +44 (0)131 537 9077 expected to complete appropriate E: [email protected] transferable skills modules.

Facilities The Centre has well equipped, high-quality research laboratories, excellent imaging and histological facilities and an onsite biological research facility.

Fees & costs A minimum of £2,000 per annum is charged to all PhD students. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 164

164

Surgery Veterinary Medicine Training & support Students are assigned a principal and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/224 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/484 assistant supervisor and progress is monitored MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) annually by a PhD committee (which includes MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) an independent external assessor and chair). PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) A postgraduate liaison officer from the School will provide additional support. Students are Research profile Research group/centre/institute expected to attend a number of generic The Department of Surgery is headed by Royal (Dick) School of Veterinary Studies, training courses offered by the University Professor O James Garden and has a national The Roslin Institute and the Centre for and to participate in regular seminars and and international profile in surgical research. Infectious Diseases. laboratory progress meetings. Postgraduate training is offered at PhD Research profile and MSc by Research level. Strong research Contact Research programmes focus on the health and themes include liver injury and regeneration, Postgraduate Secretary welfare of animals, epidemiology of infectious innate immunity (Professor Wigmore), the role T: +44 (0)131 650 6287 disease, applications of basic animal sciences of the macrophage in chronic kidney-graft E: [email protected] in human and veterinary medicine, the rejection (Miss Marson), foetal liver stem-cell livestock industry and food security. research (Professor Ross), cancer inflammation (Professor Fearon), medical imaging using Research areas include: microbubbles, modification of stress response • infection and immunity – Research on pathways and aspects of clinical research in infectious diseases of animals focused on hepatobiliary surgery (Professor Garden understanding host-pathogen interactions and Mr Parks) and transplantation. The to allow development of improved disease Department of Surgery actively collaborates control methods with individuals across the University of • genetics of animal diseases – the study “I am thoroughly enjoying Edinburgh, nationally and internationally. of animal genetics to understand the studying the online MSc Training & support genetic basis of susceptibility and Equine Science and the fact resistance to disease Facilities for generic and specific research that it can be carried alongside • oncology – comparative and translational training are provided through the University my career means that it really research training programmes and centres. oncology, studying cancer biomarkers, therapeutic targets and the role of stem is enhancing my knowledge Facilities cells in cancer while working in the equine The research activities of the Department • stem cells – research on the biology industry. Distance learning are divided principally between the Centre of animal stem cells and their use for also means that it fits into for Inflammation Research based in The Queen’s disease therapy the everyday schedule around Medical Research building and the Chancellor’s • neurodegenerative disease – the biology Building, both at the Little France campus of neurodegenerative diseases focusing work, socialising and, most (see Campus maps, page 218 for details). particularly on the transmissible spongiform importantly, the horse!” Contact encephalopathies Kate Mee Lorna Marson • animal welfare – objective understanding MSc Equine Science T: +44 (0)131 242 3615 of how to improve the quality of (online distance learning) E: [email protected] animals’ lives • animal developmental biology - the study of cell and tissue growth and differentiation from the early embryo through adulthood • food safety - Improving food safety by understanding interactions between disease-causing organisms and animals. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 165

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 165 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine Research areas PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 166

166

Edinburgh Dental Institute Masters programmes

DENTAL PRIMARY CARE ORAL SURGERY • insertion of osseointegrated dental implants including bone augmentation and soft tissue management www.ed.ac.uk/pg/226 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/441 appropriate pain and anxiety control MSc Dental (3 yrs PT) MClinDent (2 yrs FT) • including the administration of standard Contact Contact conscious sedation techniques Jackie McGurk As for Dental Primary Care • management of adults and children as T: +44 (0)131 536 4970 Fees & costs in-patients, including the medically at E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ risk patient Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees • management of dento-alveolar trauma www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Deposit: £1,000 and familiarity with the management student-funding/tuition-fees and treatment of fractures of the jaws Programme details and facial skeleton Programme details This course is designed for graduates in dental • management of oro-facial pain including This degree programme is designed to suit surgery who wish to extend their knowledge temporomandibular joint disorders the busy dentist who is unable to attend on and clinical practice in oral surgery. • clinical diagnosis of oral cancer and a full-time basis. The course has a modular The programme will provide concise theoretical potentially malignant diseases, structure allowing practitioners to dictate and practical understanding of oral surgery familiarity with their management the pace of their own study. and its relation to other dental specialities. and appropriate referral Teaching methods • the diagnosis of dentofacial deformity The course has been designed to provide Students are required to complete three and familiarity with its management an understanding of applied clinical sciences, modules, one of which is compulsory, to be and treatment alongside current concept in oral surgery, with eligible for the Certificate in Dental Primary • diagnosis of oral mucosal diseases practical experience in dentoalveolar surgery. Care. Each module consists of 30 hours and familiarity with their management attendance for taught elements and project Academic skills in clinical research and clinical and appropriate referral presentations. This includes lectures, seminars audit will also be taught. • control of cross-infection • medico-legal aspects of oral surgery. and practical exercises. Students are also The syllabus for this programme has been expected to contribute 170 hours of designed to include components of the core Teaching methods independent study and submit a written competencies of oral surgery training based This involves a structured introductory project or essay for each module. on the General Dental Council and Royal programme of lectures, seminars and The teaching days provide the theoretical core, College of Surgeons of England guidelines: rehearsal of procedures in the clinical skills laboratory, designed to familiarise students and the opportunity to learn new skills or revise extraction of teeth & retained • with the basis and approach to later parts existing ones within the environment of our roots/pathology of the course. clinical-skills laboratory. • management of associated complications These practical aspects are further developed including oro-antral fistula In addition, students undertake an integrated through the completion of coursework, part • management of odontogenic and all programme of theoretical, clinical and of which will involve the care of patients within other oral infections laboratory teaching. The scientific basis for your home clinical setting. The coursework will • management of impacted teeth; the planning and delivery of oral surgery is allow additional teaching and assist in your • management of complications examined and a supervised piece of research ongoing development. • peri-radicular surgery work undertaken. • dentoalveolar surgery in relation to Skills & learning outcomes Graduates’ general performance will be assessed: orthodontic treatment The overall aim of the programme is to enhance at monthly progress meetings • intraoral and labial biopsy techniques • participants’ knowledge and clinical skills in the by mock practical, written and oral • treatment of intra-oral benign and cystic • broad area of primary dental care. The current examinations lesions of hard and soft tissues programme has an emphasis on operative in a logbook of clinical work which is • management of benign salivary gland • dentistry, occlusion and fixed prosthodontics. presented at regular intervals throughout disease by intra-oral techniques and the programme. familiarity with the diagnosis and treatment of other salivary gland diseases PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 167

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 167 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine

Assessment will be through: ORTHODONTICS of the dentition dnug Dental Institute Edinburgh • written examinations (multiple choice • formulate a treatment plan and predict questions, essays and multiple short its course www.ed.ac.uk/pg/227 answer papers) • evaluate the need for orthodontic treatment MClinDent (2 yrs FT, 3 yrs PT) • case presentations • carry out treatment using fixed, • oral examination Contact functional and removable appliances. As for Dental Primary Care • completion of an assessed research project. You will gain an understanding of the Students will be assessed throughout Fees & costs multidisciplinary approach to treatment of their course in clinical, academic and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ adults, orthognathic, surgical cases and cleft- practical aspects to ensure these skills are student-funding/tuition-fees palate patients, and the psychological aspects progressing satisfactorily. Deposit: £1,000 relevant to treatment, while developing a scientific attitude and enquiring mind. Skills & learning outcomes Programme details This will encompass the scientific basis of the This degree is approved as part of the Along with training in scientific methodology, clinical speciality as well as the principles of training programme in orthodontics by you will carry out research activity. oral diseases and patient management: the Specialist Advisory Committee in Orthodontics for those in possession PAEDIATRIC • anatomy, physiology, development and of a training number, awarded by the DENTISTRY pathology of the teeth and supporting Postgraduate Dental Dean for Scotland. tissues, the jaws and orofacial tissues www.ed.ac.uk/pg/228 • applied surgical anatomy of perioral This programme aims to equip the student MClinDent (2 yrs FT, 3 yrs PT) structures with understanding, technical and diagnostic Contact the cranial nerves – a correlation between skills in the discipline of orthodontics. It • As for Dental Primary Care anatomy and clinical examination provides knowledge and understanding of • anatomy and physiology of the thorax and both theoretical and practical aspects of Fees & costs abdomen relevant to patient assessment orthodontics and is suitable for those seeking www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • bone biology and pathology - application specialist training in orthodontics. student-funding/tuition-fees to implants, grafting procedures It is a full-time course with a large clinical Deposit: £1,000 • applied pathology of oral mucosal lesions, component, allowing you to undertake a Programme details odontogenic tumours, cysts of the jaws degree in orthodontics, working in a clinical This degree is approved as part of the and related soft tissue lesions setting, while enhancing your technique in training programme in paediatric dentistry • oral premalignancy and malignancy research areas. by the Specialist Advisory Committee in • oral microbial disease Teaching methods Paediatric Dentistry for those in possession • properties and applications of relevant The degree course begins with an introductory of a training number awarded by the biomaterials period of core topics. Following this is an Postgraduate Dental Dean for Scotland. • anaesthesia, analgesia and sedation introductory period in the laboratory to This programme is designed to provide • management of medical emergencies familiarise students with the facilities and the education, clinical training and research and the unconscious patient basics of wire-bending skills, appliance design experience in the discipline of paediatric • pharmacology of the main agents and appliance construction and mechanics. dentistry. encountered in the practice of dentoalveolar surgery, including drugs This is followed by five structured terms of The syllabus includes the following topics: being taken by patients and those theoretical seminars and tutorials. Diagnostic • behavioural science and behaviour which may be prescribed in the practice tests are carried out on a regular basis. Clinical management including local anaesthesia, of oral surgery care of patients is established early within the sedation and general anaesthesia • the principles and pitfalls of antibiotic therapy. first term. There are written examinations at • pathogenesis, epidemiology and the end of each term. prevention of oro-dental diseases Students will develop a good understanding restorative treatment of dental caries of oral surgery and be expected to maintain Skills & learning outcomes • and pulpal therapy an accurate log book, detailing all clinical Students will learn to: • developmental disorders of the teeth, experience gained. • diagnose anomalies of the dentition mouth and jaws • detect deviations of the development PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 168

168

Research areas

• advanced restorative dentistry for children PROSTHODONTICS Dentistry and young adults diagnosis, management and treatment www.ed.ac.uk/pg/211 • www.ed.ac.uk/pg/229 for children and young adults MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) MClinDent (2 yrs FT, 3 yrs PT) • comprehensive diagnosis and treatment PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) planning Contact Research group/centre/institute • management of medically, physically and As for Dental Primary Care The Postgraduate Dental Institute is part of educationally comprised patients, including Fees & costs the College of Medicine & Veterinary Medicine. manifestations of systemic disorders www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Research profile • principles and practice of dento-alveolar student-funding/tuition-fees There are opportunities for both full-time and surgery for children and adolescents Deposit: £1,000 part-time research. In addition to our formal • audit, research and introduction research degrees, applications are accepted to statistics. Programme details The degree is approved as part of the training for shorter periods where a contribution can Teaching methods programme in prosthodontics by the Specialist be made to one of our research themes, The degree course commences with an Advisory Committee in Restorative Dentistry giving the opportunity for development introductory programme of lectures, seminars for those in possession of a training number of research skills. and rehearsal or procedures in the clinical skills awarded by the Postgraduate Dental Dean Training & support laboratory. This is followed by five structured for Scotland. Our research degrees provide training in terms encompassing the clinical care of patients, The syllabus for the degree course includes: specific research methodologies. Those seminars, journal clubs and trauma discussion registered for formal research degrees also groups. A supervised research dissertation is • prevention of dental disease have the opportunity for formal generic completed during the degree course. There • the anatomy, physiology and pathology training in research skills, provided within are examinations at the end of each term of the masticatory system, dental pulp the College. and regular essay and critical appraisal exercises. and periodontium • diagnosis and treatment planning Contact Skills & learning outcomes • an appreciation of maxillo-facial As for Dental Primary Care Students will develop their knowledge prosthodontics and skills in all aspects of paediatric dentisty, • communication and interpersonal skills including diagnosis, treatment planning, • radiology clinical skills and all aspects of patient • pharmacology. management. Participants will be able to complete a supervised piece of research Teaching methods and will show an understanding of research The course is an integrated series of lectures, seminars, tutorials and taught clinical sessions, methodology and data analysis with the “Attending the MClinDent ability to reflect on the outcome and report which are designed to provide an in-depth programme has been a life- results appropriately. analysis of the subject. Participants will also receive instruction in the associated laboratory changing experience for me. procedures to enable them to undertake My teachers offered all the means aspects of technical work that support patient to further my knowledge and care. Candidates will, in addition to the formal develop my career in this field of teaching programme, be required to complete dentistry. Social life in Edinburgh a supervised research dissertation of 15,000- 20,000 words. is also another benefit of studying here. For me, it’s the perfect Skills & learning outcomes place to combine academic Students will develop an understanding of the discipline of prosthodontics. Both life and pleasure!” the clinical and laboratory aspects will have Konstantinos Sergis been examined and students will understand MClinDent Prosthodontics the outcome of research pertinent to the discipline. PGP (MVM 138-169) 2011 19/7/10 16:38 Page 169

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Medicine & Veterinary Medicine www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet-medicine/postgraduate 169 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine dnug Dental Institute / Research areas Edinburgh PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 170

170

Science & Engineering PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 171

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 171 Science & Engineering

Introducing the College

The College of Science & Engineering is one of the largest and most highly rated science Introduction and engineering institutions in the UK. It comprises seven Schools: Choice • School of Biological Sciences Our degree programmes are designed to be flexible and responsive • School of Chemistry to the needs of students and employers. Most of our programmes • School of Engineering are offered on a part- and full-time basis. There are also opportunities to attend as non-graduating students, undertaking focused study • School of GeoSciences that does not lead to a degree. • School of Informatics • School of Mathematics Funding • School of Physics & Astronomy The College has substantial funding from external and internal sources to support postgraduate research and training. Scholarships and other types of funding are available to our postgraduate students. Academic and research excellence Please contact the relevant School for further information. Contact details are listed in this prospectus. Alternatively visit The College produced 42 per cent of Scotland’s science and the following websites: engineering research rated as world-leading in the 2008 Research • www.scieng.ed.ac.uk Assessment Exercise. Our large and diverse research base provides • www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding outstanding opportunities for students to further their knowledge. We are following an ambitious investment strategy to enhance our Applications facilities. One of the core objectives of the College is to encourage Details on how to apply can be found at www.ed.ac.uk. interdisciplinary research and learning, and we have close relations with research organisations including: Paper application forms should be returned directly to the College • the British Geological Survey office at: • the UK Astronomy Technology Centre College of Science & Engineering • the Roslin Institute The University of Edinburgh • the Moredun Research Institute Weir Building • the Royal Botanic Garden The King’s Buildings • the Scottish Agricultural College. West Mains Road Edinburgh EH9 3JY Schools within the College, as part of a consortium of departments from the universities of Edinburgh and Glasgow, were instrumental For any enquiries regarding the application process please contact in establishing the National e-Science Centre. We also participate our Recruitment & Admissions office at [email protected]. in several initiatives with other universities in the UK (for example all seven Schools are members of strategic research pools with other leading universities in Scotland) and internationally, including Stanford University in the US. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 172

172

Biological Sciences

The School of Biological Sciences leads the Facilities & resources field in fundamental biological research The School of Biological Sciences is based at the King’s Buildings, and innovative, multidisciplinary science. located south of Edinburgh’s city centre. Recent extensive investment in our facilities includes new buildings and technologies focused on interdisciplinary research, providing a research environment that With more than 125 academic staff covering the full range of supports a very wide range of opportunities for our students. biology, from molecular structure to evolutionary and population biology, the School is one of the largest and most comprehensive in the UK (www.biology.ed.ac.uk/research). It comprises six Careers research-focused institutes: Our MSc graduates go on to a variety of careers, depending on their • Institute of Cell Biology field of study. Specific examples include graduates in Biodiversity www.biology.ed.ac.uk/research/institutes/cell & Taxonomy of Plants, whose careers include academic work at • Institute of Evolutionary Biology universities and research institutions, survey work, assessment of www.biology.ed.ac.uk/research/institutes/evolution plant and genetic diversity, management of institutes and curation • Institute of Immunology & Infection Research of collections. Graduates in Quantitative Genetics & Genome Analysis www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/biology/ have gone on to PhD studies, positions in research organisations and immunology-infection geneticist posts in the livestock industry. Drug Discovery graduates • Institute of Molecular Plant Science will be equipped for careers in the pharmaceutical industry as well www.biology.ed.ac.uk/research/institutes/plant as for PhD studies. Bioinformatics graduates find jobs in the IT and medical support sectors. Many go on to PhD studies. • Institute of Stem Cell Research www.crm.ed.ac.uk/about/institute-stem-cell-research Opportunities for PhD graduates include postdoctoral fellowships Institute of Structural & Molecular Biology • at home and abroad, research fellowships, lecturing and working www.biology.ed.ac.uk/research/institutes/structure for major pharmaceutical companies and research centres, such as the MRC and the Wellcome Trust. We are one of the world’s top 40 research universities for biomedical and life sciences. In the most recent UK Research Assessment Exercise, the School was ranked second in the UK for our volume Scholarships & bursaries of 3*, internationally excellent, and 4*, world-leading research. We award funding for approximately 50 masters and PhD studentships The School’s research income is in excess of £30 million. This makes per year, to applicants from the UK and other EU countries, with us a first-class destination for postgraduate study, with a community support from organisations including BBSRC, CRUK, EPSRC, MRC, of about 200 PhD students and 40 masters students. NERC, the ELL and the Wellcome Trust. For non-EU applicants a limited number of partly or fully funded scholarships may be available About a third of our 125 academic staff are research fellows through the School. Please contact us for information on these and independently funded by bodies such as Biotechnology & Biological other scholarships that may be available. You can also find more Science Research Council (BBSRC), Medical Research Council (MRC), information at: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ National Environment Research Council NERC), the Royal Society, student-funding. the Wellcome Trust and other charities. Contact School of Biological Sciences The King’s Buildings Mayfield Road Edinburgh EH9 3JR T: +44 (0)131 650 5327 F: +44 (0)131 650 6783 E: [email protected] W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/biology/postgraduate PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 173

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 173 Science & Engineering

Masters programmes

BIODIVERSITY & Skills & learning outcomes The programme is constructed around a set of Biological Sciences TAXONOMY OF PLANTS The programme is designed to provide compulsory courses focused on programming students with the following skills: skills, statistical analysis and database science www.ed.ac.uk/pg/1 as well as bioinformatics. Additional optional MSc (1 yr FT) • practical knowledge of the principles and techniques of modern plant taxonomy courses allow students to specialise in several Contact • in-depth understanding of plant groups aspects of bioinformatics, from programme T: +44 (0)131 650 7366 and phylogeny design and implementation to structural E: [email protected] • experience in methods of investigation biology, systems biology and genomics. Fees & costs of plant diversity and its evolution Teaching methods www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • techniques for the management and The taught portion of the course takes place student-funding/tuition-fees use of taxonomic collections in the first two semesters (September to April) Additional costs: £900, plus compulsory study • understanding of the challenges facing and includes e-learning and face-to-face tour costs of £900. botanic gardens in plant conservation lectures, seminars, tutorials and practicals. An and sustainable plant use array of optional courses offers the opportunity Entry requirements • training in independent research to specialise in several areas, with an emphasis Applicants should have a UK university degree, methods through the research project on essential technologies and approaches in or its international equivalent, in a biological and dissertation. biological data analysis. or environmental science. Relevant work experience is desirable. BIOINFORMATICS A major part of the MSc programme is a full-time independent research project (in Programme details the second half of the year), based in active The programme was set up in response to www.ed.ac.uk/pg/2 research laboratories. growing demand worldwide for trained plant MSc (1 yr FT) taxonomists and is run in partnership with the Skills & learning outcomes Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (RBGE). It aims Contact The programme allows students to specialise to bridge traditional and modern approaches Vicky Mactaggart in particular aspects of bioinformatics and and equip biologists, conservationists and T: +44 (0)131 651 7052 equips them with key core skills, including: E: [email protected] ecologists with a high level of skill in pure and • a working knowledge of a programming applied plant taxonomy and a wide knowledge Fees & costs language of plant biodiversity and its investigation. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • a theoretical and practical grounding in Teaching methods student-funding/tuition-fees the science of databasing Most lectures and practicals take place at Additional costs: £1,000 • familiarity with the major tools and algorithms of bioinformatics the RBGE. The landscaped gardens, botanical Entry requirements independent research skills, and collections and expertise of RBGE staff offer Students should have at least a UK 2:1 • transferable skills. a unique learning resource, unparalleled in honours degree, or its international equivalent, Scotland. Some teaching also takes place at in the biological sciences. Students are On graduation from the programme we the King’s Buildings campus. required to have a good background in expect that students will be able to: The programme involves two semesters of molecular biology, biochemistry or related • compete successfully for the best PhD compulsory courses consisting of lectures, sciences. Students with degrees in informatics, positions and progress immediately practicals, workshops and investigations, computing, chemistry, physics or engineering to mature PhD research ending with examinations at the end of both will also be considered on a case-by-case basis. • progress to a research assistantship semesters. If qualified, on the basis of these Programme details or other post in an academic biological exams and coursework, students then embark Teaching staff are drawn from the School of sciences laboratory, and set up and on a four-month research project to qualify Biological Sciences Institutes as well as from perform advanced bioinformatics for the MSc. the School of Informatics. This combination services and research of leading-edge informatics and biological • maintain their working knowledge research teams creates a productive interface, of advanced bioinformatics and apply providing advanced training in the informatic, their skills in either academic or bioinformatic and statistical skills that are industrial settings. increasingly required by industry and research. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 174

174

DRUG DISCOVERY & QUANTITATIVE GENETICS Skills & learning outcomes TRANSLATIONAL BIOLOGY & GENOME ANALYSIS The programme provides research training for students by emphasising: www.ed.ac.uk/pg/3 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/6 MSc (1 yr FT) MSc (1 yr FT) • scientific knowledge in quantitative genetics and genome analysis Contact Contact • application of theory through computer- As for Bioinformatics Natalie Kerracher based practicals and tutorials E: [email protected] T: +44 (0)131 650 5513 • development of independent research E: [email protected] Fees & costs skills through individual mini- and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs maxi-research projects student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • development of generic skills and Additional costs: £1,000 student-funding/tuition-fees presentaton skills. Additional costs: £1,000 Entry requirements The majority of our graduates proceed to As for Bioinformatics Entry requirements PhD studies; others to positions in research Applicants should have a minimum UK 2:2 organisations or commercial companies. Programme details honours degree, or its international equivalent, The programme will explore 21st-century in biological sciences, mathematics, statistics SYSTEMS methods of developing therapeutic compounds or physcial sciences, with an interest in & SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY for human and animal health as well as agents quantitative biology. for disease control in plants. Students will www.ed.ac.uk/pg/649 develop an understanding of the basic Programme details MSc (1 yr FT) requirements of a good drug, how a suitable This programme is based in the internationally Contact target is selected, the techniques available for renowned Institute of Evolutionary Biology. As for Bioinformatics discovering new lead compounds and how It provides training in genetics and quantitative E: [email protected] these are developed into a marketable product. skills. Students gain the knowledge and skills Fees & costs required to apply quantitative genetics theory Teaching methods www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ to practical problems in both the biomedical Lectures, seminars and group discussions, student-funding/tuition-fees and animal-science industries, and to undertake supplemented by practical exercises, will use Additional costs: £1,000. research in evolutionary genetics, population examples of relevance to participants from all genetics and genome analysis. The syllabus, Entry requirements countries, dealing both with the fundamental with its range of core and optional courses, At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its scientific problems and techniques of drug is directly relevant to current issues in international equivalent. Candidates are expected discovery and design with the intention to evolutionary, population, plant, human to possess a strong background in one or more develop principles for new therapeutic strategies and animal genetics. of the following areas: bioinformatics, computer (translational biology), as well as the social sciences and modelling, molecular biology and implications that arise. The programme will Teaching methods related sciences, engineering, or biotechnology. consider the moral and ethical aspects of the The programme consists of lectures, tutorials, Students with a background in physics, agrochemical and pharmaceutical industries seminars and computer practicals. Students mathematics or other areas will also be through case studies, seminars and discussions. have access to a range of generic-skills considered on a case-by-case basis. courses. Assessment for the diploma is by Skills & learning outcomes written examinations, in-course assignments Programme details Students who follow this programme will: and project work. In May students proceed This programme will provide the opportunity design, carry out and report on • to a full-time research project with submission to gain experience in one of the newest experimental investigations of a dissertation for the MSc degree. leading-edge areas in biology, that of the gain experience with state-of-the-art • systematic and rationale application of preparative and analytical methods engineering principles to the understanding • gain experience with structural and design of biological networks. biology/bioinformatics computing • collect, record and analyse data Models that will be considered include unicellular • review existing knowledge based on models such as baker’s yeast and bacteria, to published reports of previous studies multicellular systems, including mammals. • produce scientific reports including appropriate referencing. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 175

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 175 Science & Engineering

Research areas

Students will gain exposure to fundamental • an understanding of modelling, Cell Biology Biological Sciences design principles and biotechnology tools engineering and design principles being developed, such as genome-wide, applied to real-world biological problems www.ed.ac.uk/pg/7 high-throughput genetic or cell-based screens, • the ability to conduct experiments and PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) DNA synthesis and the use of ’bio-bricks’ contribute to development of tools used Research group/centre/institute to create novel biological outputs (eg as in systems and synthetic biology The Institute of Cell Biology is a world- pioneered by the MIT iGEM competitions, in • a practical appreciation for the engineering leading research centre for cell and which the University participates annually). applications that will underpin the future molecular biology with a combined grant Students will learn quantitative methods of biology. income of more than £30 million. It of modelling and data analysis to inform and comprises 30 research groups, including design new hypotheses based on experimental the Wellcome Trust Centre for Cell Biology. data. In addition, there will be collaboration Research profile between instructors and tutorials with the Research focuses on the molecular Build-a-Genome Project at Johns Hopkins School mechanisms that underpin genomic and of Medicine. Full details of this programme cellular structure, function, stability and exchange are currently in development. development. We offer a wide scope of Teaching methods projects using model organisms such as Lectures and tutorials, involving active E coli, S cerevisiae, S pombe, Neurospora, participation of faculty from several of Drosophila, Xenopus and Mouse. the University’s schools and colleges, will Training & support provide an introduction to methodologies Generic training is facilitated through a and latest advances from diverse disciplines. lively programme of transferable skills courses. This will involve: Students are assigned a supervisor and a • Informatics thesis committee but are encouraged to • Bioinformatics develop independent lines of enquiry. • Chemistry The learning process is through a hands-on, • Medicine laboratory-based project, carried out • The Institute of Cell Biology alongside others engaged in similar activities. The Wellcome Trust Centre for Cell Biology • Facilities The Institute for Stem Cell Research • The Institute is based in the Swann- The Centre for Systems Biology Edinburgh • Darwin-Rutherford complex with modern Discussion groups and practical problems, laboratories and state-of-the-art facilities including breakout think tanks, will encourage for cell and molecular biology, including students to develop principles of experimental seminar rooms, a recently refurbished library design, critical thinking and problem solving. and comprehensive computer facilities.

Practical laboratory experience, through Fees & costs access to laboratories and the Synthesis Most laboratories require a bench fee of Laboratory, will provide a unique opportunity up to £2,000 per year. This cost can be to apply these principles to real-world covered in Research Council studentships. biological problems. Funding Skills & learning outcomes Each institute receives a number of PhD Students graduating from this programme studentships from the UK research councils will possess: to support postgraduate study. In addition, • a strong background in emerging fields there may be funding for specific projects, in systems and synthetic biology details of which can be found on the • the ability to design, interpret and School’s website. critique experimental approaches Contact As for Biodiversity & Taxonomy of Plants PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 176

176

Evolutionary Biology Immunology Funding Funded studentships are available on a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/8 & Infection Research competitive basis. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/488 Contact Research group/centre/institute PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) As for Evolutionary Biology The Institute of Evolutionary Biology (IEB) is PhD Royal (Dick) School of Veterinary one of the largest groupings of evolutionary Studies (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Molecular Plant Sciences biologists in the world and comprises nearly Research group/centre/institute 30 research groups. The Institute of Immunology & Infection www.ed.ac.uk/pg/10 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research profile Research comprises more than 20 independent The Institute’s research areas include principal investigators, including nine professors Research group/centre/institute evolutionary ecology, animal behaviour affiliated with the School of Biological The Institute of Molecular Plant Sciences and social evolution; evolution of disease; Sciences and/or the College of Medicine consists of 14 research groups. quantitative genetics; evolutionary genetics; & Veterinary Medicine. Research profile and evolution of viruses. Research profile The Institute of Molecular Plant Sciences Training & support The research encompasses a number of (IMPS) is the most active university department Generic training is facilitated through overlapping themes: fundamental immunology; for plant science in the UK. It offers the transferable skills courses. PhD students may immune regulation of disease; molecular biology opportunity to apply multidisciplinary also attend taught components of the MSc and genetics of parasites; molecular microbiology; approaches “from computational biology courses in Quantitative Genetics & Genome host-pathogen population biology. to molecular genetics and cell biology” Analysis and the Evolution of Language & Training & support to subjects ranging from plant growth, Cognition. In addition, there are several active Generic training is offered through transferable development and evolution to plant- seminar series and journal clubs both within skills courses, and specific in-house training is pathogen interactions. the Institute and elsewhere in the University. available for specialised facilities such as flow Training & support Facilities cytometry and confocal microscopy. Postgraduate students in the IMPS gain The Institute of Evolutionary Biology is The University runs regular courses for experience in research techniques, oral based in the Ashworth Laboratories, those required to work with animals, and presentations, writing of scientific papers with excellent support for laboratory has a comprehensive training schedule for and computing. and field-based research. those intending to work with pathogens, Facilities Fees & costs genetically manipulated organisms, and The IMPS occupies purpose-built laboratories Most laboratories require a bench fee of radioactive substances. and specialist facilities for plant growth, imaging up to £2,000 per year. This cost can be Within the Institute students attend the weekly and biochemical analysis. covered in Research Council studentships. Immunology Journal Club and, in alternate It has strong links with other biologists within Funding weeks, Institute seminars or meetings of the the University and plant scientists at the Royal Each institute receives a number of PhD city-wide Edinburgh Immunology Group. Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. studentships from the UK research councils Facilities Fees & costs to support postgraduate study. In addition, The Institute offers a comprehensive set of Most laboratories require a bench fee of up there may be funding for specific projects, research facilities, including tissue-culture to £2,000 per year. This cost can be covered details of which can be found on the facilities, state-of-the-art 17-colour flow in Research Council studentships. School’s website. cytometry and five-dimensional confocal Funding Contact microscopy, as well as equipment such as Each institute receives a number of PhD Carole Ferrier FPLC, phosphorimaging and real-time PCR. studentships from the UK research councils T: +44 (0)131 650 5455 There is also ready access to automated DNA to support postgraduate study. In addition, E: [email protected] sequencing within the Ashworth Laboratories there may be funding for specific projects, while other molecular technologies (for details of which can be found on the example DNA arrays, mass spectrometry) School’s website. are available in neighbouring buildings. Contact Fees & costs As for Biodiversity & Taxonomy of Plants Research costs may be charged in addition to fees. These can be covered by Research Council studentships. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 177

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 177 Science & Engineering

Stem Cell Research of our Centre of Excellence award. See Funding www.crm.ed.ac.uk/studentships Each institute receives a number of PhD

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/11 for further details. studentships from the UK research councils Biological Sciences PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) to support postgraduate study. In addition, Contact there may be funding for specific projects, Research group/centre/institute Pat Hope details of which can be found on the The Institute for Stem Cell Research (ISCR) T: +44 (0)131 650 5828 School’s website. is a world-leading centre for multidisciplinary E: [email protected] research in mammalian stem-cell biology. Contact ISCR forms part of the newly constituted Structural As for Biodiversity & Taxonomy of Plants MRC Centre for Regenerative Medicine & Molecular Biology (CRM), a major initiative at the University of Edinburgh that brings internationally leading www.ed.ac.uk/pg/12 groups in basic and translational stem cell PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) research together to form a single highly Research group/centre/institute interactive unit (www.crm.ed.ac.uk). The Institute of Structural & Molecular Biology The CRM’s mission is to gain fundamental has approximately 13 research groups and understanding of stem cells, to use this strong links with the Centre for Structures knowledge to improve human health, and at Extreme Conditions and the Centre for to provide leadership in training the next Translational & Chemical Biology. generation of basic and clinical scientists in Research profile stem cell biology and regenerative medicine. The Institute of Structural & Molecular Research profile Biology (ISMB) contains groups investigating The ISCR is dedicated to developing an molecular structure using techniques such understanding of the mechanisms underlying as biomolecular nuclear magnetic resonance, self-renewal and differentiation processes in X-ray crystallography and computational embryonic, fetal and adult stem cells. It forms structure prediction, as well as the full part of a new venture, the Scottish Centre for panoply of methods for protein production Regenerative Medicine, which brings together and biological characterisation. It also basic and clinical scientists working on stem houses the Centre for Translational & cells and their application in disease and injury. Chemical Biology.

Training & support A new area of research in the Institute is Students can attend transferable skills courses the development of technologies that and participate in external courses provided combine chemical library generation with by organisations such as the Engineering & proteomics and high-speed scanning/imaging Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC). methods to allow identification of new ligand/protein interactions. Facilities We have excellent resources for stem-cell Training & support culture, experimental embryology (mouse and The learning process is through a hands-on, Xenopus), gene targeting and microinjection, laboratory-based project with guided reading, FACS, imaging and confocal microscopy, one-to-one supervision, group seminars and bioinformatics and microarray facilities. occasional short workshops.

Fees & costs Facilities Most laboratories require a bench fee of up The Institute is based in the Darwin- to £2,000 per year. This cost can be covered Rutherford-Swann complex with modern in Research Council studentships. laboratories and excellent facilities for research in structural molecular biology of Funding microorganisms, plants and mammalian cells. CRM receives studentships from the MRC, BBSRC and other funding bodies. We run Fees & costs both three- and four-year PhD programmes Most laboratories require a bench fee of up including a four-year Prize PhD studentship to £2,000 per year. This cost can be covered programme funded by the MRC as part in Research Council studentships. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 178

178

Chemistry

The two research schools of Chemistry at For NMR in the solution and solid state, we have 10 spectrometers at field strengths from 200-800 MHz; mass spectrometry utilises EI, ESI, the universities of Edinburgh and St Andrews APCI, MALDI and FAB instrumentation, including LC and GC interfaces. are the highest graded in Scotland and have New combinatorial chemistry laboratories, equipped with a modern fermentation unit, are available. We have excellent facilities for the recently merged to form EaStCHEM. The new synthesis and characterisation of bio-molecules, including advanced research school has 80 faculty members, mass spectrometry and NMR stopped-flow spectrometers, EPR, HPLC, more than 250 research (mainly PhD) students FPLC and AA. and more than 350 graduate students and World-class facilities are available for small molecule and macromolecular postdoctoral fellows. It is one of the largest X-ray diffraction, utilising both single crystal and powder methods. Application of diffraction methods at high pressures is a particular and most successfully funded in Europe. strength, and we enjoy strong links to central facilities for neutron, muon and synchrotron science in the UK and further afield. We are Research Assessment Exercise one of the world’s leading centres for gas-phase electron diffraction.

(RAE) rating Instruments for magnetic and electronic characterisation of materials In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, 40 per cent of our (SQUID), electron microscopy (SEM, TEM), force-probe microscopy, research in Chemistry was rated 3*, internationally excellent and high-resolution FT-Raman and FT-IR, XPS and thermal analysis are a further 30 per cent was rated 4*, world-leading. These results available. We have also recently installed a new 1,000-tonne pressure make us the second highest rated school in the UK. chamber, to be used for the synthesis of materials at high pressures and temperatures. Fluorescence spectroscopy and microscopy Our range of degrees instruments are available within the Collaborative Optical Spectroscopy, Micromanipulation & Imaging Centre (COSMIC). Dedicated We offer opportunities for research leading to PhD or MSc by computational infrastructure is available, and we benefit from Research degrees in all areas of chemistry. close links with the Edinburgh Parallel Computing Centre. We also offer taught masters/diploma courses in: • Medicinal & Biological Chemistry Careers • Materials Chemistry Many graduates follow research careers in universities, industry or Training & support research institutes. Opportunities in industry are wide ranging and can include, for example, working in research and development in Students attend regular research talks, visiting speaker symposia, pharmaceutical companies and coatings and chemicals manufacturers. an annual residential meeting in the Scottish Highlands, and lecture A chemistry PhD also forms an excellent background for careers in courses on specialised techniques and safety. Students are encouraged other sectors. to participate in transferable skills and computing courses, public awareness of science activities, undergraduate teaching and to The MSc by Research or a taught masters/diploma award is a valuable represent the School at national and international conferences. extension to an existing BSc (Hons) qualification in chemistry, or related discipline, and can lead to further opportunities in research or improved Students following the taught masters/diploma programmes first employment prospects in the chemicals sector. receive training in a variety of techniques and skills related to chemistry research and attend several advanced lectures courses and research Contact method exercises before going on to carry out extended project School of Chemistry work in their area of specialisation. University of Edinburgh Facilities & resources The King’s Buildings Edinburgh EH9 3JJ Our range of instrumentation is among the best available in the world T: +44 (0)131 650 4724 and offers a unique range of capabilities. Our laboratories have been F: +44 (0)131 650 6453 refurbished recently to meet the highest possible standards. E: [email protected] W: www.chem.ed.ac.uk/postgrad PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 179

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 179 Science & Engineering

Masters programmes

MATERIALS CHEMISTRY MEDICINAL & Chemistry BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/448 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/450 MSc (1 yr FT) MSc (1 yr FT)

Contact Contact Steven Henderson As for Materials Chemistry T: +44 (0)131 650 4811 Fees & costs E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ As for Materials Chemistry student-funding/tuition-fees Entry requirements Additional costs: £1,000 As for Materials Chemistry

Entry requirements Programme details Applicants should have at least a UK 2:1 The degree consists of advanced lecture honours degree, or its international equivalent, courses in Synthetic Organic Chemistry, in chemistry or a closely related discipline. Chemical Biology, Medical Chemistry and Programme details Biophysical Chemistry. These are studied The degree consists of advanced lecture concurrently with a practical course offering courses, such as Properties & Reactions of an introduction to research methods. Matter, Chemistry of Functional Materials, Students proceed to a full-time research Structural Chemistry and Concepts & Methods project leading to the submission of their in Materials Chemistry. These are studied masters dissertation. concurrently with a predominantly practical- Teaching methods based course offering an introduction to As for Materials Chemistry research methods. Students then proceed to a full-time research project work leading Skills & learning outcomes to the submission of a dissertation. As for Materials Chemistry

Teaching methods Lectures are supported by tutorial sessions and assessed by examination in April and May. The Introduction to Research Methods course includes three six-week mini-research projects performed in small teams, together with a literature survey and written report.

Skills & learning outcomes On completion of the course, students should have developed a depth of comprehension and critique in the core elements of their subject area; enhanced their professional/practical skills; and developed their transferable skills. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 180

180

Research areas

Chemistry Materials Chemistry catalysis, heterocyclic chemistry and the development of synthetic methods and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/16 MPhil (2 yrs FT) strategies leading to the synthesis of MSc by Research (1 yr FT) biologically important molecules (including Experimental PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) drug discovery). The development of & Theoretical The EaStCHEM Materials Group is one of the innovative synthetic and characterisation Chemical Physics largest in the UK. Areas of strength include methodologies (particularly in structural the design, synthesis and characterisation chemistry) is a key feature, and emphasis is MPhil (2 yrs FT) of functional materials; strongly correlated placed on structural chemistry at extremely MSc by Research (1 yr FT) electronic materials, battery and fuel high pressures. PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) cell materials and devices, porous solids, This is the fundamental study of molecular fundamental and applied electrochemistry The Chemistry/ properties and processes. Areas of expertise polymer microarray technologies and Biology Interface include probing molecular structure in the technique development for materials MPhil (2 yrs FT) gas phase, clusters and nanoparticles, the and nanomaterials analysis. MSc by Research (1 yr FT) development and application of physicochemical PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) techniques such as mass spectoscropy Molecular Synthetic to molecular systems and the EaStCHEM Chemistry This is a broad area, with particular surface science group, which studies strengths in the areas of protein structure complex molecules on surfaces, probing MPhil (2 yrs FT) and function, mechanistic enzymology, the structure property-relationships employed MSc by Research (1 yr FT) proteomics, peptide and protein synthesis, in heterogeneous catalysis. A major feature PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) protein folding, recombinant and synthetic is In Silico Scotland, a world-class research This research area encompasses the synthesis DNA methodology, biologically targeted computing facility. and characterisation of organic and inorganic synthesis and the application of high-throughput compounds, including those with application and combinatorial approaches. Focus is in homogeneous catalysis, nanotechnology, also placed on biophysical chemistry, the coordination chemistry, ligand design and development and application of physicochemical supramolecular chemistry, asymmetric techniques to biological systems. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 181

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 181 Science & Engineering Chemistry PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 182

182

Engineering

Engineering has a long history at the Scholarships & bursaries University of Edinburgh, since the formation Potential sources of funding include: of the Regius Chair in 1868, and spans more • Association of Commonwealth Universities Awards than 130 years of research and development. • British Council Awards • China Scholarship Many of our staff have international reputations, and we provide an • Industrial funding excellent opportunity to learn from these respected experts. In the • Overseas Government or Home Institution most recent Research Assessment Exercise, of the 87 research • Overseas Research Student Awards staff that submitted, 40 per cent of their research was ranked 3*, • Research Council Doctoral Training internationally excellent, while a further 15 per cent was rated 4*, • Research Council Project Studentships world-leading, placing Edinburgh third in the UK for Engineering. • Research Institute funding from the School • SAAS (UK/EU applicants only) Our range of degrees • School of Engineering International Masters Scholarships Shell Centenary Scholarships The School of Engineering offers a choice of taught MSc programmes • Wolfson Scholarship. that reflect the breadth of our research. The taught MSc degrees • are one-year programmes in advanced skills. We offer these degrees For more information visit: in the following subjects: www.see.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate/studentships/ • Bioelectronics studentopps.html • Electronics: Analogue System Design or • Signal Processing & Communications www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. • Structural & Fire Safety Engineering • Structural Engineering & Mechanics Careers • Sustainable Energy Systems. Our MSc graduates go on to a variety of careers depending on We also offer a choice of postgraduate research degrees: PhD, EngD, their field of study. These include positions in industry and specialist MPhil and MSc by Research. Students undertaking these programmes consultancies both within the UK and around the world. work within our five research institutes: With the breadth of postgraduate courses available, our engineering Digital Communications • graduates enter a wide range of fields including communications, Energy Systems • defence, medical imaging, engineering consultancy, construction, Infrastructure and Environment • renewable energy and the semi-conductor industry. Many go on to Integrated Micro and Nano Systems • further research. • Materials and Processes. A vibrant, inter-disciplinary and transferable skills training programme Opportunities for PhD graduates can include postdoctoral fellowships, is offered to all research students through the Graduate School research contracts in universities, industry or research institutes and of Engineering. lecturing roles. Contact School of Engineering Faraday Building King’s Buildings Mayfield Road Edinburgh EH9 3JL T: +44 (0)131 651 7185 (taught) T: +44 (0)131 651 7213 (research) F: +44 (0)131 650 6554 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] W: www.see.ed.ac.uk PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 183

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 183 Science & Engineering

Masters programmes

BIOELECTRONICS ELECTRONICS: ANALOGUE SIGNAL PROCESSING Engineering SYSTEM DESIGN & COMMUNICATIONS

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/447 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/443 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/20 MSc (1 yr FT) MSc (1 yr FT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Contact Contact Contact As for Bioelectronics MSc Administrator As for Bioelectronics T: +44 (0)131 651 7185 Fees & costs E: [email protected] Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entry requirements Entry requirements student-funding/tuition-fees A UK 1st or 2:1 honours degree, or its A UK 1st or 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, typically in electrical Entry requirements international equivalent, typically in electrical and/or electronic engineering. A UK 1st or 2:1 honours degree, or its engineering with a specialisation in signal international equivalent, in engineering Programme details processing and/or communications. or a physical science. The programme provides graduates with a Applications from related fields such as Programme details broad training in analogue design, particularly computer science, physics or mathematics This programme will provide students using integrated circuits. It involves using will also be considered. High grades are with fundamental knowledge of bioscience an integrated circuit (IC), specially designed expected in mathematics, signals and systems, and biotechnology, and they will gain for teaching purposes, on an advanced probability and statistics and communications advanced training in electronic engineering, mixed-signal PCB. Lab work provides hands-on and signal processing. experience of construction, debug and microfabrication, biomedical image processing Programme details measurement, and it is as close to working and biosensors that can be directed towards The taught material includes theoretical with on-chip components as is possible. molecular, cellular, and whole organism levels. foundations as well as advanced topics at The hardware is then simulated using the Graduates will be prepared to work as engineers the cutting edge of research. The course will Cadence suite of CAD software, the main or scientists solving problems in the biomedical appeal to graduates who wish to pursue a industry standard, and the measured and and biomolecular domains, or to pursue career in a range of industries where signal simulated results are compared. Identifying advanced degrees in engineering, medicine, processing is applied. the reasons for any differences is a key part or the life sciences. of the course. This hands-on approach is Teaching methods Teaching methods unique to this MSc programme. Students As for Bioelectronics Two semesters of taught courses, including also use Cadence to design their own IC Skills & learning outcomes lectures, laboratory demonstrations and right through to tape-out level. Students will be able to identify principles practicals, will be followed by a three-month Teaching methods of signal processing and communications, dissertation (or a research project) leading As for Bioelectronics elaborate these principles in scientific and to a masters thesis. technological terms and be able to consider Skills & learning outcomes current limits to, and future priorities for, Students will be able to carry out basic signal processing and communications. analogue design, both on and off chip. They will gain significant practical experience in the lab, and will be familiar with the latest (Cadence) IC design software. They will have been exposed to the concept of design flow and will be capable of co-operating with others in the fields of IC processing and test. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 184

184

STRUCTURAL & FIRE international equivalent, in civil engineering Entry requirements SAFETY ENGINEERING or a related subject (mechanical engineering, A UK 1st or 2:1 honours degree, or its applied mathematics). Under special circumstances international equivalent, preferably in www.ed.ac.uk/pg/423 other academic qualifications, or professional engineering, or a physical science. Applicants MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) qualifications or experience, may be recognised with backgrounds in other fields may be Contact as equivalent. Each case is examined on its merits. accepted. Each application is considered As for Bioelectronics on its own merits. Visit www.gla.ac.uk/international for Fees & costs further details. Applicants are advised to complete their www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ application by 1 March 2011, due to very Programme details student-funding/tuition-fees high demands for places. This joint MSc programme is run by the Entry requirements universities of Edinburgh and Glasgow. Programme details A UK 1st or 2:1 honours degree, or its Students will be required to travel to Glasgow This internationally renowned degree, international equivalent, in civil engineering or one day a week. Compulsory modules include: based in a world-leading renewable energy a related area such as mechanical engineering Computational Modelling & Approximation; research group, offers a broad and flexible or applied mathematics. Each case is examined Computational Modelling of Nonlinear programme covering the engineering, on its merits. Problems; Structural Concrete; Structural economic, environmental and policy aspects Dynamics & Earthquake Engineering; Thin of energy systems. It is designed to equip Programme details Walled Members and Stability; Plastic Analysis graduates and working professionals with a This programme provides the opportunity of Frames and Slabs; Design of Structures for broad training in, and understanding of, energy to acquire the specialist skills required to Fire Resistance; and Mechanics of Repair & production, delivery, consumption, efficiency, understand the behaviour of structures in Strengthening of Structures. economics, policy and regulation. fire and become proficient in using modern techniques of analysis and design of structures Teaching methods Teaching methods for fire resistance.The focus will be on A two-semester programme of taught material A two-semester programme of taught developing a thorough understanding of the will be followed by a three-month research material will be followed by a three-month behaviour of structures in fire as well as the project leading to a masters thesis. dissertation (or research project) leading principles of fire dynamics and the interactions to a masters thesis. There is no dissertation Skills & learning outcomes between structural elements and fire. project for postgraduate diploma level. Students will develop a deeper understanding Teaching methods of the real (nonlinear) behaviour of structures. About one-third of the taught courses are As for Bioelectronics They will also learn advanced calculation optional modules, taken from other postgraduate methods to enable reliable quantitative degree programmes in the University. Skills & learning outcomes representations of real structure behaviour Students will understand the real Skills & learning outcomes under a variety of influences and apply them behaviour of structures when subjected On successful completion of this programme, to the design of a range of different structures. to real fires and be able to use advanced students will be able to: Participants will be trained in a range of calculation methods. analytical methods and tools with a particular • understand and evaluate alternative modes of energy supply STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING emphasis on computer-based methods using advanced software. • consider economic, policy and regulatory & MECHANICS frameworks within which the decisions on www.ed.ac.uk/pg/21 SUSTAINABLE energy futures are made Distance Learning Option S ENERGY SYSTEMS • be conversant with the problems of (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) renewable energy generation, transmission www.ed.ac.uk/pg/22 and distribution Contact MSc (1 yr FT) evaluate options for energy supply, As for Bioelectronics • Contact transmission, distribution and utilisation Fees & costs As for Bioelectronics • analyse the technical and economic www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ interactions of developments in the Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees energy systems. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.glasgow.ac.uk/registry/fees/ student-funding/tuition-fees Entry requirements Additional costs: £250 (field trips, guest At least a 2:1 UK honours degree, or its lectures and workshops). PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 185

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 185 Science & Engineering

Research areas

Digital Communications Energy Systems Infrastructure Engineering www.ed.ac.uk/pg/24 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/25 & the Environment MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/26 MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Research group/centre/institute Research group/centre/institute PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) The Institute for Digital Communications The Institute for Energy Systems (IES) Research group/centre/institute (IDCOM) has three major centres of activity: conducts world-class research on the The Institute for Infrastructure & Environment Signal Processing, Communications Systems conversion, transmission and utilisation is one of the UK’s leading centres of Civil and the Centre for Communications Interface of many forms of renewable and conventional Engineering research. There are four research Research (CCIR). energy. IES leads the EPSRC SuperGen Marine groups within the Institute. Energy Consortium and is a member of Research profile another four Supergen consortia, three of Research profile The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise which are in Electricity Networks and Key research areas are shells and containment quotes the Institute’s research outputs as Infrastructure, reflecting another of its major structures, and non-linear finite element being “largely internationally excellent or strengths. IES also co-hosts the UK Energy modelling of complex structures; particulate world-leading and particularly strong from Research Centre (UKERC). IES collaborates solid mechanics with application to bulk-solids groups in Digital Communications.” in a Joint Research Institute in Energy handling; behaviour and design of structures Training & support with Heriot-Watt University, on part of in fire and other extreme events; fire-safety Students are encouraged and trained to the Edinburgh Research Partnership in science and fire engineering; computational present their research at conferences and Engineering and Mathematics. mechanics and bio-mechanics; FRP in journal papers, to attend transferable composites in structural strengthening and Research profile skills courses and to participate in external repair; novel NDT methodologies (radar, Current research areas include marine and courses provided by organisations such as ultrasonic and infrared); biogeochemical renewable energy conversion; coastal defence; the Engineering and Physical Sciences modelling and subsurface transport of direct-drive slow-speed electrical machines; Research Council (EPSRC). contaminants and remediation; sustainable power electronic conversion and conditioning, water resources management and waste Facilities power systems operation and control. water treatment; and sediment transport The Institute’s excellent research facilities Training & support processes in estuaries and open channels. include state-of-the-art computing systems As for Digital Communications and support. Training & support Facilities As for Digital Communications Fees & costs The Institute’s excellent laboratory and Standard tuition fees plus minimum Facilities computing facilities include unique state-of- annual bench fee: £1,200. The Institute’s excellent laboratory and the-art wave and tidal-current tanks and computing facilities include specialised state- Funding electrical machines testing facilities for of-the-art instrumentation for research in www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ experimental studies. structures, granular solids, fire-safety engineering, student-funding Fees & costs NDT and environmental engineering. Contact Standard tuition fees plus minimum Fees & costs Graduate School of Engineering annual bench fee: £1,200. Standard tuition fees plus minimum T: +44 (0)131 651 7213 Funding annual bench fee: £1,200. E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Funding student-funding www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Contact student-funding As for Digital Communications Contact As for Digital Communications PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 186

186

Integrated Micro Materials & Processes For advanced numerical work in computational fluid dynamics and molecular and mesoscopic & Nano Systems (IMNS) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/28 modelling of materials, the Institute benefits www.ed.ac.uk/pg/27 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) from access to the Edinburgh Compute and MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Data Facility, the Edinburgh Parallel Computing MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Centre and dedicated Beowulf class PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research group/centre/institute computer clusters. Research group/centre/institute The Institute for Materials & Processes (IMP) Fees & costs IMNS brings together researchers from brings together researchers from biomedical, Standard tuition fees plus minimum integrated-circuit design, system-on-chip chemical, materials and mechanical annual bench fee: £1,200. engineering. design, image-sensor design, bioelectronics, Funding micro/nano-fabrication, microelectromechanical Research profile www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ systems (MEMS), micromachining, neural IMP staff conduct world-class research in student-funding computation and reconfigurable and five main areas: Biomedical and Biological Contact adaptive computing. Engineering; Carbon Capture and Clean As for Digital Communications Research profile Energy; Mesoscale Mechanics of Materials; Research activities range from industrially Multi-phase and Complex Flows; Nanoporous focused process development and low-power, and Nano-structured Materials. system-on-a chip design, to long-term The research environment provides high- research into circuit design, system quality training in research for postdoctoral architectures and novel on silicon structures. researchers and postgraduate students, The Institute has strong links to the life leading to PhD degrees in Chemical Engineering, sciences and medicine, so bio-electronics Materials Science and Engineering, and and bio-MEMS are areas of rapid growth. Mechanical Engineering. Much of the research Training & support is carried out in collaboration with industrial As for Digital Communications and academic groups throughout the world.

Facilities Training & support The Institute’s laboratory and computing As for Digital Communications facilities are unique to the UK and include a Facilities substantial design and test resource, and a In addition to College and School shared comprehensive silicon and MEMS fabrication facilities (Edinburgh Materials and Microanalysis capability based at the Scottish Microelectronics Centre and the Centre for Science at Extreme Centre (SMC). In addition to an extensive Conditions), the Institute has excellent micro/nano-fabrication equipment toolset, laboratory facilities, with highly specialised the SMC also houses an imaging and analysis state-of-the-art instrumentation for research facility with SEM, AFM and FIB equipment for in adsorption, biomedical engineering, integrated circuit visualisation and repair. conservation materials science (Joint Research Fees & costs laboratory with the National Museums of Standard tuition fees plus minimum Scotland), high-pressure and temperature annual bench fee: £1,200. advanced materials synthesis, ice mechanics, and multi-phase flows. Funding www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding

Contact As for Digital Communications PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 187

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 187 Science & Engineering Engineering PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 188

188

GeoSciences

The School of GeoSciences explores the Scholarships & bursaries factors and forces that shape our world and The School receives sizeable PhD studentship quota allocations from environments. As a leading interdisciplinary research councils, and has PhD studentships from successful consortium bids, and research grants. Some MSc/diploma programmes receive group, we aim to understand the interaction industrial funding, quota MSc scholarships from NERC and from the between the Earth’s geology, atmosphere, Student Awards Agency for Scotland (SAAS). A few partial studentships may be available for some MSc by Research and MSc Carbon oceans, biosphere and human responses Management candidates.

and roles in this complex interplay. For more information on University funding and scholarships for Maintaining our track record of world-leading non-EU students, please visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ excellence, the School’s ‘Earth Systems and student-funding. Environmental Science’ was ranked first in the Careers UK in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise. With an increasing world focus on natural resources and the environment, graduates from the School of GeoSciences have excellent Our range of degrees employment prospects. Graduates can choose from a broad range of career paths depending on their field of study. Opportunities include We offer a wide range of postgraduate degrees and course options international consultancies, the petroleum industry, government in physical and social sciences. New masters programmes for 2010 organisations and information technology. encompass subjects such as carbon capture and storage and exploration geophysics. In September 2011 we are pleased to launch Previous employers of our students have included the British Geological the MSc in Food Security. For further information on our programmes, Society, IBM, the Forestry Commission, the Scottish Parliament and the please visit www.geos.ed.ac.uk. Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew. Many graduates also develop successful research careers in universities, industry or research institutes, and enter Facilities & resources teaching roles at universities in the UK and abroad. The School of GeoSciences is located on two main sites, at the King’s Buildings (south of the city centre) and at the centrally located International links Drummond Street premises. We are well equipped for research in We have established research links on every continent. Some projects the geosciences, with a range of sophisticated facilities for analysis, are global in scope, such as calculating surface temperatures across the computing and field measurement. We are partners in the following ocean, determining the rate at which cosmic rays bombard the Earth’s major facilities located within the School: surface at different latitudes, or human geographical accounts of • National Environment Research Council (NERC) transnational processes such as migration and globalisation. on Microprobe Facility • NERC Recognised Electron Microprobe Facility Other projects focus on specific regions and communities for example • NERC Geophysical Equipment Facility addressing issues of gender and social equality for the Nepal–Swiss • NERC Field Spectroscopy Facility Community Forestry Project in Kathmandu, or examining archaeological • NERC Tephrochronology Service. evidence in Iceland to evaluate the role of climate in environmental and cultural change. Contact School of GeoSciences The King’s Buildings West Mains Road Edinburgh EH9 3JN T: +44 (0)131 650 8556 F: +44 (0)131 667 7344 E: [email protected] W: www.geos.ed.ac.uk PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 189

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 189 Science & Engineering

Masters programmes

CARBON CAPTURE Students will also take part in field site visits Programme details GeoSciences & STORAGE to a large coal-fire power plant being assessed Designed to create the next generation for CO2 storage and to experimental oxy-fuel of carbon managers, auditors and expert www.ed.ac.uk/pg/518 burner facilities. advisors, this MSc is a high-level, intensive MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT) exploration of a subject that has rapidly Skills & learning outcomes Contact become crucial to the future of business Students will: MSc Programme Secretary and, of course, the planet itself. T: +44 (0)131 650 2543 • examine in detail key CCS techniques In collaboration with the University's School E: [email protected] and technologies through the entire supply chain (combustion, transport, of GeoSciences, we can draw on the teaching Fees & costs geoscience, legal); and knowledge of some of the world's leading www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ • develop conceptual and analytical skills authorities in the subject, including lead student-funding/tuition-fees to enable critical evaluation of projected authors from the Intergovernmental Panel on Additional costs: £400 CCS schemes; Climate Change (IPCC), government advisors and industry specialists. Entry requirements • enable dialogue with specialists in A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international CCS supply chain (geoscientists, The MSc in Carbon Management will appeal equivalent, in an engineering or geoscience engineers, regulators); to graduates with significant experience in subject. Evidence of numeracy is also required. • gain understanding of background business, perhaps in a related discipline such environmental issues surrounding CCS; as economics, business, social sciences or Programme details • gain an appreciation of environmental physical sciences. By graduation students will The first MSc in Carbon Capture & Storage issues for individual CCS sites; understand the key drivers behind the carbon (CCS) in the UK, this programme will provide • complete a tailored research project of economy and the financial imperatives and high-level interdisciplinary skills and training a standard suitable for publication in the regulatory framework in which it operates. in the entire value chain of carbon capture peer-reviewed literature, to provide This will provide students with the qualifications and storage, including combustion, transport, graduates with high-level experience in and expertise to secure positions, for geoscience and legal aspects. one aspect of the design and assessment example, in specialist consultancies, with This programme is designed for science of a CCS scheme. financial analysts, as carbon managers in graduates in engineering or geoscience- major organisations or in helping to set the related subjects (geology, geochemistry, CARBON MANAGEMENT agenda at governmental level. geophysics etc) seeking an advanced Teaching methods academic qualification as a launch pad for www.ed.ac.uk/pg/412 As for Accounting & Finance careers in business, industry and government MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) in the field of low-carbon energy production. Skills & learning outcomes Contact Students who follow this programme will be Teaching methods As for Accounting & Finance able to: The programme comprises two semesters of taught courses, including lectures and practical Fees & costs • understand carbon management through courses, followed by an individual research www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ the integration of expertise in economics project. Some research projects will be student-funding/tuition-fees and business research with that in global undertaken in collaboration with industrial Applicants receiving an offer of admission, carbon cycling, climate change impacts, partners who have an interest in the either unconditional or conditional, will be adaptation and mitigation commercial application of CCS technology. asked to pay a deposit of £1,000 within • critically evaluate projected climate change 28 days to secure their place on the programme. impacts on businesses and consumers Students will take part in one compulsory • assess the impact of policies on climate field visit to geological localities on the Dorset Entry requirements change, at international, national and local Heritage Coast of southwest England. This A UK honours degree, or its international levels, through adaptation or mitigation will be jointly run with the MSc in GeoScience equivalent, with an ‘excellent’ or ‘very good’ • conduct novel research within a wide for Subsurface Exploration, Appraisal & classification in economics, management range of carbon management projects Development, and provides for experiential or a social or physical science. Work • develop professional skills and expertise in learning of geological and geophysical experience is not required. However, relevant carbon markets and international climate concepts. Skills gained here will be applied as work experience will be an advantage for change mitigation mechanisms. part of teamwork evaluation of CCS opportunities. those applicants with a first degree in a non-related subject. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 190

190

ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT lectures, tutorials, seminars, assignments, ECONOMICS & DEVELOPMENT field trips and a dissertation project.

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/29 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/30 Skills & learning outcomes MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT) Students will develop analytical and professional skills to promote the wise management of the Contact Contact environment and the contribution of natural MSc Programme Secretary MSc Programme Secretary resources to development. T: +44 (0)131 535 4198 T: +44 (0)131 650 4866 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] ENVIRONMENT, Fees & costs Fees & costs CULTURE & SOCIETY www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/pg/395 Additional costs: £1,600 Additional costs: £700 MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT)

Entry requirements Entry requirements Contact Preferably a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its Preferably a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its MSc Programme Secretary international equivalent, or an equivalent international equivalent. Applicants holding T: +44 (0)131 650 2543 qualification in any subject. Applicants holding a UK 2:2 honours degree, or its international E: [email protected] a UK 2:2 honours degree, or its international equivalent, may also be considered. Fees & costs equivalent, may also be considered. As this Programme details www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ programme has an explicit ethico-social This programme is designed for students student-funding/tuition-fees element, students from a humanities or arts who wish to gain the knowledge and skills Additional costs: £500 background are just as likely to gain entry as to promote and manage sustainable Entry requirements those from an economics, life sciences or development, focusing mainly on developing A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its engineering background. countries. Sustainable development aims to international equivalent. Programme details provide innovative approaches that balance the Programme details Ecological economics links both the theory need to utilise environmental resources against This programme is designed for students who and practice of economics with that of natural the obligation to maintain the quality of these are interested in gaining advanced knowledge ecosystems. The programme aims to give resources for future generations. The programme of contemporary theoretical and conceptual students the opportunity to learn about the provides a comprehensive coverage of the basic debates concerning relationships between role that economics can play in the design science needed to underpin the essential environment, nature, culture and society. and implementation of sustainable policies knowledge required to achieve this goal. Drawing on expertise from across the for ecosystem management. The challenges associated with this are University, and especially from geography, Teaching methods illustrated through real-life examples, which philosophy, theology, science and technology The programme offers a combination of show that it is often necessary to find studies and development studies, the lectures, tutorials, seminars, assignments, field compromises between the environment programme provides students with the trips, a study tour and a dissertation project. and development. Decisions relating to the opportunity to study the environment from environment and development therefore need Skills & learning outcomes a critical, multidisciplinary perspective. to link an understanding of biophysical and Students will gain: Students will have the opportunity to engage social-economic sciences. Students will acquire with key topics of both theoretical and practical • an understanding of the multi-dimensional the skills to do this and would be able to apply importance to understanding the environment, nature of environmental problems these in their future professional lives. Many such as: human – nature interactions; social • an appreciation of the interaction between components of the course consider the role and cultural practices which shape environment ecology and economics of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and nature; philosophical and theological • the means to develop expertise in design to deliver the needs of the world’s poor. and implementation of sustainable approaches to environment (eg ethical, environmental policies The programme has strong links to international aesthetic and spiritual values); and debates • enhanced skills in specialist topics. development practices and outside concerning conservation practice and concepts organisations. The skills obtained during the of nature, wilderness and environment. programme would enable students to work for Teaching methods development agencies in the government and The programme offers a combination of non-government sectors. lectures, tutorials, seminars, essays or projects Teaching methods and a dissertation. The programme offers a combination of PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 191

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 191 Science & Engineering

Skills & learning outcomes implementation of programmes of EXPLORATION Students will develop research skills and environmental protection GEOPHYSICS generate new knowledge in multidisciplinary • have the opportunity to study the GeoSciences www.ed.ac.uk/pg/519 studies related to the environment. Students integrated protection and management MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) will also develop the ability to assess the of particular ecosystems or resources. importance and implications of geographical, Contact philosophical and other theoretical debates ENVIRONMENTAL MSc Programme Secretary for environmental policy and practice. SUSTAINABILITY T: +44 (0)131 650 4866 E: [email protected] ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION www.ed.ac.uk/pg/32 & MANAGEMENT MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT) Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Contact student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/pg/31 As for Environment & Development MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT) Additional costs: £400 Fees & costs Entry requirements Contact www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international As for Ecological Economics student-funding/tuition-fees equivalent, in engineering or geosciences. Additional costs: £700 Fees & costs Evidence of numeracy is essential. Individuals www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entry requirements with an honours degree in physics or student-funding/tuition-fees A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international mathematics are also most welcome to Additional costs: £1,600 equivalent, in a biological, environmental or apply. In addition to academic qualifications, Entry requirements physical science, geography, social science, motivation, industrial experience and personality Preferably a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its economics or other relevant subject. are taken into consideration. international equivalent, in a biological, Programme details Programme details environmental or physical science, geography, Concern over the environmental sustainability This programme will be taught in conjunction engineering, economics or other relevant of human activities is becoming an increasingly with Heriot-Watt University, and will benefit subject. Applicants holding a UK 2:2 honours important influence on international policy from its close links with the earth resources degree, or its international equivalent, may and the behaviour of public agencies and industrial sector through the UK’s largest also be considered. private companies. This programme is designed research and training centre in exploration Programme details to equip students with the knowledge to geophysics, Edinburgh Seismic Research, and This programme aims to provide both an work effectively in organisations seeking to strong links to one of Europe’s largest centres understanding of the processes that give rise promote sustainable development and improve of expertise in carbon storage, the Scottish to environmental degradation and pollution environmental performance. The programme Centre for Carbon Storage. is strongly interdisciplinary, providing the problems, and a capability in management The masters programme is a one-year, opportunity to integrate scientific, socio- of natural resources. Climate change is a full-time multidisciplinary programme economic and policy perspectives to gain a particularly important threat, and is an issue covering the fundamentals in earth resources broad understanding of sustainability and that is dealt with in depth in a number of (exploration geophysics) and their applications how it can be achieved. the course modules. to the full spectrum of hydrocarbon and Graduates will become equipped to devise Teaching methods mineral exploration. Teaching is through a combination of lectures, and enact strategies. It is designed for science (mathematics, tutorials, seminars, assignments, field trips physics, or geosciences) and engineering Teaching methods and a dissertation project. Teaching is through a combination of lectures, graduates seeking an advanced academic tutorials, seminars, assignments, field trips, Skills & learning outcomes qualification as a launch pad for careers in a study tour and a dissertation project. Students will be equipped to: the energy resources industry (oil, gas, • assess the sustainability of policies, minerals, water, subsurface waste and CO2 Skills & learning outcomes programmes and projects at scales ranging storage), as well as for those already working Students will: from the local to the global in the field who wish to enhance their • develop a scientific understanding of • analyse environmental problems using technical skills and qualifications. some of the major processes which knowledge from different disciplines, leading Teaching methods influence the quality of land, air and to well-founded and effective solutions The course is taught by an unparalleled water resources • advocate sustainable development and team of the UK’s top specialists in exploration • acquire knowledge of the most effective engage in informed debate on current science, drawing on their substantial industrial methods of environmental protection environmental controversies. and academic experience. • develop expertise in the design and PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 192

192

A number of core courses are taken, along FOOD SECURITY Skills & learning outcomes with further optional courses that are selected Students will be able to: from a wide range offered within related • provide a broad understanding of MSc (1yr FT, 2yrs PT) MSc programmes at Edinburgh’s School of agronomic, environmental, economic GeoSciences and at Heriot-Watt University’s Contact and socio-political factors that influence Institute of Petroleum Engineering. MSc Programme Secretary food security T: +44 (0)131 535 4198 apply scientific information and methods Each student conducts an individual research • E: [email protected] in the analysis of complex problems project on a subject chosen in consultation formulate a research problem and with and supervised by the Programme Fees & costs • independently carry out the research Director and/or lecturing staff. In addition to www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ needed to produce an appropriate solution in-house expertise, the programme boasts student-funding/tuition-fees in a range of scientific or policy contexts. excellent contacts with the energy industry. Additional costs: £1600 Dissertation projects will be preferentially Entry requirements GEOGRAPHICAL operated in partnership with industrial A UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international INFORMATION SCIENCE stakeholders, and as internships where equivalent, in a agricultural, ecological, adequate support exists. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/74 biological or environmental science, MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs or 3 yrs PT) Skills & learning outcomes engineering, social science, economics, politics Core knowledge includes mathematics, or other relevant subject. Applicants holding Contact geology, theory and practice of all aspects a UK 2:2 honours degree, or its international MSc Programme Secretary of industrial geophysics: seismics, gravity, equivalent, may also be considered. Students T: +44 (0)131 650 2543 electromagnetic and magnetic methods. The whose first language is not English must E: [email protected] core teaching aims of the programme are: provide evidence of proficiency in English. Fees & costs • to create well-qualified earth resources Programme details www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ experts to feed into higher research and The programme aims to provide a broad student-funding/tuition-fees development positions in industry and understanding of the agronomic, Additional costs: £500 universities world wide environmental, economic and socio-political Entry requirements • to train geophysicists for employment factors which affect, and are affected, by A UK 2:1 honours degree, or international within the public and commercial earth food security. Equipped with the necessary equivalent. Applicants holding a UK 2:2 resources sector analytical and communication skills the honours degree who have industrial/business • to create the leaders of tomorrow in those students will be able to contribute to experience will also be considered. sectors, with both technical and industrial humanity’s efforts to achieve and sustain knowledge and experience. food security during the 21st century. Programme details This is a world-class programme, which Teaching methods has been designed to provide a unique Postgraduate students will be expected to educational opportunity in geographic attend all registered classes and engage in information science (GIS). It aims to develop independent study. Course Organisers will and improve the understanding of the field provide reading lists to supplement course of GIS by mixing strong practical skills with materials to strengthen subject knowledge. fundamental theoretical knowledge that Teaching is through a combination of lectures, supports the application of GIS skills in any tutorials, seminars, assignments, field trips, software environment. study tour, industrial visits, and dissertation projects. Classes will vary in size due to subject There are three streams: GIS (taught), GIS popularity. For courses that include Honours (by research) and GIS & Society (by research, students, postgraduates will be expected to for social sciences and human geography complete additional assessment. In the students). The GIS taught MSc programme dissertation stage, individual academic is tailored to students who have their eye on supervision will be given. the job market, with core courses that reflect the needs of industry and provide students with a marketable edge. The GIS research degree supports students wanting to pursue future research and gives those students who have a strong background in GIS the flexibility to take courses in other disciplines PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 193

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 193 Science & Engineering

(for example informatics) and spend more Teaching methods Students have the option of taking a small time developing their dissertation research. Teaching is through a combination of number of taught courses to support the area

The GIS & Society degree encourages a critical lectures, tutorials, assignments, practical work, of research being undertaken, or to undertake GeoSciences view of the implications and societal computer-aided modelling and simulation, a one-year dissertation without coursework. ramifications of GIS. field trips, industrial visits, a group design The School has a large range of specialist project and an individual dissertation project. taught courses to which students will have Teaching methods access in order to acquire general skills and Teaching is through a combination of Skills & learning outcomes knowledge in the area of science appropriate lectures, tutorials, seminars, assignments, The programme’s objective is to train a broad to your research project. field trips and a dissertation project. range of subsurface geoscientists to address the use of the subsurface for the source of Teaching methods Skills & learning outcomes energy (petroleum, gas, coal), vital resources Research training and/or a supervised research This intensive programme combines (water) and disposal of waste (eg carbon project leading to presentation of a dissertation. geographic information theory with the dioxide and nuclear) to sustain the economies development of strong practical skills. The Skills & learning outcomes of the world. It aims to facilitate the unique modular structure enables students to The objectives of the programme are to: development of world leaders and innovators tailor the programme around their interests in petroleum geoscience who will be sought • provide a research training tailored to while requiring coursework that supports our after by the hydrocarbon, water and waste the student’s area of specialism claim that we produce excellent students with industries, allied companies and institutions • develop conceptual and analytical skills sound theoretical knowledge underpinning and research institutes. that support the research programme practical application and hands-on experience • develop a range of generic professional skills in geographical problem solving. GEOSCIENCES • provide a structured approach to basic (INDIVIDUAL PROJECT) research training, and allow the student GEOSCIENCE FOR SUBSURFACE to explore an area of research that may EXPLORATION, APPRAISAL & www.ed.ac.uk/pg/84 be subsequently developed into a PhD DEVELOPMENT (GeoSEAD) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 or 3 yrs PT) • offer an opportunity to develop links with research projects at national and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/77 Contact international level. MSc (1 yr FT) MSc Programme Secretary T: +44 (0)131 650 6708 Contact E: [email protected] MSc Programme Secretary T: +44 (0)131 451 3567 Fees & costs E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees Fees & costs Additional costs: £1,000 minimum, depending www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ on area of study. student-funding/tuition-fees www.pet.hw.ac.uk Entry requirements A 2:1 UK honours degree, or its international Entry requirements equivalent. At least a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its international equivalent, in a geological or Programme details geophysical science subject area. This programme offers the opportunity to do one year of research in any of the following Programme details broad areas of geosciences: atmospheric This unique programme draws on world-class science, climate change, ecological sciences, research and teaching expertise in subsurface environmental geochemistry, environmental geoscience within the three universities of geoscience, environmental sustainability, Edinburgh, Heriot-Watt and Newcastle; it is exploration geophysics, geoinformatics, jointly awarded by all three. It is supported geology, geophysics, glaciology, human by major oil companies such as Total, Exxon, geography, meteorology, oceanography, BP and Shell. palaeoclimatology, petroleum geology, physical geography or remote sensing. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 194

194

HUMAN INTEGRATED RESOURCE GEOGRAPHY MANAGEMENT

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/86 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/379 MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2yrs or 3 yrs PT)

Contact Contact MSc Programme Secretary MSc Programme Secretary T: +44 (0)131 650 2543 T: +44 (0)131 650 4866 E: [email protected] E: [email protected]

Fees & costs Fees & costs www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: £500 Additional costs: £400

Entry requirements Entry requirements A UK 2:1 honours degree, or international A 2:1 UK honours degree, or international equivalent. equivalent.

Programme details Programme details This stimulating programme aims to provide The programme is designed to provide the an appropriate balance between generic and knowledge, understanding and skills for specialist research training. The emphasis on participants who have career aspirations in independent research allows students to work organisations with responsibilities for the closely with scholars at the cutting edge in planning, decision-making and management order to advance their own research passions. processes that coordinate natural-resource use towards the optimisation of long-term benefits The degree provides a training programme while minimising conflict among stakeholders. recognised by the Economic & Social Research Such organisations (which may include both Council (ESRC) and the Arts & Humanities governmental and non-governmental Council (AHRC), which can be taken as a agencies) are likely to operate at a scale stand-alone degree or to fulfil the first-year where integrated and strategic approaches to training requirements of 1+3 ESRC funding, natural-resource use are necessary to achieve or by those students who wish to qualify for balance in the wider economic, social and +3 funding from the ESRC or AHRC. environmental requirement of society. Teaching methods Teaching methods The course combines lectures, practical work, Students will be taught via a combination workshops, essays, seminars and one-to-one of lectures, tutorials, seminars, assignments, supervision of independent research leading field trips, consultancy cases and a to delivery of a dissertation. A highlight of the dissertation project. programme is the postgraduate conference in which postgraduates present their research Skills & learning outcomes to colleagues. Participants will gain:

Skills & learning outcomes • understanding of both the integrated Students who successfully complete this nature of natural-resource-use interactions programme will: and hence the need for integrated intervention and management • acquire transferable skills relevant an appreciation of the challenges of to advanced researchers • developing integrated management • develop skills in data acquisition practices and analysis • skills in the analysis, planning and • understand wider methodological management of natural-resource utilisation and epistemological debates relevant knowledge of policy directives and to their research. • instruments affecting natural resources. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 195

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 195 Science & Engineering

Research areas

Atmospheric & • (Collaborative) Edinburgh Collaborative Facilities GeoSciences of Subsurface Science & Engineering The group is equipped to world-class Environmental Sciences (ECOSSE): A joint venture with Heriot- standards, and hosts a number of national MPhil (2 yrs FT) Watt University (Institute of Petroleum analytical facilities, mainly on behalf of the PhD (3 yrs FT) Engineering), the British Geological Survey Natural Environment Research Council. We and the Scottish Universities Environmental have privileged access to the isotope Training & support Research Centre geochemistry labs at SUERC Research students have access to an (www.gla.ac.uk/centres/suerc). exceptionally wide range of masters taught • (Contributory) Centre for Science and research-training courses offered by the at Extreme Conditions (CSEC) Contact broad interdisciplinary interests within the • (Contributory) Edinburgh Materials As for Atmospheric School. In collaboration with the College’s & Micro Analysis Centre (EMMAC) & Environmental Sciences Transkills unit, we also provide generic • (Contributory) Contaminated Land courses specific to research student needs Remediation Centre (CLARRC) Earth Observation and requirements. We encourage all of our • (Contributory) Edinburgh Parallel www.ed.ac.uk/pg/92 students to undertake demonstrating and Computing Centre (EPCC) tutoring work for the School’s undergraduate Research group/centre/institute programmes, for which appropriate training • (Contributory) Centre for Materials The Edinburgh Earth Observatory (EEO) is a is given. Science & Engineering (CMSE). multidisciplinary research unit that provides a strategic focus and support base for the Fees & costs Research profile University’s expertise in the GeoSciences. A minimum of £1,000 per annum (normally The School hosts the most diverse, highquality paid directly by sponsors for those on grouping in geology and geophysics in the Our main research focus is on understanding studentships). Additional costs may be UK, with links to worldwide universities and the Earth and its environment through the required depending on study requirements. UK industry. effective exploitation of both in situ and remote observations. Funding ECOSSE has recently been established to The School receives sizeable studentship allow more formal access to facilities and Edinburgh Earth Observatory Research quota allocations from research councils supervision from the Institute of Petroleum Group Partners: Engineering at Heriot-Watt University, the and also has studentships from successful • The Forestry Commission British Geological Survey and the Scottish consortium bids and research grants. • The Macaulay Institute School-funded scholarships are also available. Universities Environmental Research Centre (SUERC). • Scottish Natural Heritage Contact • NERC Centre for Ecology & Hydrology Name: The Postgraduate Secretary This grouping, and the associated new joint Our Dynamic Earth. Tel: +44 (0)131 650 8556 Graduate School established by the Edinburgh • Email: [email protected] Regional Partnership in Engineering & Research profile Mathematics, now contains Europe’s largest Our goal is to help increase understanding of Earth & Planetary Science grouping of subsurface research geologists the natural Earth system and human impact and specialist geophysicists in a single city. on the global environment. We promote and www.ed.ac.uk/pg/69 We bring together hitherto separate fields facilitate the exploitation of in situ and Research group/centre/institute to understand the way in which the Earth’s remotely sensed measurements of the Earth The Earth & Planetary Science Group studies subsurface works – from atoms to plates, System. The Edinburgh Earth Observatory the physical and chemical properties, origin and from seconds to millions of years. (EEO) provides a strategic focus and an and history of the Earth, and encompasses extensive support base to fully exploit the Under the general research group headings, the major disciplines of geology, University’s expertise in the geosciences. we have expertise in: mineralogy; igneous, geochemistry, geodynamics and geophysics. metamorphic and experimental petrology; Facilities Within the group, the Earth’s subsurface is palaeontology; sandstone and carbonate The School has one of the best-equipped GIS imaged directly at various scales, its diagenesis; tectonics; rock physics and laboratories in Europe. We are exceptionally constituent minerals, rocks, pore fluids and chemistry; petroleum geoscience; seismic well equipped with instruments for measuring magmas are analysed, and their interactions imaging; and seismic sequence stratigraphy, sediment, soil and water properties, electronic are simulated. applied to areas as diverse as carbon capture distance measurement (EDM) and global • Earth & Planetary Science Research Group; and storage and the examination of diamonds position systems (GPS). We have facilities for from the lower mantle. soil, pollen, diatom, tephra and sediment PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 196

196

analysis, thin-section preparation, atomic academic institutions, government and Geology & Geophysics absorption spectroscopy, coulter-particle size business. CECS maintains particular linkages analysis, microscope imaging, and cosmogenic with the University schools of Biological MPhil (2 yrs FT) isotope analysis. The School hosts a number of Sciences and Engineering & Electronics, PhD (3 yrs FT) national facilities, including field spectroscopy. with the Macaulay Institute, the Scottish Training & support Agricultural College, the Institute of Research students have access to an Environmental European Environmental Policy, and with exceptionally wide range of masters taugh Sustainability other organisations within the Edinburgh and research-training courses offered by Consortium for Rural Research. the broad interdisciplinary interests within www.ed.ac.uk/pg/93 Contact the School. In collaboration with the College’s Research group/centre/institute Centre As for Atmospheric Transkills unit, we also provide generic courses for the Study of Environmental Change & Environmental Sciences specific to research student needs and & Sustainability (CECS) requirements. We encourage all of our students to undertake demonstrating and Research profile Geography tutoring work for the School’s undergraduate CECS is a dynamic research group from MPhil (2 yrs FT) programmes, for which appropriate training the environmental and rural sciences that is PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) is given. committed to the sustainable management and use of the world’s natural resources. Training & support Fees & costs We bring together a wide range of expertise The School is recognised as an outlet for the A minimum of £1,000 per annum (normally and technologies to address the causes Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC) RT paid directly by sponsors for those on and impacts of local and global (1+3) postgraduate training programme and studentships). Additional costs may be environmental change. has two RT-recognised masters by research: required depending on study requirements. the MSc by Research in GIS & Society and the Our objective is to link the application MSc by Research in Human Geography, which Funding of science to policy formulation and is co-delivered with the Graduate School of The School receives sizeable studentship implementation through knowledge transfer, Social & Political Studies. quota allocations from research councils partnerships and joint ventures for a and also has studentships from successful sustainable future. The group also co-delivers the taught consortium bids and research grants. programme Masters in the City with the School-funded scholarships are also available. CECS’s vision is to address the complexities School of Social & Political Studies. The group of environmental change and to inform is a member of the ESRC-recognised Scottish Contact policy making for sustainable development. Human Geography Consortium and the As for Atmospheric We combine expertise in ecology, land-use Kindrogan Consortium for Advanced & Environmental Sciences and socio-economics to develop our Postgraduate Research Training in Human understanding of the sustainable management Geography. It has expertise in qualitative Global Change and use of the world’s natural resources. and feminist methodologies, archive use, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/95 We have projects at the local, national and and GIS-linked analysis of large datasets. Research group/centre/institute The international scales, including the following Fees & costs Global Change Research Group is organised research themes: climate change and A minimum of £500 per annum around the five programmes of atmosphere, sustainable development; rural economy, (paid directly by sponsors for those on biosphere, continents, cryosphere and oceans. land-use and sustainability; forest modelling studentships). Additional costs may be and sustainable management; vegetation required depending on study requirements. Our objective is to understand and predict dynamics and management; biodiversity and global environmental change. We study ecosystem modelling; innovation and renewable Funding how ice, oceans, atmosphere, land surface energy systems; environmental sustainability The group receives a studentship quota and biosphere have interacted in the past, of offshore electricity generation; trust and allocation from the Arts & Humanities we probe their current processes, and we communication in environmental policy. Research Council (AHRC) and the ESRC develop predictions of their future dynamics. and also has studentships from successful Facilities consortium bids. Research profile The key resource of CECS is an interdisciplinary Human impacts on our planet are changing research capability enabled through a Contact the atmosphere, climate, ice cover, global network of contacts within the School and As for Atmospheric biogeochemistry, biodiversity, soils, and even the University, and through promotion of & Environmental Sciences ocean circulation. This puts global change outreach and collaboration with other at the centre of the international scientific PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 197

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 197 Science & Engineering

agenda. A key aim of the Global Change Our group has expertise in a wide range Group is to forecast the nature of change of regions and places, including the UK

in the Earth System. This relies on and Europe, South Asia, Australia, the North GeoSciences understanding the building blocks of the and South Americas, Canada, the Caribbean system, represented by the group’s five and the Middle East. programmes. These programmes involve Facilities fieldwork, monitoring, experimentation, The group has active collaborations with theory and simulation, designed to determine colleagues in many parts of the University how the Earth’s systems work, how they including Education, Health in Social Science operated in the past and where they are (including Counselling Studies), Arts, Culture going in the future. & Environment and the Humanities & Social Contact Sciences. The School has one of the best- As for Atmospheric equipped GIS laboratories in Europe, together & Environmental Sciences with software for data handling in a range of social, economic and demographic datasets, Human Geography GIS, database management, modelling and visualisation. (Physical Geography research projects come under the umbrella of the Atmospheric & Contact Environmental Sciences degree programme) As for Atmospheric & Environmental Sciences “I came to Edinburgh after www.ed.ac.uk/pg/105 finishing masters degrees Research profile at the University of The Human Geography Research Group is Pennsylvania, where I had recognised for its leading contribution to learned to expect very high research at the forefront of human geography. standards in both teaching and The group’s research efforts provide research. I was not let down challenging new insights into core when I made the transition to geographical concerns through three Edinburgh – studying at the research themes: relations and identities; knowledges, practices and policies; University of Edinburgh has development and power. been a tremendous experience for me on many levels. The We draw on quantitative and qualitative methods, making innovative contributions department is first rate in to both approaches. Several research research, and I benefited projects span our specified research themes, greatly from both the expertise and many of us work in collaboration with and guidance of researchers colleagues in other parts of the humanities, in the School of Informatics social sciences and natural sciences. and my interaction with the The group supports a lively programme of frequent guests we received seminars, symposiums, readings groups and from other Schools. As a postgraduate workshops that support and graduate student, I also had disseminate our three research themes. ample opportunity to travel to We are interested in social, economic, cultural conferences to present papers and political interactions across space, in and gain teaching experience.” places and with the environment. Specifically, we aim to advance research in three inter- Jason Baldridge related areas: relations and identities; PhD Informatics knowledges, practices and policies; and development and power. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 198

198

Informatics

The School of Informatics is the largest and Scholarships & bursaries highest quality research group of its kind For masters study, there are typically 20 scholarships offered by the in the UK. We are 44 per cent larger than Scottish Government each year. In addition, the School of Informatics has Collaborative Training Account Funding on offer for UK/EU students. our nearest competitor and we contribute For research students, around 50 scholarships are available each year. 10 per cent of the UK’s world-leading These include: research in the computer science field. • the Scottish Informatics & Computer Science Alliance (SICSA) Prize Studentships; Our excellence in computer science, cognitive science and artificial • two full scholarships for students in the Schools of Informatics intelligence is the basis for the emerging science of informatics, a and Engineering funded by Wolfson Microelectronics plc; discipline central to a new enlightenment in scholarship and learning, • a maximum of 12 full “1+3” scholarships for students of Informatics and critical to the future development of science, technology and and Neuroscience, from our Neuroinformatics Doctoral Training Centre society. Our scale is unique in the UK and we provide an unparalleled • project studentships associated with research grants from the breadth of choice that opens up a wide vista of specialisms and careers. Engineering & Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) and We build on our strengths to provide a supportive, exciting and other funding agencies; challenging learning environment. • a number of full scholarships (for UK students) and partial scholarships (for EU students) EPSRC, Medical Research Council Our range of degrees (MRC) and the Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC); two scholarships under the Microsoft Research European PhD • one-year taught Masters • Scholarships scheme; • two-year taught European Masters up to two full scholarships for PhD students from India, China, Hong • one-year research – Masters by Research • Kong, Brazil, South Africa, Russia and the developing world, funded • two-year research – MPhil by the Dorothy Hodgkin Postgraduate Awards (DHPA) scheme. • three-year research – Doctorate (PhD). In addition, we nominate two of our most promising second-year Facilities & resources PhD students for IBM PhD fellowships. The School is based in award-winning new teaching, conference and For information on other sponsorship schemes, please visit technology transfer facilities in the University’s main campus, close to www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/informatics/ the city centre. We have state-of-the-art laboratories with 24-hour postgraduate/scholarships access so our students can schedule their study time to suit them. and www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. Careers Contact Informatics graduates have excellent prospects of employment Taught masters degrees: in fields that will shape our society, such as user-friendly technologies, Informatics Graduate School medical systems, mobile systems and media. School of Informatics The University of Edinburgh Most of our MSc graduates make direct vocational use of their Appleton Tower studies by working in the IT industry as software engineers, IT 11 Crichton Street consultants, programmers and developers with companies such Edinburgh EH8 9LE as Ericsson, Agilent Technologies, Sony Computer Entertainment T: +44 (0)131 650 9970 Europe, IBM Global Services and CISCO. F: +44 (0)131 651 1426 Our PhD graduates often pursue academic research careers. Today E: [email protected] some of our graduates are leaders in their field, for example Geoffrey Research degrees (PhD, MPhil, Masters by Research): Hinton, Robert Kowalski, Peter Dayan and Jane Hillston, to name a few. Informatics Graduate School Others, such as Andrew Fitzgibbon and Lincoln Wallen, successfully School of Informatics combine an academic career with work in industry. The Informatics Forum 10 Crichton Street Edinburgh EH8 9LE T: +44 (0)131 650 3091 F: +44 (0)131 651 5630 E: [email protected] PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 199

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 199 Science & Engineering

Masters programmes

ARTIFICIAL Skills & learning outcomes Teaching methods Informatics INTELLIGENCE Students are prepared for a professional As for Artificial Intelligence career and academic research. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/107 Skills & learning outcomes MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) The programme’s emphasis is on practical This degree is designed to deepen and techniques for the design and construction broaden a student’s understanding of Contact of intelligent systems, enabling graduates to cognitive science, with an emphasis on the Informatics Teaching Organisation apply their skills in a variety of settings, from study of natural language. The formal and T: +44 (0)131 650 9970 fraud detection software to specification of experimental study of natural language defines E: [email protected] the telecommand system for the European the range of cognitive science’s concerns Fees & costs Meteorological Spacecraft Control Centre, with representation and computation. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ to name only two of the technologies student-funding/tuition-fees developed at Edinburgh’s Artificial Intelligence COMPUTER Additional costs: MSc £600, diploma £200 Applications Institute. SCIENCE www.ed.ac.uk/pg/110 Entry requirements COGNITIVE MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) A UK 1st or 2:1 honours degree, or its SCIENCE international equivalent, in an area of informatics Contact www.ed.ac.uk/pg/108 such as artificial intelligence, cognitive science As for Artificial Intelligence or computer science. Candidates should also MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) Fees & costs have experience in computer programming. Contact www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ As for Artificial Intelligence Applicants with degrees in the following student-funding/tuition-fees disciplines will also be considered: education, Fees & costs Additional costs: MSc £600, diploma £200 electrical engineering, linguistics, management www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entry requirements science, mathematics, philosophy, physics student-funding/tuition-fees As for Artificial Intelligence and psychology. Additional costs: MSc £600, diploma £200 Programme details Programme details Entry requirements Computer Science’s scope ranges from the Research in artificial intelligence (AI) at As for Artificial Intelligence Edinburgh spans knowledge representation design of programming languages and and reasoning, the study of brain processes Programme details algorithms, to models of computation, such as and artificial learning systems, computer Edinburgh has internationally recognised distributed, parallel and quantum computing, vision, mobile and assembly robotics, strengths in cognitive science, with research and the study of the limits of computation. music perception and visualisation. focusing on language and communication, It encompasses both hardware and software, robotics and learning, neural computation and embodies a wide variety of practical Students can choose from more than 50 and philosophy of mind. Development of techniques supported by a strong foundation modules that are grouped into subject or speech technologies is a particular strength. of theoretical understanding. specialist areas such as: intelligent robotics, knowledge management representation The programme provides a thorough grounding Students can choose from more than 50 and reasoning, learning from data and in the study of human information processing, modules, which are grouped into subject or natural language processing. A vast number with a special emphasis on natural language, specialist areas such as: analytical & scientific of courses are available within each and acquaints students with neural computation, databases, computer systems & software specialist area. formal logic, computational and theoretical engineering and theoretical computer science. linguistics, cognitive psychology, together with A vast number of courses are available within Teaching methods their methodologies and interconnections. each specialist area. This modular degree consists of two semesters of lecture-based teaching, which are assessed Students can choose from more than 50 Teaching methods by an examination in April and followed by modules that are grouped into major As for Artificial Intelligence specialist areas such as: cognitive science, a major individual project (includes a Skills & learning outcomes natural language processing and neural written dissertation). This programme aims to develop specialist computation & neuroinformatics. A vast knowledge in areas of computer science not number of courses are available within covered extensively at undergraduate level. each specialist area. The primary aim of the theoretical modules is to introduce students to core areas of theoretical computer science, to provide PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 200

200

practical experience of that theory and to Teaching methods Students will have more than 50 courses to introduce students to the technologies through This modular degree consists of lecture-based choose from, grouped into the following which theory-based tools are implemented. teaching, which is assessed by examination and specialist areas: analytical & scientific databases; followed by a major individual project (includes bioinformatics, systems and synthetic biology; The systems modules aim to give students a written dissertation). cognitive science; computer systems and experience of the theory and practice of software engineering; informatics and Students will visit both participating universities, designing programmable systems, with economics; intelligent robotics; knowledge taking courses focusing on advanced topics in particular emphasis on the design of management representation and reasoning; theoretical and practical computer science and concurrent and distributed applications. learning from data; music informatics; natural on the selected area of specialism. Courses are language processing; neural computation taught in English and are structured according EUROPEAN MASTERS and neuroinformatics; and theoretical to the European Credit Transfer system. IN INFORMATICS computer science. Graduates are awarded a double MSc, one www.ed.ac.uk/pg/112 Flexibility and interdisciplinarity are key from each of the two participating universities. Distance Learning Option S (2 yrs FT) aspects of the degree, encouraging students Contact Skills & learning outcomes to choose from a wide range of courses As for Artificial Intelligence The programme aims to train students in delivered, taught both within and outwith emerging research domains with a high the informatics subject area. Fees & costs potential impact to shape the future of Teaching methods www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ applied computer science disciplines. It As for Artificial Intelligence student-funding/tuition-fees prepares students for employment in such Additional costs: £600 multidisciplinary areas and/or for continuing Skills & learning outcomes Entry requirements their studies within PhD programmes. Graduates will have advanced knowledge As for Artificial Intelligence. Applicants with of the state-of-the-art in research in a degrees in the following disciplines will also Graduates will possess the competencies specialist area. They will understand the be considered: education, biology, electrical necessary for the design and implementation process of building computational systems engineering, linguistics, mathematics, of complex computational systems, including in all its stages and be able to demonstrate management science, philosophy, physics, their embedding in a socio-technical context. this understanding in supervised system – and psychology. building efforts. INFORMATICS Programme details This course is offered jointly with the University www.ed.ac.uk/pg/111 of Trento (Italy) and RWTH Aachen (Germany) MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) within the framework of the Erasmus Mundus programme. It is designed to encourage and Contact provide support for students from outside the As for Artificial Intelligence European Union to study in European universities. Fees & costs The programme’s objective is to educate www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ professionals who will understand advanced student-funding/tuition-fees techniques, tools and methodologies in Additional costs: MSc £600, Diploma £200. the field of informatics, and who will be Entry requirements able to put this knowledge into practice As for Artificial Intelligence in the key application domains of Net-Centric Informatics, Life Science Informatics and Programme details Embedded Systems Informatics. Edinburgh has a long-standing tradition of world-class research and teaching in Scholarships of up to 21,000 will be offered informatics. Informatics is the study of how to students who are residents of countries natural and artificial systems store, process outside the European Union, the European and communicate information. This Economic Area/European Free Trade programme draws on existing academic Association (Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway). disciplines – artificial intelligence, cognitive science and computer science – but it also covers emerging areas, such as bioinformatics. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 201

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 201 Science & Engineering Informatics PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 202

202

Research areas

Informatics is the study of how natural Because the scholarships cover fees at UK/EU Informatics Life-Sciences and artificial systems store, process and rate, overseas students can also apply for communicate information. It includes the additional funding such as the Overseas Institute subjects of artificial intelligence, cognitive Research Student Award to cover the www.ed.ac.uk/pg/496 science and computer science, with research remainder of the fee. PhD students are MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) drawing on concepts from these areas as well encouraged to make contributions to MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) as from linguistics, neuroscience, psychology, teaching, for example by leading tutorial PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) biology and beyond. It comprises a vast range groups, and can expect to earn an additional Research group/centre/institute of scientific and engineering endeavour and £500–£1,000 per year. For information on The Informatics Life-Sciences Institute (ISLI) has enormous economic and social impact. deadlines for applications, please visit is a newly formed group that works at the www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ The University of Edinburgh’s School of informatics/life sciences interface, drawing informatics/postgraduate. Informatics possesses a research breadth together and building on existing work and strength that is unparallelled elsewhere Contact including well-established activities in in the UK and among the best worldwide. Postgraduate Admissions Team neuroinformatics, modelling, sensori-motor This is confirmed by the results of the 2008 T: +44 (0)131 650 3091 control and bio-mimetic robotics, together Research Assessment Exercise: it is 44 per cent F: +44 (0)131 651 5630 with computational systems biology, synthetic larger and has 69 per cent more world-leading E: [email protected] biology and bio-informatics. (4*-rated) staff than its nearest UK rival. The Scottish Informatics & Computer Science Centre for Intelligent Institute for Adaptive Alliance (SICSA) gives ready access to a similar Systems & their number of internationally excellent experts & Neural Computation in other Scottish universities. Applications www.ed.ac.uk/pg/489 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Training & support www.ed.ac.uk/pg/494 MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Students will carry out research work within MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) a research group under the guidance of a MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) supervisor. They may also attend lectures PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research group/centre/institute that are relevant to their research topic, as Research group/centre/institute The Institute for Adaptive & Neural prescribed by their supervisor. They will be The Centre for Intelligent Systems and their Computation (ANC) fosters the study expected to attend seminars and meetings Applications (CISA) investigates how knowledge of adaptive processes in both artificial of relevant research groups. Periodic reviews can be formally represented and reasoning and biological systems. It encourages of progress are conducted to assist with can be automated. This is part of the interdisciplinary and collaborative work research planning. Students also have access foundations for the computational fabric that involving the traditional disciplines of to a range of short transferrable skills courses. supports modern industry and society. It is neuroscience, cognitive science, computer science, computational science, mathematics Facilities also a major driving force for change in areas and statistics. Its research can be divided All areas of research in informatics have access such as multi-agent systems and reasoning broadly into the three main areas of to world-class specialist research facilities. The on the World Wide Web. In this field there bioinformatics, machine learning award-winning Informatics Forum brings an is a strong interaction between theory and and neuroinformatics. eclectic multidisciplinary collection of more application, and CISA covers the spectrum than 500 researchers in informatics and computer from abstract research using logics and science together under one roof. theorem-proving methods through to systems-oriented research (via our Artificial Fees & costs Intelligence Applications Institute). Fees: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees.

Funding Around 50 research scholarships are available each year to new PhD students. Many of these are full scholarships, paying tuition fees, research costs and a stipend to cover living expenses (£13,290 per year in 2009–2010, rising in subsequent years). The rest pay fees and/or a contribution towards living expenses. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 203

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 203 Science & Engineering

Institute for Institute of Perception, Neuroinformatics Informatics Communicating Action & Behaviour & Computational & Collaborative Systems www.ed.ac.uk/pg/495 Neuroscience Doctoral www.ed.ac.uk/pg/491 MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) Training Centre MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/490 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc by Research (1 yr FT) PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research group/centre/institute Research group/centre/institute The Institute of Perception, Action & Behaviour Research group/centre/institute The Neuroinformatics & Computational (IPAB) is concerned with how to link, in theory The Institute for Communicating & Neuroscience Doctoral Training Centre (DTC) and in practice, computational perception, Collaborative Systems (ICCS) studies all aspects covers research into understanding the nervous representation, transformation and generation of communication among humans and system using experiments and computational processes to external worlds. The external between humans and machines, using text, models, applying findings from neuroscience world may be the ’real’ world or another speech and other modalities. It draws on to build better software and hardware (robots computational environment that has its own machine learning, statistical modelling, and and microcircuits), and using advanced methods character. Examples of where this issue arises computational, psychological and linguistic to improve data handling and analysis including include bio-mimetic robotics, computer-based theories of communication. Research areas clinical diagnosis. PhD topics fall into the five visual perception, dynamic control of the include: wide-coverage parsing and statistical areas of: computational neuroscience; cognitive interaction of robotic systems with their natural language processing, question science; biomedical imaging algorithms and environment or each other, computer-based answering, information extraction, statistical tools; software systems and applications; generation of external phenomena, such as machine translation, computational syntax and and neurorobotics and neuromorphic VLSI. images, music or actions, and agent-based semantics and their interaction in processing; The DTC offers a combined MSc/PhD in interaction with other agents or humans, human learning, human reasoning and Neuroinformatics, ideal for students with as in computer games. psychologically realistic knowledge representation; backgrounds in the physical, mathematical and the production and analysis of cooperative computer sciences who want to apply their communication in a number of modalities Laboratory for computational and analytical skills to problems including spoken and written text and Foundations of in neuroscience and related fields. dialogue, graphics and multimedia, and music. Computer Science Training & support Institute for Computing www.ed.ac.uk/pg/493 This is a 1+3 year programme. The first year MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) is dedicated to coursework and neuroscience Systems Architecture MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) research training leading to the award of an www.ed.ac.uk/pg/492 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) MSc by Research degree. This is followed by MPhil (2 yrs FT, 4 yrs PT) a further three years of doctoral research Research group/centre/institute MSc by Research (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) within a research group under the guidance The Laboratory for Foundations of Computer PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) of two supervisors, leading to the award of Science (LFCS) is a community of theoretical a PhD degree. Research group/centre/institute computer scientists with interests in concurrency, The Institute for Computing Systems Architecture semantics, categories, algebra, types, logic Funding (ICSA) studies the architecture and engineering and complexity. It focuses on developing Around 10 research scholarships are annually of future computing systems. It aims to extend and applying foundational understanding available to UK applicants. the understanding of the performance and of computation and communication: scalability of existing computational systems; formal models, mathematical theories improve the characteristics of current systems and software tools. through innovations in algorithms, architectures, compilers, languages and protocols; develop new and novel architectures; and develop new engineering methods by which future systems can be created and maintained. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 204

204

Mathematics

With approximately 60 PhD students and the School’s library, which provides books and journals in mathematics, statistics and related subjects such as physics and computer science. 60 MSc students coming from more than 20 different countries, the School of Mathematics Scholarships & bursaries is a major centre for graduate training in the There are a number of scholarship opportunities available to UK. The School was judged ‘excellent’ in the mathematics students, including: last Quality Assurance Agency teaching EPSRC studentships assessment and scored highly in the 2008 A number of Doctoral Training Account Studentships are available for UK/EU students. These are funded by the Engineering & Physical Research Assessment Exercise. Sciences Research Council (EPSRC). We expect to be able to pay the fees of up to six UK/EU students and a stipend of up to £13,000 for Research activities in Mathematics at the University of Edinburgh UK students. are grouped with those of Heriot-Watt University (www.ma.hw.ac.uk/ maths) through the Maxwell Institute for Mathematical Sciences School of Mathematics studentships (www.maxwell.ac.uk). The 80 or so research-active staff of the Each year the School of Mathematics offers studentships to one or two Institute make Edinburgh a highly active centre for research, with outstanding international PhD students. These provide full or partial numerous graduate courses, seminars, conferences and workshops, support and can be flexibly combined with other funding sources. and a dynamic visitor programme.

For detailed information, consult the Graduate School pages School of Mathematics teaching scholarships (www.maths.ed.ac.uk/pg), which include information about Teaching scholarships provide partial funding for students. online application, and the Scottish Mathematical Training Centre (www.smstc.ac.uk) about courses available to first year PhD students. Overseas Research Studentship Award Scheme This scheme offers outstanding international applicants a substantial Our range of degrees reduction of fees from the overseas rate to the Home/EU rate. We offer research PhD degrees in the following areas: For general scholarship opportunities, visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. • Algebra & Number Theory • Analysis • Applied & Computational Mathematics Careers • Geometry & Topology Our graduates find success in academia and in a range of businesses • Mathematical Physics and industries such as investment banking, consultancy and information • Optimization & Operational Research technology. Recent employers of mathematics postgraduates have • Probability & Stochastics included Deutsche Bank, Ernst & Young, and Bloomberg. • Statistics. The School also offers taught MSc degrees and postgraduate diplomas Contact in Mathematics, Operational Research and Financial Mathematics. PhD Programmes Mathematics Each year-long MSc programme consists of courses taught over seven Mrs Gill Law months, followed by a dissertation project over the summer. The Graduate School Secretary diploma courses last nine months and primarily comprises the taught School of Mathematics component of the relevant MSc. It is also possible to study for an The University of Edinburgh MSc by Research. For this award a student will undertake a 12-month Room 5318, James Clerk Maxwell Building programme of study tailored to their particular interests. King’s Buildings Edinburgh EH9 3JZ Facilities & resources T: +44 (0)131 650 5085 The School is housed on three floors of the James Clerk Maxwell Building F: +44 (0)131 650 6553 at the King’s Buildings campus, south of the city centre. Every research E: [email protected] student has access to an office, which contains one or more computer W: www.maths.ed.ac.uk/pg terminals linked to the School computer laboratory and the University’s central computing facilities. The James Clerk Maxwell Building houses PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 205

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 205 Science & Engineering

Masters programmes

FINANCIAL FINANCIAL MODELLING MATHEMATICS Mathematics MATHEMATICS & OPTIMIZATION

http://fimmsc.maths.ed.ac.uk http://fmomsc.maths.ed.ac.uk www.ed.ac.uk/pg/645 Joint MSc with Heriot-Watt University MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) (1 yr FT) Contact Contact Contact As for Financial Mathematics Frances Reid Mrs Katy McPhail E: [email protected] T: +44 (0)131 650 4883 T: +44 (0)131 650 4885 E: [email protected] Fees & costs E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs Fees & costs student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Entry requirements student-funding/tuition-fees student-funding/tuition-fees A UK 2:1 degree, or its international equivalent, Entry requirements Additional costs: £150 to cover textbooks and in mathematics or a very substantially As for Financial Mathematics a calculator. mathematical subject such as statistics, (to be confirmed on an individual basis). Entry requirements physics or engineering. Programme details A UK 2:1 degree, or its international equivalent, Programme details This programme aims to prepare students in mathematics or a very substantially The MSc aims to facilitate the professional for careers involving the use of advanced mathematical subject such as statistics, development of students (with a strong mathematics or for a doctoral degree in an physics or engineering. mathematical background) in the theory area of mathematics. It introduces students Programme details and practice of financial mathematics and to the concepts of abstract thinking and Students will study background finance, optimization. It offers a flexibly structured logical analysis and provides the tools to coupled with the development of the key syllabus of study relevant to the needs solve or prove a problem using these concepts. background mathematics of stochastic of employers today in areas such as the The programme provides a sound foundation calculus. These will prepare the ground for financial sector, energy markets and those and develops wider skills involved in problem theoretical courses on mathematical applications that use modern financial tools and solving (through the application of advanced in finance and a range of courses on numerical optimization techniques. mathematical techniques from different areas techniques for the practical implementation Teaching methods in pure and applied mathematics), time/task of the ideas. Overall this programme offers a Students take courses to the value of 120 management and communication skills. unique combination of subjects from financial points, including compulsory course units Teaching methods markets to theoretical mathematics. (90 points). Successful performance in these Students will take 120 points of taught Teaching methods examinations leads to the completion of a courses, including core and optional courses. The programme is jointly run by the University three-month dissertation project (60 points) Successful performance in these examinations of Edinburgh and Heriot-Watt University. for the award of the MSc degree. leads to the completion of a dissertation Students are required to take nine compulsory Skills & learning outcomes project (60 points) for the award of the modules, including two special topics and 1.5 Graduates will gain a knowledge and MSc degree. credit modules from a range of eight optional understanding of advanced mathematical Skills & learning outcomes modules. Successful performance in these techniques from modern probability theory, Graduates will gain a knowledge and examinations leads to a three-month dissertation stochastic analysis and optimization that are understanding of advanced concepts in project for the award of the MSc degree. applied in the pricing of modern financial their chosen areas of pure or applied Skills & learning outcomes products and/or in the solving of mathematics. They will learn about advanced Students will gain an understanding of optimization-type problems. mathematical techniques from key areas mathematical concepts in research papers in including: analysis, algebra, geometry, the area and make a significant contribution probability theory, statistics, partial differential to prospective employers in the industry. equations and numerical methods. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 206

206

OPERATIONAL reports and programming assignments. OPERATIONAL RESEARCH RESEARCH An industrial or academic project is written WITH ENERGY up as a dissertation. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/116 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/500 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Skills & learning outcomes MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) Graduates will be able to identify appropriate Contact Contact OR techniques to apply to practical problems, Frances Reid As for Operational Research and select the mathematical techniques and T: +44 (0)131 650 4883 software required to compute a solution. Fees & costs E: [email protected] Specifically, students will acquire the core www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Fees & costs skills of Java programming, the Xpress linear student-funding/tuition-fees www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ optimization modelling language Mosel, Additional costs: as for Operational Research. student-funding/tuition-fees the Simul8 simulation package as well as Entry requirements One postgraduate scholarship of £1,500 per developing high-level applications of Excel. As for Operational Research annum is available each year to supplement Depending on their choice of optional courses, a more substantial award for an outstanding students will develop more specialist skills in Programme details postgraduate student. computing, optimization and statistics, as well With the generation and distribution of as an insight into a range of industrial and energy resources becoming more and more Entry requirements financial applications of OR. complex, there is an ever-growing need for the A UK 2:1 degree, or its international application of OR techniques in this sector of equivalent, in a numerate discipline, OPERATIONAL RESEARCH WITH industry. Graduates will have a skill set that is for example mathematics, engineering, COMPUTATIONAL OPTIMIZATION in high demand. computer science, physical or biological sciences, economics or business. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/499 Teaching methods MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) As for Operational Research Programme details This course is designed to give a broad Contact Skills & learning outcomes foundation in operational research (OR), As for Operational Research As for Operational Research and to provide an understanding of the Fees & costs techniques of OR and develop the skills OPERATIONAL RESEARCH www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ WITH FINANCE required to incorporate these techniques student-funding/tuition-fees in the management decision process. It Additional costs: as for Operational Research www.ed.ac.uk/pg/497 provides training in the mathematical and MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) computational foundations of OR and Entry requirements Contact experience in modelling practical decision As for Operational Research As for Operational Research problems and covers the solution of these Programme details models using existing software packages The School has a world-class Computational Fees & costs and teaches the skills needed to implement Optimization group. Graduates would be www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ novel software solutions on conventional attractive to companies who develop their student-funding/tuition-fees or high-performance computers. There is a own high-performance optimization software Additional costs: as for Operational Research. focus on risk management and computational and also to firms who are embedding Entry requirements optimization, and evolving application areas optimization methods into their products. As for Operational Research such as finance, telecommunications, energy This MSc would also provide an ideal and data mining. background for PhD studies in the area. Programme details As major financial centre, Edinburgh is an Specific named degrees exist for students Teaching methods excellent place to study OR with a financial who follow particular themed pathways. As for Operational Research theme. Recent changes in legislation on risk Some of the courses are delivered by Skills & learning outcomes exposure have created significant demand industrial, financial and academic specialists As for Operational Research from financial institutions for the range of skills from both the UK and abroad. possessed by graduates of this programme. Teaching methods The MSc consists of traditional lecture-based courses and practical lab-based courses, assessed by means of examinations, written PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 207

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 207 Science & Engineering

Teaching methods Mathematics As for Operational Research

Skills & learning outcomes As for Operational Research

OPERATIONAL RESEARCH WITH RISK

www.ed.ac.uk/pg/498 MSc (1 yr FT, 2 yrs PT) “The MSc year was one of the most enjoyable Contact and stimulating of my life. There were plenty of As for Operational Research different optional courses to cater to every Fees & costs interest, in addition to the core units which www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ gave a strong foundation in all aspects of OR. student-funding/tuition-fees Additional costs: as for Operational Research I chose optional courses which qualified me for the Operational Research with Risk degree, Entry requirements which let me do a selection of courses that As for Operational Research complemented each other and gave me a deeper Programme details insight into my chosen area. The lecturers were Risk analysis and management are becoming always supportive and willing to help, and I had increasingly important subjects and most large organisations are active in producing some of the most rewarding academic challenges and maintaining formal risk management of my career. Thanks to the knowledge and strategies. This provides significant experience I gained during my time in Edinburgh, employment opportunities for graduates I am now working in operational research for a from this programme. large UK defence contractor.” Teaching methods Nicholas Bec As for Operational Research MSc Operational Research with Risk Skills & learning outcomes As for Operational Research PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 208

208

Research areas

Research activities at Edinburgh are grouped a combination of funding from EPSRC As well as running a weekly algebra seminar with those of Heriot-Watt University through and the School of Mathematics. and a number theory seminar, and several the Maxwell Institute for Mathematical Sciences. informal working seminars, we are heavily • Overseas Research Studentships: made on The 80 or so research-active staff of the involved in international conferences and giving the basis of inter-university competition, Institute make Edinburgh a highly active centre international lectures. Recent destinations these pay the overseas fees component for research in mathematics, with numerous include Grenoble, Vancouver, Palo Alto, for successful overseas students. Used in graduate courses, seminars, conferences and Montreal, Shanghai and Oberwolfach. We also conjunction with funding offered by the workshops, and a dynamic visitor programme. serve on editorial boards of various international School of Mathematics, these can complete journals, including Communications in Algebra, the financial package for overseas students. Training & support Journal of Algebra and its Applications, We expect to be able to support up to two Students in the Graduate School of Mathematics Mathematics of Computation and Proceedings students in this manner in 2010. are assigned two supervisors from the of the Edinburgh Mathematical Society. academic staff. In addition to working on the Other scholarships available to students of given project, students are expected to take specific nationality include: Analysis part in the other regular activities of the • Carnegie scholarships www.ed.ac.uk/pg/510 School, which includes graduate lectures, • Scottish & Newcastle Baltika scholarships PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) research seminars and colloquia, as well as the • Commonwealth scholarships. postgraduate colloquium (organised by and for Research profile Contact postgraduates). A series of training courses We work in a wide range of areas, including Mrs Gill Law run through the Scottish Mathematical linear and nonlinear elliptic and hyperbolic School of Mathematics Sciences Training Centre is designed PDEs; harmonic analysis and its connections T: +44 (0)131 650 5085 specifically for first-year graduate students with geometry, number theory and E: [email protected] of mathematics. A more generic transferable- combinatorics; stochastic analysis; and skill programme is run by the College of We admit approximately 13 PhD students dynamical systems. Analysis is part of the Science & Engineering. each year. Pure Mathematics Group whose research has consistently been placed in the top five UK Facilities departments over the last 12 years in the Graduate School of Mathematics research Algebra & Research Assessment Exercises. students benefit from excellent library and Number Theory computing facilities. The special features of www.ed.ac.uk/pg/509 the Edinburgh mathematical landscape are Applied & Computational PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) the presence of the International Centre for Mathematics Mathematical Sciences and the ongoing Research profile www.ed.ac.uk/pg/511 collaboration with Heriot-Watt University. Research focuses on the following topics: PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Fees & costs • Non commutative Ring Theory (Lenagan, Research profile Fees: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ Smoktunowicz) Research interests include numerical analysis, student-funding/tuition-fees. • Representation Theory (Gordon) dynamical systems, multiscale modelling and • Number Theory (Smyth). Funding analysis, signal processing and asymptotics. The main funding opportunities are: There are close links in our work with A broad range of applications is considered, Geometry and Mathematical Physics. • Engineering & Physical Sciences Research including stellar and molecular dynamics, Council (EPSRC) Doctoral Training Account: In the last few years, Agata Smoktunowicz has geophysical and astrophysical fluid dynamics, this provides studentships primarily available won a European Mathematical Society Prize, the nonlinear waves in fluids and solids, to UK students for whom they provide full Whitehead Prize of the London Mathematical optoelectronics, and compressed sensing. support (fees and stipend). Successful Society and the Waclaw Sierpinski Prize of the Group members have a leading role in the applicants are expected to teach three Polish Academy of Sciences, as well as giving Centre for Numerical Algorithms & Intelligent hours per week during term time. The total an invited lecture at the 2006 International Software, which will support a number of stipends associated to such awards will be Congress of Mathematicians. Agata currently PhD studentships. about £13,000 in 2010–11. We expect to holds an EPSRC Advanced Research Fellowship. be able to support up to five eligible Iain Gordon was awarded the Berwick Prize of students for entry in 2010. A few students the London Mathematical Society and is from the EU can also be supported through currently an EPSRC Leadership Fellow. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 209

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 209 Science & Engineering

Geometry & Topology Probability & Statistics Mathematics www.ed.ac.uk/pg/512 Stochastic Analysis www.ed.ac.uk/pg/516 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/515 PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research group/centre/institute PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) Research profile The group has interests in differential Research profile The group’s methodological research is and algebraic geometry, algebraic and The group’s research interests focus on Bayesian in nature. Areas of research include geometric topology, twistor theory and the following themes: stochastic differential hierarchical multivariate random effects integrable systems equations and stochastic PDEs, nonlinear models, wavelets, nonparametric regression filtering and stochastic control; applications and resampling. There is a strong interest in Mathematical Physics of stochastic analysis in mathematical finance; applications with specific areas being forensic science, the law, agriculture and functional www.ed.ac.uk/pg/513 numerical analysis of PDEs, stochastic PDEs genomics data such as gene expression PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) and stochastic differential equations. microarrays. There is a strong link with Research group/centre/institute Biomathematics & Statistics Scotland, We are the University of Edinburgh branch which has offices adjacent to the School. of the Edinburgh Mathematical Physics Group: a group of researchers with interests in Mathematical Physics, based at the University of Edinburgh and Heriot-Watt University. This very dynamic group has interests in a range of topics in modern mathematical physics, including string theory and supergravity, the gauge-gravity correspondence, black holes and quantum “The experience I had here exceeded my expectations. The way lectures gravity, integrability and cosmology. are structured, the rhythm of study and the good balance between Operational Research theory and practice in tutorials made us feel really interested and involved in the programme. I must also add that the one thing that & Optimization makes the programme exceptional is the availability of all teachers. www.ed.ac.uk/pg/514 The feeling I had speaking to them was really incredible, as they PhD (3 yrs FT, 6 yrs PT) answered nearly all my questions and were very up-to-date with their Research group/centre/institute topic. Whatever you want to learn in signal processing, this programme The group’s main focus is on mathematical and is an excellent way to do it!” computing aspects of optimization. Anne-Laure Bianne The core technology in optimization is the MSc Signal Processing and Communications solution of large sparse linear and quadratic problems. We have world-class expertise in the two main solution methods for these: the simplex method and the interior point method. In addition, we have interests in global optimization, decomposition methods, parallel computing, industrial applications of optimization and stochastic optimization. There is other expertise in simulation and stochastic areas of operational research. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 210

210

Physics & Astronomy

The School of Physics & Astronomy at the The SUPA Prize Studentships are prestigious and competitive awards intended to attract outstanding physics students from around the University of Edinburgh is a world-class world. They provide support for tuition fees and a maintenance research centre, with the fifth largest body grant of £14,000 per year for a three-and-a-half-year period. There will be no requirement to teach associated with these positions. of researchers in the UK. We offer a diverse Studentships are awarded competitively and can be applied for online postgraduate teaching programme, with at www.supa.ac.uk/prize/prize.php. Applications open in October an ‘excellent’ Teaching Quality Assurance and the closing date is 31 January. Assessment rating. Each year one or two School studentships, which cover tuition costs and contribute to living expenses, are made available to Our range of degrees exceptional students.

We offer a comprehensive selection of postgraduate degrees. The Scottish Doctoral Training Centre in Condensed Matter Physics is a Students can earn a PhD in one of our main research areas: tri-institutional collaboration between the universities of Edinburgh, St • Astrophysics Andrews and Heriot-Watt, providing international-level doctoral training • Condensed Matter (including Biophysics) in the core discipline of condensed matter physics. It was established • Molecular & Optical Physics in December 2008 with funding from the EPSRC and offers more than • Nuclear Physics 10 four-year PhD fully funded studentships per annum. The first cohort • Particle Physics. of students arrived in autumn 2009. There are at least 22 scholarships for taught MSc studies in Scotland offered by the Scottish Government. We also offer taught masters/diploma programmes in the To find out about funding opportunities for overseas students taking following subjects: taught MSc programmes, and about the many scholarships, bursaries • Distributed Scientific Computing and prizes that are not directly administered by the University of • High Performance Computing. Edinburgh, please visit www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/student-funding. Facilities & resources The School of Physics & Astronomy is housed in the James Clerk Careers Maxwell Building at King’s Buildings and also at the Royal Observatory Our MSc graduates go on to a variety of careers depending on their on nearby Blackford Hill. Physics & Astronomy at the University of field of study. These include research roles or other related positions in Edinburgh is also part of the Scottish Universities Physics Alliance industry, research institutes and universities. Many choose to continue (SUPA), which is intended to lead to a unified physics graduate school their research training by embarking on a PhD. throughout Scotland; and as part of SUPA we offer a large range of graduate courses jointly with the other SUPA universities. Further tuition and support is provided in the form of summer schools, and Contact seminars and training courses organised by the in-house transferable Graduate School Secretary skills training team. School of Physics & Astronomy James Clerk Maxwell Building Scholarships & bursaries The King’s Buildings Edinburgh EH9 3JZ Each year we admit around 30 PhD students, with funding from T: +44 (0)131 650 5273 SUPA, UK research councils (primarily the Engineering & Physical F: +44 (0)131 650 5902 Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) and the Science and Technology E: [email protected] Facilities Council (STFC), the EU, industry and our own scholarships. W: www.ph.ed.ac.uk While UK research councils provide full studentships only to UK nationals or EU nationals who have satisfied the three-year residence requirement, SUPA offers a series of prestigious prize studentships that are unrestricted by nationality. PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 211

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 211 Science & Engineering

Masters programmes

DISTRIBUTED SCIENTIFIC • become sufficiently well qualified for The EPCC is a research institute within the Physics & Astronomy COMPUTING undertaking research or development School of Physics & Astronomy. One of in an academic or commercial domain Europe’s leading supercomputing centres, www.ed.ac.uk/pg/124 which makes use of distributed it manages an extensive collection of HPC MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) computing technologies. systems, including HECToR, the UK’s largest, Contact fastest and most powerful supercomputer. MSc Programme Coordinator HIGH PERFORMANCE Teaching methods T: +44 (0)131 651 7067 COMPUTING This hands-on programme combines lectures E: [email protected] www.ed.ac.uk/pg/187 with tutored practical sessions and small-group Fees & costs MSc (1 yr FT, 3 yrs PT) tutorials, which are backed up by extended www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ programming exercises, written reports and Contact student-funding/tuition-fees research projects. As for Distributed Scientific Computing Additional costs: £1,000 E: [email protected] Skills & learning outcomes Entry requirements Upon completion of the programme, Fees & costs Preferably a UK 2:1 honours degree, or students should be able to: www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ its international equivalent, plus proven student-funding/tuition-fees • understand and use the major techniques competence in computer programming. Additional costs: £1,000 for programming parallel supercomputers Applicants holding a UK 2:2 honours degree, and be able to apply them to real-world or its international equivalent, or applicants Entry requirements HPC applications; with equivalent work experience, may also Preferably a UK 2:1 honours degree, or its • adopt a professional approach and apply be considered. international equivalent. Applicants holding good practice to major software- a UK 2:2 honours degree, or its international Programme details development projects in a variety of equivalent, or applicants with equivalent work This programme aims to provide students and programming languages experience, may also be considered. with an understanding of the techniques and • embark upon further research in areas of technologies used in distributed computing No prior high performance computing (HPC) science that use leading-edge computing. and to prepare them for a career applying them knowledge is assumed, but candidates must in either academia or the commercial IT sector. be competent programmers in C, C++, Fortran or Java. Edinburgh is home to the UK Nationale- Science Centre (NeSC), run in collaboration Programme details with the University of Glasgow. HPC is the use of powerful processors, networks and supercomputers to tackle Teaching methods problems that are very computer or data The programme comprises lectures, practical intensive. It is widely used in a range of exercises, tutorials and individual study, and areas of climate research, aerospace and will be assessed by a combination of exams automotive engineering, oil exploration, and coursework. The coursework will include drug design, genetic sequencing and individual and group assignments leading to nanotechnology. HPC techniques are also presentations and posters, while the individual essential to exploit the full potential of research project is assessed by a dissertation computing clusters, modern multicore laptops and presentation. and graphics processors used for general Skills & learning outcomes numerical computing. Students who undertake this programme will: The programme provides an excellent grounding • demonstrate proficiency in the application in HPC technologies and their practical of a number of distributed computing application. Students will acquire skills that are technologies to problems in e-Science, grid applicable both to academic computational computing and related commercial IT science research and to a wide range of sectors, as well as an understanding of the careers in science, engineering, industry and principles underpinning them commercial software development. • develop presentation, time-management and critiquing skills PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 212

212

Research areas

Astrophysics Condensed Matter Molecular & www.ed.ac.uk/pg/189 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/190 Optical Physics PhD (3 yrs FT) PhD (3 yrs FT) www.ed.ac.uk/pg/191 Research group/centre/institute Research group/centre/institute PhD (3 yrs FT) The Institute for Astronomy (IfA) shares the Centres include the Centre for Science Research group/centre/institute historic Royal Observatory Edinburgh (ROE) at Extreme Conditions (CSEC) and the Some activities take place within the Collaborative site with the UK Astronomy Technology Collaborative Optical Spectroscopy Optical Spectroscopy, Micromanipulation and Centre (UK ATC). Micromanipulation & Imaging Centre (COSMIC). Imaging Centre (COSMIC), in collaboration with Research profile Research profile the Condensed Matter Group. Edinburgh is one of the world’s major Our main areas of research are: Research profile centres for astronomy research. The broad • high-pressure physics & the CSEC The research portfolio draws inspiration from programme covers both observational and • quantum ordering, magnetism & and contributes to aspects of biology, chemistry theoretical work in the areas of cosmology, superconductivity and industry. The general aim is to reveal the active galaxies, formation of stars and planets • soft matter & biological physics experiment links between molecular structure and and stellar systems. • statistical physics, soft matter & biological potentially exploitable material properties. physics theory Training & support Participants are engaged in fundamental and • computational materials physics. The programme focuses on thesis-related applied research on exotic and disordered research, which proceeds in parallel with more Training & support materials, including structured liquids, formal education in background knowledge. Skills are learned primarily by active supercritical fluids, supercooled/glassy systems, A first-year reading group covers basic engagement in a research project within liquid crystals, ultra-thin molecular films and astrophysics in tutorials, together with graduate a supportive research group. Training is matter under extreme conditions. courses and optional advanced undergraduate offered in experimental, simulated and The group also has several programmes on courses and computing courses, in most theoretical techniques. relevant specialties. novel optical bio-imaging and optical Facilities manipulation, which include spectroscopic Facilities A world-leading research environment is imaging, time resolved fluorescence imaging Observational PhDs use large telescopes in offered, with access to internationally and optical tweezers. Australia, Hawaii, Chile and the Canary Islands, renowned facilities, including supercomputers Training & support plus space facilities such as the Hubble Space for simulation and facilities for x-ray and Training is offered in experimental, simulated Telescope. Edinburgh is also a major centre neutron-scattering work. for astronomical catalogues and databases. and theoretical techniques, and researchers Contact will gain hands-on experience with state-of- Contact As for Astrophysics the-art optical spectroscopy and microscopy. Graduate School Secretary Skills are earned primarily by active T: +44 (0)131 650 5273 engagement in a research project. E: [email protected] Facilities Many activities take place within the COSMIC and extensive use is made of the Science & Technology Facilities Council’s ISIS facility, the world’s brightest pulsed neutron source.

Contact As for Astrophysics PGP (SCE 170-213) 2011 19/7/10 16:39 Page 213

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Science & Engineering www.scieng.ed.ac.uk 213 Science & Engineering

Nuclear Physics Particle Physics Training & support Physics & Astronomy Research activity is complemented by a www.ed.ac.uk/pg/192 www.ed.ac.uk/pg/193 wide range of lectures, and by participation PhD (3 yrs FT) PhD (3 yrs FT) at international conferences.

Research group/centre/institute Research group/centre/institute Facilities The University of Edinburgh Nuclear Physics Particle physics research encompasses both Edinburgh hosts QCDOC, the world’s leading Group is one of the most diverse in the country. theory and experiment. computer for Lattice QCD calculations, as well Research profile Research profile as the National e-Science Centre (NeSC). Edinburgh’s nuclear physics research spans Particle physics explores nature at the smallest Contact a broad range of experimental activities, length scales currently accessible, explaining As for Astrophysics including studies to identify both the baryonic the observed phenomena in terms of elegant and non-baryonic constituents of the universe, mathematical theories. the influence of nuclear reactions on stellar This is a very exciting time to study particle explosions, and the quark substructures physics as the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) of hadrons. at CERN has started colliding protons after Much of the success of the group has been 20 years of design and construction. Currently, underpinned through its ongoing programme almost all experimental observations in particle of development of silicon detector devices, physics are described by the “Standard Model” which is conducted in collaboration with the of particle physics. However, we expect new commercial company Micron Semiconductors. discoveries to be made at the LHC which could open a window on physics beyond More recently, the group has joined the Standard Model. collaborators at Imperial College, the Rutherford Appleton Laboratory and overseas The Particle Physics Experiment Group in a programme of dark matter research, collaborates at two experiments at the LHC: aiming to establish the first direct evidence of ATLAS and LHCb. The ATLAS experiment the non-baryonic dark matter that is thought probes physics at the energy frontier: looking to make up most of the mass of the universe. for new particles and phenomena which appear at the high energies of the LHC, for example Main areas of research include: the Higgs boson and supersymmetry. The LHCb • photonuclear research experiments probes physics at the precision • exotic nuclei frontier: looking for phenomena which appear • nuclear astrophysics with the high precision of the LHC, for example • silicon detector devices looking for new sources of CP violation, which • dark matter research. could explain why matter is more abundant Training & support than anti-matter in the universe. The research is experimental. In most instances, We welcome applications to work on either work is performed in relatively small collaborations ATLAS or LHCb, or on any of other activities: and the student is encouraged to become distributed data management for LHC involved in all aspects of the experiments, (GRID computing), detector development including design, construction, implementation, for upgrading the LHC detectors or on data analysis and presentation of results. physics studies for a post-LHC linear Facilities electron-positron collider. The group participates in experiments at The Particle Physics Theory Group’s TRIUMF (Canada), ORNL and ANL (USA), activities span a wide range of topics, CERN, and Mainz. including cosmology, lattice QCD, precision Contact electroweak physics, and searches for signals As for Astrophysics of new physics perturbative QCD, and non- perturbative Quantum Field Theory. Research is conducted at international facilities. PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 214

214

Tuition fees: further information

Fee status student continuing study beyond the period Doctorate of Education (EdD) for which annual fees are payable is required In common with other universities in the UK, Part-time candidates for the degree of EdD to pay one matriculation fee in the following there are separate scales of fees for students pay a total of five part-time annual fees. academic year and then a continuation fee whose status is ‘home’ (i.e. UK or European This is irrespective of the prescribed period for every authorised extension until they Union) and those whose status is ‘overseas’. of study. Students who submit their thesis submit their thesis. Continuation fees are A student’s status as home or overseas is early are required to pay the remaining years’ charged pro rata for the full period of an determined according to The Education (Fees fees on submission. Any student continuing approved extension. and Awards) (Scotland) Regulations 2007. study beyond the period for which annual The UK Council for International Student Master of Philosophy (MPhil) fees are payable is required to pay an annual Affairs (UKCISA) provides a guidance note for matriculation fee. students which explains the conditions you Full-time need to meet to be entitled to pay tuition fees Students pay a total of two full-time annual Higher degrees – DVM&S, MD, DDS at the ‘home’ rate and not the ‘overseas’ rate fees, irrespective of the period of prescribed The fees for the DVM&S, MD and DDS comprise for study in Scotland. This information can study under supervision. Students who submit an initial registration fee, plus a fee per annum be found at www.ed.ac.uk/schools- their thesis early are required to pay the (including the first year). An additional departments/student-funding/tuition- remaining years’ fees on submission. Any examination fee will be payable upon submission. fees. All applicants for admission from outside student continuing study beyond the period the UK or EU, applicants who are temporarily for which annual fees are payable is required LLM, MSc, MTh, MMus and MBA resident in the UK or EU at the time of to pay one matriculation fee in the following Full-time candidates for the LLM, MSc, MTh, application, and those who have, within the academic year and then a continuation fee for MMus and MBA pay one full-time annual fee. past three years, spent a period of every authorised extension until they submit Part-time candidates for the LLM, MSc, MTh, employment or residence outside the UK/EU, their thesis. Continuation fees are charged pro MMus and MBA pay two or three part-time are advised that they should be certain of rata for the full period of an approved extension. annual fees, in accordance with their their status for fee purposes before registering prescribed period of study. for their course at the start of the academic Part-time year, and be certain that they have the Students pay a total of four part-time annual Master of Social Work (MSW) necessary funds to meet these fees. fees, irrespective of the period of prescribed Full-time candidates for the MSW pay two study under supervision. Students who submit full-time annual fees. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) their thesis early are required to pay the Full-time remaining years’ fees on submission. Any Part-time study for the student continuing study beyond the period Students studying full time pay a total of full academic session for which annual fees are payable is required three full-time annual fees, irrespective of the All students will be charged approximately to pay one matriculation fee in the following period of prescribed study under supervision. 50 per cent of the appropriate home/EU academic year and then a continuation fee Students who submit their theses early are or overseas full-time fee. for every authorised extension until they required to pay the remaining years’ fees submit their thesis. Continuation fees are on submission. Any student continuing study Visiting students charged pro rata for the full period of an beyond the period for which annual fees are Visiting students admitted to full-time approved extension. payable is required to pay one matriculation study for one semester will be charged at fee in the following academic year and Doctor of Clinical Psychology (DCP) a semester rate which is one half (50 per cent) then a continuation fee for every authorised of the corresponding full-time rate. Visiting This is a taught programme and students will extension until they submit their thesis. students admitted to a taught postgraduate be charged annual fees in accordance with Continuation fees are charged pro rata for programme to complete specified courses will their prescribed period of study. Any student the full period of an approved extension. be charged by the number of credits taken continuing study beyond the period for which pro rata to the appropriate masters fee. Part-time annual fees are payable is required to pay an annual matriculation fee. Students pay a total of six part-time annual General fees, irrespective of the period of prescribed No fees are payable in respect of periods study under supervision. Students who submit of authorised interruption of studies. their thesis early are required to pay the remaining years’ fees on submission. Any PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 215

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Tuition fees: further information www.ed.ac.uk 215 Tuition fees: information further

Other fees Students who have provided proof to In terms of Resolution of the University Court Registry about sponsor/scholarship funding no. 7/1982, students in debt to the University Continuation fees will only receive an invoice if the funding may not be permitted to re-matriculate in Any student continuing study beyond the fails or does not cover the full amount of future sessions, or to graduate, if eligible to do period for which annual fees are payable the fees charged. The University will invoice so, until the outstanding sum has been cleared. is required to pay one matriculation fee the sponsor directly and payment should be in the following academic year and then made within 30 days of the invoice date. For more information about fee and sponsor a continuation fee for every authorised definitions, payment options and exclusions, extension until they submit their thesis. If students are receiving financial support/ payment methods, direct debit mandate Continuation fees are charged pro rata for sponsor funding in full or in part they need dates, instalment dates and amounts the full period of an approved interruption. to be aware that the payment of all fees and contact the Income Section or visit charges is their responsibility and in the event www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ General Council fee that the provider of the support/funding fails finance/students. A fee of £40 is payable prior to first to pay they will be held personally liable. graduation for registration as a member Students can keep check on their full account Income Section, Finance of the General Council. details through the Student Finance Channel The University of Edinburgh in MyEd www.myed.ed.ac.uk. Additional costs Charles Stewart House 9–16 Chambers Street Annual additional programme costs may Fees are due in full by the final matriculation Edinburgh EH1 1HT also be payable by postgraduate students day at the start of the session. Students may UK as notified in their formal letter of admission. be permitted to arrange to pay tuition fees T: +44 (0)131 650 9214 Rates vary according to the field of study, under the University’s instalment scheme. F: +44 (0)131 650 9223 and are detailed in the programme listings E: [email protected] in this prospectus. Please contact the All students paying by instalment will be W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools- appropriate College postgraduate office required to pay at least one-third of their departments/ finance/students for further information. tuition fee prior to or by the final matriculation day at the start of the session. The remaining Payment arrangements instalments will be by direct debit from a UK for tuition fees bank account. For useful banking information, The finance department (Income Section) please visit the International Office website at is responsible for the collection of tuition fees www.ed.ac.uk/studying/international/ and related charges. All invoices, credit notes, finance/banking. statements, instalment plans, reminders and general finance correspondence are sent To be eligible for the instalment option, to your University email account. As detailed students must supply documentation, such in section 12 of the Terms & Conditions (page as current bank statements, business accounts 218) it is the student’s responsibility to access or payslips, demonstrating that they have and manage this email on a regular basis and adequate means of financial support in place to ensure all communications are received for the full period of study. It is important to and acted on. be aware of the University’s policy regarding the payment of tuition fees as defaulting Once students have established their home or on payment not only results in the University overseas status and whether they are required charging late fees but in the event of to pay tuition fees, payment can be made as continued non-payment students risk their soon as a University User Name (UUN)/student place at the University, please visit number is issued. www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ student-funding/tuition-fees/payment. PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 216

216

Campus maps

Central Area: home to the College of Humanities & Social Science

1 New College: School of Divinity 14 Potterrow Student Centre: 26 University of Edinburgh Visitor 39 International Student Centre 2 Minto House Students’ Association (EUSA), Centre: information, exhibition 40 Office of Lifelong Learning 3 Charles Stewart House Chaplaincy Centre, Health Centre and shop 41 Institute for Advanced Studies 4 Adam House 15 University of Edinburgh 27 Informatics Forum in the Humanities (IASH) 5 St Cecilia’s Hall Business School 28 Appleton Tower 42 Edinburgh Central Mosque 6 High School Yards 16 Bedlam Theatre 29 International Office and Student 43 Surgeon’s Hall 7 Moray House School 17 McEwan Hall Recruitment & Admissions 44 Royal Scottish Museum of Education 18 Medical School 30 College of Humanities 45 Greyfriars Kirk 8 St Leonard’s Land 19 Chrystal MacMillan Building & Social Science Office 46 The National Library of Scotland 9 Centre for Sport and Exercise 20 Hugh Robson Building 31 William Robertson Building 47 St Giles’ Cathedral 10 The Pleasance 21 Reid Concert Hall 32 David Hume Tower lecture theatres 48 City Chambers 11 Old College 22 7 George Square 33 Careers Service 49 Edinburgh Castle 12 Disability Office 23 Teviot Row House: Student Union 34 Student Counselling Service 50 Royal Scottish Academy 13 Alison House 24 1 George Square 35 David Hume Tower 51 National Gallery of Scotland 25 Dugald Stewart Building 36 Adam Ferguson Building 52 Edinburgh Waverley train station 37 George Square Lecture Theatre 53 Edinburgh bus station 38 Main Library Bus stop PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 217

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Campus maps www.ed.ac.uk 217 Campus maps

King’s Buildings: home to the College of Science & Engineering

1 British Geological Survey 14 James Clerk Maxwell Building Bus stop 2 Student residences 15 Ashworth Laboratories Parking 3 Weir Building: Science & 16 Kenneth Denbigh Building Engineering College Office, 17 Sanderson Building Careers Service 18 John Muir Building 4 Waddington Building 19 William Rankine Building 5 Crew Building 20 Alexander Graham Bell Building 6 Joseph Black Building 21 Fleeming Jenkin Building 7 Scottish Micro Electronics Centre 22 Faraday Building 8 Roger Land Building 23 Hudson Beare Building 9 Peter Wilson Building 24 Engineering Lecture Theatre 10 Grant Institute 25 Alrick Building 11 KB House: Students’ 26 Michael Swann Building Association (EUSA) 27 Darwin Building 12 KB Centre 28 Daniel Rutherford Building 13 Erskine Williamson Building PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 218

218

Easter Bush: home to the Little France: home to the University’s University’s Vet School Medical School 1 Teaching Facility Phase 1 7 Campus Social Hub 1 Queen’s Medical Research Institute 2 Chancellor’s Building TO THE 2 Teaching Facility Phase 2 8 Hospital for Small Animals CITY CENTRE 3 Campus Service Area 9 Oncology & Imaging Centre 3 The Royal Infirmary of Edinburgh 4 The Roslin Institute Phase 1 10 Large Animal Hospital Phase 1 5 The Roslin Institute Phase 2 11 Large Animal Hospital Phase 2 6 Future Research 12 Sheep Facility Accommodation

STLE RD

IILLAR CA

CRAIGM

OLD DALKEITH RD

LITTLE FRANCE DR

Western General: home to the University’s Medical School

1 Anne Ferguson Building 2 Alexander Donald Building 3 Outpatient Building 4 Clock Tower Building 5 Edinburgh Cancer Centre 6 Chemotherapy 7 Cancer Research UK 8 Medical Research Council Human Genetics 9 Molecular Medicine Centre 10 Paderewski Building 11 Department of Clinical Neurology 12 MRI & CT Scans 13 Infectious Disease 14 Hospital laboratories PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 219

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Terms & conditions www.ed.ac.uk 219 Terms & conditions

Terms & conditions 1. These Terms & conditions will form an 4. Matriculation: is the administrative act of factors as inflation, market competition, essential part of any contract between the becoming a student of the University. It Government and Funding Council policy University of Edinburgh and any student carries with it the obligation to abide by the and other external factors. No student will be offered a place at the University. rules of the University, including the deemed to be matriculated until his or her fees 2. Every effort has been made to ensure that payment of fees and other tuition costs. have been paid, or satisfactory evidence the information contained in this Prospectus After a student has accepted the offer produced that such fees will be paid by a is accurate. The University will take all of a place at the University, it is necessary sponsoring authority on receipt reasonable steps to provide the educational for all students to matriculate at the of the University’s invoice. Students who are services described in this Prospectus. commencement of their studies by agreeing personally liable to pay any part of their fees may However, the content of individual courses to the Sponsio Academica. Thereafter annual be permitted to arrange to pay these under the and the curriculum for any given degree are matriculation status will be dependant on University’s instalment scheme. The payment of under constant academic review and may the student’s attendance on programme fees is the responsibility of the student and, in change from time to time, with some being confirmed. By continuing to study at the event of a student’s sponsoring authority courses being modified, discontinued or the University the student continues to be failing to make payment, the student will be held replaced. In addition, external factors such bound by the their agreement to the personally liable as industrial action or the death or departure Sponsio Academica. No one may attend for payment. of staff may make it impossible, or possible a class or programme of studies without For further details relating to tuition only at disproportionate expense, for the matriculating and no one shall be deemed and other fees payable please visit University to provide a previously offered to be fully matriculated or shall enjoy any www.ed.ac.uk/schools-departments/ option. In the interest of rational of the privileges of membership of the finance/students. In the event of deployment of resources, options offered University, including access to student arrangements for the payment of the fees, may be subject to a minimum level of services and facilities, unless he or she is satisfactory to the University, not having interest being shown in any given year. also enrolled as attending a programme been made within four weeks of the The University does not generally provide of studies or one or more classes and has advertised final date for matriculation, the education to UK and EU students on a made arrangements to the satisfaction of University shall be entitled, but not bound commercial basis. It is also very largely the University for the payment of the fees to, refuse to permit a student to matriculate dependent on public funds (which the entitling him or her to such attendance. after that date and forthwith to terminate University has to manage in a way that is The Sponsio Academica at first matriculation any contractual obligation which the efficient and cost-effective), and on charitable is: “I acknowledge that in all matters relating University has with the student in question, and other sources of funding, over which the to the teaching and discipline of the and that without incurring any liability to University may have little control. University I have willingly placed myself such student and whether the failure to under the jurisdiction of the Senatus 3. For all the foregoing reasons, the University make payment is the fault of the student’s Academicus, and I recognise that if, in the reserves the right not to provide any sponsoring authority or the student opinion of the Senatus, my studies or my particular course, curriculum or facility, personally. conduct are unsatisfactory, it has authority to make variations to the content or method At the discretion of the University, a refund of to forbid my continuance upon courses of delivery of courses, to discontinue courses tuition fees may be made where a student qualifying for a degree.” and to merge or combine courses if such withdraws from a programme of studies with action is reasonably considered to be 5. Decisions are taken by the University in the approval of his or her Head of College. For necessary by the University. If the University good faith on the basis of statements further information about the refund of tuition discontinues any course it will use reasonable made in a student’s application for fees, please contact the Fees and Student endeavours to provide a suitable alternative admission. If it is discovered that a false Support Team. statement has been made or significant course and will take all reasonable steps to 7. Other charges: in common with those at information has been omitted from a minimise any disruption, which might result most other universities, students on certain student’s application form, the University from such changes. Any offer courses at the University of Edinburgh may may withdraw or amend its offer, or of a place at the University of Edinburgh incur additional expenditure on items such terminate the student’s registration at the is made on the understanding that in as field work, specialist materials and University, according to the circumstances. accepting it, the student undertakes to supplementary instrumental tuition; although observe the Ordinances and Resolutions 6. Fees: tuition fees are due, in full, on or some assistance from University funds may of the University and to abide by the rules before the advertised final date for be available to meet such expenditure, and regulations, which the University makes matriculation at the start of the session, responsibility for payment will rest with the for its students from time to time. These and are subject to annual revision. While student. Details of any significant expenditure currently include general disciplinary the University will take all reasonable steps that students may be required to incur can regulations and regulations relating to avoid large increases in tuition fees, be obtained from the appropriate College to examinations, libraries, computing, it reserves the right to implement such or School. In addition, small charges may halls of residence and our smoking increases in fees it deems appropriate. In be made in some subjects for such items policy. Details can be found at deciding upon increases in tuition fees the as course materials, photocopying and www.acaffairs.ed.ac.uk/Regulations/Uni/ University will take into consideration such laser printing; detailed information may index.htm. be obtained from Schools. PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 220

220

8. Students in debt to the University, whether criteria for success in their specific subject means of communication shall be deemed to in respect of tuition fees, accommodation area. Candidates whose achievement is have been duly sent on the date of transmission charges or any other sums, will not be not sufficient for continuation on their initial provided that a confirming copy is sent by permitted to graduate, or to re-matriculate, programme of study may be eligible for an first-class prepaid post to the other party until such time as the debt has been paid in alternative award (such as a Postgraduate within 24 hours after transmission. It shall be the full or satisfactory arrangements are agreed Diploma or Postgraduate Certificate). responsibility of the student to intimate to the for repayment. Judgements on a candidate’s academic University any change in the student’s address. In the event of non-payment by a student performance, and related decisions Notices or information sent to the last intimated of any such sums, the University may raise regarding continuation on a programme address of the student as provided above shall court proceedings for payment and the and the recommendation of an appropriate be deemed to have been properly given. student by his or her acceptance of the award, are taken at the discretion of The Data Protection Act, 1998 the University. University’s offer of admission agrees with The University of Edinburgh holds the University that the Sheriff Court at 11. If any provision of the contract, constituted information about everyone who applies Edinburgh will have exclusive jurisdiction to by acceptance by the student of the to the University and everyone who studies deal with such proceedings and that in any University’s offer of admission, shall be held at the University. We use the information such proceedings these Terms & conditions by any court or other competent authority from your application form to administer and any contract into which they are to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in your application and to compile statistics imported will be governed by and interpreted part, that contract shall continue to be valid that may be published or passed to government in accordance with the law of Scotland. as to the other provisions contained in it and bodies such as the Scottish Higher Education 9. The University cannot accept responsibility, the remainder of the affected provision. Funding Council (SHEFC) or the Higher Education and expressly excludes liability, for loss or 12. Any notice or other information that, either Statistics Agency (HESA). If your application is damage to students’ property including the University or the student requires to successful we will also use the information to without prejudice to the generality the give to the other in connection with the administer your studies, to monitor your transfer of computer viruses to students’ agreement entered into between them, performance and attendance, and to provide equipment. Students are advised to insure may be given by electronic means, by hand you with support. their property against theft and other risks. or sent by first-class prepaid post, facsimile transmission or comparable means of 10. The University reserves the right to exclude The information and data you provide to communication. On joining the University, from studies forthwith any student who the University may be used by the University each student will be allocated a University wilfully and persistently neglects his or her for credit scoring, credit assessment, debt of Edinburgh email account and address academic work to such an extent that there tracing or fraud and money-laundering that will be used for a variety of essential is no reasonable possibility of him or her prevention. Accordingly, the University may communications. Students must access being regarded as having duly performed disclose this information or data to credit and manage this account regularly as the the work of the course or being able to reference agencies or other credit assessment, University will send vital information from proceed to the next stage of the course. debt tracing or fraud prevention organisations. It should also be noted that although time to time (for example on exam candidates may be admitted initially as arrangements, library-related alerts and the prospective students for a postgraduate sending of invoices and reminders) and will If you have any queries regarding the University’s degree such as a Master of Science (MSc) assume that students have opened and use of your information, please contact the or the research degree of Doctor of acted on these communications. It is each University’s Data Protection Officer, by emailing Philosophy (PhD), continuation on these student’s responsibility to check the [email protected]. programmes and successful completion University of Edinburgh account to ensure are not guaranteed at the outset but that all official University communications depend on academic performance in are received. Any notice or information given the various stages of the programme. by post which is not returned to the sender In particular, continuation on taught MSc as undelivered shall be deemed to have programmes is dependent upon candidates been given 48 hours after the envelope successfully passing the taught element of containing the information or notice was the programme. Candidates should ensure posted. Any notice or other information that they familiarise themselves with the sent by facsimile transmission or comparable PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 221

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Useful contacts www.ed.ac.uk 221 Useful contacts

Useful contacts

Accommodation Services Communications and Marketing Scholarships & Student Funding Service The University of Edinburgh The University of Edinburgh The University of Edinburgh Pollock Halls Reception Centre C Floor, Forrest Hill Building Old College 18 Holyrood Park Road 5 Forrest Hill South Bridge Edinburgh EH16 5AY, UK Edinburgh EH1 2QL, UK Edinburgh EH8 9YL, UK T: +44 (0)131 667 1971 T: +44 (0)131 650 9672 (Prospectus requests) T: +44 (0)131 651 4070 F: +44 (0)131 667 0330 F: +44 (0)131 650 2253 F: +44 (0)131 651 4066 E: [email protected] E: [email protected] E: [email protected] W: www.ed.ac.uk/accommodation-services W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools- W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools- departments/communications- departments/student-funding College of Humanities marketing & Social Science Student Recruitment & Admissions Postgraduate Office Disability Office The University of Edinburgh The University of Edinburgh The University of Edinburgh 57 George Square David Hume Tower 6–8 South College Street Edinburgh EH8 9JU, UK George Square Edinburgh EH8 9AA, UK T: +44 (0)131 650 4360 Edinburgh EH8 9JX, UK T: +44 (0)131 650 6828 (voice) F: +44 (0)131 651 1236 T: +44 (0)131 650 4086 T: +44 (0)131 650 9371 (text) E: [email protected] F: +44 (0)131 650 6536 F: +44 (0)131 650 6677 W: www.sra.ed.ac.uk E: [email protected] E: [email protected] W: www.hss.ed.ac.uk W: www.disability-office.ed.ac.uk The University of Edinburgh Visitor Centre College of Medicine Income Section, Finance 2 Charles Street & Veterinary Medicine The University of Edinburgh Edinburgh EH8 9AD, UK Postgraduate Office Charles Stewart House T: +44 (0)131 650 2252 The University of Edinburgh 9-16 Chambers Street F: +44 (0)131 650 2253 Undergraduate Medical Admissions Edinburgh EH1 1HT, UK E: [email protected] The Chancellor’s Building T: +44 (0)131 650 9214 49 Little France Crescent F: +44 (0)131 650 9223 If the telephone number you require Edinburgh EH16 4SB, UK E: [email protected] is not listed, please call our switchboard T: +44 (0)131 242 6461 W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools- or visit our website: F: +44 (0)131 242 6479 departments/finance/students T: +44 (0)131 650 1000 E: [email protected] W: www.ed.ac.uk W: www.ed.ac.uk/medicine-vet- International Office medicine/postgraduate The University of Edinburgh 57 George Square College of Science & Engineering Edinburgh EH8 9JU, UK Postgraduate Office T: +44 (0)131 650 4296 The University of Edinburgh F: +44 (0)131 651 1236 The Weir Building E: [email protected] The King’s Buildings W: www.international.ed.ac.uk Edinburgh EH9 3JY, UK T: +44 (0)131 650 5766 Registry F: +44 (0)131 650 5738 The University of Edinburgh E: [email protected] Old College W: www.scieng.ed.ac.uk/postgraduate South Bridge Edinburgh EH8 9YL, UK T: +44 (0)131 650 2845 F: +44 (0)131 650 8223 E: [email protected] W: www.ed.ac.uk/schools- departments/registry PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 222

222

Index

Accommodation...... 13 Family accommodation...... 13

Advice Place...... 12 Fees & other costs...... 18, 212

Agents...... 17 Financial support...... 18

Alumni...... 14 Global academies...... 6

Applications & admissions...... 17 Health Centre...... 12

Art...... 4 How to get to Edinburgh...... 21

Business training...... 10 Humanities & Social Science, College of...... 26

Campus maps...... 214 International Office...... 12

Careers Service...... 10 International students...... 12, 14, 17

Centre for Sport & Exercise (CSE)...... 8 Libraries & archives...... 8, 14

Chaplaincy Centre...... 12 Loans...... 18

Childcare...... 12 Location...... 14

City of Edinburgh...... 14 Maps...... 214

Computer facilities...... 8 Medicine & Veterinary Medicine, College of...... 138

Contact details...... 219 Music...... 8

Counselling Service...... 12 Nursery facilities...... 12

Data protection...... 218 Online distance learning...... 16

Degrees...... 16 Open Day ...... 21

Disability Office...... 12 Part time study...... 16

Edinburgh, City of...... 14 Peffermill playing fields...... 8

Edinburgh Global...... 6 Pleasance Sports Centre...... 8

Edinburgh University Sports Union...... 8 Research areas...... 25

Edinburgh University Students’ Association (EUSA)...... 8 Scholarships, studentships, awards...... 18

Engineering, College of Science & ...... 170 Science & Engineering, College of...... 170

English language requirements...... 17 Self-catered flats & residences...... 13

Enterprise training...... 10 Social facilities...... 14

Entry requirements...... 17 Social Science, College of Humanities &...... 26 PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 223

The University of Edinburgh Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry Index www.ed.ac.uk 223 Index

Special Collections...... 8

Student Awards Agency for Scotland (SAAS)...... 18, 212

Student Support Services...... 12

Student Union...... 8

Talbot Rice Gallery...... 8

Taught programmes...... 22

Terms & conditions...... 218

Transferable skills...... 10

Tuition fees...... 18, 212

Useful contacts...... 219

Veterinary Medicine, College of Medicine &...... 138

Visiting the University...... 21

Visiting students...... 212 PGP (BACK 214-224) 2011 19/7/10 16:21 Page 224

224

Published by Communications and Marketing The University of Edinburgh

Designed by Hamlin Daniels www.hamlindaniels.co.uk

Printed by J Thomson Colour Printers on Revive 50:50 offset paper which contains 50% recycled fibre and is certified as an FSC mixed source grade.

Photography by Paul Dodds www.pauldodds.com Angus Forbes www.amforbes.com Also by Laurence Winram, Rachel Wood, istockphoto and by kind permission of Edinburgh Inspiring Capital, www.edinburgh-inspiringcapital.com

© The University of Edinburgh 2010 No part of this publication may be reproduced without the written permission of the University.

The University of Edinburgh is a charitable body, registered in Scotland, with registration number SC005336.www.ed.ac.uk

This product is available online at www.ed.ac.uk and can be made available in other formats on request. Please contact [email protected] or call +44 (0)131 650 2252. PGP COVER 2011 19/7/10 16:43 Page 4 THE UNIVERSITY of EDINBURGH Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 Entry EDINB E56 17 December 2011 17 – 27 May 2012 27 May – Semester dates 2011/12: dates Semester 1Semester 2Semester September 21 January 10 PGP COVER 2011 19/7/10 16:41 Page 1 Page 16:41 19/7/10 2011 COVER PGP